ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ (ပ)
ပါဠိ စကားလုံးကို နှိပ်၍ အဘိဓာန် အဓိပ္ပာယ် ကြည့်နိုင်သည်။
ဤစာမျက်နှာရှိ English ဘာသာပြန်သည် စာအုပ်ဟောင်း၏ scan ဓာတ်ပုံမှ OCR (စက်ဖြင့် စာလုံးဖတ်ခြင်း) ဖြင့် ကူးယူထားခြင်း ဖြစ်ပါသည်။ လက်ဖြင့် မစစ်ဆေးရသေးသဖြင့် စာလုံးပေါင်း အမှားများ ပါနိုင်ပါသည်။
The English here is an OCR copy of a scanned book, not yet checked by hand, so it may contain errors — see The Path of Purity (Visuddhimagga), tr. Pe Maung Tin (PTS, 1922–31) for the original pages.
ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေါ
(ပဌမော ဘာဂေါ)
နမော တဿ ဘဂဝတော အရဟတော သမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓဿ
နိဒါနာဒိကထာ
INTRODUCTORY DISCOURSE " The man discreet, on virtue planted firm, In intellect and intuition trained ; The brother ardent and discriminant : 'Tis he may from this tangle disembroil." Thus it was spoken. And why was it thus spoken? It is said that to the Blessed One then staying at Savatthi there came one night a certain deva who, in order to have his doubt removed, asked this question : — " Tangle within, without, lo! in the toils Entangled is the race of sentient things. Hence would I ask thee, Gotama, of this : Who is't can from this tangle disembroil ?" And this briefly is the meaning. By '' tangle " is meant the net of craving. For craving is like the tangle of the network of branches of bamboo-bushes and the like, in the sense of an intertwisting, because it arises below and above repeatedly in connection with such objects as visible things. And it is said to be " Tangle within, without," from the fact of its arising within one's own and others' individualities and what thereto appertains, in the organs subjective and objective. Mankind is entangled in such a tangle. Just as bamboos and the like are entangled by such tangles as bamboobushes, so all mankind, known as the various classes of Kindred Sayings 1, 20. - Read velugunibajatadlhi. sentient beings, are entangled, enmeshed, embroiled, in that tangle of craving — this is the meaning. [2] And because of such entanglement, the meaning of, " Hence would I ask thee, Gotama, of this," is to be understood thus: — Therefore I ask thee, addressing the Blessed One by his family name, Gotama. "Who is't can from this tangle disembroil?" means: Who is able to disentangle this tangle which has thus entangled the Three Elements? Thus questioned, the Blessed One, walking in unobstructed knowledge of all things, the Deva of devas, the Sakka of Sakkas, the Brahma of Brahmas, confident with the Four Confidences, bearer of the Tenfold Strength, endowed with unimpeded knowledge and the all-seeing eye, spake this stanza in answer : — " The man discreet, on virtue planted firm, In intellect and intuition trained; The brother ardent and discriminant : 'Tis he may from this tangle disembroil." In setting forth, according to the truth, The meaning of the stanza of the Sage, Which treats of virtue and such other things, I will expound the Path of Purity, Which rests on the strict rules of the devout Dwellers at the Great Minster, and contains Purest decisions, gladdening even those Who never may attain to purity For all their striving, though they seek it here, Not knowing aright the Path of Purity, Which holds all virtue, and is straight and safe, Though they to ordination have attained, Hard to attain in the Great Conqueror's realm. Devout men, whose desire is purity, Attend ye to the things that I relate. Here, by " Purity " is meant Nibbana, which is free from all taints and exceedingly pure. The way to this purity is the '' Path of Purity." The means of its acquisition is called the " Path." I am going to speak of that Path of Purity, is the meaning. This Path of Purity has been set forth in terms of simple insight in some places thus : — " All things conditioned are impermanent ; The which who understandeth, holdeth III In scorn. This is the path of purity; '31 [3] in terms of Jhana-insight in other places thus : — " He from Nibbdna is not far in whom Appear Jhana and insight; " in terms of kamma and so forth in some places thus : — " Good will, and wisdom, mind by method trained, The highest conduct on good morals based: — This maketh mortals pure, not rank nor wealth ; " in terms of virtue and the like in other places thus : — " He that in virtuous habit never fails, Hath insight, can to mystic rapture win, Who stirs up effort, puts forth all his strength, 'Tis he can cross the flood so hard to pass ; " in terms of the application of mindfulness and so forth in some places thus: — "This single way, this path, brethren, is for the purification of beings ... for the realization of Nibbana, to wit: the Four Applications of Mindfulness." And the same with the Supreme Efforts and so forth. But here in the Blessed One's reply it has been set forth in terms of virtue and so forth. Thereon (i.e., on the Blessed One's stanza) this is the brief comment : — " On virtue planted firm," means, being established in virtue. And here in this phrase one who is even now engaged in fulfilling virtue is said to be established in virtue. Hence the meaning here is, being established in virtue by fulfilling it. "The man" means, the sentient being. "Discreet" means, wise by means of wisdom born of kamma associated with conception (in the womb) attended by the Three Root-conditions. " In intellect and intuition trained," means cultivating concentration and insight; for here concentration is set forth under the head of intellect (or mind), and insight under the name of intuition (or wisdom). " Ardent " means energetic; for energy is called ardour in the sense of causing the corruptions to be completely burnt up. He who possesses it is ardent. In '' discriminant," wisdom is called discrimination. Endowed therewith, is the meaning. By this word " discriminant " is indicated preserving wisdom. In this answer wisdom comes three times. First there is mother-wit, second there is insight-wisdom, and third there is preserving wisdom, maintaining all functions. He sees clanger in the stream of existence — this is " the brother " (bhikkhu). " 'Tis he may from this tangle disembroil " means: [4] Just as a man standing on the ground may lift up a well-sharpened sword and clear away (disentangle) a big bamboo-bush, so may the brother endowed with the six states, to wit: this virtue and this concentration set forth under the heading of mind, and this threefold wisdom, and this ardour, and standing on the ground of virtue, lift up, by means of the hand of preserving wisdom supported by the strength of energy, the sword of insight- wisdom well sharpened on the stone of concentration, and clear away, cleave that entire tangle of craving which keeps falling into the continuity of his own aggregates. And indeed he clears that tangle at the moment of his attainment of the Path. At the moment of Fruition he, having cleared the tangle, is worthy of the best gifts in heaven and earth. Hence has the Blessed One said : — " The man discreet, on virtue planted firm, In intellect and intuition trained; The brother ardent and discriminant : 'Tis he may from this tangle disembroil." What is meant therein is, that there remains nothing for " the man " to do in regard to that wisdom by means of which he is said to be " discreet," for his wisdom has been made perfect in virtue of kamma done in a previous existence. And in " ardent and discriminant " it is meant that he is to be persevering by means of the said energy, and comprehending by means of wisdom; and establishing himself in virtue, cultivate calm and insight indicated by way of intellect (or mind) and intuition (or wisdom). Here, thus, the Blessed One has set forth this Path of Purity under the heads of virtue, concentration, and wisdom. Indeed, thus far have been set forth the threefold training, the religion happy in its three stages, the sufficing condition of the threefold knowledge2 and so forth, the avoidance of the two extremes and the practice of the middle course, the means of escaping states of woe and so forth, the rejection of the corruptions in three ways, the opposition to transgression and so forth, the cleansing from the three corruptions, and the instrumentality necessary to Stream-winning and so forth. How so ? Here by virtue is indicated the training in the higher virtue; by concentration, the training in the higher thought; and by wisdom, the training in the higher wisdom. And by virtue is indicated the happiness of the religion in its beginning. For, from such expressions as: " What is the beginning of moral states ? The virtue of great purity," and " the refraining from all evil," it is evident that virtue is the beginning of the religion. And since it bears such merit as absence of remorse, it is happy. By concentration is indicated the happiness of the religion in its progress. [5] For, from such expressions as: " tJie fulfilment of morality," and so on, it is evident that concentration is in the middle of the religion. And since it bears such merit as the various kinds of supra-normal power, it is happy. By wisdom is indicated the happiness of the religion in its consummation. For, from the expression, " the cleansing of one's mind, . . . this is the religion of the Buddhas" we see the superiority of wisdom, and that it is the consummation of the religion. And since it maintains its natural state unaffected amid desirable and undesirable things, it is happy. As it has been said : — "As wind a massy rock doth never move, So neither praise nor dispraise moves the wise." Similarly, in virtue is set forth the sufficing condition of endowment with the Threefold Knowledge. For, depending on the attainment of virtue one attains to the Threefold Knowledge, and not to anything higher. In concentration is set forth the sufficing condition of endowment with the Sixfold Superknowledge. For, depending on the fulfilment of concentration one attains to the Sixfold Superknowledge, and not to anything higher. And in wisdom is set forth the sufficing condition of the various kinds of analysis. For, depending on the attainment of wisdom and on no other ground, one attains to the Four Analyses. By virtue also is indicated the avoiding of the extreme of devotion to the pleasures of sensuality; by concentration the avoiding of the extreme of self -mortification ; and by wisdom the practising of the middle course. Similarly in virtue is set forth the means of transcending the states of woe; in concentration the means of transcending the elements of sensuality; and in wisdom the means of transcending all existences. Again, by virtue is set forth the rejection of the corruptions by way of partial rejection; by concentration, that by way of discarding; and by wisdom, that by way of extermination. Again, by virtue is set forth opposition to actual deeds of the corruptions; by concentration, opposition to their uprising; by wisdom, opposition to their latent tendency. [6] Again, by virtue is set forth the cleansing of the corruption of misconduct; by concentration, cleansing of the corruption of craving ; by wisdom, cleansing of the corruption of views. Again, by virtue is set forth the instrumentality for Streamwinning and Once-returning; by concentration, that for Never-returning; and by wisdom, that for Sanctity. For the Stream-winner is said to be a fulfiller of virtue; likewise the Once-returner. But the Never-returner is said to be a fulfiller of concentration; and the Saint a fulfiller of wisdom. Thus in so far are set forth these nine triads, to wit; the Threefold Training, the religion happy in its three stages, the sufficing condition of the Threefold Knowledge and so forth, the avoidance of the two extremes and the practice of the middle course, the means of transcending the states of woe and so forth, the rejection of the corruptions in three ways, the opposition to transgression and so forth, the cleansing of the three corruptions, the instrumentality for Stream- winning and so forth, and such other triads as those of merits. This is the Introductory Discourse.
၁။ သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော, စိတ္တံ ပညဉ္စ ဘာဝယံ၊
အာတာပီ နိပကော ဘိက္ခု, သော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋန္တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၃)၊
ဣတိ ဟိဒံ ဝုတ္တံ, ကသ္မာ ပနေတံ ဝုတ္တံ, ဘဂဝန္တံ ကိရ သာဝတ္ထိယံ ဝိဟရန္တံ ရတ္တိဘာဂေ အညတရော ဒေဝပုတ္တော ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ အတ္တနော သံသယသမုဂ္ဃါဋတ္ထံ –
အန္တောဇဋာ ဗဟိဇဋာ, ဇဋာယ ဇဋိတာ ပဇာ၊
တံ တံ ဂေါတမ ပုစ္ဆာမိ, ကော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋန္တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၃) –
ဣမံ ပဉှံ ပုစ္ဆိ။ တဿာယံ သင်္ခေပတ္ထော – ဇဋာတိ တဏှာယ ဇာလိနိယာ ဧတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ သာ ဟိ ရူပါဒီသု အာရမ္မဏေသု ဟေဋ္ဌုပရိယဝသေန ပုနပ္ပုနံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇနတော သံသိဗ္ဗနဋ္ဌေန ဝေဠုဂုမ္ဗာဒီနံ သာခါဇာလသင်္ခါတာ ဇဋာ ဝိယာတိ ဇဋာ, သာ ပနေသာ သကပရိက္ခာရပရပရိက္ခာရေသု သကအတ္တဘာဝပရအတ္တဘာဝေသု အဇ္ဈတ္တိကာယတနဗာဟိရာယတနေသု စ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇနတော အန္တောဇဋာ ဗဟိဇဋာတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တာယ ဧဝံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇမာနာယ ဇဋာယ ဇဋိတာ ပဇာ။ ယထာ နာမ ဝေဠုဂုမ္ဗဇဋာဒီဟိ ဝေဠုအာဒယော, ဧဝံ တာယ တဏှာဇဋာယ သဗ္ဗာပိ အယံ သတ္တနိကာယသင်္ခါတာ ပဇာ ဇဋိတာ ဝိနဒ္ဓါ, သံသိဗ္ဗိတာတိ အတ္ထော။ ယသ္မာ စ ဧဝံ ဇဋိတာ။ တံ တံ ဂေါတမ ပုစ္ဆာမီတိ တသ္မာ တံ ပုစ္ဆာမိ။ ဂေါတမာတိ ဘဂဝန္တံ ဂေါတ္တေန အာလပတိ။ ကော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋန္တိ ဣမံ ဧဝံ တေဓာတုကံ ဇဋေတွာ ဌိတံ ဇဋံ ကော ဝိဇဋေယျ, ဝိဇဋေတုံ ကော သမတ္ထောတိ ပုစ္ဆတိ။
ဧဝံ ပုဋ္ဌော ပနဿ သဗ္ဗဓမ္မေသု အပ္ပဋိဟတဉာဏစာရော ဒေဝဒေဝေါ သက္ကာနံ အတိသက္ကော ဗြဟ္မာနံ အတိဗြဟ္မာ စတုဝေသာရဇ္ဇဝိသာရဒေါ ဒသဗလဓရော အနာဝရဏဉာဏော သမန္တစက္ခု ဘဂဝါ တမတ္ထံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇေန္တော –
သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော, စိတ္တံ ပညဉ္စ ဘာဝယံ၊
အာတာပီ နိပကော ဘိက္ခု, သော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋန္တိ။ –
ဣမံ ဂါထမာဟ။
၂။ ဣမိဿာ ဒါနိ ဂါထာယ, ကထိတာယ မဟေသိနာ၊
ဝဏ္ဏယန္တော ယထာဘူတံ, အတ္ထံ သီလာဒိဘေဒနံ။
သုဒုလ္လဘံ လဘိတွာန, ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇံ ဇိနသာသနေ၊
သီလာဒိသင်္ဂဟံ ခေမံ, ဥဇုံ မဂ္ဂံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိယာ။
ယထာဘူတံ အဇာနန္တာ, သုဒ္ဓိကာမာပိ ယေ ဣဓ၊
ဝိသုဒ္ဓိံ နာဓိဂစ္ဆန္တိ, ဝါယမန္တာပိ ယောဂိနော။
တေသံ ပါမောဇ္ဇကရဏံ, သုဝိသုဒ္ဓဝိနိစ္ဆယံ၊
မဟာဝိဟာရဝါသီနံ, ဒေသနာနယနိဿိတံ။
ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂံ ဘာသိဿံ, တံ မေ သက္ကစ္စ ဘာသတော၊
ဝိသုဒ္ဓိကာမာ သဗ္ဗေပိ, နိသာမယထ သာဓဝေါတိ။
၃။ တတ္ထ ဝိသုဒ္ဓီတိ သဗ္ဗမလဝိရဟိတံ အစ္စန္တပရိသုဒ္ဓံ နိဗ္ဗာနံ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ တဿာ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိယာ မဂ္ဂေါတိ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေါ။ မဂ္ဂေါတိ အဓိဂမူပါယော ဝုစ္စတိ။ တံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂံ ဘာသိဿာမီတိ အတ္ထော။
သော ပနာယံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေါ ကတ္ထစိ ဝိပဿနာမတ္တဝသေနေဝ ဒေသိတော။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘သဗ္ဗေ သင်္ခါရာ အနိစ္စာတိ, ယဒါ ပညာယ ပဿတိ၊
အထ နိဗ္ဗိန္ဒတိ ဒုက္ခေ, ဧသ မဂ္ဂေါ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိယာ’’တိ။ (ဓ။ ပ။ ၂၇၇)၊
ကတ္ထစိ ဈာနပညာဝသေန။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘ယမှိ ဈာနဉ္စ ပညာ စ, သ ဝေ နိဗ္ဗာနသန္တိကေ’’တိ။ (ဓ။ ပ။ ၃၇၂)၊
ကတ္ထစိ ကမ္မာဒိဝသေန။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘ကမ္မံ ဝိဇ္ဇာ စ ဓမ္မော စ, သီလံ ဇီဝိတမုတ္တမံ၊
ဧတေန မစ္စာ သုဇ္ဈန္တိ, န ဂေါတ္တေန ဓနေန ဝါ’’တိ။ (မ။ နိ။ ၃။၃၈၇၊ သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၄၈)၊
ကတ္ထစိ သီလာဒိဝသေန။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘သဗ္ဗဒါ သီလသမ္ပန္နော, ပညဝါ သုသမာဟိတော၊
အာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယော ပဟိတတ္တော, ဩဃံ တရတိ ဒုတ္တရ’’န္တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၉၆)၊
ကတ္ထစိ သတိပဋ္ဌာနာဒိဝသေန။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘ဧကာယနော အယံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, မဂ္ဂေါ သတ္တာနံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိယာ…ပေ… နိဗ္ဗာနဿ သစ္ဆိကိရိယာယ, ယဒိဒံ စတ္တာရော သတိပဋ္ဌာနာ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၃၇၃)။
သမ္မပ္ပဓာနာဒီသုပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။ ဣမသ္မိံ ပန ပဉှာဗျာကရဏေ သီလာဒိဝသေန ဒေသိတော။
၄။ တတြာယံ သင်္ခေပဝဏ္ဏနာ – သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယာတိ သီလေ ဌတွာ, သီလံ ပရိပူရယမာနောယေဝ စေတ္ထ သီလေ ဌိတောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တသ္မာ သီလပရိပူရဏေန သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌဟိတွာတိ အယမေတ္ထ အတ္ထော။ နရောတိ သတ္တော။ သပညောတိ ကမ္မဇတိဟေတုကပဋိသန္ဓိပညာယ ပညဝါ။ စိတ္တံ ပညဉ္စ ဘာဝယန္တိ သမာဓိဉ္စေဝ ဝိပဿနဉ္စ ဘာဝယမာနော, စိတ္တသီသေန ဟေတ္ထ သမာဓိ နိဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌော။ ပညာနာမေန စ ဝိပဿနာတိ။ အာတာပီတိ ဝီရိယဝါ။ ဝီရိယဉှိ ကိလေသာနံ အာတာပနပရိတာပနဋ္ဌေန အာတာပေါတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တဒဿ အတ္ထီတိ အာတာပီ။ နိပကောတိ နေပက္ကံ ဝုစ္စတိ ပညာ, တာယ သမန္နာဂတောတိ အတ္ထော။ ဣမိနာ ပဒေန ပါရိဟာရိကပညံ ဒဿေတိ။ ဣမသ္မိဉှိ ပဉှာဗျာကရဏေ တိက္ခတ္တုံ ပညာ အာဂတာ။ တတ္ထ ပဌမာ ဇာတိပညာ, ဒုတိယာ ဝိပဿနာပညာ, တတိယာ သဗ္ဗကိစ္စပရိဏာယိကာ ပါရိဟာရိကပညာ။ သံသာရေ ဘယံ ဣက္ခတီတိ ဘိက္ခု။ သော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋန္တိ သော ဣမိနာ စ သီလေန ဣမိနာ စ စိတ္တသီသေန နိဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌသမာဓိနာ ဣမာယ စ တိဝိဓာယ ပညာယ ဣမိနာ စ အာတာပေနာတိ ဆဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ သမန္နာဂတော ဘိက္ခု။ သေယျထာပိ နာမ ပုရိသော ပထဝိယံ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ သုနိသိတံ သတ္ထံ ဥက္ခိပိတွာ မဟန္တံ ဝေဠုဂုမ္ဗံ ဝိဇဋေယျ, ဧဝမေဝ သီလပထဝိယံ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ သမာဓိသိလာယံ သုနိသိတံ ဝိပဿနာပညာသတ္ထံ ဝီရိယဗလပဂ္ဂဟိတေန ပါရိဟာရိကပညာဟတ္ထေန ဥက္ခိပိတွာ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ တံ အတ္တနော သန္တာနေ ပတိတံ တဏှာဇဋံ ဝိဇဋေယျ သဉ္ဆိန္ဒေယျ သမ္ပဒါလေယျ။ မဂ္ဂက္ခဏေ ပနေသ တံ ဇဋံ ဝိဇဋေတိ နာမ။ ဖလက္ခဏေ ဝိဇဋိတဇဋော သဒေဝကဿ လောကဿ အဂ္ဂဒက္ခိဏေယျော ဟောတိ။ တေနာဟ ဘဂဝါ –
‘‘သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော, စိတ္တံ ပညဉ္စ ဘာဝယံ၊
အာတာပီ နိပကော ဘိက္ခု, သော ဣမံ ဝိဇဋယေ ဇဋ’’န္တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၃)၊
၅။ တတြာယံ ယာယ ပညာယ သပညောတိ ဝုတ္တော, တတြာဿ ကရဏီယံ နတ္ထိ။ ပုရိမကမ္မာနုဘာဝေနေဝ ဟိဿ သာ သိဒ္ဓါ။ အာတာပီ နိပကောတိ ဧတ္ထ ဝုတ္တဝီရိယဝသေန ပန တေန သာတစ္စကာရိနာ ပညာဝသေန စ သမ္ပဇာနကာရိနာ ဟုတွာ သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ စိတ္တပညာဝသေန ဝုတ္တာ သမထဝိပဿနာ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာတိ ဣမမတြ ဘဂဝါ သီလသမာဓိပညာမုခေန ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂံ ဒဿေတိ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ ဟိ တိဿော သိက္ခာ, တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ သာသနံ, တေဝိဇ္ဇတာဒီနံ ဥပနိဿယော, အန္တဒွယဝဇ္ဇနမဇ္ဈိမပဋိပတ္တိသေဝနာနိ, အပါယာဒိသမတိက္ကမနုပါယော, တီဟာကာရေဟိ ကိလေသပ္ပဟာနံ, ဝီတိက္ကမာဒီနံ ပဋိပက္ခော, သံကိလေသတ္တယဝိသောဓနံ, သောတာပန္နာဒိဘာဝဿ စ ကာရဏံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ။
ကထံ? ဧတ္ထ ဟိ သီလေန အဓိသီလသိက္ခာ ပကာသိတာ ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ အဓိစိတ္တသိက္ခာ, ပညာယ အဓိပညာသိက္ခာ။
သီလေန စ သာသနဿ အာဒိကလျာဏတာ ပကာသိတာ ဟောတိ။ ‘‘ကော စာဒိ ကုသလာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ, သီလဉ္စ သုဝိသုဒ္ဓ’’န္တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၃၆၉) ဟိ ဝစနတော, ‘‘သဗ္ဗပါပဿ အကရဏ’’န္တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၉၀) အာဒိဝစနတော စ သီလံ သာသနဿ အာဒိ, တဉ္စ ကလျာဏံ, အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရာဒိဂုဏာဝဟတ္တာ။ သမာဓိနာ မဇ္ဈေကလျာဏတာ ပကာသိတာ ဟောတိ။ ‘‘ကုသလဿ ဥပသမ္ပဒါ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၉၀) အာဒိဝစနတော ဟိ သမာဓိ သာသနဿ မဇ္ဈေ, သော စ ကလျာဏော, ဣဒ္ဓိဝိဓာဒိဂုဏာဝဟတ္တာ။ ပညာယ သာသနဿ ပရိယောသာနကလျာဏတာ ပကာသိတာ ဟောတိ။ ‘‘သစိတ္တပရိယောဒါပနံ, ဧတံ ဗုဒ္ဓါန သာသန’’န္တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၉၀) ဟိ ဝစနတော, ပညုတ္တရတော စ ပညာ သာသနဿ ပရိယောသာနံ, သာ စ ကလျာဏံ, ဣဋ္ဌာနိဋ္ဌေသု တာဒိဘာဝါဝဟနတော။
‘‘သေလော ယထာ ဧကဃနော, ဝါတေန န သမီရတိ၊
ဧဝံ နိန္ဒာပသံသာသု, န သမိဉ္ဇန္တိ ပဏ္ဍိတာ’’တိ။ (ဓ။ ပ။ ၈၁)၊ –
ဟိ ဝုတ္တံ။
တထာ သီလေန တေဝိဇ္ဇတာယ ဥပနိဿယော ပကာသိတော ဟောတိ။ သီလသမ္ပတ္တိဉှိ နိဿာယ တိဿော ဝိဇ္ဇာ ပါပုဏာတိ, န တတော ပရံ။ သမာဓိနာ ဆဠဘိညတာယ ဥပနိဿယော ပကာသိတော ဟောတိ။ သမာဓိသမ္ပဒဉှိ နိဿာယ ဆ အဘိညာ ပါပုဏာတိ, န တတော ပရံ။ ပညာယ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါပဘေဒဿ ဥပနိဿယော ပကာသိတော ဟောတိ။ ပညာသမ္ပတ္တိဉှိ နိဿာယ စတဿော ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါ ပါပုဏာတိ, န အညေန ကာရဏေန။
သီလေန စ ကာမသုခလ္လိကာနုယောဂသင်္ခါတဿ အန္တဿ ဝဇ္ဇနံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ အတ္တကိလမထာနုယောဂသင်္ခါတဿ။ ပညာယ မဇ္ဈိမာယ ပဋိပတ္တိယာ သေဝနံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ။
တထာ သီလေန အပါယသမတိက္ကမနုပါယော ပကာသိတော ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ ကာမဓာတုသမတိက္ကမနုပါယော, ပညာယ သဗ္ဗဘဝသမတိက္ကမနုပါယော။
သီလေန စ တဒင်္ဂပ္ပဟာနဝသေန ကိလေသပ္ပဟာနံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘနပ္ပဟာနဝသေန, ပညာယ သမုစ္ဆေဒပ္ပဟာနဝသေန။
တထာ သီလေန ကိလေသာနံ ဝီတိက္ကမပဋိပက္ခော ပကာသိတော ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ ပရိယုဋ္ဌာနပဋိပက္ခော, ပညာယ အနုသယပဋိပက္ခော။
သီလေန စ ဒုစ္စရိတသံကိလေသဝိသောဓနံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ တဏှာသံကိလေသဝိသောဓနံ, ပညာယ ဒိဋ္ဌိသံကိလေသဝိသောဓနံ။
တထာ သီလေန သောတာပန္နသကဒါဂါမိဘာဝဿ ကာရဏံ ပကာသိတံ ဟောတိ, သမာဓိနာ အနာဂါမိဘာဝဿ, ပညာယ အရဟတ္တဿ။ သောတာပန္နော ဟိ ‘‘သီလေသု ပရိပူရကာရီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၃။၈၇) ဝုတ္တော, တထာ သကဒါဂါမီ။ အနာဂါမီ ပန ‘‘သမာဓိသ္မိံ ပရိပူရကာရီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၃။၈၇)။ အရဟာ ပန ‘‘ပညာယ ပရိပူရကာရီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၃။၈၇)။
ဧဝံ ဧတ္တာဝတာ တိဿော သိက္ခာ, တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ သာသနံ, တေဝိဇ္ဇတာဒီနံ ဥပနိဿယော, အန္တဒွယဝဇ္ဇနမဇ္ဈိမပဋိပတ္တိသေဝနာနိ, အပါယာဒိသမတိက္ကမနုပါယော, တီဟာကာရေဟိ ကိလေသပ္ပဟာနံ, ဝီတိက္ကမာဒီနံ ပဋိပက္ခော, သံကိလေသတ္တယဝိသောဓနံ, သောတာပန္နာဒိဘာဝဿ စ ကာရဏန္တိ ဣမေ နဝ, အညေ စ ဧဝရူပါ ဂုဏတ္တိကာ ပကာသိတာ ဟောန္တီတိ။
၁။ သီလနိဒ္ဒေသော
CHAPTER I EXPOSITION OF VIRTUE THUS this Path of Purity, albeit set forth under the heads of virtue, concentration, and wisdom, including various merits, has been expounded very briefly indeed. Consequently it may not be sufficiently useful to all ; and so, in order to make it known in detail, the following questions are asked, beginning with the subject of virtue: — 1. What is virtue ?x 2. In what sense is it virtue ? 3. What are its characteristics, its essence, its manifestation, its proximate cause ? 4. What are its advantages ? 5. How many kinds of virtue are there ? 6. What is its corruption ? 7. And what its purification ? And these are the answers : — 1. What is virtue? Such states as the volition of one who abstains from lifetaking and so forth, or of one who fulfils his set duties. For, this has been said in the Patisambhidamagga, " What /.-• virtue? Volition is virtue; mental properties are virtue; restraint [7] is virtue; non-transgression is virtue;" wherein the volition which is virtue is that of one who abstains from life-taking and so forth, or of one who fulfils' his set duties; and the mental properties which are virtue are the abstinence of one who abstains from life-taking and so forth. Further, the volition which is virtue is that of the seven courses of action of one who forsakes life-taking, and so on ; the mental properties which are virtue are such states as non-covetous- I. — Exposition of Virtue 9 ness, goodwill, right views expressed in this manner: " Putting away covetousness he lives by thought free from covetousness." In " restraint is virtue," restraint should be understood as fivefold: by means of the Patimokkha, of mindfulness, of knowledge, of patience, of energy. Of these, " He is endowed,fulfitted with this restraint according to thePatimokkha "'z — this is Patimokkha-restraint. " He keeps watch over the controlling faculty of sight, attains to the restraint of the controlling faculty of sight" — this is mindfulness-restraint. " The currents flowing in the world 0 Ajila, Said the Exalted One, these may By mindfulness be checked, this the restraint I teach, By insight they may be shut iw." — this is knowledge-restraint in which (knowledge in) the (right) use of the (four) requisites also is included. " One endures cold and heat " — in such expressions it is patiencerestraint. " One does not consent to the uprisen lustful thought "( — in such expressions it is energy-restraint, in which purity of livelihood also is included. Thus this Fivefold Restraint as well as the restraint which noble youths dreading sin exercise in regard to anything that falls in their way should be understood as restraint- virtue. " Non-transgression is virtue," means the absence of bodily and vocal transgression in one practised in virtue. This so far is the answer to the question, " What is virtue ?" [8] Passing to the remaining questions : 2. In what sense is it virtue ? It is virtue in the sense of being virtuous (or moral). And what is this ? The being virtuous, is the right placing together (of bodily and vocal actions). The meaning is that because one is highly virtuous, one's bodily actions and so on are not dissipated. Or it means, supporting. The being a support of moral states by way of establishment, is the meaning. Indeed those who are skilful in the significations of words here understand this double meaning. But others set forth the meaning in such ways as: " It is virtue in the sense of being the head (sird), in the sense of being cool («to)." 3. Now: What are its characteristics, its essence, its manifestation, its proximate cause ? So has it been divided, and its mark Is virtue, even as visibility1 The mark of objects is. For just as visibility is the characteristic mark of the different varieties of form such as indigo, yellow, and so on, because albeit of such various kinds they do not go beyond visibility, so what has been said about being virtuous by way of the right placing of bodily actions and so forth, and of the establishment of moral states, is the characteristic mark of the different varieties of virtue such as volition and so on, because, notwithstanding its various kinds, it does not go beyond right placing and establishment. And concerning virtue, as possessing such a characteristic, this has been said : — Her active property or essence lies In excellence and war against all sin. Therefore this virtue possesses the essence, in the sense of function, of destroying wickedness; and has the essence, in the sense of property, of faultlessness. For when the characteristics and so on are mentioned, essence is said to be either function or property. It manifests itself as purity; Its proximate cause is the sense of shame And dread of blame (for so the wise give praise). [9] This virtue has, as its manifestation, purity, said to be purity of body, of speech, and of mind. It is considered to I. — Exposition of Virtue 11 manifest itself as purity. Sense of shame and dread of blame are extolled by the wise as its proximate cause, which means immediate reason. For in the presence of sense of shame and dread of blame, virtue arises and establishes itself : in their absence it does not arise nor establish itself. Thus are to be understood its characteristic, essence, manifestation, and proximate cause. 4. What are its advantages ? The acquirement of various qualities such as absence of remorse. For it has been said, " Ananda, moral virtues have absence of remorse for benefit and advantage." Further, " Householders, five are the advantages of the fulfilment of virtue obtained by the virtuous. What are these five advantages ? In this world, householders, one virtuous, endowed with virtue, acquires much wealth chiefly owing to the effect of non-negligence. This is the first advantage of the fulfilment of virtue by the virtuous. Again, householders, of one virtuous, endowed with virtue, a good report is noised abroad. This is the second advantage of the fulfilment of virtue by the virtuous. Again, householders, to whatsoever assembly one virtuous, endowed with virtue, goes, he enters boldly and unperturbed, whether it be an assembly of princes, an assembly of brahmins, an assembly of laymen, or an assembly of monks. This is the third advantage of the fulfilment of virtue by the virtuous. Again, householders, one virtuous, endowed with virtue, dies undeluded. This is the fourth advantage of the fulfilment of virtue by the virtuous. Again, householders, one virtuous, endowed with virtue, on the dissolution of the body after death, reaches a happy destiny, a heavenly world. This is the fifth advantage of the fulfilment of virtue by the virtuous." Furthermore: " Brethren, should a brother desire to be dear and precious to, respected and honoured by his fellow-monks, he should fulfil the virtues" — In such wise have the various advantages of virtue, beginning with loveableness and preciousness and ending in the destruction of the intoxicants, been mentioned. Thus various qualities such as absence of remorse constitute the advantages of virtue. [10] Moreover : — The true religion gives to noble sons No other stay than virtue. Who can tell The limit of her power ? Not Ganga stream Nor Yamuna nor babbling Sarabhu, Nor Aciravati nor Mahi's flood, Can purify on earth the taints of men. But virtue's water can remove the stain Of all things living. Necklaces or pearl, Rain-bearing breezes, yellow sandalwood, Gems, nor soft rays of moonlight can destroy Heart-burnings of a creature. She alone — Virtue — well-guarded, noble, cool, avails. What scent else blows with and against the wind ? What stairway leads like her to heaven's gate ? Wrhat door into Nibbana's city opes ? The Sage whose virtue is his ornament Outshines the pomp and pearls of jewelled kings. In virtuous men1 virtue destroys self-blame, Begetting joy and praise. Thus should be known The sum of all the discourse on the power Of virtue, root of merits, slayer of faults. Now this is the answer to — 5. How many kinds of it are there ? (i) All this virtue is of one kind through its characteristic of being virtuous (monad i.). (ii) It is of two kinds as positive or negative rules of conduct (dyad 1) ; likewise as the minor or the major precepts2 (dyad 2); as abstinence or non- abstinence (dyad 3); as interested or disinterested (dyad 4); as practised for a limited period of life or until the end of life (dyad 5); as violable or inviolable (dyad 6); as worldly or transcendental (dyad 7). [11] (iii) It is of three kinds as inferior, middling or superior (triad 1); likewise as dominantly influenced by self, I. — Exposition of Virtue 13 by the world, or by the Law1 (triad 2); as misconstrued, not misconstrued, or tranquillized (triad 3); as pure, impure, or doubtful (triad 4) ; as probationary, adept, or neither probationary nor adept (triad 5). (iv) It is of four kinds as partaking of deterioration, of stability, of speciality, or of penetration (tetrad 1); likewise as concerning the brethren, concerning the sisters, concerning novices, or concerning laymen (tetrad 2) ; as natural, customary practice, fixed law, or the fruit of former conditions (tetrad 3) ; and as restraint according to the Patimokkha, restraint of the controlling faculties, purity of livelihood, or connected with the requisites (tetrad 4). (v) It is of five kinds as limited precepts of purity, unlimited precepts of purity, completed precepts of purity, precepts of purity not misconstrued, or tranquillized precepts of purity, according to what has been said in the Patisambhida, (pentad 1) ; likewise as rejection, abstention, volition, restraint, or non-transgression (pentad 2). Of these, (i) In the onefold portion (monad 1) the meaning is to be understood as has been said above. (ii) In the twofold portion (dyad 1) the fulfilling of the precepts enacted by the Blessed One thus: " This ought to be practised," is a positive rule of conduct; the non-doing of what has been prohibited as, " This ought not to be practised," is a negative rule of conduct. Here is the word-definition: by having fulfilled the precepts those who are endowed with a precept are practised in it — ' positive rule of conduct.' By means of it they avoid, guard against a prohibition — ' negative rule of conduct.' Of these two, the former is accomplished by the effort of faith, the latter by faith. Thus it is twofold as positive and negative rules of conduct. In the second dyad special precept means the highest precept. 'Specialized ' is just special. Or, what is emu-ted with reference to a special precept is the ' specialized precept.' a synonym for the precept which remains over from the Bet - 1*. 9. of eight precepts of which pure livelihood is the eighth. ' The fundamental precept ' is the foundation of the exalted practice of the Path; and is a synonym for the set of eight precepts of which pure livelihood is the eighth. This set of eight is the foundation of the Path, because it ought to be in purified practice previous to the Path. Hence (the Buddha) has said: "Previously his bodily action, his vocal action, his livelihood have been well purified." Or, what has been declared to be the minor and lesser precepts, [12] is the " minor precept." The remainder is the " major precept." Or, that which is included in both the Yibhanga's, is the " major precept"; that which is included in the Khandhaka4 duties is the " minor precept." The former is perfected by perfection in the latter. Hence (the Buddha) has said: " Brethren, it is impossible that a brother without fulfilling the law of the minor precept, should fulfil the law of the major precept." Thus it is twofold, as minor and major precepts (or specialized and fundamental). In the third dyad, the mere abstention from life-taking and so on, is the virtue of abstinence. The remaining volition and so on, is the virtue of non-abstinence. Thus it is twofold as abstinence and non-abstinence. In the fourth dyad ' interested ' means that there are two inducements : the inducement of craving and the inducement of views. Of these two that which arises from a desire to attain (a blissful) existence thus: " By means of this virtue I shall become a dera or a certain deva," is the inducement of craving. That which arises from pure views thus: " By means of this virtue there will be purity," is the inducement of views. And there is the transcendental virtue, and there is the worldly virtue which is a constituent of this — these constitute the I. — Exposition of Virtue 15 " disinterested virtue." Thus it is twofold, as interested and disinterested. In the fifth dyad the virtue which is practised within a time-limit is " for a limited period of life." That which arises so long as it is practised during a life-time is 'until the end of life.' Thus it is twofold, as practised for a limited period of life, and until the end of life. In the sixth dyad that which is limited by present gain, pomp, relatives, limbs and life, is known as " violable." What is contrary to that is " inviolable." And this has been said in the Patisambhida: ' What is that virtue which is violable ? There is virtue violable by gain, there is virtue violable by pomp, there is virtue violable by relatives, there is virtue violable by limbs, there is virtue violable by life. What is that virtue which is violable by gain ? Some one in the world on account of, by reason of, for the sake of gain transgresses any precept that may have been observed. Such [13] is the virtue that is violable by gain.' In this way the others also should be expanded. In the answers concerning the inviolable, also, it has been said: " What is that virtue which is not violable by gain ? In this world, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of gain, a certain person does not give rise even to a thought of transgressing any precept that may have been observed. How, then, will he transgress it ? Such virtue is not violable by gain." In this way also the others should be expanded. Thus it is twofold, as violable and as inviolable. In the seventh dyad all virtue which is accompanied by (or the object of) the intoxicants is " worldly "; that which is not accompanied by the intoxicants is " transcendental." Of these two worldly virtue brings about distinction in present life, and is a constituent part of the escape from existence. As has been said: " Discipline is for the purpose of restraint, which is for the purpose of absence of remorse, which is for the purpose of gladness, which is for the purpose of rapture, which is for the purpose of repose, which is for the purpose of blix#. which is for the purpose of concentration, which is for the purpose i i, 43. a Ib. i, 44. 3 Vinaya v, 164. of knowing and seeing the truth, which is for tlie purpose of disgust, which is for the purpose of dispassion, which is for the purpose of emancipation, which is for the purpose of knowing and seeing emancipation, which is for the purpose of birthless Parinibbdna. For such purpose is the discourse (on the Discipline), for such purpose is the consultation, for such purpose is the groundwork, for such purpose is the attentiveness, namely, the emancipation of the mind devoid of grasping." Transcendental virtue brings about escape from existence, and is the ground of retrospective knowledge. Thus it is twofold, as worldly and transcendental. (iii) Among the triads : In the first triad, that virtue which arises through inferior conation, consciousness, energy, or investigation, is "inferior"; that through middling conation and so on is "middling"; that through superior conation and so on is '• superior." Or, that which is practised from a desire for pomp is " inferior "; that for a meritorious result is " middling" ; that which is practised in connection with Ariyanship, thus: "' This is what ought to be done," is " superior." Or, virtue corrupted by exalting self and disparaging others, thus: " I am possessed of virtue; but these other brethren are wicked and evil in nature," is "inferior"; worldly virtue uncorrupted is "middling"; transcendental virtue is " superior." Or, that virtue which arises for the sake of wealth and property by way of craving is " inferior "; that for the sake of self -emancipation is " middling"; while that virtue of the perfections which arises for the sake of the emancipation of all beings, is " superior." Thus, it is threefold as inferior, middling, and superior. In the second triad that virtue which arises out of selfrespect, having regard for self, and from a desire to put away what is improper for self, [14] is " dominantly influenced I. —Exposition of Virtue 17 by self." That which arises out of respect for the world, having regard for the world, and from a desire to avoid accusation by the world, is u dominantly influenced by the world." That which arises out of respect for the Law, having regard for the Law, and from a desire to honour the greatness of the Law, is " dominantly influenced by the Law." Thus it is threefold as dominantly influenced by self, and so on. In the third triad that virtue which in the dyads (dyad 4) was said to be ' interested,' is ' misconstrued ' through the misconstruction of craving and views. That virtue which is a constituent part of the path of a good average person and which is associated with the path of the probationers, is ' not misconstrued.' That which is associated with the fruition of probation and adeptship is " tranquillized." Thus it is threefold as misconstrued and so on. In the fourth triad that virtue which is fulfilled without committing an offence or by atoning for an offence committed, is '"' pure " ; the virtue of one who has not atoned for an offence committed is " impure"; the virtue of one who has doubts regarding the object, the offence, or the transgression, is known as " doubtful." Of these, the religious meditator should purify the impure virtue; and when there is doubt, it should be dispelled by not transgressing against the object. So will it be pleasant for him. Thus it is threefold as pure, and so on. In the fifth triad virtue associated with the four Ariyan Paths and the three fruitions of monkhood is *' probationary " ; that which is associated with the fruition of sanctity is " adept " ; the rest is " neither probationary nor adept." Thus it is threSf old as probationary, and so on. But virtue is spoken of as simply the natural dispositions of the various beings in the world, so that, as referring to their virtue, one speaks of a man who has a disposition for ease, of one who has a disposition for ill, of one who has a disposition for quarrels, of one who has a disposition for beautification ; thus, therefore, in the Patisambhida1 there are three kinds of virtue: moral, immoral, and unmoral. Hence it is said to be threefold, as moral, i, 44. and so on. Of these three, immoral virtue does not correspond to any of the characteristics of the virtue which is meant here, therefore this triad has not been brought in here. Hence the division of the triads is to be understood in accordance with the method here given. (iv) In the first of the tetrads : — Who serveth here the wicked, not the good, Seeth no injury to anything, Because he is unwise. [15] Full of wrong thoughts, He heeds not the controlling faculties, And all his virtue to corruption turns. Who is content with his own virtue won, Nor will bestir him to apply his mind In stations of religious exercise, Pleased with his virtue, seeking nothing higher, — This brother's virtue turns to stagnancy. The virtuous, seeking fixity of thought, — His virtue to pre-eminence is turned. Dissatisfied, wrapped in world-weariness, — This brother's virtue is to insight turned. Thus it is fourfold as partaking of deterioration, and so on. In the second tetrad there are precepts enacted for the brethren, who should keep them separate from those enacted for the sisters. This is virtue " concerning the brethren." There are precepts enacted for the sisters, who should keep them separate from those enacted for the brethren. This is virtue " concerning the sisters." The ten precepts for novices male and female constitute virtue " concerning novices." There are five precepts — ten if possible — for the constant practice of lay-disciples, male and female. Eight are by way of duties for the sacred day. These constitute virtue " concerning laymen." Thus it is fourfold as concerning the brethren, and so on. In the third tetrad non-transgression by men of Uttarakuru1 is " natural " virtue. The regulated conduct of various people according to family customs, localities, beliefs, is I. — Exposition of Virtue 19 virtue " as customary practice." The virtue of the mother of the future Buddha, declared thus: " This is a fixed law, Ananda, that when the future Buddha descended into the mother's wotnb, she had no thought connected with lust for men," is virtue " as fixed law." The virtue of such pure beings as Mahakassapa, and others, and of the future Buddha in many births, is virtue " as the fruit of former conditions." Thus it is fourfold as natural, and so on. In the fourth tetrad, (a) that virtue which has been declared by the Blessed One thus: "Here (in this religion) a brother lives, being restrained by the restraint of the Pdtimokkha, is possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort, sees danger in the smallest faults, trains himself in the observance of the precepts"2— this is virtue " as restraint according to the Patimokkha." (6) Virtue " as restraint of the controlling faculties," is that virtue which has been declared thus: " Whm he sees an object with his eye, [16] he is not entranced by the general appearance or the details of it. He sets himself to restrain that which might give occasion for immoral states, covetousness, and grief to flow in over him while he dwells unrestrained as to the faculty of sight. He keeps watch over his faculty of sight, and he attains to mastery over it. And so, in like manner, when he hears a sound with his ear, or smells an odour with his nose, or tastes a flavour with his tongue, or feels a touch with his body, or cognizes an idea with his mind, he is net entranced by the general appearance or the details of it. He sets himself to restrain that which might give occasion for immoral states, covetousness, and grief to flow in over him while he dwells unrestrained as to the faculty of mind. He keeps watch over his mental (representative) faculty, and he attains to mastery over it." (c) The abstinence from wrong livelihood arisen by way of evil states, such as the transgression of the six precepts encicted for the sake of livelihood, and as " trickery, boastful talk (about self and donors), insinuation (in almsgiving), crushing slander, hungering to add gain to gain," is virtue " as purity of livelihood." (d) The use of the four requisites after pure reflection set forth after this manner : " He accepts the robe wisely reflecting that it is only for the warding off of cold," is known as virtue " connected with the requisites." Herein (i.e. dealing with the four kinds of the fourth tetrad) this is the deciding discourse together with the word-by-word comment from the beginning: "Here" means, "in this religion." " Brother " is a son of respectable family, who from faith becomes a monk in the customary way, because of his viewing danger in the stream of existence, or of wearing torn shattered rags, and so forth. In " being restrained by the restraint of the Patimokkha," " Patimokkha " is the virtue of the precepts. It delivers, releases him who guards it, observes it, from the ills of the states of woe and so forth — hence it is called " Patimokkha." The restraining is i- restraint," a name for non-transgression, bodily and vocal. " The restraint of the Patimokkha " means that the Patimokkha itself is the restraint. " Being restrained by the restraint of the Patimokkha " means, to be restrained by that Patimokkha-restraint. Attained to, endowed with, is the meaning. " Lives " means comports himself. [17] The meaning of, " is possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort," and so on, is to be understood in the way that comes in the Pali text. For this has been said: ' He is possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort. There is good behaviour and there is misbeJtaviour. Of these what is misbehaviour? Bodily transgression, vocal transgression, bodilyand-vocal transgression, this is called misbehaviour. All wickedness also is misbehaviour. A certain member of the Order here obtains his livelihood by a gift of bamboos, of leaves, of flowers, or fruits, or bath-powder, or tooth-sticks, by fawning, by bean-curry talk, by nurture (of supporters' children), by carrying messages on foot, or by any other means of wrong livelihood loathed by the Buddhas. This is called misbehaviour. I. — Exposition of Virtue 21 And what is good behaviour? Bodily non-transgression, vocal non-transgression, bodily-and-vocal non-transgression — this is called good behaviour. All virtue-restraint also is good behaviour. A certain member of the Order here does not obtain his livelihood by a gift of bamboos . . . loathed by the Buddhas. This is called good behaviour. As regards lawful resort — there is lawful resort, and there is unlawful resort. Of these, what is unlawful resort ? A certain member of the Order here resorts (for alms) to a harlot, a widow, an old maid, a eunuch, a nun, or a liquor shop ; against the 'precepts, he associates after the manner of laymen, with kings, ministers, heretical teachers, and their disciples; serves, follows, attends on families of faithless unbelievers, who abuse and censure the brethren and sisters, the lay-disciples male and female, not wishing their good, benefit, comfort or security (from the burden of ill). [18] This is called unlawful resort. And what is lawful resort ? A certain member of the Order here does not resort to a harlot . . . does not associate after the manner of laymen, against the precepts, with kings . . . serves, follows, attends on faithful families of believers who are welling springs (for the benefit of monks), who love the shining of yellow robes and the odour of sanctity, and who desire the good, benefit, comfort, and security of the brethren and sisters, of the lay-disciples male and female. This is called lawful resort. Thus being full of, fulfilled with, arrived at, attained to, possessed of, fully possessed of, endowed with such good behaviour and such lawful resort, one is said to be" possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort." Further, " good behaviour and lawful resort" here should be understood also in this way: For misbehaviour is twofold, bodily and vocal. Of these what is bodily misbehaviour '$ A certain member of the Order here, having gone to an assembly of the Order, stands and sits rudely brushing against the senior brethren; stands and sits in front; sits on a high seat; sits with his head covered; speaks while standing and while stretching out his arm ; walks up and down with sandals on while the senior brethren walk without sandals; walks above while they walk below; walks on the promenade while they walk on the ground; stands and sits pushing himself close to the senior brethren; withholds seats from the new brethren; without the permission of the senior brethren throws down fire- wood in the fire-shed and shuts its door ; goes down to the bathing-place brushing against the senior brethren and before them ; takes a bath brushing against them and before them ; comes up brushing against them and before them ; enters among houses brushing against them and before them ; departing from their side goes in front of them ; enters abruptly into the secret and private rooms of respectable people, where their women and daughters are sitting down, and strokes the head of a child. This is called bodily misbehaviour. And what is vocal misbehaviour ? A certain member of the Order here goes to an assembly of the Order, and without asking leave of the senior brethren rudely speaks on the Law, answers a question and expounds the Patimokkha; speaks while standing, [19] and while stretching out his arm; goes among houses, and says to a woman or a girl: "Madam so-and-so, of such and such a family, what is there to eat and drink ? Is there rice-gruel ? Is there food ? Is there something to eat ? What shall we drink ? What shall we eat ? Of what shall we partake ? What will you give me ?" Thus he chatters. This is called vocal misbehaviour. Good behaviour should be understood as its opposite. Furthermore, a brother is respectful, obedient, possessed of a sense of shame and dread of blame, wears his inner and outer robes properly, is distinguished by his gracious manner of advancing, of retreating, of looking ahead, of looking sideways, of bending and stretching his limbs, keeps his eyes lowered, is possessed of good deportment, keeps a guarded door as respects his controlling faculties, is moderate in food, devoted to keeping awake, endowed with mindfulness and comprehension, free from desires, contented, strenuously energetic, a respectful observer of the minor precepts, and full of regard for worthy things. This is called good behaviour. So far it should be understood. Lawful resort is of three kinds: as a sufficing condition, as a guardian, and as a bond. Of these what is lawful resort I. — Exposition of Virtue 23 as a sufficing condition ? A good friend endowed with the qualities of the ten subjects of discourse, owing to whom one hears what has not hitherto been heard, purifies what has been heard, gets beyond one's doubts, rectifies one's views and composes one's mind; or under whose training one increases in faith, virtue, learning, self-sacrifice, wisdom, is called lawful resort as a sufficing condition. What is lawful resort as a guardian ? A brother here, on entering among the houses of a village and walking along the streets, goes lowering his eyes, looking before him not further than the distance of a plough, and is well-restrained. He does not go looking at an elephant, a horse, a chariot, a pedestrian, a woman, or a man. He does not go looking above, down, or in different directions. This is called lawful resort as a guardian. What is lawful resort as a bond ? The four applications of mindfulness1 wherein the mind is bound. For this has been said by the Blessed One: " Brethren, what is the lawful resort of a brother, his paternal province ? It is the four applications of mindfulness" This is called lawful resort as a bond. Thus being full of ... endowed with such good behaviour and lawful resort, one is said to be " possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort." [20] " Sees danger in the smallest faults" — is in the habit of seeing danger in the various kinds of the smallest faults, such as are unintentional, committed in the course of his training, produced by immoral states of consciousness. " Trains himself in the observance of the precepts " — trains himself by observing all that ought to be observed in the precepts. And here by so much of the text " being restrained by the restraint of the Patimokkha," the virtue of the Patimokkha-restraint is indicated by the exposition, determined by the person. But all beginning with " is possessed of good behaviour and lawful resort " should be understood to have been said to indicate that practice which arises for any one who practises it. In virtue as restraint of the Controlling Faculties which has been shown in this way, " when he sees an object with his eye," and so on (p. 19), " He " is a brother established in virtue which is of the-Patimokkha-restraint. " When (he) sees an object with his eye," — when he sees an object by means of visual cognition commonly called the eye as instrument, and capable of seeing an object. But the Ancients have said: " The eye does not see the object in the absence of the mind. The mind does not see the object in the absence of the eye. But one sees by the mind with the sentient eye as basis, when an impact takes place between the door (of the eye) and the object." Nevertheless, such a discourse as the present one really refers to the constituent parts of sight in the same sense as when one says, " He pierces with a bow," and so forth. Therefore the meaning here is, " when he sees an object by visual cognition." " Is not entranced by the general appearance," — does not seize the general appearance as furnishing a basis for corruption, such as the general appearance of a woman, a man, or of any desirable form, and so on. He stops at what is actually seen. " Is not entranced by the details of it," — does not seize the different modes of hand, foot, smiling, laughing, speaking, looking ahead, looking sideways, and so forth, which have obtained the common name of " details " by reason of repeated expression as a manifestation of the corruptions. He seizes only what appears (as the abominable thirty-two parts) in the body, like Mahatissa the Elder who lived at Mount Cetiya. It is said that a certain daughter-inlaw, having broken with her husband and having well beautified and dressed herself like a celestial nymph, left Anuradhapura betimes, and, while going to the home of her relatives, saw on the way the Elder, who was coming to Anuradhapura from Mount Cetiya for the sake of alms, and with corrupt thoughts [21] laughed aloud. The Elder, wondering what it was, looked up, and acquiring the perception of the foul in her teeth (-bones), attained Sanctity. Hence it has been said: — I. — Exposition of Virtue 25 '' Those bones, her teeth, he saw, and called to mind His first perception. Even where he stood The Elder thus attained to Sanctity." And the husband, following the same road, saw the Elder and enquired: "Perhaps Your Reverence has met a certain lady ?" The Elder replied :— " I know not whether man or woman passed. A certain lump of bones went by this way." In " which might give occasion," and so on, these states such as covetousness and so forth might flow in over, might pursue this person who dwells with the door of his sight open without shutting the faculty of sight by the door-leaf of mindfulness on account of, by reason of, whatsoever non-restraint of the faculty of sight. " He sets himself to restrain that," — sets himself to shut his faculty of sight by the door-leaf of mindfulness. Only he who is practising thus is said " to keep watch over his faculty of sight and to attain to mastery over it," whereby, if there is neither restraint nor non-restraint in the faculty of sight, it is because there arises neither mindfulness nor forgetfulness with reference to the sentient eye. But indeed, when a visible object enters the avenue of sight, then, on the cessation of the subconsciousness after arising two or three times, the inoperative mind-element (or, the five-door-adverting) arises, accomplishing the function of adverting, and then ceases. Then arise and cease in order, the visual cognition accomplishing the function of seeing, the resultant mind-element accomplishing the function of receiving, the resultant element of mind-cognition without root-conditions accomplishing the function of scrutinizing, and the inoperative element of mind-cognition without rootconditions accomplishing the function of determining. Immediately afterwards, apperception takes place. But still in these processes there is neither restraint nor nonrestraint at the time of subconsciousness, or of any one of the processes beginning with adverting. But if at the moment of apperception there arises wickedness, forgetfulness, lack of knowledge, lack of patience, or laziness, then there is nonrestraint. Such non-restraint is called " non-restraint in the faculty of sight." [22] And why ? Because when it arises the door is unguarded, and so also the sub consciousness and the thought-processes beginning with adverting. Like what ? Just as although the interior of houses, door- entrances and chambers, and so forth, may be well closed, yet when the four doors in a town are not closed, all treasure within the town is unguarded, unprotected, so that thieves entering by a door of the town may do what they please, so when wickedness and so forth arise at apperception, when nonrestraint is present thereat, the door is unguarded, and so also are the subconsciousness and the thought-processes beginning with adverting. But when virtue and so on arise at apperception, the door is guarded, and so also are the subconsciousness and the thought-processes beginning with adverting. Like what? Just as, although the interior of houses and so on may not be closed, yet when the doors of the town are well closed, all treasure within the town is well guarded, well protected, and there is no entrance for thieves through the closed doors of the town, so, when virtue and so forth arise at apperception, the door is guarded and so also are the subconsciousness and the thought-processes beginning with adverting. Hence, although it arises at the apperceptional moment, it is said to be restraint in the faculty of sight. And the same with, " when he hears a sound with his ear," and so on. And thus briefly, virtue as restraint of the controlling faculties should be understood as possessing the characteristic of not being entranced by such outward signs and so on in following the corruptions in visible objects, and so forth. Passing now to virtue as Purity of Livelihood (p. 19), spoken of immediately after virtue as restraint of the controlling faculties: — " Of the six precepts enacted for the sake of livelihood " means — for the sake of, on account of livelihood, one with evil desires, oppressed by desire, lays claim untruly, falsely, to possession of a quality pertaining only to I. — Exposition of Virtue 27 the highest kind of men, whereby he commits a Parajika offence. For the sake of, on account of livelihood, one acts as go-between, and so commits the Sanghadisesa offence. For the sake of, on account of livelihood, one knowingly proclaims (for gain) that a certain brother who lives in one's monastery is a saint, and so commits the Thullaccaya offences. For the sake of, on account of livelihood, a brother, not being ill, demands for his own benefit and eats delicious food, and so commits the Pacittiya offence. For the sake of, on account of livelihood, a sister, not being ill, demands. for her own benefit and eats delicious food, and so commits the Patidesaniya offence. For the sake of, on account of livelihood, one not being ill, demands for one's own benefit, soup or rice, [23] and so commits the Dukkata offence, — thus are laid down these six precepts in the words, " Of these six precepts, and so on." Of ' trickery,' and so on, this is the Pali text: ' What here is "trickery?" The adjusting, establishing, regulating, of the postures, knitting the brows, the state of knitted brows, trickery, its production and its state on the part of one of evil desires, oppressed by desire, who relies upon gain, honour, and fame, in what is called his acquisition of the requisites and in his roundabout talk (with a show of wisdom) — this is called " trickery." 'What here is " boastful talk?" Initial talk, boastful talk, repeated talk, flattering talk, very flattering talk, binding speech, encircling speech, praise, full praise, pleasant speech, fawning, bean-curry talk, nurture (of supporters' children) on the part of one of evil desires, oppressed by desire, who relies upon gain, honour, and fame — this is called " boastful talk" ' What here is " insinuation?" A sign, making a sign, a hint, giving a hint, roundabout talk, winding speech on the part of one of evil desires, oppressed by desire, who relies upon gain, honour, and fame — this is called " insinuation" ' What here is " crushing slander ?" Abusing, reviling, blaming, sarcastically praising (or casting out), sarcastically praising much (or totally casting out), ridiculing, much ridiculing, accusing, fully accusing, dealing in dispraise, backbiting on the part of one of evil desires, oppressed by desire, who relies upon gain, honour, and fame — this is called " crushing slander." ' What here is " hungering to add gain to gain?" The search, earnest search, full search, the seeking, earnest seeking, full seeking, for one fleshly need by means of another fleshly need, in such wise as taking what has been obtained in this place to that place and bringing what has been obtained in that place to this place, on the part of one of evil desires, oppressed by desire, who relies upon gain, honour, and fame — this is called " hungering to add gain to gain." And the meaning of this Pali text is to be understood thus : — In the exposition of " trickery," " who relies upon gain, honour, and fame," means, relies upon gain, and honour, and the report of good repute; desiring is the meaning. [24] " Of evil desires " means, desirous of showing off imaginary merits. " Oppressed by desire " means, set apart by, i.e. oppressed by, desire. After this, because the threefold basis of trickery comes in the Mahaniddesa, as the acquisition of the requisites, roundabout talk, and dependence on the four postures, therefore, in order to set forth this threefold basis, a beginning is made with in what is catted his acquisition of the requisites and so on, where " basis of trickery that is called his acquisition of the requisites " is to be understood as the admiration of him which causes the presentation to him of requisites in cartloads, since, much as he wants them on account of evil desire, he refuses the robes and so forth offered to him, as knowing also the householders' firm faith in him that he shows favour2 to those who offer excellent robes in divers ways, exclaiming : " Ah ! what little desire has our master ! He does not want to take anything. It would indeed be great gain to us were he to accept a little from us !" I. — Exposition of Virtue 29 For it has been said in the Mahaniddesa: " What is the basis of trickery that is called his acquisition of the requisites ? Householders here below invite a brother to accent the four requisites, namely, a robe, alms, dwelling, and medicine for the sick; and he, of evil desires, oppressed by desire, much as he wants them, refuses the robe owing to his desire for more ; refuses the alms, the dwelling, the medicine for the sick. And he speaks thus : ' What is the use of a costly robe to a monk ? It is proper that a monk should pick up rotten nigs from a graveyard, refuse-heap, or from shop-refuse, and make and wear his robe. What is the use of grand alms to a monk ? It is proper that he should maintain life by whatever morsels of food he has received on his begging round. What is the use of a costly dwelling to a monk ? It is proper that he should live at the foot of a tree or under the open sky. What is the use of costly medicine for the sick to a monk ? It is proper that he should make medicine out of putrid cow-urine or bits of myrobalan.' And accordingly he wears a coarse robe, eats coarse food, [25] resorts to a coarse dwelling, resorts to coarse medicine for the sick. Him the householders know thus: ' This monk is of few wants, contented, secluded, set apart from laymen, strenuously energetic, and ascetic.' And so all the more they invite him to accept robes, alms, dwelling and medicine for the sick. And he says: ' Through the presence of three things a faithful son of noble family gets much merit. From the presence of faith, of the thing offered, and of those worthy of receiving the gift, a faithful son of noble family get much merit. You have indeed faith, and there is the gift, and 1 ant, worthy to receive it. Were I not to accept it you would be deprived of the opportunity of earning merit. I have no need of thin gift. However, I accept it out of compassion for you.' And accordingly he accepts many robes, much food, many dwellings, much medicine for the sick. Such knitting of the eyebrows, state of knitted brows, trickery, its production and its state — is known as ' the basis of trickery that is called his acquisition of the requisites.' ' And the admiration that he excites in various ways by his words, which seem to show his attainment of qualities possessed by noble men, whereas in truth he is of evil desire, is to be known as "the basis of trickery that is called roundabout talk." As has been said :l " What is the basis of trickery that is called roundabout talk? A certain member of the. Order here below who is of evil desires, oppressed by desire, and wishful of obtaining praise, speaks words appertaining to the Ariyan Law, in so doing hoping that the people may praise him. And he speaks thus : ' That monk who wears such and such a robe is a powerful monk.'' He says : ' That monk who has such a bowl, metal cup, water-filler, waterstrainer, key, belt, pair of sandals, is a powerful monk. That monk who has such and such a preceptor or teacher, such and such a friend, acquaintance, companion or intimate friend under the same preceptor and the same teacher . . . that monk who lives in such and such a monastery, half-roofed monastery, graduated turret, flat turret, cave, cavern, hut, gabled house, tower, square turret, treasury, service-hall, [26] pavilion, at the foot of such and such a tree, is a powerful monk.' Moreover, being repeatedly blinded by the dust of evil desire, knitting the eyebrows repeatedly, wonderfully tricksome, excessively talkative and praised for his words, he utters such speech, profound, hidden, subtle, secret, transcendental, connected with the Void as, ' This monk has acquired such and such calm attainments of the modes of life.' Such knitting of the eyebrows, state of knitted brows, trickery, its production and state, is spoken of as ' the basis of trickery that is called roundabout talk.' ' The admiration that he excites by regulating his four postures4 with a view to getting praise, he being of evil desires and oppressed by desire, is to be understood as the " basis of trickery dependent on the postures." As has been said : " What is the ' basis of trickery that is called the postures?' A certain member of the Order here below, being of evil desires, oppressed by desire, and hoping to get praise from the people I. — Exposition of Virtue 31 by his actions, adopts an affected style of walking, of lying down, walks, stands, sits, lies down with a resolve to keep up appearances, walks, stands, sits, lies down, as though he possessed concentration, and pretends to be rapt in trance. Such adjusting, establishing, and regulating of the postures, knitting of the brows, state of knitted brows, trickery, its production and state, is known as ' the basis of trickery that is called the postures.' ' In that text (p. 27) :" In what is called his acquisition of the requisites " means, in his acquisition of the requisites so-called ; or, in that which is said to be his acquisition of the requisites. " In his roundabout talk " means by speech bordering on wisdom. "Of the postures" means of the four postures. " Adjusting " means initial arrangement or reverential arrangement. " Establishing " means the mode of arrangement. "Regulating" means perfect arrangement; it is said to produce faith. ' Knitting of the brows ' is said to mean by way of showing that he is noble and of the first importance, he knits and contracts his brows. His nature is to knit his brows; hence he is known as " knitting his brows." The state of one whose nature is to knit his brows is " state of knitted brows." " Trickery " means wonderfulness. The producing of trickery2 is " production of trickery." The state of him who works trickery is " state of trickery." In the exposition of " boastful talk," " initial talk " means that, on seeing men come to the monastery he begins the talk thus: " Sirs, for what purpose have you come ? Is it to invite the brethren ? [27] If so, proceed; I will follow with my bowl." Or it means boastful talk turning upon himself which he makes after presenting himself thus: " I am Tissa. With me the king is pleased. In me such and such a royal high minister is pleased." " Boastful talk " means boasting in the said manner on enquiry being made (as to a good monk). " Repeated talk " is good talk given freely to him from among the householders who is afraid the brother may not be happy in a particular place. "Flattering talk " means talk flattering to such a person as a millionaire, a great boat-owner, a lord of great charities. " Very flattering talk " means talk flattering a person on all sides. " Binding speech " means that he talks thus: " Lay-disciples, formerly at such a time you used to offer the first fruits. AVhy do you not ofier them now ?" And he goes on binding and enveloping them with his talk until they say, " Sir, we shall offer. We have not yet had a chance," and so forth. Or, seeing a man holding a sugar-cane in his hand, he asks: " Lay-disciple, where have you brought it from ?" " From the sugar-cane field, sir." " Is the sugar-cane there sweet ?" " Sir, that may be known after sucking it." " Lay-disciple, it is not proper to say, give the sugar-cane to the brother." To him who replies thus it is enveloping speech, which is " binding speech." Binding repeatedly on all sides is " encircling speech." The setting forth with flattery thus: " This family knows me only. If they have anything to give, they give it to me only," is " praise," said to be " setting forth." Here the Telakandarika1 story is to be understood. Praising repeatedly on all sides is '' full praise." Speaking loving words again and again without regard to anything about the truth or the Law, is " pleasant speech." " Fawning " is lowliness, speaking by ever lowering oneself. " Bean-curry talk " bears resemblance to a curry of beans. As when beans are cooked some are not cooked, while the rest are cooked, so when a certain person speaks, some words are true, while the rest are lies. Such a person is said to be a " bean-curry-man." His state is ' that of a bean-curry.' " Nurture " [28] is the state of nurturing, the act of him who, like a nurse, nurtures on his hip or shoulder the children of families — carries them is the meaning. The state of nurturing is " nurture." In the exposition of " insinuation " " sign " is any act of body and speech producing a sign to others for the giving of the requisites. " Making a sign " is the making of a sign as much as to say, " Did you get any food ?" on seeing others going along taking food. " Hint " is speech connected with the requisites. *' Giving a hint " is the production of a hint I. — Exposition of Virtue 33 thus: On seeing cow-herds tending calves, a member of the Order asks: '' Are these calves sucking the mother's milk or drinking diluted buttermilk ?" " They are calves sucking the mother's milk, sir," the cowherds reply. Then he says: ' ' They are not milk-sucking calves. If they were milk-sucking calves, the brethren also would receive milk." And in this way he makes the lads inform their parents so that they have to offer milk. " Roundabout talk " is talk bordering on the object wanted. Here the story of the brother, frequenter of a family, should be considered. It is said that a certain brother, a frequenter of a family, enters the house and sits down wishing for food. The lady of the house seeing him, and not wishing to give food, says: " There is no rice," and goes to a neighbour's house as though to bring rice. Then the brother enters the interior of the house, and looking about, sees sugar-cane in a door-corner, molasses in a bowl, flat pieces of salt fish in a basket, rice in a pot, butter in a jar, and comes out and sits down. The lady comes back saying she has not obtained any rice. And the brother says: " Madam, I already saw a sign that to-day my alms-begging would not be successful." " What may it be, sir ?" "I saw a snake like the sugar-cane lying there in the door-corner. Looking about with the intention of striking it, I saw a stone like the molasses kept there in the bowl. And the snake, struck by the stone, spread a hood like the fiat pieces of salt-fish kept there in the basket. The teeth of the snake wanting to bite the stone were like the rice kept there in the pot. And the saliva mixed with poison issuing from its mouth in its state of anger was like the butter kept there in the jar." Then the housewife, unable to impose upon the bald-pate, presented him with the sugar-cane, [29] cooked the rice, and gave everything, butter, molasses, fish and all. Thus a talk bordering on what one desires is " roundabout talk." " Winding speech " is speaking round and round until one gets what is wanted. In the exposition of " crushing slander " (p. 28) " abusing " is abusing by means of the ten terms1 of abuse. " Reviling " is humiliating speech. " Blaming " is charging another with fault, such as calling him a person without faith, without belief. "Casting out" (ukkhepana) is casting out a person verbally, saying, " Speak not to him about almsgiving." " Totally casting out " (samukkhepana) is casting out a person by finding a reason, a cause on all sides. Or, ukkhepana means " sarcastically praising," whereby, on seeing a person who has not given alms a monk calls out sarcastically: " Oho! what a lord of alms !" Samukkhepana is " sarcastically praising much," whereby he calls out: " What a great lord of amis!" "Ridiculing" is making fun thus: "What a life is led by this man who feeds on the seed of kamma !" " Much ridiculing " is making much fun thus : " What ! do you call this man a non-giver, who always gives the expression ' nothing ' to everyone ?" " Accusing " is charging one with a lack of almsgiving or of praise worthiness. Making charge thus on all sides is " fully accusing." " Dealing in dispraise " means that he deals out dispraise of a person from house to house, village to village, district to district, thinking that from fear of dispraise that person may give him alms. " Backbiting " means that he speaks honeyed words in one's presence, and speaks in dispraise behind one's back. And because such a speech of one who dares not look another in the face is like gnawing the flesh off another's back, it is called " backbiting." " This is called crushing slander " means, because it crushes, scrapes off another's merits as unguent is scraped off the body with a split bamboo ; or because it crushes and grinds to powder another's merits like extracting scent from a fragrant substance by grinding it; and it (this speech) is also a search after gain, therefore it is called " crushing slander." In the exposition of " hungering to add gain to gain," " hungering " is tracing out. " WThat has been obtained in this place " means what has been obtained from this house. " To that place" means to that house. "Search" is desiring to I. — Exposition of Virtue 35 get. " Earnest search " means tracing out. " Full search " means tracing out repeatedly. [30] Here is to be related the story of the brother who went giving to the boys of various families whatever had been obtained, beginning from the first house and getting milk and rice-gruel on the way. " Seeking " and the others are only synonyms of " search " and so on. Hence " search " is " seeking," " earnest search " is "earnest seeking," "full search" is " full seeking " — thus is the construction here to be understood. Such is the meaning of " trickery " and so on. Now in, " Of evil states such as " (p. 19, c), by the expression "such as" inclusion should be understood of the various evil states spoken of in the Brahmajdla Sutta in this way: " Whereas some monks and Brahmins, while living on food provided by the faithful, earn their living by wrong means of livelihood, by low arts, such as these: 'palmistry, divining by means of omens and signs, auguries drawn from thunderbolts and other celestial portents, 'prognostication by interpreting dreams, fortune-telling from marks on the body, auguries from the marks on cloth gnawed by mice, sacrificing to Agni, offering oblations from a spoon" Thus has been indicated this " wrong livelihood by way of evil states such as the transgression of the six precepts enacted for the sake of livelihood, and as trickery, boastful talk, insinuation, crushing slander, hungering to add gain to gain." That abstinence from all such wrong livelihood is " virtue as purity of livelihood," wherein, this is the word-by-word comment : depending on it people live — " life." What is that ? Effort in the search for the requisites. " Purity" is the state of being pure. " Lifepurity " is the purity of life. And immediately after this there is mentioned " virtue connected with the requisites," wherein " wisely reflecting " means knowing on reflection as to expediency and the right path: considering is the meaning. The consideration mentioned here in such wise as " for the warding off of cold," is to be understood as " wisely reflecting." Here " robe" means any garment such as the waist-cloth. "Accepts" means enjoys, wears or puts on. "Only for" is [31] an expression showing the limit of purpose. " For the warding off of cold," and so forth — this is the sole object of the religious meditator in accepting the robe; there is no other. " Of cold" means of the cold arising to any one either internally by the disturbance of his own elements, or externally by a change in the weather. " For the warding off " means for the purpose of warding off; for the purpose of expelling so that sickness may not be produced in his body. Because when the body is afflicted with sickness, one becomes distracted in mind and cannot wisely strive (for culture), therefore, the Blessed One allowed the use of a robe for the warding off of cold. And the same with all the other words. For among them " of heat " means of the heat of fire, i.e., heat produced in a jungle-fire, and so forth. In " of the touch of gadflies, mosquitoes, wind, heat, and reptiles," " gadflies " are biting flies, also called blind flies. " Mosquitoes " are mosquitoes. " Wind " is divided into wind charged with dust and wind not charged with dust. " Heat " is the sun's heat. " Reptiles " are those creatures that creep and move about, such as the long-bodied snakes. Their touch is twofold : the touch of bite and the touch of contact; and this troubles not him who is seated covered with a robe. Hence under these circumstances he accepts a robe for the purpose of the warding off of such creatures. The repetition of the expression " only for" is to show the limit of a constant purpose. For " the covering of one's private parts " is a constant purpose. The others are so only at times. Here " private parts " means the interstice between the legs. Indeed, when any of these parts is revealed, the sense of shame is disturbed, destroyed : and so because they destroy shame they are called " the private parts." Hirikoplnapaticchddanatthdni means for the purpose of covering these private parts. The reading is also hirikopinaih paticchddanattham. I. — Exposition of Virtue 37 "Alms" means any food. Any food is called "alms" from its being put into the brother's bowl in his food-gathering. Or " alms " means the collection of morsels of food. It has been said to be the collection, group of morsels of food, obtained from various houses. " Not for sport " means not for purposes of sport like village-boys and so forth; it is said to be " indicative of play." " Nor for intoxication " means not for a display of pride like boxers and wrestlers and so forth; it is said to be " indicative of the pride of strength and the pride of manhood." [32] " Nor for personal charm " means not for the purpose of beautifying oneself like court people and courtesans and so forth; it is said to be " indicative of fulness of limbs, big and small." " Nor for beautification " means not for the purpose of beautifying oneself like actors and dancers and so forth; it is said to be " indicative of clearness of skin and complexion." Of these, " Not for sport " has been said in order to remove the sufficing condition of delusion; "nor for intoxication" has been said in order to remove the sufficing condition of hate; " nor for personal charm, nor for beautification," in order to remove the sufficing condition of lust; " not for sport, nor for intoxication," in order to prevent the growth of one's own fetters; " nor for personal charm, nor for beautification," in order to prevent the growth of another's fetters. And by these four expressions, rejection of unwise attainment and of devotion to a life of pleasure should be understood to have been indicated. The expression " only for " has the meaning already given. " Of this body " means of this material body dependent on the four great primary elements. " For the sustenance " means in order to be stable as a continuous series. " For the preservation " means in order that the procedure (of life-controlling-faculty) may not be cut off; or in order that (the body) may last long. He accepts alms for the sustenance and preservation of the body as the owner of a decayed house props up his house, and a cartman lubricates (lit. feeds) the axle of his cart; he accepts it, not for sport nor for intoxication, nor for personal charm. nor for beautification. Furthermore, " sustenance " is a synonym for life-controlling faculty. Hence " for the sustenance, preservation of this body " should so far be understood to mean for the procedure of the life-controlling faculty of this body. " For the allaying of the pangs of hunger," — in the sense of inflicting pain, hunger is called " pangs," for the allaying of which he accepts alms, as one might accept ointment for a wound, or medicine to counteract heat and cold, and so forth. "For aiding the practice of the noble life " means in order to uphold the noble life of complete instruction in the Law, and the noble life of the Path. Indeed, he accepts alms in order to uphold the noble life, practising, as he does, for release from the desert of existence, by devotion to the three precepts, by means of his bodily strength on account of his acceptance of alms, as starving parents might eat their children's flesh in order to be able to cross a desert, as people who desire to cross a river rely on a raft, as people who desire to cross the ocean rely on a ship. " Thus I shall subdue the old feeling and I shall cause no new feeling to arise " means [33] he accepts alms giving heed thus: " By this acceptance of alms I shall subdue the old feeling of hunger and shall produce no feeling due to immoderate eating, like one of those brahmins: one who eats till he has to be lifted by the hand, or one who eats till his loin-cloth cannot be retained, or one who has to roll where he eats, or one who eats till a crow pecks from his mouth, or one who eats till he vomits." He accepts alms of food as a patient takes medicine. Or, it is called " old feeling " because it arises in this life-time owing to unsuitable and unrestricted2 food on account of old kamma: " destroying its cause by suitable and restricted food, I shall subdue the old feeling." And that feeling which will arise in future through the accumulated kamma of inconsiderate eating in this life-time is called " new feeling." Causing its root not to arise by means of considerate eating, I shall produce no new feeling, — thus also is the meaning to be understood. So far should the compendium on considerate eating, the forsaking of devotion I. — Exposition of Virtue 39 to self -torture, and the non-forsaking of righteous bliss be understood to have been shown. "And maintenance shall be mine " means he accepts alms, saying: " By moderate eating I shall have the preservation or equalization called the longevity of this body in harmony with causes owing to the absence of the danger of cutting of! the life-controlling faculty or of destroying the four postures." He accepts alms of food as a patient of long suffering accepts healing medicine. " Faultlessness also and comfort " — " faultlessness " is by avoiding inconsiderate search, acceptance, and eating; "comfort" is through moderate eating. Or "faultlessness" is due to the absence of such faults as discontent, drowsiness, sleepy restlessness, and blame by the wise, caused by unsuitable and immoderate eating. " Comfort " is due to the production of bodily strength caused by suitable and moderate eating. Or, " faultlessness " is due to the forsaking of the pleasure of lying down, pleasure of sleeping on the side, or the pleasure of torpor, by not eating food to satiety. By accomplishing the harmonizing of the four postures through eating less than four or five mouthfuls, so that "comfort shall be mine"; thus he accepts alms. Indeed it has been said : " Hath he but eaten mouthfuls four or five, Let him drink water : — here is sure enough Refreshment for a brother filled with zeal" * [34] And so far the limiting of purpose and the path of the mean should be understood to have been shown. " Dwelling " means sleeping place and seat. Wherever he sleeps, whether in a monastery or half-roofed monastery, and so on, that is a sleeping place. Wherever he sits, seats himself, that is a seat. The two taken together are called " dwelling." " For the dispelling of the danger of the weather and for the purpose of delighting in solitude "weather in the sense of causing trouble is " weather-danger." In order that one may dispel the danger of the weather and 40 TJie Path of Purity delight in solitude, that unsuitable weather which causes sickness of the body and distraction of mind should be dispelled by acceptance of a dwelling: and it has been said that it is " for the purpose of dispelling that weather and of wellbeing in living alone." As, although by the warding off of cold and so forth the dispelling of the danger of the weather has been indicated, yet the covering of one's private parts in the acceptance of a robe is a constant purpose, while the others (cold and heat) are so only at times, so here also this has been said concerning the constant dispelling of danger from the weather. Or, this weather as described already is just " the weather." And "danger" is twofold: obvious danger and hidden danger. Of the two, obvious danger is lions and tigers, and so on; hidden danger is lust, hate, and so on. They may cause trouble to one seated in an open yard, at the foot of a tree, and so on, by there being no guarded door and by seeing unsuitable objects, and so on. The brother who accepts a dwelling, knowing and reflecting that there such dangers cannot cause him trouble, is to be understood as accepting it after wise reflection, for the purpose of dispelling danger from the weather. In " the requisite of medicine for the sick," ' for ' is in the sense of counteracting disease: going against is the meaning. It is a synonym for anything suitable. " Medicine " is the work of a doctor, as being permitted by him. Medicine which is for the sick is " medicine for the sick," said to be anything used by a doctor, such as oil, honey, molasses, and so forth, suitable for the sick. " Requisite " means a protection as in " surrounded by the seven requisites of a town," and so on; an ornament as in " the (Ariyan) chariot has the ornament of purity, tJie axle of jhdna, the wheel of energy," [35] and so on; a constituent as in " the monk should carry out whatever are the factors of livelihood," and so on. Here it is proper to take it as constituent and protection. For that " medicine for the sick " is protection of life, from its guarding it, giving no opportunity for the production of life-destroying disease. I. — Exposition of Virtue 41 It is also a constituent of life because it is a means of prolonging life. Hence it is called " requisite." And so, being medicine for the sick and a requisite, it is " requisite of medicine for the sick " ; and whatever is suitable for the sick and permitted by the doctor such as oil, honey, molasses, and so forth, being requisite of medicine for the sick, is said to be the constituent or protection of life. " Which have arisen " means, which have been produced, have become, have been born. In " connected with diseases," " disease " means a disturbance of the elements, and leprosy, boils, pustules, and so on, sprung therefrom. " Connected with disease " means, because it arises from disease. In '' of feelings." painful feelings, the immoral resultant feelings, are intended. " For the freedom from the pain " of those feelings connected with diseases means, in order to be free from the suffering; that is, he accepts medicine until all that pain is removed. Thus in brief this virtue, whose characteristic is judicious use of the requisites, should be understood to be " connected with the requisites." And the word- definition is: Because beings come and go, and live enjoying robes and so forth, relying on these, depending on these, therefore are they called "requisites." "Connected with the requisites" means connected with those requisites. Of this fourfold virtue "the restraint according to the Patimokkha " is to be attained by faith, for it is accomplished by faith, the enactment of the three precepts being beyond the province of disciples, as is shown by the Buddha's rejection of a request to enact these precepts. Hence observing by faith completely the precepts as enacted, one should be perfect in it (this fourfold restraint), regardless even of life. For thus has it been said : — [36] " Be prudent, reverent ; guard thy virtue well, As pheasant guards her egg or yak his tail, Or as a son beloved, or one's sole eye." And this also has been said, " So, 0 king, my disciples do not transgress even for the sake of life the precepts which I have laid down for them" And in this sense are to be understood the stories told of Elders bound by thieves in a forest. It is said that in the Himalayan forest thieves bound an Elder with black creepers, and made him lie down. And the Elder, as he lay, increased his insight for seven days, and attaining the fruition of never-returning, died there and was reborn in the Brahma world. Again, in Tambapaimi Isle thieves bound an Elder with puti creepers and made him lie down. And when a jungle fire came on he established insight before the creepers could be cut, and died in the extinction of his corruptions. Elder Abhaya, a reciter of the Digha Nikaya, coming with five hundred brethren saw and cremated the Elder's body and had a shrine built. Hence others of good family also should,- — Keeping the Patimokkha pure, let life Be yielded up : forsake not virtue's law Enacted by the Master of the world. Even as Patimokkha-restraint is to be attained by faith, so by mindfulness is restraint of the controlling faculties to be attained; for this is accomplished by mindfulness, because covetousness and so forth do not flow from controlling faculties that are established by mindfulness. Hence, remembering the Fire-sermon2 preached in this way: "Brethren, better were an iron wire heated, molten, burning, incandescent, aflame, than the faculty of sight grasping details and signs in visible objects," and so on, one should attain it well through checking, by means of unremitting mindfulness, the seizure by the general appearance of visible objects, and so forth, followed by covetousness and other evil states of consciousness which proceed in the eye-door, and so forth. [37] For3 when it is not attained, virtue as Patimokkha-restraint I. — Exposition of Virtue 43 also does not endure, does not last long, like corn which is not well set round with a thickset hedge. And one is harassed by those thieves, the corruptions, as a village with open gates by robbers; and lust penetrates the mind, as rain penetrates a house badly roofed. And this has been said: — " In sights, sounds, odours, tastes, things tangible, Guard the controlling faculty : for these, Finding an open and unguarded door, Witt vex thee as a village vexed by thieves. Even as rain enters an ill-roofed house, Lust enters the uncultivated mind." l But when this restraint of the controlling faculties is attained, virtue as Patimokkha-restraint also endures, lasts long, like corn well set round with a thickset hedge. And one is not harassed by those thieves, the corruptions, as a village, well closed by gates, is not harassed by robbers. And lust does not penetrate the mind, as rain does not penetrate a house well roofed. And this has been said: — " In sights, sounds, odours, tastes, things tangible, Guard the controlling faculty : for these, Finding in thee a closed, well-guarded door, Will shun thee as a village shunned by thieves. Rain cannot penetrate a well-roofed house, Lust cannot penetrate a well-taught mind" But this is an extreme admonition. The mind, however, is flighty. Hence restraint of the controlling faculties is to be attained in repelling arisen lust by directing one's attention to the foul, as it was done by the Elder Vangisa when he was recently ordained. [38] It is said that seeing a woman, lust arose in the Elder but recently ordained, as he was going about for alms. Then he said to Elder Ananda : " With sensual lust I burn, my mind aflame. I pray thee, pity have, 0 Gotama, And tell me how I may extinguish it." The Elder replied:— " Through wrong perception is thy mind aflame — Pleasant appearances avoid, for they Are full of lust, but cultivate the mind In things unpleasant, that it may attain To concentration and a single aim. Things-in-the-making shalt thou see and know Evil as other than thee, as not the self. Slay the great lust. Burn not repeatedly." x And the Elder, repelling his lust, went his way. Further, a brother who is fulfilling restraint of the controlling faculties, should be like the Elder Cittagutta, who lived in the great Kurandaka cave, and like the Elder Mahamitta, who lived in the great Coraka monastery. It is said that there was a beautiful painting of the Renunciation of Seven Buddhas in the great Kurandaka cave. And many of the brethren, wandering round the dwellings, saw the painting, and said: " Sir, beautiful is the painting." The Elder said, " Lads, I have lived in the cave for over sixty years and I did not even know whether the painting existed or not. Now I know to-day through you who possess eyes." Thus it is said that for so long the Elder living there never lifted his eyes and looked up. And at the cave-entrance there was a great ironwood tree. But the Elder had never looked up at it. It is said that he knew that it was in blossom when each spring he saw the filaments that fell to the ground. The king, hearing of the Elder's virtuous attainments, and wishing to pay his respects, sent for him three times. And when the Elder did not come he caused to be shut up the breasts of the women in the village who were suckling infants, and had his seal put to this order: "As long as the Elder does not come, so long these infants must not suck milk." [39] And the Elder, out of compassion for the infants, went to the village. And the king heard of it, and saying to his ministers, " Go, I say, and introduce the Elder; I will acquire the virtues," had the Elder brought within the palace, paid I. — Exposition of Virtue 45 his respects, gave him his meal of food, and saying to him, ' ' Sir, to-day there is no opportunity. To-morrow I will acquire the virtues," he took the Elder's bowl, accompanied him a little distance, and having, together with the queen, paid his respects, turned back. And the Elder said: "May the king be happy !" whether it was the king that paid respects or the queen. Thus seven days passed. And the brethren said: "Sir, whether it was the king that paid respects or the queen, why did you only say : ' May the king be happy '? " The Elder replied : " Lads, I make no difference as to the king or the queen." After seven days the king, finding that the Elder was not happy there, let him go. The Elder went back to the great Kurandaka cave, and at night ascended to the promenade. And the deity that lived in the ironwood tree stood holding a torch. Then the Elder's subject of meditation became exceedingly pure and clear. And the Elder was glad, saying to himself, " AVhy is my subject of meditation so exceedingly clear to-day ?" And causing the whole mountain to resound, he attained Sanctity immediately after the middle watch. And even so should any other son of good family desirous also of his own benefit, — Let not the eye wander like forest-ape, Or trembling wood-deer, or affrighted child. The eyes should be cast downward : they should look The distance of a yoke : he shall not serve The eye's dominion, like a restless ape." A poisonous boil once arose on the mother of the Elder Mahamitta. Her daughter also had been ordained among the sisters. The mother said to her daughter: " Girl, go to thy brother's presence. Tell him I am unwell, and bring medicine." The daughter went and told him. The Elder said: " I do not know how to gather medicinal roots, and so forth, and to prepare medicine. But this medicine will I tell of : since I have become monk I have never broken the controlling faculties with a mind accompanied by greed and looked at a female form. By the virtue of this [40] declaration of truth may my mother be relieved. Go, recite this, and shampoo the laysister's body." She went and related the matter, and did as instructed. And in that moment the lay-sister's boil was crushed and disappeared like a mass of foam. And she rose and uttered these words of joy: "If the supreme Buddha were alive, with his hand like a variegated lattice, would he not stroke the head of a brother like my son ?" Hence — Another well-born youth having become A monk1 in the religion, he should stand, Like Elder Mitta, in the wise restraint Of the controlling faculties. Purity of livelihood should be attained by energy as restraint of the controlling faculties is attained by mindfulness : indeed it is accomplished by energy, because a man of strenuous energy abandons wrong livelihood. Therefore it is to be attained by energetic alms-gathering and so forth, abandoning wrong search and unfitting behaviour, and resorting to those requisites which are clean in their acquirement, and avoiding like poisonous snakes those that are impure in acquirement. Of these, the requisites which a brother, who has not mastered the ascetic practices has obtained from the Order, from a chapter of the brethren, and from laymen who are pleased with him on account of his religious preaching and so forth, are to be known as clean in acquirement. Those obtained by alms-gathering and so forth are exceedingly clean in acquirement. Those which a brother who has mastered his ascetic practices has obtained by alms-gathering, and so forth, and by his regular observance of the ascetic practices, from those laymen who are pleased with him because of his ascetic merits, are to be known as clean in acquirement. The observance of ascetic practice by one who, when putrid sycamore and the four sweet stuffs are sent him for the purpose of allaying a disease, eats only the portion of sycamore, thinking: " My other fellow-monks will eat the four sweetstuffs," is " fitting behaviour." He, indeed, is called a brother of the highest Ariyan race. Whatever robes and I. — Exposition of Virtue 47 other requisites there are, a brother who is purifying his livelihood should not make a sign, hint, roundabout talk, or intimation regarding a robe or alms. But a sign, hint, or roundabout talk regarding a dwelling may be made by one who has not mastered his ascetic practices. Of these, [41] when one who is preparing the ground for a dwelling is asked by laymen: " Reverend Sir, what are you doing ? Who is enabling you to do it?" a reply to this effect, "Nobody," or any similar reply, is making a sign. " Lay-disciples, where do you dwell ?" "In a graduated turret, sir ?" " Laydisciples, a graduated turret is not proper for the brethren." a Such a dialogue, or any other speech to this effect, is giving a hint. " The dwelling of the Order of brethren is cramped " : — such talk, or any other to that effect, is roundabout talk. As regards medicine, all four ways are proper. But is it proper or not proper to use the medicine obtained in these four ways when the disease has been allayed ? The Vinaya scholars say it is proper because the Blessed One has allowed it. But the Suttanta scholars say that it is not proper because though there is no offence, yet the life of austerity is spoilt. Whoso, however, though permitted by the Blessed One, does not make sign, hint, roundabout talk, intimation, but avoiding them by virtue of his merits such as contentment, and so forth, when a mortal disease arises, accepts whatever requisites are forthcoming, is called, " one who leads an ideally simple life," like Sariputta the Elder. It is told that that senior monk2 was at one time living with the Elder Mahamoggallana developing the practice of solitude in a certain forest. To him one day there arose a wind-disease in the stomach, causing great pain. Late in the evening the Elder Mahamoggallana went to attend on the senior, and seeing him lying down, enquired concerning the matter, saying: " Brother, on former occasions how did you get comfort?" The Elder replied: "Brother, when I was a layman my mother mixed together butter, honey, sugar, and so forth, and gave me undiluted milk-rice; and that gave me comfort." And the senior said, " Be it so, brother. If there be merit in me or in you, perhaps we shall get some to-morrow." And a deva residing in a tree at the end of the promenade heard this conversation, and thought: " To-morrow I will produce rice for my lord." And immediately he went to the family that supported the Elder, [42] entered into the body of the eldest son, and caused him to suffer pain. And he showed the means of cure and said to the relatives: " If you make ready such and such a preparation of rice for the Elder to-morrow, I will release him." Saying, " You need not have told us; we always give alms to the Elders," they prepared the particular kind of rice on the next day. And the Elder Mahamoggallana, coming early, said: "Brother, until I return from alms-gathering stay here," and entered the village. The men rose to meet the Elder, took his bowl, and gave him the particular kind of rice, filling the bowl. And the Elder showed signs of going. But they made him eat, saying: " Eat, sir, we give more," and filled the bowl. The Elder went and offered it, saying: " Now, brother Sariputta, eat." The Elder, seeing it, thought: k' The rice is very tempting. How has it been obtained ?" And when he knew its origin he said: " Brother Moggallana, the alms is not fit to eat." And the senior did not entertain such a thought as: " He does not eat the alms brought by such as I," but at the words, took hold of the bowl by the brim, and turned it upside down, tilting it on one side. And upon the rice being put on the ground, the Elder's illness disappeared. Thenceforward it did not arise for forty-five years. And he said to Mahamoggallana: " Brother, even though my entrails were to come out and move on the ground, it would be improper to eat rice that was obtained on account of vocal intimation." And he uttered this exalted utterance: — Were I to eat the honey-rice obtained Through use of revelation made by speech, Then would my livelihood be full of blame. I. — Exposition of Virtue 49 My bowels may gusli out and walk, yet ne'er For life itself will I break livelihood. My own mind I control, and the wrong search Avoid, for I desire not the wrong search Loathed by the Buddhas. [43] And here also the story of the Elder Ambakhadakamahatissa, who lived at Ciragumba, should be related. So, under all circumstances, The wise monk, faith-ordained, should purify His livelihood, nor think of the wrong search. And virtue connected with the requisites should be attained by wisdom, as purity of livelihood is attained by energy; for it is accomplished by wisdom, the wise man being able to see the evils and the advantages in the requisites. Hence it is to be attained by abandoning greediness for the requisites obtained righteously and justly, and using them only after reflection and with wisdom, according to the rule already laid down. Here reflection is twofold: as practised at the time of obtaining the requisites, and as practised at the time of using them. Indeed it is using them blamelessly when one uses deposited robes, and so forth, subsequent to reflection upon the elements and upon loathsomeness at the time when they are got, and likewise after reflection at the time when they are used. The latter case furnishes the conclusive decision, for one may use them in four ways: as a theft, as a debt, as an inheritance, and like a master. Of these, a wicked person who uses them sitting in the midst of the Order is using them as a theft. A virtuous person who uses them without reflection uses them as a debt. Hence one should reflect every time the robe is used, and at every morsel of alms received. If one is not able to do this, then one should reflect four times, three times, twice, or once a day, before and after the meal, in the first, middle, and last watches of the night. If dawn comes before lie has reflected he stands in the position of one using them as a debt. One should also reflect every time one makes use of a dwelling. And in accepting and using medicine also, it is proper to cherish mindfulness. This being so, there is offence if one is mindful in accepting, and is not mindful in using the requisites. But there is no ofience if one is mindful in using, after being unmindful in accepting them. For purity is fourfold: admonition-purity, restraint-purity, search-purity, and reflection-purity. Of these, admonition-purity [44] is virtue as restraint according to the Patimokkha, which virtue is indeed called admonition-purity because one becomes pure through listening to an admonition. Restraint-purity is virtue as restraint of the controlling faculties, which virtue is indeed called restraint-purity because one becomes pure by means of the restraint of mental resolve, saying: " I will not act thus again." Search-purity is virtue as purity of livelihood, which virtue is indeed called search-purity because one is pure of search in obtaining the requisites righteously and justly and abandoning wrong search. Reflection-purity is virtue connected with the using of the requisites, which virtue is indeed called reflection-purity because one becomes pure by reflection as already described. On this account it has been said that there is no ofience if one is mindful in using, after being unmindful in accepting them. The using of the requisites by the seven probationers is known as using them as an inheritance: for these seven are sons of the Blessed One, and so, being heirs to the requisites their father's property, they use them. What ! do they use the requisites of the Blessed One, or the requisites of laymen ? Though given by laymen, the requisites are the property of the Blessed One, who has allowed them. Therefore it is to be understood that they use the requisites of the Blessed One. And on this point the Dhammadayada sutta2 has been borne out. I. — Exposition of Virtue 51 The using of the requisites by saints purged of the intoxicants is known as using them like a master. For saints, having passed beyond the slavery of craving, use them like masters. Of these four ways, the using them like a master, and as an inheritance, is suitable for all ; not so the using them as a debt, to say nothing of the using them as a theft. And that using them after reflection by a virtuous person, which is opposed to the using them as a debt, is also called the using them like a man freed from debts. This is included in the using them as an inheritance, because a virtuous man, being endowed with the training in the higher virtue, is counted as a probationer. And because among these four ways the using them like a master is the best, therefore a brother who aspires to this should use them reflecting in accordance with the various kinds of reflection already described, and should attain to the virtue connected with them. So will he be a fulfiller of duties. And this has been said : — [45] " Hearing the Law preached by the Blessed One, The follower, who in wisdom doth excel, Should not without reflection use his alms, Dwelling, couch, seat, and water to remove The dust from off his robe. The brother, like A drop of water on a lotus leaf, Is not attached to any of these things, Alms, couch, and seat, and water to remove The dust from off his robe. Still mindful, he Should of compassion know the mean in food, Hard, savoury, soft, from donors duly got, Like growth of flesh in an anointed wound. Like eating in the desert a son's flesh, Like lubricating axles, even so, Should one eat food, never infatuate, For preservation." As regards the fulfilling of this virtue connected with the requisites, the story of nephew Sangharakkhita the novice is to be told. For he rightly reflected and ate. As he has said : — " As I did eat the boiled and well-cooked rice The spiritual adviser spake to me : ' Novice, burn not thy tongue through unrestraint !' Hearing the spiritual adviser's words, I suffered agitation. In that place Remaining I attained to sanctity. Full of intentions am I like full moon Of fifteen days : extinct the intoxicants, And re-becoming is not any more. [46] Let him then who desireth loss of ill, Think wisely and accept the requisites." So it is fourfold by way of virtue as restraint according to the Patimokkha, and so forth. Thus is the particular discourse on the Fourfold Purity Virtue. (v) In the first pentad of the Fivefold Portion (p. 13) what is to be understood as the meaning is, that these are precepts for the unordained, and so forth. For this has been said in the Patisambhida: " What are the limited precepts of purity? They are the limited precepts of the unordained. What are the unlimited precepts of purity? They are the unlimited precepts of the ordained. What are the completed precepts of purity ? They are those of good average men, who are applying themselves to the state that is moral, who are fulfilling up to the limit the states for probationers, and who have sacrificed their lives regardless of body and life. What are the precepts of purity not misconstrued ? They are those of the seven probationers. What are the tranquillized precepts of purity? They are those of the Tathagata's disciples who are purged of the intoxicants, silent Buddhas, Tathdgatas, saints, supreme Buddhas." Of these, the precepts for the unordained, as being limited in number, 1 i, 42 /. I. — Exposition of Virtue 53 are to be known as "the limited precepts of purity." For the ordained, Nine thousand koti's, nine score koti's more, And fifty hundred thousand, and again Thirty-six (thousand) — are the precepts given In the Vinaya Pitaka by Him, The perfect Buddha, and in order shown By the brief rule. Thus, though there is a limit in number, [47] yet these are said to be " unlimited precepts of purity," referring to the fact that one observes them without remainder, and that their limit as measured by the standard of gain, pomp, relatives, limbs, life lies out of sight, like the precepts kept by the Elder Ambakhadakamahatissa, who lived at Ciragumba. Like that senior, so : — Wealth should be given up for a noble limb, One should give up a limb to save a life. A man should give up limb, wealth, life, and all To recollect the Law. Not giving up his recollection (of the behaviour) of good men though his life was in doubt, he did not transgress the precepts, and attained Sanctity mounted on the back of a lay disciple through the unlimited precepts of purity. As has been said: — " Not father, mother, kinsman, relative, — This boon he does theefor thy virtuousness. Producing agitation, pondering With wisdom, thou, being mounted on his back, Hast unto Sanctity attained." The precepts of good average men from ordination are free from the dirt (of corruptions), as soon as consciousness is produced being exceedingly pure like a well-burnished gem and well-wrought gold, and are the proximate cause of Sanctity. Hence the " completed precepts of purity," like those kept by the Elders Saiigharakkhita, uncle and nephew. 1 koti — ten millions. It is said that the Order of brethren asked Mahasangharakkhita the Elder, over sixty years old, on his deathbed, about his transcendental attainment. The Elder said: " I have no transcendental state in me." Then a young brother who ministered to him said": " Sir, men have assembled from a circuit of twelve yojanas saying that you have entered complete Nibbana. And the people will feel regretful at your death as an average man." " Lad, I never established insight with a view to seeing the Blessed Metteyya. [48] Therefore raise me and give me opportunity." And the brother raised the Elder and went out. And the Elder, as soon as he went, attained Sanctity, and gave intimation by snapping his fingers. The Order assembled and said: " Sir, dying at such a death-time you have done a difficult thing in attaining the transcendental state." " Friends, this was not difficult to do. But I will tell you what is difficult. Friends, since I became monk, deed of mine done without mindfulness, without understanding, I do not see." His nephew also attained Sanctity after fifty years. If one have little learning, and withal No concentration in his doing, men Will blame him both in learning and in deeds. If one have little learning, and withal Much concentration in his doing, men Will praise his deeds, his learning not complete. And if one have much learning, and withal No concentration in his doing, men Will blame his deeds, his learning being complete. And if one have much learning, and withal Much concentration in his doing, men Witt praise him both in learning and in deeds. The Buddha's deeply learned follower Is bearer of the law. And he is wise And, as the gold of Jambu, without blame. Devas praise him, yea, Brahma praiseth him. I. — Exposition of Virtue 55 The precepts of probationers from not being misconstrued by way of views, or those precepts which are not misconstrued by way of the lust of average men, are to be known as "precepts of purity not misconstrued," like those of the Elder Tissa, son of Kutumbiya. For that senior, desirous of establishing himself in Sanctity through such precepts, said to his enemies : " Breaking both legs I will convince you. Yea, I loathe, I am ashamed of death in lust." [49] So thought I, wisely pondering, and attained To sanctity what time the dawn arose. Another Elder also, being afflicted with disease, was unable to feed himself with his hands, and was wallowing and rolling about in his own urine and excrement. Seeing him, a certain young man said: " Alas, how painful are your life complexes !" The Elder said to him: " Lad, if I die now I shall get the bliss of heaven. There is no doubt about that. But the bliss obtained by breaking this virtue would be like the state of layman brought about by renouncing the precepts. I shall die even together with my virtue." And contemplating that disease as he lay there, he attained Sanctity and gave explanation to the Order of brethren in these stanzas: — " A sickness falls upon me. The disease Brings sharp pain and corruption. Very soon This body will dry up even as a flower Wrapped in hot dust. This ailing, putrid corpse, Called loveable, being unloveable, Fie on it ! impure thing that men deem pure, Full of all loathsomenesses ; loveable To the unseeing, this foul-smelling thing, Corruptible, void of all purity, Whereby intoxicated, dazed, the world Destroys the way by which heaven is attained." l The precepts of saints and so on are to be known as " tranquillized precepts of purity" from their tranquillizing of all suffering, and from their complete purity. This is purity of precepts fivefold as limited precepts of purity and so forth. In the second pentad (p. 13) what is to be understood as the meaning is by way of removing life-taking and so on. For it has been said in the Patisambhida: " There are five kinds of virtue: (1) the rejection of life-taking is virtue, (2) abstention is virtue, (3) volition is virtue, (4) restraint is virtue, (5) non-transgression is virtue. Virtue is the rejection of theft . . . of wrong conduct in sensual pleasures . . . of false speech, calumnious speech, harsh speech, frivolous talk, [50] covetousness, ill-mil, wrong views. It is the rejection of sensual desire by renunciation, ill-will by good-will, sloth and torpor by the perception of light, flurry by non-distraction, doubt by determination of states, ignorance by knowledge, discontent by gladness, the hindrances by the first jhdna, initial and sustained applications of mind by the second jhdna, rapture by the third jhdna, ease and ill by the fourth jhdna, the perception of matter by the attainment of the sphere of space, the perception of variety by the perception of aversion, the perception of the sphere of space by the attainment of the sphere of consciousness, the perception of the sphere of consciousness by the attainment of the sphere of nothingness, the perception of the sphere of nothingness by the attainment of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, the perception of permanence by retrospection of impermanence, the perception of ease by retrospection of ill, the perception of the soul by retrospection of soullessness, delight by retrospection of disgust, passion by retrospection of dispassion, origination by retrospection of cessation, clinging by retrospection of forsaking, the perception of density by retrospection of loss, reinforcing by retrospection of decay, the perception of constancy by retrospection of change, the sign by retrospection of the signless, hankering by retrospection of the unhankeredafter, conviction by retrospection of emptiness, the clinging to and conviction of essence by the higher wisdom of insight into states, the conviction of delusion by the knowledge and discernment of things as they really are, the conviction of attachment by i, 46. I. — Exposition of Virtue 57 retrospection of tribulation, non-reflection by retrospection of reflection, the conviction of fetters by retrospection of escape from the round of births, the corruptions occupying the same place with views by the path of Stream-winning, the gross corruptions by the path of Once-returning, the subtle corruptions by the path of Never-returning, all corruptions by the path of Sanctity; virtue is abstention, volition, restraint, non-transgression in regard to all these things. Such kinds of virtue conduce to absence of mental remorse, to gladness, rapture, tranquillity, joy, practice, culture, development, adornment, requisites (of concentration), fulness, fulfilment, certain disgust, dispassion, cessation, quiet, higher knowledge, perfect knowledge, Nibbdna" And herein, other than the not allowing life-taking, and so forth, described above to arise, there is no state whatever that is called " rejection." And because the different rejections are [51] the support, in the sense of basis, and also owing to their not shaking, the right placing of the different moral states, therefore it has been said previously to be virtue in the sense of being virtuous, already mentioned as supporting and right placing (p. 9). The other four states are mentioned with reference to the procedure and existence of mind as abstaining from this and that, as refraining from this and that, as volition associated with both (abstaining and refraining), and as non-transgression on the part of one who does not transgress this and that. And their being virtue has been mentioned previously. Thus it is fivefold as rejection and so forth. So far this is the end of the answers to the questions: What is virtue ? In what sense is it virtue ? What are its characteristics, its essence, its manifestation, its proximate cause ? What are its advantages ? How many kinds of it are there ? 6. What is its corruption ? 7. What its purification ? In what has been said as " What is its corruption ? and what its purification ?" we say that the state of virtue being broken and so forth is its corruption; that its state of being unbroken and so forth is its purification. And that state of being broken and so forth is counted as its breaking conditioned by gain, pomp, and so on, and the sevenfold association with sexual feelings. For a man whose precepts in the group of the seven offences are broken either at the outset or conclusion, is known as having broken virtue, like a garment frayed at the edges. And whoso has them broken in the middle is known as having riddled virtue, like a garment with holes in the middle. And whoso has two or three of them broken in a series is known as having streaked virtue, like a cow the colour of whose body is one or the other among black and red colours and so on mixed with other dissimilar colours, either on the back or on the belly. And whoso has them broken at different stages is known as having spotted virtue, like a cow variegated by dissimilar colours and spots at intervals. And so the state of being broken and so on is due to breaking conditioned by gain and so forth. And this is by way of the sevenfold association with sexual feelings. For the Blessed One has said :J — " Brahmin, here az monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually [52] enjoy a woman, but he likes to have her rub, chafe, bathe, or massage him ; he is pleased with it, desires it, takes delight in it. This, 0 brahmin, is being broken, riddled, streaked, spotted in respect of the holy life. And he, 0 brahmin, is said to practise impure chastity, and to be associated with the fetter of sexual feelings. And I say that he is not freed from birth, old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub, chafe, bathe or massage him, but he likes to jest, play, and sport with her ; he is pleased with it. . . . And I say that he is not freed from birth, old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub . . . to jest, play and sport with her, but he likes to stare and look at her ; lie is pleased with it. . . . And I say that he is not freed from birth, old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk I. — Exposition of Virtue 59 or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub . . . to jest . . . to stare and look at her, but he likes to listen to her voice, when she laughs, talks, sings, or cries across a wall or fence ; he is pleased with it. . . . And I say that he is not freed from birth, old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub . . . to jest . . . stare . . . listen to her voice . . . but he likes to think about his former laughs, talks, sportings with her ; he is pleased with it. ... And I say that he is not freed from birth, -old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub, . . . to jest . . . stare . . . listen to her voice . . . think about his former laughs . . . [53] but he likes to see a householder or his son enjoying fully the pleasures of sense ; he is pleased with it. . . . And I say that he is not freed from birth, old age, death . . . ill. Again, 0 brahmin, here a monk or a brahmin is pledged to be chaste and does not actually enjoy a woman, and does not like to have her rub . . . jest . . . stare . . . listen . . . think . . . see a householder . . . but he likes to practise the holy life in the hope of attaining to a celestial abode, saying, ' By this virtue, vow, austerity, or chastity, I shall become a deva, or one of the devas ; he is pleased with it, desires it, takes delight in it. This, 0 brahmin, is being broken, riddled, streaked, spotted as regards the holy life.' " Thus the state of being broken, and so forth, should be understood to be counted as its breaking conditioned by gain and so forth, and the sevenfold association with sexual feelings. And the state of being unbroken, and so on, is considered as the not breaking of all the precepts, the atoning for those to be atoned, the absence1 of the fetter of the sevenfold sexual feelings, the not producing of such evil states as anger, hatred, hypocrisy, ridicule, envy, meanness, wile, craft, stiffness, clamour, conceit, excessive conceit, intoxication, negligence; and the producing of such qualities as moderation of desires, contentment, simple life. Indeed those virtues which have not been broken for the sake of gain and so forth, or which have been atoned for even though they may have been broken through the fault of negligence, and which have not been oppressed by the fetter of sexual feelings and anger, hatred, or other evil states, are all said to be unbroken, unriddled, unstreaked, unspotted. And they are ' liberating ' through their bringing about liberation ; ' praised by the wise ' through their being praised by the wise; ' not misconstrued ' through being not misconstrued by craving and views; and they are conducive to concentration since they conduce either to access concentration or ecstatic concentration. Hence their state of being unbroken, and so on, is to be known as their purification. And that purification is fulfilled in two ways : by seeing the evils of the depravity of virtue, and by seeing the advantages of the fulfilment of virtue. [54] Of these, the evils of the depravity of virtue should be understood according to the Sutta which begins: " Brethren, five are the evils of depravity of the virtue of a wicked man." x Moreover, a wicked person, on account of his wickedness, is not liked by devas and men; is not admonished by his fellow-monks; is miserable amidst the scoffings at his wickedness; feels remorse amidst the praises of the virtuous; is ill favoured like a hempen garment on account of his wickedness ; is in touch with pain inasmuch as those who follow his views bear the pains of the states of woe for a long time; is of little worth inasmuch as he does not produce much fruit to those whose giftsr he accepts ; is difficult of purification like a pit of excrement that has been collecting many years; is outside of both (the pleasures of man and of monk) like a vile creeper ; not a monk though pledged to be one, he is as a donkey that follows a herd of cattle; he is ever alarmed like an enemy of all men; is not worthy to live with, like some dead body; I. — Exposition of Virtue 61 is not worthy to be reverenced by his fellow-monks, even though he may be endowed with such merits as learning, any more than a cremation fire by brahmins; is unable to attain distinction as a blind man is unable to see objects; has no more desire for the Good Law than a grave-digger's boy has for kingship ; is in pain though he thinks he is happy, being a partaker of pain as is said in the Fire Discourse. For in setting forth the visible result of Karma in all its forms, and the exceeding severe pain which arises to evil men with minds giddy with enjoyment of the five sensual pleasures, and the pleasurable taste of the salutation and reverence and so forth which result from these pleasures, the which, merely in recollection, is able to produce heart burning and the spitting of hot blood, the Blessed One has said: — l " Brethren, do you see this great mass of fire, burning, ablaze, aflame ?" " Yea, Lord." " What do you think, 0 brethren? Which is better: to sit or lie down embracing this great mass of fire, burning, ablaze, aflame ; or to sit or lie down embracing a princely maid, a brahmin maid, or a maid of the householder class, with soft and delicate hands and feet .?" " Lord, it is better to sit or lie down embracing a princely maid and so on. [55] Painful it is, Lord, to sit or lie down embracing a mass of fire." " / tell you, brethren, I declare unto you, brethren, that it is better for a wicked man of evil nature, of unclean and hesitating conduct, of hidden actions, not a monk but pledged to be one, not a holy man but pledged to be one, putrid within, flowing with lust, offensive as refuse, to sit or lie down embracing a mass of fire. . . . And why ? On this account, brethren, he may die or suffer mortal pain, but on the dissolution of his body after death, it will not make him suffer in states of woe, an evil destiny, in a place of suffering, hell. But, brethren, that a wicked man . . . should sit or lie down embracing a princely maid . . . that indeed is to his disadvantage and pain for a long time ; and on the dissolution of the body after death, he goes to a state of woe, to an evil destiny, a place of suffering, hell." Having thus by the simile of the mass of fire made known the pain caused by enjoying the five pleasures connected with women, the Blessed One in the same way said : — x ''Brethren, which do you think is better: that a strong man should twist a strong hair-rope round the shins of both legs and pull it, rubbing them, so that it cuts the skin, and then the thick inner skin, and then the flesh, and then the nerves, and then the bones, and having cut the bones, remains chafing the marrow ; or that one (the wicked man) should acquiesce in the salutation of great princes, great brahmins, or great householders ? Brethren, which do you think is better: that a strong man should pierce the breast with a sharp spear cleansed in oil ; or that one should acquiesce in the obeisance of great princes, great brahmins, or great householders ? Brethren, which do you think is better : that a strong man should cover the body with a heated iron-plate, burning, blazing, flaming ; or that one should use a robe, a gift of faith from great princes, brahmins, or householders ? Brethren, which do you think [56] is better: that a strong man should open his mouth by means of heated iron tweezers, burning, blazing, flaming, and throw into it a heated iron ball, burning, blazing, flaming, so that it burns the lips, and also the mouth, tongue, throat, stomach, and comes out from below together with the intestines and the mesentery ; or that one should eat food, a gift of faith from great princes, brahmins, or householders ? Brethren, which do you think is better : that a strong man should seize one by the head or shoulder and make one sit or lie down on a heated iron bed or a chair, burning, blazing, flaming ; or that one should use a bed or chair, a gift of faith from great princes, brahmins, or householders? Brethren, which do you think is better: that a strong man should seize one, feet upward and head downward, and throw one into a heated iron pot, burning, blazing, flaming, so that one is cooked giving rise to bubbles, and keeps on now coming up, now going down, now going sideways ; or i Ib. 129 /. I. — Exposition of Virtue 63 that one should use a dwelling, a gift of faith from great 'princes, brahmins, or householders ?" Thus under the similitudes of hair-rope, sharp spear, iron plate, iron ball, iron bed, iron chair, iron pot, did the Blessed One set forth the pain caused by the enjoyment of salutation, obeisance, robe, food, bed, chair, dwelling (by the unworthy). Whence can there be true happiness to him Of broken virtue, who doth not forsake Sensual pleasure, yielding sharper pain Than to embrace a mass of living fire ? What happiness is there to him whose virtue Hath been depraved, accepting salutation, Suffering pain more galling than the pain Of flesh tormented with strong ropes of hair ? [57] What happiness to one who hath no virtue, Accepting the obeisance of the faithful, The root-condition of a sharper pain Than pain of piercing spear ? Or what to him Who knoweth no restraint in use of robes, Wherefor he should be punished long in hell, Being bound upon a blazing iron plate ? Though sweet the food, to one who hath no virtue It is as virulent poison : wheref or he Shall mouth in hell a red-hot iron ball. Though deemed a joy, the use of bed and chair By one who hath no virtue is a pain. Wherefore let him be racked long time on beds And blazing chairs of iron. And to him Whose virtue is perverted, what delight To dwell within a house, a gift of faith ? 'Mid blazing iron vessels should he dwell. Thus the world-Teacher blameth him for one Of hesitating conduct, passionate, Evil, putrid within, a rubbish heap. Fie on the harmful and destructive life Of him who knoweth not restraint, no monk, But wearing a monk's guise and suffering Austerities I1 For what to him is life, Avoided is by the virtuous and good, As dung by those who would be beautified, Or corpse. He is not freed from fears ; but freed From every hope of bliss. Heaven's door is closed, The way of hell he hath taken. Who but he Is pitiable to the piteous ? Perverted virtue many faults begets. Thus by retrospective knowledge are to be understood the evils of the depravity of virtue. And the advantages of the fulfilment of virtue should be taken as the opposite of the description here given (of the former). Further: — [58] His virtue pure, his bearing bowl and robe Pleasing, his ordination not unblessed. As darkness enters not the sun, so fear Of self -blame enters not that brother's heart Whose virtue is purified. As in the sky By the fulfilment of her rays the moon Shines, in the wood of his austerities By the fulfilment of his virtue shines The brother. A good brother's bodily scent Brings gladness even to gods : what need to tell His scent of virtue ? For it overcomes The attainment of all other kinds of scent: Unchecked in all directions it is borne. Deeds to the virtuous done, though they be few, Are fruitful. Thus the virtuous dispense Honour and reverence. The intoxicants Of the conditioning present do not vex The virtuous. The virtuous dig up The root of future ills. Whatever of attainment among men, Whatever of prosperity there be I. — Exposition of Virtue 65 Among the gods, it is not hard to gain By one fulfilled in virtue, if he will. The attainment of Nibbana takes away Burning untold : his mind seeks after it Whose virtue is fulfilled. Thus should the wise Show forth the benefits of virtue, root Of all attainments, various, multiform. And so the mind of him who shows them forth trembles at the depravity of virtue, and inclines towards its fulfilment. Therefore, seeing the evils of the depravity of virtue and the advantages of the fulfilment of virtue as spoken of above, one should purify virtue with due respect. So far has virtue been explained in the Path of Purity set forth under the heads of virtue, concentration, and wisdom in the stanza, " The man discreet, on virtue planted firm." Thus is ended the first chapter called The Exposition of Virtue, in the Path of Purity, composed for the purpose of gladdening good folk.
သီလသရူပါဒိကထာ
၆။ ဧဝံ အနေကဂုဏသင်္ဂါဟကေန သီလသမာဓိပညာမုခေန ဒေသိတောပိ ပနေသ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေါ အတိသင်္ခေပဒေသိတောယေဝ ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ နာလံ သဗ္ဗေသံ ဥပကာရာယာတိ ဝိတ္ထာရမဿ ဒဿေတုံ သီလံ တာဝ အာရဗ္ဘ ဣဒံ ပဉှာကမ္မံ ဟောတိ။
ကိံ သီလံ, ကေနဋ္ဌေန သီလံ, ကာနဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနိ, ကိမာနိသံသံ သီလံ, ကတိဝိဓံ စေတံ သီလံ, ကော စဿ သံကိလေသော, ကိံ ဝေါဒါနန္တိ။
တတြိဒံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ။ ကိံ သီလန္တိ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီဟိ ဝါ ဝိရမန္တဿ ဝတ္တပဋိပတ္တိံ ဝါ ပူရေန္တဿ စေတနာဒယော ဓမ္မာ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ ‘‘ကိံ သီလန္တိ စေတနာ သီလံ, စေတသိကံ သီလံ, သံဝရော သီလံ, အဝီတိက္ကမော သီလ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၉)။ တတ္ထ စေတနာ သီလံ နာမ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီဟိ ဝါ ဝိရမန္တဿ ဝတ္တပဋိပတ္တိံ ဝါ ပူရေန္တဿ စေတနာ။ စေတသိကံ သီလံ နာမ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီဟိ ဝိရမန္တဿ ဝိရတိ။ အပိစ စေတနာ သီလံ နာမ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီနိ ပဇဟန္တဿ သတ္တ ကမ္မပထစေတနာ။ စေတသိကံ သီလံ နာမ ‘‘အဘိဇ္ဈံ ပဟာယ ဝိဂတာဘိဇ္ဈေန စေတသာ ဝိဟရတီ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၇) အာဒိနာ နယေန ဝုတ္တာ အနဘိဇ္ဈာဗျာပါဒသမ္မာဒိဋ္ဌိဓမ္မာ။ သံဝရော သီလန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပဉ္စဝိဓေန သံဝရော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရော, သတိသံဝရော, ဉာဏသံဝရော, ခန္တိသံဝရော, ဝီရိယသံဝရောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဣမိနာ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရေန ဥပေတော ဟောတိ သမုပေတောတိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၁၁) အယံ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရော။ ရက္ခတိ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ, စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရံ အာပဇ္ဇတီတိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၃) အယံ သတိသံဝရော။
ယာနိ သောတာနိ လောကသ္မိံ, (အဇိတာတိ ဘဂဝါ၊)
သတိ တေသံ နိဝါရဏံ၊
သောတာနံ သံဝရံ ဗြူမိ, ပညာယေတေ ပိဓိယျရေတိ။ (သု။ နိ။ ၁၀၄၁)၊
အယံ ဉာဏသံဝရော။ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနမ္ပိ ဧတ္ထေဝ သမောဓာနံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ယော ပနာယံ ခမော ဟောတိ သီတဿ ဥဏှဿာတိအာဒိနာ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၄၊ အ။ နိ။ ၆။၅၈) နယေန အာဂတော, အယံ ခန္တိသံဝရော နာမ။ ယော စာယံ ဥပ္ပန္နံ ကာမဝိတက္ကံ နာဓိဝါသေတီတိအာဒိနာ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၆၊ အ။ နိ။ ၆။၅၈) နယေန အာဂတော, အယံ ဝီရိယသံဝရော နာမ။ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိပိ ဧတ္ထေဝ သမောဓာနံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ဣတိ အယံ ပဉ္စဝိဓောပိ သံဝရော, ယာ စ ပါပဘီရုကာနံ ကုလပုတ္တာနံ သမ္ပတ္တဝတ္ထုတော ဝိရတိ, သဗ္ဗမ္ပေတံ သံဝရသီလန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ အဝီတိက္ကမော သီလန္တိ သမာဒိန္နသီလဿ ကာယိကဝါစသိကော အနတိက္ကမော။ ဣဒံ တာဝ ကိံ သီလန္တိ ပဉှဿ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ။
၇။ အဝသေသေသု ကေနဋ္ဌေန သီလန္တိ သီလနဋ္ဌေန သီလံ။ ကိမိဒံ သီလနံ နာမ။ သမာဓာနံ ဝါ, ကာယကမ္မာဒီနံ သုသီလျဝသေန အဝိပ္ပကိဏ္ဏတာတိ အတ္ထော။ ဥပဓာရဏံ ဝါ, ကုသလာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ ပတိဋ္ဌာနဝသေန အာဓာရဘာဝေါတိ အတ္ထော။ ဧတဒေဝ ဟေတ္ထ အတ္ထဒွယံ သဒ္ဒလက္ခဏဝိဒူ အနုဇာနန္တိ။ အညေ ပန သိရဋ္ဌော သီလတ္ထော, သီတလဋ္ဌော သီလတ္ထောတိ ဧဝမာဒိနာပိ နယေနေတ္ထ အတ္ထံ ဝဏ္ဏယန္တိ။
၈။ ဣဒါနိ ကာနဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနီတိ ဧတ္ထ –
သီလနံ လက္ခဏံ တဿ, ဘိန္နဿာပိ အနေကဓာ၊
သနိဒဿနတ္တံ ရူပဿ, ယထာ ဘိန္နဿနေကဓာ။
ယထာ ဟိ နီလပီတာဒိဘေဒေန အနေကဓာ ဘိန္နဿာပိ ရူပါယတနဿ သနိဒဿနတ္တံ လက္ခဏံ, နီလာဒိဘေဒေန ဘိန္နဿာပိ သနိဒဿန ဘာဝါနတိက္ကမနတော။ တထာ သီလဿ စေတနာဒိဘေဒေန အနေကဓာ ဘိန္နဿာပိ ယဒေတံ ကာယကမ္မာဒီနံ သမာဓာနဝသေန ကုသလာနဉ္စ ဓမ္မာနံ ပတိဋ္ဌာနဝသေန ဝုတ္တံ သီလနံ, တဒေဝ လက္ခဏံ, စေတနာဒိဘေဒေန ဘိန္နဿာပိ သမာဓာနပတိဋ္ဌာနဘာဝါနတိက္ကမနတော။ ဧဝံ လက္ခဏဿ ပနဿ –
ဒုဿီလျဝိဒ္ဓံသနတာ, အနဝဇ္ဇဂုဏော တထာ၊
ကိစ္စသမ္ပတ္တိအတ္ထေန, ရသော နာမ ပဝုစ္စတိ။
တသ္မာ ဣဒံ သီလံ နာမ ကိစ္စဋ္ဌေန ရသေန ဒုဿီလျဝိဒ္ဓံသနရသံ, သမ္ပတ္တိအတ္ထေန ရသေန အနဝဇ္ဇရသန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ လက္ခဏာဒီသု ဟိ ကိစ္စမေဝ သမ္ပတ္တိ ဝါ ရသောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။
သောစေယျပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနံ, တယိဒံ တဿ ဝိညုဟိ၊
ဩတ္တပ္ပဉ္စ ဟိရီ စေဝ, ပဒဋ္ဌာနန္တိ ဝဏ္ဏိတံ။
တယိဒံ သီလံ ကာယသောစေယျံ ဝစီသောစေယျံ မနောသောစေယျန္တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၃။၁၂၁) ဧဝံ ဝုတ္တသောစေယျပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနံ, သောစေယျဘာဝေန ပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာတိ ဂဟဏဘာဝံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ဟိရောတ္တပ္ပဉ္စ ပနဿ ဝိညူဟိ ပဒဋ္ဌာနန္တိ ဝဏ္ဏိတံ, အာသန္နကာရဏန္တိ အတ္ထော။ ဟိရောတ္တပ္ပေ ဟိ သတိ သီလံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ စေဝ တိဋ္ဌတိ စ။ အသတိ နေဝ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, န တိဋ္ဌတီတိ။ ဧဝံ သီလဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။
သီလာနိသံသကထာ
၉။ ကိမာနိသံသံ သီလန္တိ အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရာဒိအနေကဂုဏပဋိလာဘာနိသံသံ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ – ‘‘အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရတ္ထာနိ ခေါ, အာနန္ဒ, ကုသလာနိ သီလာနိ အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရာနိသံသာနီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၁၁။၁)။
အပရမ္ပိ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ပဉ္စိမေ ဂဟပတယော အာနိသံသာ သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယ။ ကတမေ ပဉ္စ? ဣဓ ဂဟပတယော သီလဝါ သီလသမ္ပန္နော အပ္ပမာဒါဓိကရဏံ မဟန္တံ ဘောဂက္ခန္ဓံ အဓိဂစ္ဆတိ, အယံ ပဌမော အာနိသံသော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယ။ ပုန စပရံ ဂဟပတယော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပန္နဿ ကလျာဏော ကိတ္တိသဒ္ဒေါ အဗ္ဘုဂ္ဂစ္ဆတိ, အယံ ဒုတိယော အာနိသံသော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယ။ ပုန စပရံ ဂဟပတယော သီလဝါ သီလသမ္ပန္နော ယညဒေဝ ပရိသံ ဥပသင်္ကမတိ ယဒိ ခတ္တိယပရိသံ ယဒိ ဗြာဟ္မဏပရိသံ ယဒိ ဂဟပတိပရိသံ ယဒိ သမဏပရိသံ, ဝိသာရဒေါ ဥပသင်္ကမတိ အမင်္ကုဘူတော, အယံ တတိယော အာနိသံသော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယ။ ပုန စပရံ ဂဟပတယော သီလဝါ သီလသမ္ပန္နော အသမ္မူဠှော ကာလံ ကရောတိ, အယံ စတုတ္ထော အာနိသံသော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယ။ ပုန စပရံ ဂဟပတယော သီလဝါ သီလသမ္ပန္နော ကာယဿ ဘေဒါ ပရံ မရဏာ သုဂတိံ သဂ္ဂံ လောကံ ဥပပဇ္ဇတိ, အယံ ပဉ္စမော အာနိသံသော သီလဝတော သီလသမ္ပဒါယာ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၁၅၀၊ အ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၁၃၊ မဟာဝ။ ၂၈၅)။
အပရေပိ ‘‘အာကင်္ခေယျ စေ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဘိက္ခု သဗြဟ္မစာရီနံ ပိယော စ အဿံ မနာပေါ စ ဂရု စ ဘာဝနီယော စာတိ, သီလေသွေဝဿ ပရိပူရကာရီ’’တိအာဒိနာ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၆၅) နယေန ပိယမနာပတာဒယော အာသဝက္ခယပရိယောသာနာ အနေကာ သီလာနိသံသာ ဝုတ္တာ။ ဧဝံ အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရာဒိအနေကဂုဏာနိသံသံ သီလံ။ အပိစ –
သာသနေ ကုလပုတ္တာနံ, ပတိဋ္ဌာ နတ္ထိ ယံ ဝိနာ၊
အာနိသံသပရိစ္ဆေဒံ, တဿ သီလဿ ကော ဝဒေ။
န ဂင်္ဂါ ယမုနာ စာပိ, သရဘူ ဝါ သရသွတီ၊
နိန္နဂါ ဝါစိရဝတီ, မဟီ ဝါပိ မဟာနဒီ။
သက္ကုဏန္တိ ဝိသောဓေတုံ, တံ မလံ ဣဓ ပါဏိနံ၊
ဝိသောဓယတိ သတ္တာနံ, ယံ ဝေ သီလဇလံ မလံ။
န တံ သဇလဒါ ဝါတာ, န စာပိ ဟရိစန္ဒနံ၊
နေဝ ဟာရာ န မဏယော, န စန္ဒကိရဏင်္ကုရာ။
သမယန္တီဓ သတ္တာနံ, ပရိဠာဟံ သုရက္ခိတံ၊
ယံ သမေတိ ဣဒံ အရိယံ, သီလံ အစ္စန္တသီတလံ။
သီလဂန္ဓသမော ဂန္ဓော, ကုတော နာမ ဘဝိဿတိ၊
ယော သမံ အနုဝါတေ စ, ပဋိဝါတေ စ ဝါယတိ။
သဂ္ဂါရောဟဏသောပါနံ, အညံ သီလသမံ ကုတော၊
ဒွါရံ ဝါ ပန နိဗ္ဗာန, နဂရဿ ပဝေသနေ။
သောဘန္တေဝံ န ရာဇာနော, မုတ္တာမဏိဝိဘူသိတာ၊
ယထာ သောဘန္တိ ယတိနော, သီလဘူသနဘူသိတာ။
အတ္တာနုဝါဒါဒိဘယံ, ဝိဒ္ဓံသယတိ သဗ္ဗသော၊
ဇနေတိ ကိတ္တိဟာသဉ္စ, သီလံ သီလဝတံ သဒါ။
ဂုဏာနံ မူလဘူတဿ, ဒေါသာနံ ဗလဃာတိနော၊
ဣတိ သီလဿ ဝိညေယျံ, အာနိသံသကထာမုခန္တိ။
သီလပ္ပဘေဒကထာ
၁၀။ ဣဒါနိ ယံ ဝုတ္တံ ကတိဝိဓံ စေတံ သီလန္တိ, တတြိဒံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ။ သဗ္ဗမေဝ တာဝ ဣဒံ သီလံ အတ္တနော သီလနလက္ခဏေန ဧကဝိဓံ။
စာရိတ္တဝါရိတ္တဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။ တထာ အာဘိသမာစာရိကအာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကဝသေန, ဝိရတိအဝိရတိဝသေန, နိဿိတာနိဿိတဝသေန, ကာလပရိယန္တအာပါဏကောဋိကဝသေန, သပရိယန္တာပရိယန္တဝသေန, လောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝသေန စ။
တိဝိဓံ ဟီနမဇ္ဈိမပဏီတဝသေန။ တထာ အတ္တာဓိပတေယျလောကာဓိပတေယျဓမ္မာဓိပတေယျဝသေန, ပရာမဋ္ဌာပရာမဋ္ဌပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိဝသေန, ဝိသုဒ္ဓါဝိသုဒ္ဓဝေမတိကဝသေန, သေက္ခာသေက္ခနေဝသေက္ခနာသေက္ခဝသေန စ။
စတုဗ္ဗိဓံ ဟာနဘာဂိယဌိတိဘာဂိယဝိသေသဘာဂိယနိဗ္ဗေဓဘာဂိယဝသေန။ တထာ ဘိက္ခုဘိက္ခုနီအနုပသမ္ပန္နဂဟဋ္ဌသီလဝသေန, ပကတိအာစာရဓမ္မတာပုဗ္ဗဟေတုကသီလဝသေန, ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရအာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလဝသေန စ။
ပဉ္စဝိဓံ ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလာဒိဝသေန။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ ‘‘ပဉ္စ သီလာနိ – ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ, အပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ, ပရိပုဏ္ဏပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ, အပရာမဋ္ဌပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ, ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၇)။ တထာ ပဟာနဝေရမဏီစေတနာသံဝရာဝီတိက္ကမဝသေန။
၁၁။ တတ္ထ ဧကဝိဓကောဋ္ဌာသေ အတ္ထော ဝုတ္တနယေနေဝ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဒုဝိဓကောဋ္ဌာသေ ယံ ဘဂဝတာ ‘‘ဣဒံ ကတ္တဗ္ဗ’’န္တိ ပညတ္တသိက္ခာပဒပူရဏံ, တံ စာရိတ္တံ။ ယံ ‘‘ဣဒံ န ကတ္တဗ္ဗ’’န္တိ ပဋိက္ခိတ္တဿ အကရဏံ, တံ ဝါရိတ္တံ။ တတြာယံ ဝစနတ္ထော။ စရန္တိ တသ္မိံ သီလေသု ပရိပူရကာရိတာယ ပဝတ္တန္တီတိ စာရိတ္တံ။ ဝါရိတံ တာယန္တိ ရက္ခန္တိ တေနာတိ ဝါရိတ္တံ။ တတ္ထ သဒ္ဓါဝီရိယသာဓနံ စာရိတ္တံ, သဒ္ဓါသာဓနံ ဝါရိတ္တံ။ ဧဝံ စာရိတ္တဝါရိတ္တဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
ဒုတိယဒုကေ အဘိသမာစာရောတိ ဥတ္တမသမာစာရော။ အဘိသမာစာရော ဧဝ အာဘိသမာစာရိကံ။ အဘိသမာစာရံ ဝါ အာရဗ္ဘ ပညတ္တံ အာဘိသမာစာရိကံ, အာဇီဝဋ္ဌမကတော အဝသေသသီလဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ မဂ္ဂဗြဟ္မစရိယဿ အာဒိဘာဝဘူတန္တိ အာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကံ, အာဇီဝဋ္ဌမကသီလဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ တဉှိ မဂ္ဂဿ အာဒိဘာဝဘူတံ, ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေယေဝ ပရိသောဓေတဗ္ဗတော။ တေနာဟ – ‘‘ပုဗ္ဗေဝ ခေါ ပနဿ ကာယကမ္မံ ဝစီကမ္မံ အာဇီဝေါ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓေါ ဟောတီ’’တိ (မ။ နိ။ ၃။၄၃၁)။ ယာနိ ဝါ သိက္ခာပဒါနိ ခုဒ္ဒါနုခုဒ္ဒကာနီတိ ဝုတ္တာနိ, ဣဒံ အာဘိသမာစာရိကသီလံ။ သေသံ အာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကံ။ ဥဘတောဝိဘင်္ဂပရိယာပန္နံ ဝါ အာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကံ။ ခန္ဓကဝတ္တပရိယာပန္နံ အာဘိသမာစာရိကံ။ တဿ သမ္ပတ္တိယာ အာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တေနေဝါဟ – ‘‘သော ဝတ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဘိက္ခု အာဘိသမာစာရိကံ ဓမ္မံ အပရိပူရေတွာ အာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကံ ဓမ္မံ ပရိပူရေဿတီတိ နေတံ ဌာနံ ဝိဇ္ဇတီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၁)။ ဧဝံ အာဘိသမာစာရိကအာဒိဗြဟ္မစရိယကဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
တတိယဒုကေ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီဟိ ဝေရမဏိမတ္တံ ဝိရတိသီလံ။ သေသံ စေတနာဒိ အဝိရတိသီလန္တိ ဧဝံ ဝိရတိအဝိရတိဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
စတုတ္ထဒုကေ နိဿယောတိ ဒွေ နိဿယာ တဏှာနိဿယော စ ဒိဋ္ဌိနိဿယော စ။ တတ္ထ ယံ ‘‘ဣမိနာဟံ သီလေန ဒေဝေါ ဝါ ဘဝိဿာမိ ဒေဝညတရော ဝါ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၃။၃၂၀၊ မ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၈၆၊ အ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၀၆၊ ၇။၅၀) ဧဝံ ဘဝသမ္ပတ္တိံ အာကင်္ခမာနေန ပဝတ္တိတံ, ဣဒံ တဏှာနိဿိတံ။ ယံ ‘‘သီလေန သုဒ္ဓီ’’တိ ဧဝံ သုဒ္ဓိဒိဋ္ဌိယာ ပဝတ္တိတံ, ဣဒံ ဒိဋ္ဌိနိဿိတံ။ ယံ ပန လောကုတ္တရံ လောကိယဉ္စ တဿေဝ သမ္ဘာရဘူတံ, ဣဒံ အနိဿိတန္တိ ဧဝံ နိဿိတာနိဿိတဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
ပဉ္စမဒုကေ ကာလပရိစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာ သမာဒိန္နံ သီလံ ကာလပရိယန္တံ။ ယာဝဇီဝံ သမာဒိယိတွာ တထေဝ ပဝတ္တိတံ အာပါဏကောဋိကန္တိ ဧဝံ ကာလပရိယန္တအာပါဏကောဋိကဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
ဆဋ္ဌဒုကေ လာဘယသဉာတိအင်္ဂဇီဝိတဝသေန ဒိဋ္ဌပရိယန္တံ သပရိယန္တံ နာမ။ ဝိပရီတံ အပရိယန္တံ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ ‘‘ကတမံ တံ သီလံ သပရိယန္တံ? အတ္ထိ သီလံ လာဘပရိယန္တံ, အတ္ထိ သီလံ ယသပရိယန္တံ, အတ္ထိ သီလံ ဉာတိပရိယန္တံ, အတ္ထိ သီလံ အင်္ဂပရိယန္တံ, အတ္ထိ သီလံ ဇီဝိတပရိယန္တံ။ ကတမံ တံ သီလံ လာဘပရိယန္တံ? ဣဓေကစ္စော လာဘဟေတု လာဘပစ္စယာ လာဘကာရဏာ ယထာသမာဒိန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒံ ဝီတိက္ကမတိ, ဣဒံ တံ သီလံ လာဘပရိယန္တ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၈)။ ဧတေနေဝ ဥပါယေန ဣတရာနိပိ ဝိတ္ထာရေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ အပရိယန္တဝိဿဇ္ဇနေပိ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ကတမံ တံ သီလံ န လာဘပရိယန္တံ? ဣဓေကစ္စော လာဘဟေတု လာဘပစ္စယာ လာဘကာရဏာ ယထာသမာဒိန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒံ ဝီတိက္ကမာယ စိတ္တမ္ပိ န ဥပ္ပါဒေတိ, ကိံ သော ဝီတိက္ကမိဿတိ, ဣဒံ တံ သီလံ န လာဘပရိယန္တ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၈)။ ဧတေနေဝုပါယေန ဣတရာနိပိ ဝိတ္ထာရေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ဧဝံ သပရိယန္တာပရိယန္တဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
သတ္တမဒုကေ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ သာသဝံ သီလံ လောကိယံ။ အနာသဝံ လောကုတ္တရံ။ တတ္ထ လောကိယံ ဘဝဝိသေသာဝဟံ ဟောတိ ဘဝနိဿရဏဿ စ သမ္ဘာရော။ ယထာဟ – ‘‘ဝိနယော သံဝရတ္ထာယ, သံဝရော အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရတ္ထာယ, အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရော ပါမောဇ္ဇတ္ထာယ, ပါမောဇ္ဇံ ပီတတ္ထာယ, ပီတိ ပဿဒ္ဓတ္ထာယ, ပဿဒ္ဓိ သုခတ္ထာယ, သုခံ သမာဓတ္ထာယ, သမာဓိ ယထာဘူတဉာဏဒဿနတ္ထာယ, ယထာဘူတဉာဏဒဿနံ နိဗ္ဗိဒတ္ထာယ, နိဗ္ဗိဒါ ဝိရာဂတ္ထာယ, ဝိရာဂေါ ဝိမုတ္တတ္ထာယ, ဝိမုတ္တိ ဝိမုတ္တိဉာဏဒဿနတ္ထာယ, ဝိမုတ္တိဉာဏဒဿနံ အနုပါဒါပရိနိဗ္ဗာနတ္ထာယ, ဧတဒတ္ထာ ကထာ, ဧတဒတ္ထာ မန္တနာ, ဧတဒတ္ထာ ဥပနိသာ, ဧတဒတ္ထံ သောတာဝဓာနံ, ယဒိဒံ အနုပါဒါစိတ္တဿ ဝိမောက္ခော’’တိ (ပရိ။ ၃၆၆)။ လောကုတ္တရံ ဘဝနိဿရဏာဝဟံ ဟောတိ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဉာဏဿ စ ဘူမီတိ ဧဝံ လောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝသေန ဒုဝိဓံ။
၁၂။ တိကေသု ပဌမတ္တိကေ ဟီနေန ဆန္ဒေန စိတ္တေန ဝီရိယေန ဝီမံသာယ ဝါ ပဝတ္တိတံ ဟီနံ။ မဇ္ဈိမေဟိ ဆန္ဒာဒီဟိ ပဝတ္တိတံ မဇ္ဈိမံ။ ပဏီတေဟိ ပဏီတံ။ ယသကာမတာယ ဝါ သမာဒိန္နံ ဟီနံ။ ပုညဖလကာမတာယ မဇ္ဈိမံ။ ကတ္တဗ္ဗမေဝိဒန္တိ အရိယဘာဝံ နိဿာယ သမာဒိန္နံ ပဏီတံ။ ‘‘အဟမသ္မိ သီလသမ္ပန္နော, ဣမေ ပနညေ ဘိက္ခူ ဒုဿီလာ ပါပဓမ္မာ’’တိ ဧဝံ အတ္တုက္ကံသနပရဝမ္ဘနာဒီဟိ ဥပက္ကိလိဋ္ဌံ ဝါ ဟီနံ။ အနုပက္ကိလိဋ္ဌံ လောကိယံ သီလံ မဇ္ဈိမံ။ လောကုတ္တရံ ပဏီတံ။ တဏှာဝသေန ဝါ ဘဝဘောဂတ္ထာယ ပဝတ္တိတံ ဟီနံ။ အတ္တနော ဝိမောက္ခတ္ထာယ ပဝတ္တိတံ မဇ္ဈိမံ။ သဗ္ဗသတ္တာနံ ဝိမောက္ခတ္ထာယ ပဝတ္တိတံ ပါရမိတာသီလံ ပဏီတန္တိ ဧဝံ ဟီနမဇ္ဈိမပဏီတဝသေန တိဝိဓံ။
ဒုတိယတ္တိကေ အတ္တနော အနနုရူပံ ပဇဟိတုကာမေန အတ္တဂရုနာ အတ္တနိဂါရဝေန ပဝတ္တိတံ အတ္တာဓိပတေယျံ။ လောကာပဝါဒံ ပရိဟရိတုကာမေန လောကဂရုနာ လောကေ ဂါရဝေန ပဝတ္တိတံ လောကာဓိပတေယျံ။ ဓမ္မမဟတ္တံ ပူဇေတုကာမေန ဓမ္မဂရုနာ ဓမ္မဂါရဝေန ပဝတ္တိတံ ဓမ္မာဓိပတေယျန္တိ ဧဝံ အတ္တာဓိပတေယျာဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓံ။
တတိယတ္တိကေ ယံ ဒုကေသု နိဿိတန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ, တံ တဏှာဒိဋ္ဌီဟိ ပရာမဋ္ဌတ္တာ ပရာမဋ္ဌံ။ ပုထုဇ္ဇနကလျာဏကဿ မဂ္ဂသမ္ဘာရဘူတံ သေက္ခာနဉ္စ မဂ္ဂသမ္ပယုတ္တံ အပရာမဋ္ဌံ။ သေက္ခာသေက္ခာနံ ဖလသမ္ပယုတ္တံ ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓန္တိ ဧဝံ ပရာမဋ္ဌာဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓံ။
စတုတ္ထတ္တိကေ ယံ အာပတ္တိံ အနာပဇ္ဇန္တေန ပူရိတံ, အာပဇ္ဇိတွာ ဝါ ပုန ကတပဋိကမ္မံ, တံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓံ။ အာပတ္တိံ အာပန္နဿ အကတပဋိကမ္မံ အဝိသုဒ္ဓံ။ ဝတ္ထုမှိ ဝါ အာပတ္တိယာ ဝါ အဇ္ဈာစာရေ ဝါ ဝေမတိကဿ သီလံ ဝေမတိကသီလံ နာမ။ တတ္ထ ယောဂိနာ အဝိသုဒ္ဓသီလံ ဝိသောဓေတဗ္ဗံ, ဝေမတိကေ ဝတ္ထုဇ္ဈာစာရံ အကတွာ ဝိမတိ ပဋိဝိနေတဗ္ဗာ ‘‘ဣစ္စဿ ဖာသု ဘဝိဿတီ’’တိ ဧဝံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓါဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓံ။
ပဉ္စမတ္တိကေ စတူဟိ အရိယမဂ္ဂေဟိ တီဟိ စ သာမညဖလေဟိ သမ္ပယုတ္တံ သီလံ သေက္ခံ။ အရဟတ္တဖလသမ္ပယုတ္တံ အသေက္ခံ။ သေသံ နေဝသေက္ခနာသေက္ခန္တိ ဧဝံ သေက္ခာဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓံ။
ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ ပန ယသ္မာ လောကေ တေသံ တေသံ သတ္တာနံ ပကတိပိ သီလန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ, ယံ သန္ဓာယ ‘‘အယံ သုခသီလော, အယံ ဒုက္ခသီလော, အယံ ကလဟသီလော, အယံ မဏ္ဍနသီလော’’တိ ဘဏန္တိ, တသ္မာ တေန ပရိယာယေန ‘‘တီဏိ သီလာနိ, ကုသလသီလံ အကုသလသီလံ အဗျာကတသီလန္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၉)။ ဧဝံ ကုသလာဒိဝသေနပိ တိဝိဓန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ တတ္ထ အကုသလံ ဣမသ္မိံ အတ္ထေ အဓိပ္ပေတဿ သီလဿ လက္ခဏာဒီသု ဧကေနပိ န သမေတီတိ ဣဓ န ဥပနီတံ, တသ္မာ ဝုတ္တနယေနေဝဿ တိဝိဓတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
၁၃။ စတုက္ကေသု ပဌမစတုက္ကေ –
ယောဓ သေဝတိ ဒုဿီလေ, သီလဝန္တေ န သေဝတိ၊
ဝတ္ထုဝီတိက္ကမေ ဒေါသံ, န ပဿတိ အဝိဒ္ဒသု။
မိစ္ဆာသင်္ကပ္ပဗဟုလော, ဣန္ဒြိယာနိ န ရက္ခတိ၊
ဧဝရူပဿ ဝေ သီလံ, ဇာယတေ ဟာနဘာဂိယံ။
ယော ပနတ္တမနော ဟောတိ, သီလသမ္ပတ္တိယာ ဣဓ၊
ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနုယောဂမှိ, န ဥပ္ပါဒေတိ မာနသံ။
တုဋ္ဌဿ သီလမတ္တေန, အဃဋန္တဿ ဥတ္တရိ၊
တဿ တံ ဌိတိဘာဂိယံ, သီလံ ဘဝတိ ဘိက္ခုနော။
သမ္ပန္နသီလော ဃဋတိ, သမာဓတ္ထာယ ယော ပန၊
ဝိသေသဘာဂိယံ သီလံ, ဟောတိ ဧတဿ ဘိက္ခုနော။
အတုဋ္ဌော သီလမတ္တေန, နိဗ္ဗိဒံ ယောနုယုဉ္ဇတိ၊
ဟောတိ နိဗ္ဗေဓဘာဂိယံ, သီလမေတဿ ဘိက္ခုနောတိ။
ဧဝံ ဟာနဘာဂိယာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓံ။
ဒုတိယစတုက္ကေ ဘိက္ခူ အာရဗ္ဘ ပညတ္တသိက္ခာပဒါနိ, ယာနိ စ နေသံ ဘိက္ခုနီနံ ပညတ္တိတော ရက္ခိတဗ္ဗာနိ, ဣဒံ ဘိက္ခုသီလံ။ ဘိက္ခုနိယော အာရဗ္ဘ ပညတ္တသိက္ခာပဒါနိ, ယာနိ စ တာသံ ဘိက္ခူနံ ပညတ္တိတော ရက္ခိတဗ္ဗာနိ, ဣဒံ ဘိက္ခုနိသီလံ။ သာမဏေရသာမဏေရီနံ ဒသသီလာနိ အနုပသမ္ပန္နသီလံ။ ဥပါသကဥပါသိကာနံ နိစ္စသီလဝသေန ပဉ္စသိက္ခာပဒါနိ, သတိ ဝါ ဥဿာဟေ ဒသ, ဥပေါသထင်္ဂဝသေန အဋ္ဌာတိ ဣဒံ ဂဟဋ္ဌသီလန္တိ ဧဝံ ဘိက္ခုသီလာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓံ။
တတိယစတုက္ကေ ဥတ္တရကုရုကာနံ မနုဿာနံ အဝီတိက္ကမော ပကတိသီလံ။ ကုလဒေသပါသဏ္ဍာနံ အတ္တနော အတ္တနော မရိယာဒါစာရိတ္တံ အာစာရသီလံ။ ‘‘ဓမ္မတာ ဧသာ, အာနန္ဒ, ယဒါ ဗောဓိသတ္တော မာတုကုစ္ဆိံ ဩက္ကန္တော ဟောတိ န ဗောဓိသတ္တမာတု ပုရိသေသု မာနသံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိ ကာမဂုဏူပသံဟိတ’’န္တိ ဧဝံ ဝုတ္တံ ဗောဓိသတ္တမာတုသီလံ ဓမ္မတာသီလံ။ မဟာကဿပါဒီနံ ပန သုဒ္ဓသတ္တာနံ, ဗောဓိသတ္တဿ စ တာသု တာသု ဇာတီသု သီလံ ပုဗ္ဗဟေတုကသီလန္တိ ဧဝံ ပကတိသီလာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓံ။
စတုတ္ထစတုက္ကေ ယံ ဘဂဝတာ ‘‘ဣဓ ဘိက္ခု ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသံဝုတော ဝိဟရတိ အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နော အဏုမတ္တေသု ဝဇ္ဇေသု ဘယဒဿာဝီ သမာဒါယ သိက္ခတိ သိက္ခာပဒေသူ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၀၈၊ ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၉၃) ဝံ ဝုတ္တံ သီလံ, ဣဒံ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလံ နာမ။ ယံ ပန ‘‘သော စက္ခုနာ ရူပံ ဒိသွာ န နိမိတ္တဂ္ဂါဟီ ဟောတိ နာနုဗျဉ္ဇနဂ္ဂါဟီ, ယတွာဓိကရဏမေနံ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ အသံဝုတံ ဝိဟရန္တံ အဘိဇ္ဈာဒေါမနဿာ ပါပကာ အကုသလာ ဓမ္မာ အနွာဿဝေယျုံ, တဿ သံဝရာယ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ, ရက္ခတိ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ, စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ။ သောတေန သဒ္ဒံ သုတွာ…ပေ… ဃာနေန ဂန္ဓံ ဃာယိတွာ…ပေ… ဇိဝှါယ ရသံ သာယိတွာ…ပေ… ကာယေန ဖောဋ္ဌဗ္ဗံ ဖုသိတွာ…ပေ… မနသာ ဓမ္မံ ဝိညာယ န နိမိတ္တဂ္ဂါဟီ…ပေ… မနိန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရံ အာပဇ္ဇတီ’’တိ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၂, ၄၁၁၊ ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၃၊ အ။ နိ။ ၄။၁၉၈) ဝုတ္တံ, ဣဒံ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလံ။ ယာ ပန အာဇီဝဟေတုပညတ္တာနံ ဆန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒါနံ ဝီတိက္ကမဿ, ‘‘ကုဟနာ လပနာ နေမိတ္တိကတာ နိပ္ပေသိကတာ လာဘေန လာဘံ နိဇိဂီသနတာ’’တိ ဧဝမာဒီနဉ္စ ပါပဓမ္မာနံ ဝသေန ပဝတ္တာ မိစ္ဆာဇီဝါ ဝိရတိ, ဣဒံ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ ‘‘ပဋိသင်္ခါ ယောနိသော စီဝရံ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ယာဝဒေဝ သီတဿ ပဋိဃာတာယာ’’တိ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၃၊ အ။ နိ။ ၆။၅၈) အာဒိနာ နယေန ဝုတ္တော ပဋိသင်္ခါနပရိသုဒ္ဓေါ စတုပစ္စယပရိဘောဂေါ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ နာမ။
ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလံ
၁၄။ တတြာယံ အာဒိတော ပဋ္ဌာယ အနုပုဗ္ဗပဒဝဏ္ဏနာယ သဒ္ဓိံ ဝိနိစ္ဆယကထာ။ ဣဓာတိ ဣမသ္မိံ သာသနေ။ ဘိက္ခူတိ သံသာရေ ဘယံ ဣက္ခဏတာယ ဝါ ဘိန္နပဋဓရာဒိတာယ ဝါ ဧဝံ လဒ္ဓဝေါဟာရော သဒ္ဓါပဗ္ဗဇိတော ကုလပုတ္တော။ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသံဝုတောတိ ဧတ္ထ ပါတိမောက္ခန္တိ သိက္ခာပဒသီလံ။ တဉှိ ယော နံ ပါတိ ရက္ခတိ, တံ မောက္ခေတိ မောစယတိ အာပါယိကာဒီဟိ ဒုက္ခေဟိ, တသ္မာ ပါတိမောက္ခန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ သံဝရဏံ သံဝရော, ကာယိကဝါစသိကဿ အဝီတိက္ကမဿေတံ နာမံ။ ပါတိမောက္ခမေဝ သံဝရော ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရော။ တေန ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရေန သံဝုတော ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသံဝုတော, ဥပဂတော သမန္နာဂတောတိ အတ္ထော။ ဝိဟရတီတိ ဣရိယတိ။ အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နောတိအာဒီနမတ္ထော ပါဠိယံ အာဂတနယေနေဝ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ –
‘‘အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နော’’တိ အတ္ထိ အာစာရော, အတ္ထိ အနာစာရော၊
တတ္ထ ကတမော အနာစာရော? ကာယိကော ဝီတိက္ကမော ဝါစသိကော ဝီတိက္ကမော ကာယိကဝါစသိကော ဝီတိက္ကမော, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အနာစာရော။ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ ဒုဿီလျံ အနာစာရော။ ဣဓေကစ္စော ဝေဠုဒါနေန ဝါ ပတ္တဒါနေန ဝါ ပုပ္ဖဖလသိနာနဒန္တကဋ္ဌဒါနေန ဝါ စာဋုကမျတာယ ဝါ မုဂ္ဂသူပျတာယ ဝါ ပါရိဘဋျတာယ ဝါ ဇင်္ဃပေသနိကေန ဝါ အညတရညတရေန ဝါ ဗုဒ္ဓပဋိကုဋ္ဌေန မိစ္ဆာအာဇီဝေန ဇီဝိကံ ကပ္ပေတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အနာစာရော။
တတ္ထ ကတမော အာစာရော? ကာယိကော အဝီတိက္ကမော ဝါစသိကော အဝီတိက္ကမော ကာယိကဝါစသိကော အဝီတိက္ကမော, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အာစာရော။ သဗ္ဗောပိ သီလသံဝရော အာစာရော။ ဣဓေကစ္စော န ဝေဠုဒါနေန ဝါ န ပတ္တန ပုပ္ဖန ဖလန သိနာနန ဒန္တကဋ္ဌဒါနေန ဝါ န စာဋုကမျတာယ ဝါ န မုဂ္ဂသူပျတာယ ဝါ န ပါရိဘဋျတာယ ဝါ န ဇင်္ဃပေသနိကေန ဝါ န အညတရညတရေန ဝါ ဗုဒ္ဓပဋိကုဋ္ဌေန မိစ္ဆာအာဇီဝေန ဇီဝိကံ ကပ္ပေတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အာစာရော။
ဂေါစရောတိ အတ္ထိ ဂေါစရော အတ္ထိ အဂေါစရော။
တတ္ထ ကတမော အဂေါစရော? ဣဓေကစ္စော ဝေသိယာဂေါစရော ဝါ ဟောတိ ဝိဓဝါ, ထုလ္လကုမာရိကာ, ပဏ္ဍက, ဘိက္ခုနီ, ပါနာဂါရဂေါစရော ဝါ ဟောတိ, သံသဋ္ဌော ဝိဟရတိ ရာဇူဟိ ရာဇမဟာမတ္တေဟိ တိတ္ထိယေဟိ တိတ္ထိယသာဝကေဟိ အနနုလောမိကေန သံသဂ္ဂေန, ယာနိ ဝါ ပန တာနိ ကုလာနိ အဿဒ္ဓါနိ အပ္ပသန္နာနိ အနောပါနဘူတာနိ အက္ကောသကပရိဘာသကာနိ အနတ္ထကာမာနိ အဟိတကာမာနိ အဖာသုကကာမာနိ အယောဂက္ခေမကာမာနိ ဘိက္ခူနံ ဘိက္ခုနီနံ ဥပါသကာနံ ဥပါသိကာနံ, တထာရူပါနိ ကုလာနိ သေဝတိ ဘဇတိ ပယိရုပါသတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အဂေါစရော။
တတ္ထ ကတမော ဂေါစရော? ဣဓေကစ္စော န ဝေသိယာဂေါစရော ဝါ ဟောတိ…ပေ… န ပါနာဂါရဂေါစရော ဝါ ဟောတိ, အသံသဋ္ဌော ဝိဟရတိ ရာဇူဟိ…ပေ… တိတ္ထိယသာဝကေဟိ အနနုလောမိကေန သံသဂ္ဂေန, ယာနိ ဝါ ပန တာနိ ကုလာနိ သဒ္ဓါနိ ပသန္နာနိ ဩပါနဘူတာနိ ကာသာဝပဇ္ဇောတာနိ ဣသိဝါတပဋိဝါတာနိ အတ္ထကာမာနိ…ပေ… ယောဂက္ခေမကာမာနိ ဘိက္ခူနံ…ပေ… ဥပါသိကာနံ, တထာရူပါနိ ကုလာနိ သေဝတိ ဘဇတိ ပယိရုပါသတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဂေါစရော။ ဣတိ ဣမိနာ စ အာစာရေန ဣမိနာ စ ဂေါစရေန ဥပေတော ဟောတိ သမုပေတော ဥပဂတော သမုပဂတော ဥပပန္နော သမ္ပန္နော သမန္နာဂတော, တေန ဝုစ္စတိ ‘‘အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နော’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၁၁)။
အပိ စေတ္ထ ဣမိနာပိ နယေန အာစာရဂေါစရာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဒုဝိဓော ဟိ အနာစာရော ကာယိကော ဝါစသိကော စ။ တတ္ထ ကတမော ကာယိကော အနာစာရော? ဣဓေကစ္စော သံဃဂတောပိ အစိတ္တီကာရကတော ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ တိဋ္ဌတိ, ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ နိသီဒတိ, ပုရတောပိ တိဋ္ဌတိ, ပုရတောပိ နိသီဒတိ, ဥစ္စေပိ အာသနေ နိသီဒတိ, သသီသမ္ပိ ပါရုပိတွာ နိသီဒတိ, ဌိတကောပိ ဘဏတိ, ဗာဟာဝိက္ခေပကောပိ ဘဏတိ, ထေရာနံ ဘိက္ခူနံ အနုပါဟနာနံ စင်္ကမန္တာနံ သဥပါဟနော စင်္ကမတိ, နီစေ စင်္ကမေ စင်္ကမန္တာနံ ဥစ္စေ စင်္ကမေ စင်္ကမတိ, ဆမာယ စင်္ကမန္တာနံ စင်္ကမေ စင်္ကမတိ, ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ အနုပခဇ္ဇာပိ တိဋ္ဌတိ, အနုပခဇ္ဇာပိ နိသီဒတိ, နဝေပိ ဘိက္ခူ အာသနေန ပဋိဗာဟတိ, ဇန္တာဃရေပိ ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ အနာပုစ္ဆာ ကဋ္ဌံ ပက္ခိပတိ, ဒွါရံ ပိဒဟတိ, ဥဒကတိတ္ထေပိ ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ ဩတရတိ, ပုရတောပိ ဩတရတိ, ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ နှာယတိ, ပုရတောပိ နှာယတိ, ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ ဥတ္တရတိ, ပုရတောပိ ဥတ္တရတိ, အန္တရဃရံ ပဝိသန္တောပိ ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ ဃဋ္ဋယန္တောပိ ဂစ္ဆတိ, ပုရတောပိ ဂစ္ဆတိ, ဝေါက္ကမ္မ စ ထေရာနံ ဘိက္ခူနံ ပုရတော ပုရတော ဂစ္ဆတိ, ယာနိပိ တာနိ ဟောန္တိ ကုလာနံ ဩဝရကာနိ ဂူဠှာနိ စ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နာနိ စ ယတ္ထ ကုလိတ္ထိယော ကုလကုမာရိယော နိသီဒန္တိ, တတ္ထပိ သဟသာ ပဝိသတိ, ကုမာရကဿပိ သီသံ ပရာမသတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ကာယိကော အနာစာရော။
တတ္ထ ကတမော ဝါစသိကော အနာစာရော? ဣဓေကစ္စော သံဃဂတောပိ အစိတ္တီကာရကတော ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ အနာပုစ္ဆာ ဓမ္မံ ဘဏတိ။ ပဉှံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇေတိ, ပါတိမောက္ခံ ဥဒ္ဒိသတိ, ဌိတကောပိ ဘဏတိ, ဗာဟာဝိက္ခေပကောပိ ဘဏတိ, အန္တရဃရံ ပဝိဋ္ဌောပိ ဣတ္ထိံ ဝါ ကုမာရိံ ဝါ ဧဝမာဟ – ‘‘ဣတ္ထန္နာမေ ဣတ္ထံဂေါတ္တေ ကိံ အတ္ထိ, ယာဂု အတ္ထိ, ဘတ္တံ အတ္ထိ, ခါဒနီယံ အတ္ထိ, ကိံ ပိဝိဿာမ, ကိံ ခါဒိဿာမ, ကိံ ဘုဉ္ဇိဿာမ။ ကိံ ဝါ မေ ဒဿထာ’’တိ ဝိပ္ပလပတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဝါစသိကော အနာစာရော (မဟာနိ။ ၈၇)။ ပဋိပက္ခဝသေန ပနဿ အာစာရော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
အပိစ ဘိက္ခု သဂါရဝေါ သပ္ပတိဿော ဟိရောတ္တပ္ပသမ္ပန္နော သုနိဝတ္ထော သုပါရုတော ပါသာဒိကေန အဘိက္ကန္တေန ပဋိက္ကန္တေန အာလောကိတေန ဝိလောကိတေန သမိဉ္ဇိတေန ပသာရိတေန ဩက္ခိတ္တစက္ခု ဣရိယာပထသမ္ပန္နော ဣန္ဒြိယေသု ဂုတ္တဒွါရော ဘောဇနေ မတ္တညူ ဇာဂရိယမနုယုတ္တော သတိသမ္ပဇညေန သမန္နာဂတော အပ္ပိစ္ဆော သန္တုဋ္ဌော အာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယော အာဘိသမာစာရိကေသု သက္ကစ္စကာရီ ဂရုစိတ္တီကာရဗဟုလော ဝိဟရတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အာစာရော။ ဧဝံ တာဝ အာစာရော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ဂေါစရော ပန တိဝိဓော ဥပနိဿယဂေါစရော အာရက္ခဂေါစရော ဥပနိဗန္ဓဂေါစရောတိ။ တတ္ထ ကတမော ဥပနိဿယဂေါစရော? ဒသကထာဝတ္ထုဂုဏသမန္နာဂတော ကလျာဏမိတ္တော, ယံ နိဿာယ အဿုတံ သုဏာတိ, သုတံ ပရိယောဒပေတိ, ကင်္ခံ ဝိတရတိ, ဒိဋ္ဌိံ ဥဇုံ ကရောတိ, စိတ္တံ ပသာဒေတိ။ ယဿ ဝါ ပန အနုသိက္ခမာနော သဒ္ဓါယ ဝဍ္ဎတိ, သီလေန, သုတေန, စာဂေန, ပညာယ ဝဍ္ဎတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဥပနိဿယဂေါစရော။
ကတမော အာရက္ခဂေါစရော? ဣဓ ဘိက္ခု အန္တရဃရံ ပဝိဋ္ဌော ဝီထိံ ပဋိပန္နော ဩက္ခိတ္တစက္ခု ယုဂမတ္တဒဿာဝီ သုသံဝုတော ဂစ္ဆတိ, န ဟတ္ထိံ ဩလောကေန္တော, န အဿံ, န ရထံ, န ပတ္တိံ, န ဣတ္ထိံ, န ပုရိသံ ဩလောကေန္တော, န ဥဒ္ဓံ ဥလ္လောကေန္တော, န အဓော ဩလောကေန္တော, န ဒိသာဝိဒိသံ ပေက္ခမာနော ဂစ္ဆတိ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ အာရက္ခဂေါစရော။
ကတမော ဥပနိဗန္ဓဂေါစရော? စတ္တာရော သတိပဋ္ဌာနာ ယတ္ထ စိတ္တံ ဥပနိဗန္ဓတိ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဘဂဝတာ – ‘‘ကော စ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဘိက္ခုနော ဂေါစရော သကော ပေတ္တိကော ဝိသယော? ယဒိဒံ စတ္တာရော သတိပဋ္ဌာနာ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၃၇၂), အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဥပနိဗန္ဓဂေါစရော။ ဣတိ ဣမိနာ စ အာစာရေန ဣမိနာ စ ဂေါစရေန ဥပေတော…ပေ… သမန္နာဂတော။ တေနပိ ဝုစ္စတိ အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နောတိ။
အဏုမတ္တေသု ဝဇ္ဇေသု ဘယဒဿာဝီတိ အဏုပ္ပမာဏေသု အသဉ္စိစ္စ အာပန္နသေခိယအကုသလစိတ္တုပ္ပါဒါဒိဘေဒေသု ဝဇ္ဇေသု ဘယဒဿနသီလော။ သမာဒါယ သိက္ခတိ သိက္ခာပဒေသူတိ ယံကိဉ္စိ သိက္ခာပဒေသု သိက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ, တံ သဗ္ဗံ သမ္မာ အာဒါယ သိက္ခတိ။ ဧတ္ထ စ ‘‘ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသံဝုတော’’တိ ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ပုဂ္ဂလာဓိဋ္ဌာနာယ ဒေသနာယ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလံ ဒဿိတံ။ ‘‘အာစာရဂေါစရသမ္ပန္နော’’တိအာဒိ ပန သဗ္ဗံ ယထာပဋိပန္နဿ တံ သီလံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တံ ပဋိပတ္တိံ ဒဿေတုံ ဝုတ္တန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလံ
၁၅။ ယံ ပနေတံ တဒနန္တရံ ‘‘သော စက္ခုနာ ရူပံ ဒိသွာ’’တိအာဒိနာ နယေန ဒဿိတံ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလံ, တတ္ထ သောတိ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလေ ဌိတော ဘိက္ခု။ စက္ခုနာ ရူပံ ဒိသွာတိ ကာရဏဝသေန စက္ခူတိ လဒ္ဓဝေါဟာရေန ရူပဒဿနသမတ္ထေန စက္ခုဝိညာဏေန ရူပံ ဒိသွာ။ ပေါရာဏာ ပနာဟု ‘‘စက္ခု ရူပံ န ပဿတိ, အစိတ္တကတ္တာ, စိတ္တံ န ပဿတိ, အစက္ခုကတ္တာ, ဒွါရာရမ္မဏသံဃဋ္ဋေ ပန စက္ခုပသာဒဝတ္ထုကေန စိတ္တေန ပဿတိ။ ဤဒိသီ ပနေသာ ‘ဓနုနာ ဝိဇ္ဈတီ’တိအာဒီသု ဝိယ သသမ္ဘာရကထာ နာမ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ စက္ခုဝိညာဏေန ရူပံ ဒိသွာတိ အယမေဝေတ္ထ အတ္ထော’’တိ။ န နိမိတ္တဂ္ဂါဟီတိ ဣတ္ထိပုရိသနိမိတ္တံ ဝါ သုဘနိမိတ္တာဒိကံ ဝါ ကိလေသဝတ္ထုဘူတံ နိမိတ္တံ န ဂဏှာတိ, ဒိဋ္ဌမတ္တေယေဝ သဏ္ဌာတိ။ နာနုဗျဉ္ဇနဂ္ဂါဟီတိ ကိလေသာနံ အနုအနုဗျဉ္ဇနတော ပါကဋဘာဝကရဏတော အနုဗျဉ္ဇနန္တိ လဒ္ဓဝေါဟာရံ ဟတ္ထပါဒသိတဟသိတကထိတဝိလောကိတာဒိဘေဒံ အာကာရံ န ဂဏှာတိ, ယံ တတ္ထ ဘူတံ, တဒေဝ ဂဏှာတိ, စေတိယပဗ္ဗတဝါသီ မဟာတိဿတ္ထေရော ဝိယ။
ထေရံ ကိရ စေတိယပဗ္ဗတာ အနုရာဓပုရံ ပိဏ္ဍစာရတ္ထာယ အာဂစ္ဆန္တံ အညတရာ ကုလသုဏှာ သာမိကေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဘဏ္ဍိတွာ သုမဏ္ဍိတပသာဓိတာ ဒေဝကညာ ဝိယ ကာလဿေဝ အနုရာဓပုရတော နိက္ခမိတွာ ဉာတိဃရံ ဂစ္ဆန္တီ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ဒိသွာ ဝိပလ္လတ္ထစိတ္တာ မဟာဟသိတံ ဟသိ။ ထေရော ကိမေတန္တိ ဩလောကေန္တော တဿာ ဒန္တဋ္ဌိကေ အသုဘသညံ ပဋိလဘိတွာ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိ။ တေန ဝုတ္တံ –
‘‘တဿာ ဒန္တဋ္ဌိကံ ဒိသွာ, ပုဗ္ဗသညံ အနုဿရိ၊
တတ္ထေဝ သော ဌိတော ထေရော, အရဟတ္တံ အပါပုဏီ’’တိ။
သာမိကောပိ ခေါ ပနဿာ အနုမဂ္ဂံ ဂစ္ဆန္တော ထေရံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိဉ္စိ, ဘန္တေ, ဣတ္ထိံ ပဿထာ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆိ။ တံ ထေရော အာဟ –
‘‘နာဘိဇာနာမိ ဣတ္ထီ ဝါ, ပုရိသော ဝါ ဣတော ဂတော၊
အပိစ အဋ္ဌိသံဃာဋော, ဂစ္ဆတေသ မဟာပထေ’’တိ။
ယတွာဓိကရဏမေနန္တိအာဒိမှိ ယံကာရဏာ ယဿ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယာသံဝရဿ ဟေတု ဧတံ ပုဂ္ဂလံ သတိကဝါဋေန စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ အသံဝုတံ အပိဟိတစက္ခုဒွါရံ ဟုတွာ ဝိဟရန္တံ ဧတေ အဘိဇ္ဈာဒယော ဓမ္မာ အနွာဿဝေယျုံ အနုဗန္ဓေယျုံ။ တဿ သံဝရာယ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတီတိ တဿ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယဿ သတိကဝါဋေန ပိဒဟနတ္ထာယ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ။ ဧဝံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇန္တောယေဝ စ ရက္ခတိ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ, စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရံ အာပဇ္ဇတီတိပိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တတ္ထ ကိဉ္စာပိ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရော ဝါ အသံဝရော ဝါ နတ္ထိ။ န ဟိ စက္ခုပသာဒံ နိဿာယ သတိ ဝါ မုဋ္ဌသစ္စံ ဝါ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ အပိစ ယဒါ ရူပါရမ္မဏံ စက္ခုဿ အာပါထံ အာဂစ္ဆတိ, တဒါ ဘဝင်္ဂေ ဒွိက္ခတ္တုံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိတွာ နိရုဒ္ဓေ ကိရိယမနောဓာတု အာဝဇ္ဇနကိစ္စံ သာဓယမာနာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိတွာ နိရုဇ္ဈတိ။ တတော စက္ခုဝိညာဏံ ဒဿနကိစ္စံ။ တတော ဝိပါကမနောဓာတု သမ္ပဋိစ္ဆနကိစ္စံ။ တတော ဝိပါကာဟေတုကမနောဝိညာဏဓာတု သန္တီရဏကိစ္စံ။ တတော ကိရိယာဟေတုကမနောဝိညာဏဓာတု ဝေါဋ္ဌဗ္ဗနကိစ္စံ သာဓယမာနာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိတွာ နိရုဇ္ဈတိ, တဒနန္တရံ ဇဝနံ ဇဝတိ။
တတြာပိ နေဝ ဘဝင်္ဂသမယေ, န အာဝဇ္ဇနာဒီနံ အညတရသမယေ သံဝရော ဝါ အသံဝရော ဝါ အတ္ထိ။ ဇဝနက္ခဏေ ပန သစေ ဒုဿီလျံ ဝါ မုဋ္ဌသစ္စံ ဝါ အညာဏံ ဝါ အက္ခန္တိ ဝါ ကောသဇ္ဇံ ဝါ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, အသံဝရော ဟောတိ။ ဧဝံ ဟောန္တော ပန သော စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ အသံဝရောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ကသ္မာ? ယသ္မာ တသ္မိံ သတိ ဒွါရမ္ပိ အဂုတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂမ္ပိ အာဝဇ္ဇနာဒီနိပိ ဝီထိစိတ္တာနိ။ ယထာ ကိံ? ယထာ နဂရေ စတူသု ဒွါရေသု အသံဝုတေသု ကိဉ္စာပိ အန္တောဃရဒွါရကောဋ္ဌကဂဗ္ဘာဒယော သုသံဝုတာ ဟောန္တိ, တထာပိ အန္တောနဂရေ သဗ္ဗံ ဘဏ္ဍံ အရက္ခိတံ အဂေါပိတမေဝ ဟောတိ။ နဂရဒွါရေန ဟိ ပဝိသိတွာ စောရာ ယဒိစ္ဆန္တိ, တံ ကရေယျုံ, ဧဝမေဝ ဇဝနေ ဒုဿီလျာဒီသု ဥပ္ပန္နေသု တသ္မိံ အသံဝရေ သတိ ဒွါရမ္ပိ အဂုတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂမ္ပိ အာဝဇ္ဇနာဒီနိပိ ဝီထိစိတ္တာနိ။
တသ္မိံ ပန သီလာဒီသု ဥပ္ပန္နေသု ဒွါရမ္ပိ ဂုတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂမ္ပိ အာဝဇ္ဇနာဒီနိပိ ဝီထိစိတ္တာနိ။ ယထာ ကိံ? ယထာ နဂရဒွါရေသု သံဝုတေသု ကိဉ္စာပိ အန္တောဃရာဒယော အသံဝုတာ ဟောန္တိ, တထာပိ အန္တောနဂရေ သဗ္ဗံ ဘဏ္ဍံ သုရက္ခိတံ သုဂေါပိတမေဝ ဟောတိ။ နဂရဒွါရေသု ဟိ ပိဟိတေသု စောရာနံ ပဝေသော နတ္ထိ, ဧဝမေဝ ဇဝနေ သီလာဒီသု ဥပ္ပန္နေသု ဒွါရမ္ပိ ဂုတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂမ္ပိ အာဝဇ္ဇနာဒီနိပိ ဝီထိစိတ္တာနိ။ တသ္မာ ဇဝနက္ခဏေ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇမာနောပိ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယေ သံဝရောတိ ဝုတ္တော။
သောတေန သဒ္ဒံ သုတွာတိအာဒီသုပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။ ဧဝမိဒံ သင်္ခေပတော ရူပါဒီသု ကိလေသာနုဗန္ဓနိမိတ္တာဒိဂ္ဂါဟပရိဝဇ္ဇနလက္ခဏံ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ
၁၆။ ဣဒါနိ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလာနန္တရံ ဝုတ္တေ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလေ အာဇီဝဟေတု ပညတ္တာနံ ဆန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒါနန္တိ ယာနိ တာနိ ‘‘အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော အသန္တံ အဘူတံ ဥတ္တရိမနုဿဓမ္မံ ဥလ္လပတိ, အာပတ္တိ ပါရာဇိကဿ။ အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ သဉ္စရိတ္တံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ, အာပတ္တိ သံဃာဒိသေသဿ။ အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ ‘ယော တေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝသတိ သော ဘိက္ခု အရဟာ’တိ ဘဏတိ, ပဋိဝိဇာနန္တဿ အာပတ္တိ ထုလ္လစ္စယဿ။ အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ ဘိက္ခု ပဏီတဘောဇနာနိ အဂိလာနော အတ္တနော အတ္ထာယ ဝိညာပေတွာ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, အာပတ္တိ ပါစိတ္တိယဿ။ အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ ဘိက္ခုနီ ပဏီတဘောဇနာနိ အဂိလာနာ အတ္တနော အတ္ထာယ ဝိညာပေတွာ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, အာပတ္တိ ပါဋိဒေသနီယဿ။ အာဇီဝဟေတု အာဇီဝကာရဏာ သူပံ ဝါ ဩဒနံ ဝါ အဂိလာနော အတ္တနော အတ္ထာယ ဝိညာပေတွာ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, အာပတ္တိ ဒုက္ကဋဿာ’’တိ (ပရိ။ ၂၈၇) ဧဝံ ပညတ္တာနိ ဆ သိက္ခာပဒါနိ, ဣမေသံ ဆန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒါနံ။
ကုဟနာတိအာဒီသု အယံ ပါဠိ, ‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမာ ကုဟနာ? လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတဿ ပါပိစ္ဆဿ ဣစ္ဆာပကတဿ ယာ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတေန ဝါ သာမန္တဇပ္ပိတေန ဝါ ဣရိယာပထဿ ဝါ အဋ္ဌပနာ ဌပနာ သဏ္ဌပနာ ဘာကုဋိကာ ဘာကုဋိယံ ကုဟနာ ကုဟာယနာ ကုဟိတတ္တံ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ကုဟနာ။
‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမာ လပနာ? လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတဿ ပါပိစ္ဆဿ ဣစ္ဆာပကတဿ ယာ ပရေသံ အာလပနာ လပနာ သလ္လပနာ ဥလ္လပနာ သမုလ္လပနာ ဥန္နဟနာ သမုန္နဟနာ ဥက္ကာစနာ သမုက္ကာစနာ အနုပ္ပိယဘာဏိတာ စာဋုကမျတာ မုဂ္ဂသူပျတာ ပါရိဘဋျတာ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ လပနာ။
‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမာ နေမိတ္တိကတာ? လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတဿ ပါပိစ္ဆဿ ဣစ္ဆာပကတဿ ယံ ပရေသံ နိမိတ္တံ နိမိတ္တကမ္မံ ဩဘာသော ဩဘာသကမ္မံ သာမန္တဇပ္ပါ ပရိကထာ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ နေမိတ္တိကတာ။
‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမာ နိပ္ပေသိကတာ? လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတဿ ပါပိစ္ဆဿ ဣစ္ဆာပကတဿ ယာ ပရေသံ အက္ကောသနာ ဝမ္ဘနာ ဂရဟနာ ဥက္ခေပနာ သမုက္ခေပနာ ခိပနာ သံခိပနာ ပါပနာ သမ္ပာပနာ အဝဏ္ဏဟာရိကာ ပရပိဋ္ဌိမံသိကတာ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ နိပ္ပေသိကတာ။
‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမာ လာဘေန လာဘံ နိဇိဂီသနတာ? လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတော ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော ဣတော လဒ္ဓံ အာမိသံ အမုတြ ဟရတိ, အမုတြ ဝါ လဒ္ဓံ အာမိသံ ဣဓ အာဟရတိ။ ယာ ဧဝရူပါ အာမိသေန အာမိသဿ ဧဋ္ဌိ ဂဝေဋ္ဌိ ပရိယေဋ္ဌိ ဧသနာ ဂဝေသနာ ပရိယေသနာ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ လာဘေန လာဘံ နိဇိဂီသနတာ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၈၆၂-၈၆၅)။
၁၇။ ဣမိဿာ ပန ပါဠိယာ ဧဝမတ္ထော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ကုဟနနိဒ္ဒေသေ တာဝ လာဘသက္ကာရသိလောကသန္နိဿိတဿာတိ လာဘဉ္စ သက္ကာရဉ္စ ကိတ္တိသဒ္ဒဉ္စ သန္နိဿိတဿ, ပတ္ထယန္တဿာတိ အတ္ထော။ ပါပိစ္ဆဿာတိ အသန္တဂုဏဒီပနကာမဿ။ ဣစ္ဆာပကတဿာတိ ဣစ္ဆာယ အပကတဿ, ဥပဒ္ဒုတဿာတိ အတ္ထော။
ဣတော ပရံ ယသ္မာ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသာမန္တဇပ္ပနဣရိယာပထသန္နိဿိတဝသေန မဟာနိဒ္ဒေသေ တိဝိဓံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထု အာဂတံ။ တသ္မာ တိဝိဓမ္ပေတံ ဒဿေတုံ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတေန ဝါတိ ဧဝမာဒိ အာရဒ္ဓံ။ တတ္ထ စီဝရာဒီဟိ နိမန္တိတဿ တဒတ္ထိကဿေဝ သတော ပါပိစ္ဆတံ နိဿာယ ပဋိက္ခိပနေန, တေ စ ဂဟပတိကေ အတ္တနိ သုပ္ပတိဋ္ဌိတသဒ္ဓေ ဉတွာ ပုန တေသံ ‘‘အဟော အယျော အပ္ပိစ္ဆော န ကိဉ္စိ ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှိတုံ ဣစ္ဆတိ, သုလဒ္ဓံ ဝတ နော အဿ သစေ အပ္ပမတ္တကမ္ပိ ကိဉ္စိ ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှေယျာ’’တိ နာနာဝိဓေဟိ ဥပါယေဟိ ပဏီတာနိ စီဝရာဒီနိ ဥပနေန္တာနံ တဒနုဂ္ဂဟကာမတံယေဝ အာဝိကတွာ ပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏေန စ တတော ပဘုတိ အပိ သကဋဘာရေဟိ ဥပနာမနဟေတုဘူတံ ဝိမှာပနံ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ မဟာနိဒ္ဒေသေ –
‘‘ကတမံ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထု? ဣဓ ဂဟပတိကာ ဘိက္ခုံ နိမန္တေန္တိ စီဝရပိဏ္ဍပါတသေနာသနဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရေဟိ။ သော ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော အတ္ထိကော စီဝရ…ပေ… ပရိက္ခာရာနံ ဘိယျောကမျတံ ဥပါဒါယ စီဝရံ ပစ္စက္ခာတိ။ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ…ပေ… သေနာသနံ။ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရံ ပစ္စက္ခာတိ။ သော ဧဝမာဟ – ‘ကိံ သမဏဿ မဟဂ္ဃေန စီဝရေန, ဧတံ သာရုပ္ပံ ယံ သမဏော သုသာနာ ဝါ သင်္ကာရကူဋာ ဝါ ပါပဏိကာ ဝါ နန္တကာနိ ဥစ္စိနိတွာ သံဃာဋိံ ကတွာ ဓာရေယျ။ ကိံ သမဏဿ မဟဂ္ဃေန ပိဏ္ဍပါတေန ဧတံ သာရုပ္ပံ ယံ သမဏော ဥဉ္ဆာစရိယာယ ပိဏ္ဍိယာလောပေန ဇီဝိကံ ကပ္ပေယျ။ ကိံ သမဏဿ မဟဂ္ဃေန သေနာသနေန, ဧတံ သာရုပ္ပံ ယံ သမဏော ရုက္ခမူလိကော ဝါ အဿ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကော ဝါ။ ကိံ သမဏဿ မဟဂ္ဃေန ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရေန, ဧတံ သာရုပ္ပံ ယံ သမဏော ပူတိမုတ္တေန ဝါ ဟရိဋကီခဏ္ဍေန ဝါ ဩသဓံ ကရေယျာ’တိ။ တဒုပါဒါယ လူခံ စီဝရံ ဓာရေတိ, လူခံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇတိ, လူခံ သေနာသနံ ပဋိသေဝတိ, လူခံ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရံ ပဋိသေဝတိ, တမေနံ ဂဟပတိကာ ဧဝံ ဇာနန္တိ ‘အယံ သမဏော အပ္ပိစ္ဆော သန္တုဋ္ဌော ပဝိဝိတ္တော အသံသဋ္ဌော အာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယော ဓုတဝါဒေါ’တိ။ ဘိယျော ဘိယျော နိမန္တေန္တိ စီဝရ…ပေ… ပရိက္ခာရေဟိ။ သော ဧဝမာဟ – ‘တိဏ္ဏံ သမ္မုခီဘာဝါ သဒ္ဓေါ ကုလပုတ္တော ဗဟုံ ပုညံ ပသဝတိ။ သဒ္ဓါယ သမ္မုခီဘာဝါ သဒ္ဓေါ ကုလပုတ္တော ဗဟုံ ပုညံ ပသဝတိ။ ဒေယျဓမ္မဿ…ပေ… ဒက္ခိဏေယျာနံ သမ္မုခီဘာဝါသဒ္ဓေါကုလပုတ္တော ဗဟုံ ပုညံ ပသဝတိ။ တုမှာကဉ္စေဝါယံ သဒ္ဓါ အတ္ထိ, ဒေယျဓမ္မော စ သံဝိဇ္ဇတိ, အဟဉ္စ ပဋိဂ္ဂါဟကော, သစေဟံ န ပဋိဂ္ဂဟေဿာမိ, ဧဝံ တုမှေ ပုညေန ပရိဗာဟိရာ ဘဝိဿန္တိ, န မယှံ ဣမိနာ အတ္ထော။ အပိစ တုမှာကံယေဝ အနုကမ္ပာယ ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှာမီ’တိ။ တဒုပါဒါယ ဗဟုမ္ပိ စီဝရံ ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။ ဗဟုမ္ပိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ။ပ။ ဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရံ
ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။ ယာ ဧဝရူပါ ဘာကုဋိကာ ဘာကုဋိယံ ကုဟနာ ကုဟာယနာ ကုဟိတတ္တံ, ဣဒံ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူ’’တိ (မဟာနိ။ ၈၇)။
ပါပိစ္ဆဿေဝ ပန သတော ဥတ္တရိမနုဿဓမ္မာဓိဂမပရိဒီပနဝါစာယ တထာ တထာ ဝိမှာပနံ သာမန္တဇပ္ပနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘ကတမံ သာမန္တဇပ္ပနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထု? ဣဓေကစ္စော ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော သမ္ဘာဝနာဓိပ္ပါယော ‘ဧဝံ မံ ဇနော သမ္ဘာဝေဿတီ’တိ အရိယဓမ္မသန္နိဿိတံ ဝါစံ ဘာသတိ ‘ယော ဧဝရူပံ စီဝရံ ဓာရေတိ, သော သမဏော မဟေသက္ခော’တိ ဘဏတိ။ ‘ယော ဧဝရူပံ ပတ္တံ လောဟထာလကံ။ ဓမ္မကရဏံ ပရိဿာဝနံ ကုဉ္စိကံ, ကာယဗန္ဓနံ ဥပါဟနံ ဓာရေတိ, သော သမဏော မဟေသက္ခော’တိ ဘဏတိ။ ယဿ ဧဝရူပေါ ဥပဇ္ဈာယော အာစရိယော သမာနုပဇ္ဈာယကော, သမာနာစရိယကော မိတ္တော သန္ဒိဋ္ဌော သမ္ဘတ္တော သဟာယော။ ယော ဧဝရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝသတိ အဍ္ဎယောဂေ ပါသာဒေ ဟမ္မိယေ ဂုဟာယံ လေဏေ ကုဋိယာ ကူဋာဂါရေ အဋ္ဋေ မာဠေ ဥဒ္ဒဏ္ဍေ ဥပဋ္ဌာနသာလာယံ မဏ္ဍပေ ရုက္ခမူလေ ဝသတိ, သော သမဏော မဟေသက္ခော’တိ ဘဏတိ။ အထ ဝါ ‘ကောရဇိကကောရဇိကော ဘာကုဋိကဘာကုဋိကော ကုဟကကုဟကော လပကလပကော မုခသမ္ဘာဝိကော, အယံ သမဏော ဣမာသံ ဧဝရူပါနံ သန္တာနံ ဝိဟာရသမာပတ္တီနံ လာဘီ’တိ တာဒိသံ ဂမ္ဘီရံ ဂူဠှံ နိပုဏံ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နံ လောကုတ္တရံ သုညတာပဋိသံယုတ္တံ ကထံ ကထေသိ။ ယာ ဧဝရူပါ ဘာကုဋိကာ ဘာကုဋိယံ ကုဟနာ ကုဟာယနာ ကုဟိတတ္တံ, ဣဒံ သာမန္တဇပ္ပနသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူ’’တိ (မဟာနိ။ ၈၇)။
ပါပိစ္ဆဿေဝ ပန သတော သမ္ဘာဝနာဓိပ္ပါယကတေန ဣရိယာပထေန ဝိမှာပနံ ဣရိယာပထသန္နိဿိတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ယထာဟ – ‘‘ကတမံ ဣရိယာပထသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထု။ ဣဓေကစ္စော ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော သမ္ဘာဝနာဓိပ္ပါယော ‘ဧဝံ မံ ဇနော သမ္ဘာဝေဿတီ’တိ ဂမနံ သဏ္ဌပေတိ, ဌာနံ သဏ္ဌပေတိ, နိသဇ္ဇံ သဏ္ဌပေတိ, သယနံ သဏ္ဌပေတိ, ပဏိဓာယ ဂစ္ဆတိ, ပဏိဓာယ တိဋ္ဌတိ, ပဏိဓာယ နိသီဒတိ, ပဏိဓာယ သေယျံ ကပ္ပေတိ, သမာဟိတော ဝိယ ဂစ္ဆတိ, သမာဟိတော ဝိယ တိဋ္ဌတိ, နိသီဒတိ, သေယျံ ကပ္ပေတိ, အာပါထကဇ္ဈာယီ စ ဟောတိ, ယာ ဧဝရူပါ ဣရိယာပထဿ အဋ္ဌပနာ ဌပနာ သဏ္ဌပနာ ဘာကုဋိကာ ဘာကုဋိယံ ကုဟနာ ကုဟာယနာ ကုဟိတတ္တံ, ဣဒံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဣရိယာပထသင်္ခါတံ ကုဟနဝတ္ထူ’’တိ (မဟာနိ။ ၈၇)။
တတ္ထ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနသင်္ခါတေနာတိ ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနန္တိ ဧဝံ သင်္ခါတေန ပစ္စယပဋိသေဝနေန ဝါ သင်္ခါတေန။ သာမန္တဇပ္ပိတေနာတိ သမီပဘဏိတေန။ ဣရိယာပထဿ ဝါတိ စတုဣရိယာပထဿ။ အဋ္ဌပနာတိအာဒိ ဌပနာ, အာဒရေန ဝါ ဌပနာ။ ဌပနာတိ ဌပနာကာရော။ သဏ္ဌပနာတိ အဘိသင်္ခရဏာ, ပါသာဒိကဘာဝကရဏန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဘာကုဋိကာတိ ပဓာနပုရိမဋ္ဌိတဘာဝဒဿနေန ဘာကုဋိကရဏံ, မုခသင်္ကောစောတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဘာကုဋိကရဏံ သီလမဿာတိ ဘာကုဋိကော။ ဘာကုဋိကဿ ဘာဝေါ ဘာကုဋိယံ။ ကုဟနာတိ ဝိမှာပနာ။ ကုဟဿ အာယနာ ကုဟာယနာ။ ကုဟိတဿ ဘာဝေါ ကုဟိတတ္တန္တိ။
လပနာနိဒ္ဒေသေ အာလပနာတိ ဝိဟာရံ အာဂတေ မနုဿေ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိမတ္ထာယ ဘောန္တော အာဂတာ, ကိံ ဘိက္ခူ နိမန္တိတုံ, ယဒိ ဧဝံ ဂစ္ဆထ ရေ, အဟံ ပစ္ဆတော ပတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ အာဂစ္ဆာမီ’’တိ ဧဝံ အာဒိတောဝ လပနာ။ အထ ဝါ အတ္တာနံ ဥပနေတွာ ‘‘အဟံ တိဿော, မယိ ရာဇာ ပသန္နော, မယိ အသုကော စ အသုကော စ ရာဇမဟာမတ္တော ပသန္နော’’တိ ဧဝံ အတ္တုပနာယိကာ လပနာ အာလပနာ။ လပနာတိ ပုဋ္ဌဿ သတော ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရမေဝ လပနံ။ သလ္လပနာတိ ဂဟပတိကာနံ ဥက္ကဏ္ဌနေ ဘီတဿ ဩကာသံ ဒတွာ ဒတွာ သုဋ္ဌု လပနာ။ ဥလ္လပနာတိ မဟာကုဋုမ္ဗိကော မဟာနာဝိကော မဟာဒါနပတီတိ ဧဝံ ဥဒ္ဓံ ကတွာ လပနာ။ သမုလ္လပနာတိ သဗ္ဗတောဘာဂေန ဥဒ္ဓံ ကတွာ လပနာ။
ဥန္နဟနာတိ ‘‘ဥပါသကာ ပုဗ္ဗေ ဤဒိသေ ကာလေ နဝဒါနံ ဒေထ, ဣဒါနိ ကိံ န ဒေထာ’’တိ ဧဝံ ယာဝ ‘‘ဒဿာမ, ဘန္တေ, ဩကာသံ န လဘာမာ’’တိအာဒီနိ ဝဒန္တိ, တာဝ ဥဒ္ဓံ ဥဒ္ဓံ နဟနာ, ဝေဌနာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ အထ ဝါ ဥစ္ဆုဟတ္ထံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကုတော အာဘတံ ဥပါသကာ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆတိ။ ဥစ္ဆုခေတ္တတော, ဘန္တေတိ။ ကိံ တတ္ထ ဥစ္ဆု မဓုရန္တိ။ ခါဒိတွာ, ဘန္တေ, ဇာနိတဗ္ဗန္တိ။ ‘‘န, ဥပါသက, ဘိက္ခုဿ ဥစ္ဆုံ ဒေထာ’’တိ ဝတ္တုံ ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ။ ယာ ဧဝရူပါ နိဗ္ဗေဌေန္တဿာပိ ဝေဌနကထာ, သာ ဥန္နဟနာ။ သဗ္ဗတောဘာဂေန ပုနပ္ပုနံ ဥန္နဟနာ သမုန္နဟနာ။
ဥက္ကာစနာတိ ‘‘ဧတံ ကုလံ မံယေဝ ဇာနာတိ။ သစေ ဧတ္ထ ဒေယျဓမ္မော ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, မယှမေဝ ဒေတီ’’တိ ဧဝံ ဥက္ခိပိတွာ ကာစနာ ဥက္ကာစနာ, ဥဒ္ဒီပနာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ တေလကန္ဒရိကဝတ္ထု စေတ္ထ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ သဗ္ဗတောဘာဂေန ပန ပုနပ္ပုနံ ဥက္ကာစနာ သမုက္ကာစနာ။
အနုပ္ပိယဘာဏိတာတိ သစ္စာနုရူပံ ဓမ္မာနုရူပံ ဝါ အနပလောကေတွာ ပုနပ္ပုနံ ပိယဘဏနမေဝ။ စာဋုကမျတာတိ နီစဝုတ္တိတာ အတ္တာနံ ဟေဋ္ဌတော ဟေဋ္ဌတော ဌပေတွာ ဝတ္တနံ။ မုဂ္ဂသူပျတာတိ မုဂ္ဂသူပသဒိသတာ။ ယထာ ဟိ မုဂ္ဂေသု ပစ္စမာနေသု ကောစိဒေဝ န ပစ္စတိ, အဝသေသာ ပစ္စန္တိ, ဧဝံ ယဿ ပုဂ္ဂလဿ ဝစနေ ကိဉ္စိဒေဝ သစ္စံ ဟောတိ, သေသံ အလီကံ, အယံ ပုဂ္ဂလော မုဂ္ဂသူပျောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တဿ ဘာဝေါ မုဂ္ဂသူပျတာ။ ပါရိဘဋျတာတိ ပါရိဘဋျဘာဝေါ။ ယော ဟိ ကုလဒါရကေ ဓာတိ ဝိယ အင်္ကေန ဝါ ခန္ဓေန ဝါ ပရိဘဋတိ, ဓာရေတီတိ အတ္ထော။ တဿ ပရိဘဋဿ ကမ္မံ ပါရိဘဋျုံ။ ပါရိဘဋျဿ ဘာဝေါ ပါရိဘဋျတာတိ။
နေမိတ္တိကတာနိဒ္ဒေသေ နိမိတ္တန္တိ ယံကိဉ္စိ ပရေသံ ပစ္စယဒါနသညာဇနကံ ကာယဝစီကမ္မံ။ နိမိတ္တကမ္မန္တိ ခါဒနီယံ ဂဟေတွာ ဂစ္ဆန္တေ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိံ ခါဒနီယံ လဘိတ္ထာ’’တိအာဒိနာ နယေန နိမိတ္တကရဏံ။ ဩဘာသောတိ ပစ္စယပဋိသံယုတ္တကထာ။ ဩဘာသကမ္မန္တိ ဝစ္ဆပါလကေ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိံ ဣမေ ဝစ္ဆာ ခီရဂေါဝစ္ဆာ ဥဒါဟု တက္ကဂေါဝစ္ဆာ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ ‘‘ခီရဂေါဝစ္ဆာ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေ ‘‘န ခီရဂေါဝစ္ဆာ, ယဒိ ခီရဂေါဝစ္ဆာ သိယုံ, ဘိက္ခူပိ ခီရံ လဘေယျု’’န္တိ ဧဝမာဒိနာ နယေန တေသံ ဒါရကာနံ မာတာပိတူနံ နိဝေဒေတွာ ခီရဒါပနာဒိကံ ဩဘာသကရဏံ။ သာမန္တဇပ္ပါတိ သမီပံ ကတွာ ဇပ္ပနံ။ ကုလူပကဘိက္ခု ဝတ္ထု စေတ္ထ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။
ကုလူပကော ကိရ ဘိက္ခု ဘုဉ္ဇိတုကာမော ဂေဟံ ပဝိသိတွာ နိသီဒိ။ တံ ဒိသွာ အဒါတုကာမာ ဃရဏီ ‘‘တဏ္ဍုလာ နတ္ထီ’’တိ ဘဏန္တီ တဏ္ဍုလေ အာဟရိတုကာမာ ဝိယ ပဋိဝိဿကဃရံ ဂတာ။ ဘိက္ခုပိ အန္တောဂဗ္ဘံ ပဝိသိတွာ ဩလောကေန္တော ကဝါဋကောဏေ ဥစ္ဆုံ, ဘာဇနေ ဂုဠံ, ပိဋကေ လောဏမစ္ဆဖာလေ, ကုမ္ဘိယံ တဏ္ဍုလေ, ဃဋေ ဃတံ ဒိသွာ နိက္ခမိတွာ နိသီဒိ။ ဃရဏီ ‘‘တဏ္ဍုလေ နာလတ္ထ’’န္တိ အာဂတာ။ ဘိက္ခု ‘‘ဥပါသိကေ ‘အဇ္ဇ ဘိက္ခာ န သမ္ပဇ္ဇိဿတီ’တိ ပဋိကစ္စေဝ နိမိတ္တံ အဒ္ဒသ’’န္တိ အာဟ။ ကိံ, ဘန္တေတိ။ ကဝါဋကောဏေ နိက္ခိတ္တံ ဥစ္ဆုံ ဝိယ သပ္ပံ အဒ္ဒသံ, ‘တံ ပဟရိဿာမီ’တိ ဩလောကေန္တော ဘာဇနေ ဌပိတံ ဂုဠပိဏ္ဍံ ဝိယ ပါသာဏံ, လေဍ္ဍုကေန ပဟဋေန သပ္ပေန ကတံ ပိဋကေ နိက္ခိတ္တလောဏမစ္ဆဖာလသဒိသံ ဖဏံ, တဿ တံ လေဍ္ဍုံ ဍံသိတုကာမဿ ကုမ္ဘိယာ တဏ္ဍုလသဒိသေ ဒန္တေ, အထဿ ကုပိတဿ ဃဋေ ပက္ခိတ္တဃတသဒိသံ မုခတော နိက္ခမန္တံ ဝိသမိဿကံ ခေဠန္တိ။ သာ ‘‘န သက္ကာ မုဏ္ဍကံ ဝဉ္စေတု’’န္တိ ဥစ္ဆုံ ဒတွာ ဩဒနံ ပစိတွာ ဃတဂုဠမစ္ဆေဟိ သဒ္ဓိံ သဗ္ဗံ အဒါသီတိ။ ဧဝံ သမီပံ ကတွာ ဇပ္ပနံ သာမန္တဇပ္ပါတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ပရိကထာတိ ယထာ တံ လဘတိ တဿ ပရိဝတ္တေတွာ ကထနန္တိ။
နိပ္ပေသိကတာနိဒ္ဒေသေ အက္ကောသနာတိ ဒသဟိ အက္ကောသဝတ္ထူဟိ အက္ကောသနံ။ ဝမ္ဘနာတိ ပရိဘဝိတွာ ကထနံ။ ဂရဟဏာတိ အဿဒ္ဓေါ အပ္ပသန္နောတိအာဒိနာ နယေန ဒေါသာရောပနာ။ ဥက္ခေပနာတိ မာ ဧတံ ဧတ္ထ ကထေထာတိ ဝါစာယ ဥက္ခိပနံ။ သဗ္ဗတောဘာဂေန သဝတ္ထုကံ သဟေတုကံ ကတွာ ဥက္ခေပနာ သမုက္ခေပနာ။ အထ ဝါ အဒေန္တံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘အဟော ဒါနပတီ’’တိ ဧဝံ ဥက္ခိပနံ ဥက္ခေပနာ။ မဟာဒါနပတီတိ ဧဝံ သုဋ္ဌု ဥက္ခေပနာ သမုက္ခေပနာ။ ခိပနာတိ ကိံ ဣမဿ ဇီဝိတံ ဗီဇဘောဇိနောတိ ဧဝံ ဥပ္ပဏ္ဍနာ။ သံခိပနာတိ ကိံ ဣမံ အဒါယကောတိ ဘဏထ, ယော နိစ္စကာလံ သဗ္ဗေသမ္ပိ နတ္ထီတိ ဝစနံ ဒေတီတိ သုဋ္ဌုတရံ ဥပ္ပဏ္ဍနာ။ ပါပနာတိ အဒါယကတ္တဿ အဝဏ္ဏဿ ဝါ ပါပနံ။ သဗ္ဗတောဘာဂေန ပါပနာ သမ္ပာပနာ။ အဝဏ္ဏဟာရိကာတိ ဧဝံ မေ အဝဏ္ဏဘယာပိ ဒဿတီတိ ဂေဟတော ဂေဟံ ဂါမတော ဂါမံ ဇနပဒတော ဇနပဒံ အဝဏ္ဏဟရဏံ။ ပရပိဋ္ဌိမံသိကတာတိ ပုရတော မဓုရံ ဘဏိတွာ ပရမ္မုခေ အဝဏ္ဏဘာသိတာ။ ဧသာ ဟိ အဘိမုခံ ဩလောကေတုံ အသက္ကောန္တဿ ပရမ္မုခါနံ ပိဋ္ဌိမံသံ ခါဒနမိဝ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ပရပိဋ္ဌိမံသိကတာတိ ဝုတ္တာ။ အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ နိပ္ပေသိကတာတိ အယံ ယသ္မာ ဝေဠုပေသိကာယ ဝိယ အဗ္ဘင်္ဂံ ပရဿ ဂုဏံ နိပ္ပေသေတိ နိပုဉ္ဆတိ, ယသ္မာ ဝါ ဂန္ဓဇာတံ နိပိသိတွာ ဂန္ဓမဂ္ဂနာ ဝိယ ပရဂုဏေ နိပိသိတွာ ဝိစုဏ္ဏေတွာ ဧသာ လာဘမဂ္ဂနာ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ နိပ္ပေသိကတာတိ ဝုစ္စတီတိ။
လာဘေန လာဘံ နိဇိဂီသနတာနိဒ္ဒေသေ နိဇိဂီသနတာတိ မဂ္ဂနာ။ ဣတော လဒ္ဓန္တိ ဣမမှာ ဂေဟာ လဒ္ဓံ။ အမုတြာတိ အမုကမှိ ဂေဟေ။ ဧဋ္ဌီတိ ဣစ္ဆနာ။ ဂဝေဋ္ဌီတိ မဂ္ဂနာ။ ပရိယေဋ္ဌီတိ ပုနပ္ပုနံ မဂ္ဂနာ။ အာဒိတော ပဋ္ဌာယ လဒ္ဓံ လဒ္ဓံ ဘိက္ခံ တတြ တတြ ကုလဒါရကာနံ ဒတွာ အန္တေ ခီရယာဂုံ လဘိတွာ ဂတဘိက္ခုဝတ္ထု စေတ္ထ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧသနာတိအာဒီနိ ဧဋ္ဌိအာဒီနမေဝ ဝေဝစနာနိ, တသ္မာ ဧဋ္ဌီတိ ဧသနာ။ ဂဝေဋ္ဌီတိ ဂဝေသနာ, ပရိယေဋ္ဌီတိ ပရိယေသနာ။ ဣစ္စေဝမေတ္ထ ယောဇနာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ အယံ ကုဟနာဒီနံ အတ္ထော။
ဣဒါနိ ဧဝမာဒီနဉ္စ ပါပဓမ္မာနန္တိ ဧတ္ထ အာဒိသဒ္ဒေန ‘‘ယထာ ဝါ ပနေကေ ဘောန္တော သမဏဗြာဟ္မဏာ သဒ္ဓါဒေယျာနိ ဘောဇနာနိ ဘုဉ္ဇိတွာ တေ ဧဝရူပါယ တိရစ္ဆာနဝိဇ္ဇာယ မိစ္ဆာဇီဝေန ဇီဝိကံ ကပ္ပေန္တိ။ သေယျထိဒံ, အင်္ဂံ, နိမိတ္တံ, ဥပ္ပါတံ, သုပိနံ, လက္ခဏံ, မူသိကစ္ဆိန္နံ, အဂ္ဂိဟောမံ, ဒဗ္ဗိဟောမ’’န္တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁) အာဒိနာ နယေန ဗြဟ္မဇာလေ ဝုတ္တာနံ အနေကေသံ ပါပဓမ္မာနံ ဂဟဏံ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဣတိ ယွာယံ ဣမေသံ အာဇီဝဟေတု ပညတ္တာနံ ဆန္နံ သိက္ခာပဒါနံ ဝီတိက္ကမဝသေန, ဣမေသဉ္စ ‘‘ကုဟနာ လပနာ နေမိတ္တိကတာ နိပ္ပေသိကတာ လာဘေန လာဘံ နိဇိဂီသနတာ’’တိ ဧဝမာဒီနံ ပါပဓမ္မာနံ ဝသေန ပဝတ္တော မိစ္ဆာဇီဝေါ, ယာ တသ္မာ သဗ္ဗပ္ပကာရာပိ မိစ္ဆာဇီဝါ ဝိရတိ, ဣဒံ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ တတြာယံ ဝစနတ္ထော။ ဧတံ အာဂမ္မ ဇီဝန္တီတိ အာဇီဝေါ။ ကော သော, ပစ္စယပရိယေသနဝါယာမော။ ပါရိသုဒ္ဓီတိ ပရိသုဒ္ဓတာ။ အာဇီဝဿ ပါရိသုဒ္ဓိ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိ။
ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ
၁၈။ ယံ ပနေတံ တဒနန္တရံ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ ဝုတ္တံ, တတ္ထ ပဋိသင်္ခါ ယောနိသောတိ ဥပါယေန ပထေန ပဋိသင်္ခါယ ဉတွာ, ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာတိ အတ္ထော။ ဧတ္ထ စ သီတဿ ပဋိဃာတာယာတိအာဒိနာ နယေန ဝုတ္တပစ္စဝေက္ခဏမေဝ ‘‘ယောနိသော ပဋိသင်္ခါ’’တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ တတ္ထ စီဝရန္တိ အန္တရဝါသကာဒီသု ယံကိဉ္စိ။ ပဋိသေဝတီတိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇတိ, နိဝါသေတိ ဝါ ပါရုပတိ ဝါ။ ယာဝဒေဝါတိ ပယောဇနာဝဓိပရိစ္ဆေဒနိယမဝစနံ, ဧတ္တကမေဝ ဟိ ယောဂိနော စီဝရပဋိသေဝနေ ပယောဇနံ ယဒိဒံ သီတဿ ပဋိဃာတာယာတိအာဒိ, န ဣတော ဘိယျော။ သီတဿာတိ အဇ္ဈတ္တဓာတုက္ခောဘဝသေန ဝါ ဗဟိဒ္ဓါဥတုပရိဏာမနဝသေန ဝါ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ယဿ ကဿစိ သီတဿ။ ပဋိဃာတာယာတိ ပဋိဟနနတ္ထံ။ ယထာ သရီရေ အာဗာဓံ န ဥပ္ပါဒေတိ, ဧဝံ တဿ ဝိနောဒနတ္ထံ။ သီတဗ္ဘာဟတေ ဟိ သရီရေ ဝိက္ခိတ္တစိတ္တော ယောနိသော ပဒဟိတုံ န သက္ကောတိ, တသ္မာ သီတဿ ပဋိဃာတာယ စီဝရံ ပဋိသေဝိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဘဂဝါ အနုညာသိ။ ဧသ နယော သဗ္ဗတ္ထ။ ကေဝလဉှေတ္ထ ဥဏှဿာတိ အဂ္ဂိသန္တာပဿ။ တဿ ဝနဒါဟာဒီသု သမ္ဘဝေါ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဍံသမကသဝါတာတပသရီသပသမ္ဖဿာနန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပန ဍံသာတိ ဍံသနမက္ခိကာ, အန္ဓမက္ခိကာတိပိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ မကသာ မကသာ ဧဝ။ ဝါတာတိ သရဇအရဇာဒိဘေဒါ။ အာတပေါတိ သူရိယာတပေါ။ သရီသပါတိ ယေ ကေစိ သရန္တာ ဂစ္ဆန္တိ ဒီဃဇာတိကာ သပ္ပါဒယော, တေသံ ဒဋ္ဌသမ္ဖဿော စ ဖုဋ္ဌသမ္ဖဿော စာတိ ဒုဝိဓော သမ္ဖဿော, သောပိ စီဝရံ ပါရုပိတွာ နိသိန္နံ န ဗာဓတိ, တသ္မာ တာဒိသေသု ဌာနေသု တေသံ ပဋိဃာတတ္ထာယ ပဋိသေဝတိ။ ယာဝဒေဝါတိ ပုန ဧတဿ ဝစနံ နိယတပယောဇနာဝဓိပရိစ္ဆေဒဒဿနတ္ထံ, ဟိရိကောပီနပဋိစ္ဆာဒနဉှိ နိယတပယောဇနံ, ဣတရာနိ ကဒါစိ ကဒါစိ ဟောန္တိ။ တတ္ထ ဟိရိကောပီနန္တိ တံ တံ သမ္ဗာဓဋ္ဌာနံ။ ယသ္မိံ ယသ္မိဉှိ အင်္ဂေ ဝိဝရိယမာနေ ဟိရီ ကုပ္ပတိ ဝိနဿတိ, တံ တံ ဟိရိံ ကောပနတော ဟိရိကောပီနန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တဿ စ ဟိရိကောပီနဿ ပဋိစ္ဆာဒနတ္ထန္တိ ဟိရိကောပီနပဋိစ္ဆာဒနတ္ထံ။ ဟိရိကောပီနံ ပဋိစ္ဆာဒနတ္ထန္တိပိ ပါဌော။
ပိဏ္ဍပါတန္တိ ယံကိဉ္စိ အာဟာရံ။ ယော ဟိ ကောစိ အာဟာရော ဘိက္ခုနော ပိဏ္ဍောလျေန ပတ္တေ ပတိတတ္တာ ပိဏ္ဍပါတောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ပိဏ္ဍာနံ ဝါ ပါတော ပိဏ္ဍပါတော, တတ္ထ တတ္ထ လဒ္ဓါနံ ဘိက္ခာနံ သန္နိပါတော သမူဟောတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ နေဝ ဒဝါယာတိ န ဂါမဒါရကာဒယော ဝိယ ဒဝတ္ထံ, ကီဠာနိမိတ္တန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ န မဒါယာတိ န မုဋ္ဌိကမလ္လာဒယော ဝိယ မဒတ္ထံ, ဗလမဒနိမိတ္တံ ပေါရိသမဒနိမိတ္တဉ္စာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ န မဏ္ဍနာယာတိ န အန္တေပုရိကဝေသိယာဒယော ဝိယ မဏ္ဍနတ္ထံ, အင်္ဂပစ္စင်္ဂါနံ ပီဏဘာဝနိမိတ္တန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ န ဝိဘူသနာယာတိ န နဋနစ္စကာဒယော ဝိယ ဝိဘူသနတ္ထံ, ပသန္နစ္ဆဝိဝဏ္ဏတာနိမိတ္တန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဧတ္ထ စ နေဝ ဒဝါယာတိ ဧတံ မောဟူပနိဿယပ္ပဟာနတ္ထံ ဝုတ္တံ။ န မဒါယာတိ ဧတံ ဒေါသူပနိဿယပ္ပဟာနတ္ထံ။ န မဏ္ဍနာယ န ဝိဘူသနာယာတိ ဧတံ ရာဂူပနိဿယပ္ပဟာနတ္ထံ။ နေဝ ဒဝါယ န မဒါယာတိ စေတံ အတ္တနော သံယောဇနုပ္ပတ္တိပဋိသေဓနတ္ထံ။ န မဏ္ဍနာယ န ဝိဘူသနာယာတိ ဧတံ ပရဿပိ သံယောဇနုပ္ပတ္တိပဋိသေဓနတ္ထံ။ စတူဟိပိ စေတေဟိ အယောနိသော ပဋိပတ္တိယာ ကာမသုခလ္လိကာနုယောဂဿ စ ပဟာနံ ဝုတ္တန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ယာဝဒေဝါတိ ဝုတ္တတ္ထမေဝ။ ဣမဿ ကာယဿာတိ ဧတဿ စတုမဟာဘူတိကဿ ရူပကာယဿ။ ဌိတိယာတိ ပဗန္ဓဋ္ဌိတတ္ထံ။ ယာပနာယာတိ ပဝတ္တိယာ အဝိစ္ဆေဒတ္ထံ, စိရကာလဋ္ဌိတတ္ထံ ဝါ။ ဃရူပတ္ထမ္ဘမိဝ ဟိ ဇိဏ္ဏဃရသာမိကော, အက္ခဗ္ဘဉ္ဇနမိဝ စ သာကဋိကော ကာယဿ ဌိတတ္ထံ ယာပနတ္ထဉ္စေသ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ပဋိသေဝတိ, န ဒဝမဒမဏ္ဍနဝိဘူသနတ္ထံ။ အပိစ ဌိတီတိ ဇီဝိတိန္ဒြိယဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ, တသ္မာ ဣမဿ ကာယဿ ဌိတိယာ ယာပနာယာတိ ဧတ္တာဝတာ ဧတဿ ကာယဿ ဇီဝိတိန္ဒြိယပဝတ္တာပနတ္ထန္တိပိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝိဟိံသူပရတိယာတိ ဝိဟိံသာ နာမ ဇိဃစ္ဆာ အာဗာဓဋ္ဌေန။ တဿာ ဥပရမတ္ထမ္ပေသ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ဝဏာလေပနမိဝ ဥဏှသီတာဒီသု တပ္ပဋိကာရံ ဝိယ စ။ ဗြဟ္မစရိယာနုဂ္ဂဟာယာတိ သကလသာသနဗြဟ္မစရိယဿ စ မဂ္ဂဗြဟ္မစရိယဿ စ အနုဂ္ဂဟတ္ထံ။ အယဉှိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတပဋိသေဝနပစ္စယာ ကာယဗလံ နိဿာယ သိက္ခတ္တယာနုယောဂဝသေန ဘဝကန္တာရနိတ္ထရဏတ္ထံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇန္တော ဗြဟ္မစရိယာနုဂ္ဂဟာယ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ကန္တာရနိတ္ထရဏတ္ထိကာ ပုတ္တမံသံ (သံ။ နိ။ ၂။၆၃) ဝိယ, နဒီနိတ္ထရဏတ္ထိကာ ကုလ္လံ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၄၀) ဝိယ, သမုဒ္ဒနိတ္ထရဏတ္ထိကာ နာဝမိဝ စ။
ဣတိပုရာဏဉ္စ ဝေဒနံ ပဋိဟင်္ခါမိ နဝဉ္စ ဝေဒနံ န ဥပ္ပါဒေဿာမီတိ ဧတံ ဣမိနာ ပိဏ္ဍပါတပဋိသေဝနေန ပုရာဏဉ္စ ဇိဃစ္ဆာဝေဒနံ ပဋိဟင်္ခါမိ, နဝဉ္စ ဝေဒနံ အပရိမိတဘောဇနပစ္စယံ အာဟရဟတ္ထကအလံသာဋကတတြဝဋ္ဋကကာကမာသကဘုတ္တဝမိတကဗြာဟ္မဏာနံ အညတရော ဝိယ န ဥပ္ပါဒေဿာမီတိပိ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ဘေသဇ္ဇမိဝ ဂိလာနော။ အထ ဝါ ယာ အဓုနာ အသပ္ပါယာပရိမိတဘောဇနံ နိဿာယ ပုရာဏကမ္မပစ္စယဝသေန ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇနတော ပုရာဏဝေဒနာတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ သပ္ပါယပရိမိတဘောဇနေန တဿာ ပစ္စယံ ဝိနာသေန္တော တံ ပုရာဏဉ္စ ဝေဒနံ ပဋိဟင်္ခါမိ။ ယာ စာယံ အဓုနာ ကတံ အယုတ္တပရိဘောဂကမ္မူပစယံ နိဿာယ အာယတိံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇနတော နဝဝေဒနာတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ယုတ္တပရိဘောဂဝသေန တဿာ မူလံ အနိဗ္ဗတ္တေန္တော တံ နဝဉ္စ ဝေဒနံ န ဥပ္ပါဒေဿာမီတိ ဧဝမ္ပေတ္ထ အတ္ထော ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။ ဧတ္တာဝတာ ယုတ္တပရိဘောဂသင်္ဂဟော အတ္တကိလမထာနုယောဂပ္ပဟာနံ ဓမ္မိကသုခါပရိစ္စာဂေါ စ ဒီပိတော ဟောတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ယာတြာ စ မေ ဘဝိဿတီတိ ပရိမိတပရိဘောဂေန ဇီဝိတိန္ဒြိယုပစ္ဆေဒကဿ ဣရိယာပထဘဉ္ဇကဿ ဝါ ပရိဿယဿ အဘာဝတော စိရကာလဂမနသင်္ခါတာ ယာတြာ စ မေ ဘဝိဿတိ ဣမဿ ပစ္စယာယတ္တဝုတ္တိနော ကာယဿာတိပိ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ယာပျရောဂီ ဝိယ တပ္ပစ္စယံ။ အနဝဇ္ဇတာ စ ဖာသုဝိဟာရော စာတိ အယုတ္တပရိယေသနပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏပရိဘောဂပရိဝဇ္ဇနေန အနဝဇ္ဇတာ, ပရိမိတပရိဘောဂေန ဖာသုဝိဟာရော။ အသပ္ပါယာပရိမိတပရိဘောဂပစ္စယာ အရတိတန္ဒီဝိဇမ္ဘိတာ။ ဝိညူဂရဟာဒိဒေါသာဘာဝေန ဝါ အနဝဇ္ဇတာ, သပ္ပါယပရိမိတဘောဇနပစ္စယာ ကာယဗလသမ္ဘဝေန ဖာသုဝိဟာရော။ ယာဝဒတ္ထဥဒရာဝဒေဟကဘောဇနပရိဝဇ္ဇနေန ဝါ သေယျသုခပဿသုခမိဒ္ဓသုခါနံ ပဟာနတော အနဝဇ္ဇတာ, စတုပဉ္စာလောပမတ္တဦနဘောဇနေန စတုဣရိယာပထယောဂျဘာဝပဋိပါဒနတော ဖာသုဝိဟာရော စ မေ ဘဝိဿတီတိပိ ပဋိသေဝတိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ ဟေတံ –
‘‘စတ္တာရော ပဉ္စ အာလောပေ, အဘုတွာ ဥဒကံ ပိဝေ၊
အလံ ဖာသုဝိဟာရာယ, ပဟိတတ္တဿ ဘိက္ခုနော’’တိ။ (ထေရဂါ။ ၉၈၃)၊
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ပယောဇနပရိဂ္ဂဟော မဇ္ဈိမာ စ ပဋိပဒါ ဒီပိတာ ဟောတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
သေနာသနန္တိ သေနဉ္စ အာသနဉ္စ။ ယတ္ထ ယတ္ထ ဟိ သေတိ ဝိဟာရေ ဝါ အဍ္ဎယောဂါဒိမှိ ဝါ, တံ သေနံ။ ယတ္ထ ယတ္ထ အာသတိ နိသီဒတိ, တံ အာသနံ။ တံ ဧကတော ကတွာ သေနာသနန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဥတုပရိဿယဝိနောဒနပဋိသလ္လာနာရာမတ္ထန္တိ ပရိသဟနဋ္ဌေန ဥတုယေဝ ဥတုပရိဿယော။ ဥတုပရိဿယဿ ဝိနောဒနတ္ထဉ္စ ပဋိသလ္လာနာရာမတ္ထဉ္စ။ ယော သရီရာဗာဓစိတ္တဝိက္ခေပကရော အသပ္ပါယော ဥတု သေနာသနပဋိသေဝနေန ဝိနောဒေတဗ္ဗော ဟောတိ, တဿ ဝိနောဒနတ္ထံ ဧကီဘာဝသုခတ္ထဉ္စာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ကာမဉ္စ သီတပဋိဃာတာဒိနာဝ ဥတုပရိဿယဝိနောဒနံ ဝုတ္တမေဝ။ ယထာ ပန စီဝရပဋိသေဝနေ ဟိရိကောပီနပဋိစ္ဆာဒနံ နိယတပယောဇနံ, ဣတရာနိ ကဒါစိ ကဒါစိ ဘဝန္တီတိ ဝုတ္တံ, ဧဝမိဓာပိ နိယတံ ဥတုပရိဿယဝိနောဒနံ သန္ဓာယ ဣဒံ ဝုတ္တန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ အထ ဝါ အယံ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရော ဥတု ဥတုယေဝ။ ပရိဿယော ပန ဒုဝိဓော ပါကဋပရိဿယော စ, ပဋိစ္ဆန္နပရိဿယော စ (မဟာနိ။ ၅)။ တတ္ထ ပါကဋပရိဿယော သီဟဗျဂ္ဃါဒယော။ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နပရိဿယော ရာဂဒေါသာဒယော။ ယေ ယတ္ထ အပရိဂုတ္တိယာ စ အသပ္ပါယရူပဒဿနာဒိနာ စ အာဗာဓံ န ကရောန္တိ, တံ သေနာသနံ ဧဝံ ဇာနိတွာ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ပဋိသေဝန္တော ဘိက္ခု ပဋိသင်္ခါ ယောနိသော သေနာသနံ ဥတုပရိဿယဝိနောဒနတ္ထံ ပဋိသေဝတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ရောဂဿ ပဋိအယနဋ္ဌေန ပစ္စယော, ပစ္စနီကဂမနဋ္ဌေနာတိ အတ္ထော။ ယဿ ကဿစိ သပ္ပါယဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ ဘိသက္ကဿ ကမ္မံ တေန အနုညာတတ္တာတိ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ။ ဂိလာနပစ္စယောဝ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇံ, ယံကိဉ္စိ ဂိလာနဿ သပ္ပါယံ ဘိသက္ကကမ္မံ တေလမဓုဖာဏိတာဒီတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ပရိက္ခာရောတိ ပန ‘‘သတ္တဟိ နဂရပရိက္ခာရေဟိ သုပရိက္ခတံ ဟောတီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၇။၆၇) အာဒီသု ပရိဝါရော ဝုစ္စတိ။ ‘‘ရထော သီလပရိက္ခာရော, ဈာနက္ခော စက္ကဝီရိယော’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၄) အာဒီသု အလင်္ကာရော။ ‘‘ယေ စ ခေါ ဣမေ ပဗ္ဗဇိတေန ဇီဝိတပရိက္ခာရာ သမုဒါနေတဗ္ဗာ’’တိ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၉၁-၁၉၂) အာဒီသု သမ္ဘာရော။ ဣဓ ပန သမ္ဘာရောပိ ပရိဝါရောပိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တဉှိ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇံ ဇီဝိတဿ ပရိဝါရောပိ ဟောတိ, ဇီဝိတနာသကာဗာဓုပ္ပတ္တိယာ အန္တရံ အဒတွာ ရက္ခဏတော သမ္ဘာရောပိ။ ယထာ စိရံ ပဝတ္တတိ, ဧဝမဿ ကာရဏဘာဝတော, တသ္မာ ပရိက္ခာရောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဧဝံ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇဉ္စ တံ ပရိက္ခာရော စာတိ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရော။ တံ ဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရံ။ ဂိလာနဿ ယံကိဉ္စိ သပ္ပါယံ ဘိသက္ကာနုညာတံ တေလမဓုဖာဏိတာဒိ ဇီဝိတပရိက္ခာရန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဥပ္ပန္နာနန္တိ ဇာတာနံ ဘူတာနံ နိဗ္ဗတ္တာနံ။ ဝေယျာဗာဓိကာနန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ဗျာဗာဓောတိ ဓာတုက္ခောဘော, တံသမုဋ္ဌာနာ စ ကုဋ္ဌဂဏ္ဍပီဠကာဒယော။ ဗျာဗာဓတော ဥပ္ပန္နတ္တာ ဝေယျာဗာဓိကာ။ ဝေဒနာနန္တိ ဒုက္ခဝေဒနာ အကုသလဝိပါကဝေဒနာ။ တာသံ ဝေယျာဗာဓိကာနံ ဝေဒနာနံ။ အဗျာဗဇ္ဈပရမတာယာတိ နိဒ္ဒုက္ခပရမတာယ။ ယာဝ တံ ဒုက္ခံ သဗ္ဗံ ပဟီနံ ဟောတိ တာဝါတိ အတ္ထော။
ဧဝမိဒံ သင်္ခေပတော ပဋိသင်္ခါ ယောနိသော ပစ္စယပရိဘောဂလက္ခဏံ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝစနတ္ထော ပနေတ္ထ – စီဝရာဒယော ဟိ ယသ္မာ တေ ပဋိစ္စ နိဿာယ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇမာနာ ပါဏိနော အယန္တိ ပဝတ္တန္တိ, တသ္မာ ပစ္စယာတိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ တေ ပစ္စယေ သန္နိဿိတန္တိ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတံ။
စတုပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသမ္ပာဒနဝိဓိ
၁၉။ ဧဝမေတသ္မိံ စတုဗ္ဗိဓေ သီလေ သဒ္ဓါယ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရော သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗော။ သဒ္ဓါသာဓနော ဟိ သော, သာဝကဝိသယာတီတတ္တာ သိက္ခာပဒပညတ္တိယာ။ သိက္ခာပဒပညတ္တိယာစနပဋိက္ခေပေါ စေတ္ထ နိဒဿနံ။ တသ္မာ ယထာ ပညတ္တံ သိက္ခာပဒံ အနဝသေသံ သဒ္ဓါယ သမာဒိယိတွာ ဇီဝိတေပိ အပေက္ခံ အကရောန္တေန သာဓုကံ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ ဟေတံ –
‘‘ကိကီဝ အဏ္ဍံ စမရီဝ ဝါလဓိံ,
ပိယံဝ ပုတ္တံ နယနံဝ ဧကကံ၊
တထေဝ သီလံ အနုရက္ခမာနကာ,
သုပေသလာ ဟောထ သဒါ သဂါရဝါ’’တိ။
အပရမ္ပိ ဝုတ္တံ – ‘‘ဧဝမေဝ ခေါ ပဟာရာဒ ယံ မယာ သာဝကာနံ သိက္ခာပဒံ ပညတ္တံ, တံ မမ သာဝကာ ဇီဝိတဟေတုပိ နာတိက္ကမန္တီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၈။၁၉)။ ဣမသ္မိံ စ ပနတ္ထေ အဋဝိယံ စောရေဟိ ဗဒ္ဓထေရာနံ ဝတ္ထူနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။
မဟာဝတ္တနိအဋဝိယံ ကိရ ထေရံ စောရာ ကာဠဝလ္လီဟိ ဗန္ဓိတွာ နိပဇ္ဇာပေသုံ။ ထေရော ယထာနိပန္နောဝ သတ္တဒိဝသာနိ ဝိပဿနံ ဝဍ္ဎေတွာ အနာဂါမိဖလံ ပါပုဏိတွာ တတ္ထေဝ ကာလံ ကတွာ ဗြဟ္မလောကေ နိဗ္ဗတ္တိ။
အပရမ္ပိ ထေရံ တမ္ဗပဏ္ဏိဒီပေ ပူတိလတာယ ဗန္ဓိတွာ နိပဇ္ဇာပေသုံ။ သော ဝနဒါဟေ အာဂစ္ဆန္တေ ဝလ္လိံ အစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာဝ ဝိပဿနံ ပဋ္ဌပေတွာ သမသီသီ ဟုတွာ ပရိနိဗ္ဗာယိ။ ဒီဃဘာဏကအဘယတ္ထေရော ပဉ္စဟိ ဘိက္ခုသတေဟိ သဒ္ဓိံ အာဂစ္ဆန္တော ဒိသွာ ထေရဿ သရီရံ ဈာပေတွာ စေတိယံ ကာရာပေသိ။ တသ္မာ အညောပိ သဒ္ဓေါ ကုလပုတ္တော –
ပါတိမောက္ခံ ဝိသောဓေန္တော, အပ္ပေဝ ဇီဝိတံ ဇဟေ၊
ပညတ္တံ လောကနာထေန, န ဘိန္ဒေ သီလသံဝရံ။
ယထာ စ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရော သဒ္ဓါယ, ဧဝံ သတိယာ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရော သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗော။ သတိသာဓနော ဟိ သော, သတိယာ အဓိဋ္ဌိတာနံ ဣန္ဒြိယာနံ အဘိဇ္ဈာဒီဟိ အနနွာဿဝနီယတော။ တသ္မာ ‘‘ဝရံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, တတ္တာယ အယောသလာကာယ အာဒိတ္တာယ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတာယ သဇောတိဘူတာယ စက္ခုန္ဒြိယံ သမ္ပလိမဋ္ဌံ, န တွေဝ စက္ခုဝိညေယျေသု ရူပေသု အနုဗျဉ္ဇနသော နိမိတ္တဂ္ဂါဟော’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၃၅) အာဒိနာ နယေန အာဒိတ္တပရိယာယံ သမနုဿရိတွာ ရူပါဒီသု ဝိသယေသု စက္ခုဒွါရာဒိပဝတ္တဿ ဝိညာဏဿ အဘိဇ္ဈာဒီဟိ အနွာဿဝနီယံ နိမိတ္တာဒိဂ္ဂါဟံ အသမ္မုဋ္ဌာယ သတိယာ နိသေဓေန္တေန ဧသ သာဓုကံ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗော။ ဧဝံ အသမ္ပာဒိတေ ဟိ ဧတသ္မိံ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလမ္ပိ အနဒ္ဓနိယံ ဟောတိ အစိရဋ္ဌိတိကံ, အသံဝိဟိတသာခါပရိဝါရမိဝ သဿံ။ ဟညတေ စာယံ ကိလေသစောရေဟိ, ဝိဝဋဒွါရော ဝိယ ဂါမော ပရဿ ဟာရီဟိ။ စိတ္တဉ္စဿ ရာဂေါ သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတိ, ဒုစ္ဆန္နမဂါရံ ဝုဋ္ဌိ ဝိယ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ ဟေတံ –
‘‘ရူပေသု သဒ္ဒေသု အထော ရသေသု,
ဂန္ဓေသု ဖဿေသု စ ရက္ခ ဣန္ဒြိယံ၊
ဧတေ ဟိ ဒွါရာ ဝိဝဋာ အရက္ခိတာ,
ဟနန္တိ ဂါမံဝ ပရဿ ဟာရိနော’’။
‘‘ယထာ အဂါရံ ဒုစ္ဆန္နံ, ဝုဋ္ဌီ သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတိ၊
ဧဝံ အဘာဝိတံ စိတ္တံ, ရာဂေါ သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတီ’’တိ။ (ဓ။ ပ။ ၁၃)၊
သမ္ပာဒိတေ ပန တသ္မိံ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလမ္ပိ အဒ္ဓနိယံ ဟောတိ စိရဋ္ဌိတိကံ, သုသံဝိဟိတသာခါပရိဝါရမိဝ သဿံ။ န ဟညတေ စာယံ ကိလေသ စောရေဟိ, သုသံဝုတဒွါရော ဝိယ ဂါမော ပရဿ ဟာရီဟိ။ န စဿ စိတ္တံ ရာဂေါ သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတိ, သုစ္ဆန္နမဂါရံ ဝုဋ္ဌိ ဝိယ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ –
‘‘ရူပေသု သဒ္ဒေသု အထော ရသေသု,
ဂန္ဓေသု ဖဿေသု စ ရက္ခ ဣန္ဒြိယံ၊
ဧတေ ဟိ ဒွါရာ ပိဟိတာ သုသံဝုတာ,
န ဟန္တိ ဂါမံဝ ပရဿ ဟာရိနော’’။
‘‘ယထာ အဂါရံ သုစ္ဆန္နံ, ဝုဋ္ဌီ န သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတိ၊
ဧဝံ သုဘာဝိတံ စိတ္တံ, ရာဂေါ န သမတိဝိဇ္ဈတီ’’တိ။ (ဓ။ ပ။ ၁၄)၊
အယံ ပန အတိဥက္ကဋ္ဌဒေသနာ။
စိတ္တံ နာမေတံ လဟုပရိဝတ္တံ, တသ္မာ ဥပ္ပန္နံ ရာဂံ အသုဘမနသိကာရေန ဝိနောဒေတွာ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရော သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗော, အဓုနာပဗ္ဗဇိတေန ဝင်္ဂီသတ္ထေရေန ဝိယ။
ထေရဿ ကိရ အဓုနာပဗ္ဗဇိတဿ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရတော ဧကံ ဣတ္ထိံ ဒိသွာ ရာဂေါ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တတော အာနန္ဒတ္ထေရံ အာဟ –
‘‘ကာမရာဂေန ဍယှာမိ, စိတ္တံ မေ ပရိဍယှတိ၊
သာဓု နိဗ္ဗာပနံ ဗြူဟိ, အနုကမ္ပာယ ဂေါတမာ’’တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၂၊ ထေရဂါ။ ၁၂၃၂)၊
ထေရော အာဟ –
‘‘သညာယ ဝိပရိယေသာ, စိတ္တံ တေ ပရိဍယှတိ၊
နိမိတ္တံ ပရိဝဇ္ဇေဟိ, သုဘံ ရာဂူပသဉှိတံ၊
အသုဘာယ စိတ္တံ ဘာဝေဟိ, ဧကဂ္ဂံ သုသမာဟိတံ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၂၊ ထေရဂါ။ ၁၂၃၃-၁၂၃၄)၊
‘‘သင်္ခါရေ ပရတော ပဿ, ဒုက္ခတော နော စ အတ္တတော၊
နိဗ္ဗာပေဟိ မဟာရာဂံ, မာ ဍယှိတ္ထော ပုနပ္ပုန’’န္တိ။ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၁၂)၊
ထေရော ရာဂံ ဝိနောဒေတွာ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိ။ အပိစ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရပူရကေန ဘိက္ခုနာ ကုရဏ္ဍကမဟာလေဏဝါသိနာ စိတ္တဂုတ္တတ္ထေရေန ဝိယ စောရကမဟာဝိဟာရဝါသိနာ မဟာမိတ္တတ္ထေရေန ဝိယ စ ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ ကုရဏ္ဍကမဟာလေဏေ ကိရ သတ္တန္နံ ဗုဒ္ဓါနံ အဘိနိက္ခမနစိတ္တကမ္မံ မနောရမံ အဟောသိ, သမ္ဗဟုလာ ဘိက္ခူ သေနာသနစာရိကံ အာဟိဏ္ဍန္တာ စိတ္တကမ္မံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘မနောရမံ, ဘန္တေ, စိတ္တကမ္မ’’န္တိ အာဟံသု။ ထေရော အာဟ ‘‘အတိရေကသဋ္ဌိ မေ, အာဝုသော, ဝဿာနိ လေဏေ ဝသန္တဿ စိတ္တကမ္မံ အတ္ထီတိပိ န ဇာနာမိ, အဇ္ဇ ဒါနိ စက္ခုမန္တေ နိဿာယ ဉာတ’’န္တိ။ ထေရေန ကိရ ဧတ္တကံ အဒ္ဓါနံ ဝသန္တေန စက္ခုံ ဥမ္မီလေတွာ လေဏံ န ဥလ္လောကိတပုဗ္ဗံ။ လေဏဒွါရေ စဿ မဟာနာဂရုက္ခောပိ အဟောသိ။ သောပိ ထေရေန ဥဒ္ဓံ န ဥလ္လောကိတပုဗ္ဗော။ အနုသံဝစ္ဆရံ ဘူမိယံ ကေသရနိပါတံ ဒိသွာဝဿ ပုပ္ဖိတဘာဝံ ဇာနာတိ။
ရာဇာ ထေရဿ ဂုဏသမ္ပတ္တိံ သုတွာ ဝန္ဒိတုကာမော တိက္ခတ္တုံ ပေသေတွာ အနာဂစ္ဆန္တေ ထေရေ တသ္မိံ ဂါမေ တရုဏပုတ္တာနံ ဣတ္ထီနံ ထနေ ဗန္ဓာပေတွာ လဉ္ဇာပေသိ ‘‘တာဝ ဒါရကာ ထညံ မာ လဘိံသု, ယာဝ ထေရော န အာဂစ္ဆတီ’’တိ။ ထေရော ဒါရကာနံ အနုကမ္ပာယ မဟာဂါမံ အဂမာသိ။ ရာဇာ သုတွာ ‘‘ဂစ္ဆထ ဘဏေ, ထေရံ ပဝေသေထ သီလာနိ ဂဏှိဿာမီ’’တိ အန္တေပုရံ အဘိဟရာပေတွာ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ဘောဇေတွာ ‘‘အဇ္ဇ, ဘန္တေ, ဩကာသော နတ္ထိ, သွေ သီလာနိ ဂဏှိဿာမီတိ ထေရဿ ပတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ ထောကံ အနုဂန္တွာ ဒေဝိယာ သဒ္ဓိံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ နိဝတ္တိ။ ထေရော ရာဇာ ဝါ ဝန္ဒတု ဒေဝီ ဝါ, ‘‘သုခီ ဟောတု, မဟာရာဇာ’’တိ ဝဒတိ။ ဧဝံ သတ္တဒိဝသာ ဂတာ။ ဘိက္ခူ အာဟံသု ‘‘ကိံ, ဘန္တေ, တုမှေ ရညေပိ ဝန္ဒမာနေ ဒေဝိယာပိ ဝန္ဒမာနာယ ‘‘သုခီ ဟောတု, မဟာရာဇ’’ဣစ္စေဝ ဝဒထာတိ။ ထေရော ‘‘နာဟံ, အာဝုသော, ရာဇာတိ ဝါ ဒေဝီတိ ဝါ ဝဝတ္ထာနံ ကရောမီ’’တိ ဝတွာ သတ္တာဟာတိက္ကမေန ‘‘ထေရဿ ဣဓ ဝါသော ဒုက္ခော’’တိ ရညာ ဝိဿဇ္ဇိတော ကုရဏ္ဍကမဟာလေဏံ ဂန္တွာ ရတ္တိဘာဂေ စင်္ကမံ အာရူဟိ။ နာဂရုက္ခေ အဓိဝတ္ထာ ဒေဝတာ ဒဏ္ဍဒီပိကံ ဂဟေတွာ အဋ္ဌာသိ။ အထဿ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ အတိပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ပါကဋံ အဟောသိ။ ထေရော ‘‘ကိံ နု မေ အဇ္ဇ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ အတိဝိယ ပကာသတီ’’တိ အတ္တမနော မဇ္ဈိမယာမသမနန္တရံ သကလံ ပဗ္ဗတံ ဥန္နာဒယန္တော အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိ။ တသ္မာ အညောပိ အတ္တတ္ထကာမော ကုလပုတ္တော –
မက္ကဋောဝ အရညမှိ, ဝနေ ဘန္တမိဂေါ ဝိယ၊
ဗာလော ဝိယ စ ဥတြသ္တော, န ဘဝေ လောလလောစနော။
အဓော ခိပေယျ စက္ခူနိ, ယုဂမတ္တဒသော သိယာ၊
ဝနမက္ကဋလောလဿ, န စိတ္တဿ ဝသံ ဝဇေ။
မဟာမိတ္တတ္ထေရဿာပိ မာတု ဝိသဂဏ္ဍကရောဂေါ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိ, ဓီတာပိဿာ ဘိက္ခုနီသု ပဗ္ဗဇိတာ ဟောတိ။ သာ တံ အာဟ – ‘‘ဂစ္ဆ အယျေ, ဘာတု သန္တိကံ ဂန္တွာ မမ အဖာသုကဘာဝံ အာရောစေတွာ ဘေသဇ္ဇမာဟရာ’’တိ။ သာ ဂန္တွာ အာရောစေသိ။ ထေရော အာဟ – ‘‘နာဟံ မူလဘေသဇ္ဇာဒီနိ သံဟရိတွာ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ ပစိတုံ ဇာနာမိ, အပိစ တေ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ အာစိက္ခိဿံ – ‘‘အဟံ ယတော ပဗ္ဗဇိတော, တတော ပဋ္ဌာယ န မယာ လောဘသဟဂတေန စိတ္တေန ဣန္ဒြိယာနိ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ ဝိသဘာဂရူပံ ဩလောကိတပုဗ္ဗံ, ဣမိနာ သစ္စဝစနေန မာတုယာ မေ ဖာသု ဟောတု, ဂစ္ဆ ဣဒံ ဝတွာ ဥပါသိကာယ သရီရံ ပရိမဇ္ဇာ’’တိ။ သာ ဂန္တွာ ဣမမတ္ထံ အာရောစေတွာ တထာ အကာသိ။ ဥပါသိကာယ တံခဏံယေဝ ဂဏ္ဍော ဖေဏပိဏ္ဍော ဝိယ ဝိလီယိတွာ အန္တရဓာယိ, သာ ဥဋ္ဌဟိတွာ ‘‘သစေ သမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓေါ ဓရေယျ, ကသ္မာ မမ ပုတ္တသဒိသဿ ဘိက္ခုနော ဇာလဝိစိတြေန ဟတ္ထေန သီသံ န ပရာမသေယျာ’’တိ အတ္တမနဝါစံ နိစ္ဆာရေသိ။ တသ္မာ –
ကုလပုတ္တမာနိ အညောပိ, ပဗ္ဗဇိတွာန သာသနေ၊
မိတ္တတ္ထေရောဝ တိဋ္ဌေယျ, ဝရေ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရေ။
ယထာ ပန ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရော သတိယာ, တထာ ဝီရိယေန အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗာ။ ဝီရိယသာဓနာ ဟိ သာ, သမ္မာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယဿ မိစ္ဆာဇီဝပ္ပဟာနသမ္ဘဝတော။ တသ္မာ အနေသနံ အပ္ပတိရူပံ ပဟာယ ဝီရိယေန ပိဏ္ဍပါတစရိယာဒီဟိ သမ္မာ ဧသနာဟိ ဧသာ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗာ ပရိသုဒ္ဓုပ္ပါဒေယေဝ ပစ္စယေ ပဋိသေဝမာနေန အပရိသုဒ္ဓုပ္ပါဒေ အာသီဝိသေ ဝိယ ပရိဝဇ္ဇယတာ။ တတ္ထ အပရိဂ္ဂဟိတဓုတင်္ဂဿ သံဃတော, ဂဏတော, ဓမ္မဒေသနာဒီဟိ စဿ ဂုဏေဟိ ပသန္နာနံ ဂိဟီနံ သန္တိကာ ဥပ္ပန္နာ ပစ္စယာ ပရိသုဒ္ဓုပ္ပါဒါ နာမ။ ပိဏ္ဍပါတစရိယာဒီဟိ ပန အတိပရိသုဒ္ဓုပ္ပါဒါယေဝ။ ပရိဂ္ဂဟိတဓုတင်္ဂဿ ပိဏ္ဍပါတစရိယာဒီဟိ ဓုတဂုဏေ စဿ ပသန္နာနံ သန္တိကာ ဓုတင်္ဂနိယမာနုလောမေန ဥပ္ပန္နာ ပရိသုဒ္ဓုပ္ပါဒါ နာမ။ ဧကဗျာဓိဝူပသမတ္ထဉ္စဿ ပူတိဟရိဋကီစတုမဓုရေသု ဥပ္ပန္နေသု ‘‘စတုမဓုရံ အညေပိ သဗြဟ္မစာရိနော ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိဿန္တီ’’တိ စိန္တေတွာ ဟရိဋကီခဏ္ဍမေဝ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇမာနဿ ဓုတင်္ဂသမာဒါနံ ပတိရူပံ ဟောတိ။ ဧသ ဟိ ‘‘ဥတ္တမအရိယဝံသိကော ဘိက္ခူ’’တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ယေ ပနေတေ စီဝရာဒယော ပစ္စယာ, တေသု ယဿ ကဿစိ ဘိက္ခုနော အာဇီဝံ ပရိသောဓေန္တဿ စီဝရေ စ ပိဏ္ဍပါတေ စ နိမိတ္တောဘာသပရိကထာဝိညတ္တိယော န ဝဋ္ဋန္တိ။ သေနာသနေ ပန အပရိဂ္ဂဟိတဓုတင်္ဂဿ နိမိတ္တောဘာသပရိကထာ ဝဋ္ဋန္တိ။ တတ္ထ နိမိတ္တံ နာမ သေနာသနတ္ထံ ဘူမိပရိကမ္မာဒီနိ ကရောန္တဿ ‘‘ကိံ, ဘန္တေ, ကရိယတိ, ကော ကာရာပေတီ’’တိ ဂိဟီဟိ ဝုတ္တေ ‘‘န ကောစိ’’တိ ပဋိဝစနံ, ယံ ဝါ ပနညမ္ပိ ဧဝရူပံ နိမိတ္တကမ္မံ။ ဩဘာသော နာမ ‘‘ဥပါသကာ တုမှေ ကုဟိံ ဝသထာ’’တိ။ ပါသာဒေ, ဘန္တေတိ။ ‘‘ဘိက္ခူနံ ပန ဥပါသကာ ပါသာဒေါ န ဝဋ္ဋတီ’’တိ ဝစနံ, ယံ ဝါ ပနညမ္ပိ ဧဝရူပံ ဩဘာသကမ္မံ။ ပရိကထာ နာမ ‘‘ဘိက္ခုသံဃဿ သေနာသနံ သမ္ဗာဓ’’န္တိ ဝစနံ, ယာ ဝါ ပနညာပိ ဧဝရူပါ ပရိယာယကထာ။ ဘေသဇ္ဇေ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တထာ ဥပ္ပန္နံ ပန ဘေသဇ္ဇံ ရောဂေ ဝူပသန္တေ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ, န ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ။
တတ္ထ ဝိနယဓရာ ‘‘ဘဂဝတာ ဒွါရံ ဒိန္နံ, တသ္မာ ဝဋ္ဋတီ’’တိ ဝဒန္တိ။ သုတ္တန္တိကာ ပန ‘‘ကိဉ္စာပိ အာပတ္တိ န ဟောတိ, အာဇီဝံ ပန ကောပေတိ, တသ္မာ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ’’စ္စေဝ ဝဒန္တိ။
ယော ပန ဘဂဝတာ အနုညာတာပိ နိမိတ္တောဘာသပရိကထာဝိညတ္တိယော အကရောန္တော အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒိဂုဏေယေဝ နိဿာယ ဇီဝိတက္ခယေပိ ပစ္စုပဋ္ဌိတေ အညတြေဝ ဩဘာသာဒီဟိ ဥပ္ပန္နပစ္စယေ ပဋိသေဝတိ, ဧသ ‘‘ပရမသလ္လေခဝုတ္တီ’’တိ ဝုစ္စတိ, သေယျထာပိ ထေရော သာရိပုတ္တော။
သော ကိရာယသ္မာ ဧကသ္မိံ သမယေ ပဝိဝေကံ ဗြူဟယမာနော မဟာမောဂ္ဂလ္လာနတ္ထေရေန သဒ္ဓိံ အညတရသ္မိံ အရညေ ဝိဟရတိ, အထဿ ဧကသ္မိံ ဒိဝသေ ဥဒရဝါတာဗာဓော ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိတွာ အတိဒုက္ခံ ဇနေသိ။ မဟာမောဂ္ဂလ္လာနတ္ထေရော သာယနှသမယေ တဿာယသ္မတော ဥပဋ္ဌာနံ ဂတော ထေရံ နိပန္နံ ဒိသွာ တံ ပဝတ္တိံ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ ‘‘ပုဗ္ဗေ တေ, အာဝုသော, ကေန ဖာသု ဟောတီ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆိ။ ထေရော အာဟ, ‘‘ဂိဟိကာလေ မေ, အာဝုသော, မာတာ သပ္ပိမဓုသက္ကရာဒီဟိ ယောဇေတွာ အသမ္ဘိန္နခီရပါယာသံ အဒါသိ, တေန မေ ဖာသု အဟောသီ’’တိ။ သောပိ အာယသ္မာ ‘‘ဟောတု, အာဝုသော, သစေ မယှံ ဝါ တုယှံ ဝါ ပုညံ အတ္ထိ, အပ္ပေဝ နာမ သွေ လဘိဿာမာ’’တိ အာဟ။
ဣမံ ပန နေသံ ကထာသလ္လာပံ စင်္ကမနကောဋိယံ ရုက္ခေ အဓိဝတ္ထာ ဒေဝတာ သုတွာ ‘‘သွေ အယျဿ ပါယာသံ ဥပ္ပါဒေဿာမီ’’တိ တာဝဒေဝ ထေရဿ ဥပဋ္ဌာကကုလံ ဂန္တွာ ဇေဋ္ဌပုတ္တဿ သရီရံ အာဝိသိတွာ ပီဠံ ဇနေသိ။ အထဿ တိကိစ္ဆာနိမိတ္တံ သန္နိပတိတေ ဉာတကေ အာဟ – ‘‘သစေ သွေ ထေရဿ ဧဝရူပံ နာမ ပါယာသံ ပဋိယာဒေထ, တံ မုဉ္စိဿာမီ’’တိ။ တေ ‘‘တယာ အဝုတ္တေပိ မယံ ထေရာနံ နိဗဒ္ဓံ ဘိက္ခံ ဒေမာ’’တိ ဝတွာ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ တထာရူပံ ပါယာသံ ပဋိယာဒိယိံသု။
မဟာမောဂ္ဂလ္လာနတ္ထေရော ပါတောဝ အာဂန္တွာ ‘‘အာဝုသော, ယာဝ အဟံ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိတွာ အာဂစ္ဆာမိ, တာဝ ဣဓေဝ ဟောဟီ’’တိ ဝတွာ ဂါမံ ပါဝိသိ။ တေ မနုဿာ ပစ္စုဂ္ဂန္တွာ ထေရဿ ပတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရဿ ပါယာသဿ ပူရေတွာ အဒံသု။ ထေရော ဂမနာကာရံ ဒဿေသိ။ တေ ‘‘ဘုဉ္ဇထ – ဘန္တေ, တုမှေ, အပရမ္ပိ ဒဿာမာ’’တိ ထေရံ ဘောဇေတွာ ပုန ပတ္တပူရံ အဒံသု။ ထေရော ဂန္တွာ ‘‘ဟန္ဒာဝုသော သာရိပုတ္တ, ပရိဘုဉ္ဇာ’’တိ ဥပနာမေသိ။ ထေရောပိ တံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘အတိမနာပေါ ပါယာသော, ကထံ နု ခေါ ဥပ္ပန္နော’’တိ စိန္တေန္တော တဿ ဥပ္ပတ္တိမူလံ ဒိသွာ အာဟ – ‘‘အာဝုသော မောဂ္ဂလ္လာန, အပရိဘောဂါရဟော ပိဏ္ဍပါတော’’တိ။ သောပါယသ္မာ ‘‘မာဒိသေန နာမ အာဘတံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ န ပရိဘုဉ္ဇတီ’’တိ စိတ္တမ္ပိ အနုပ္ပါဒေတွာ ဧကဝစနေနေဝ ပတ္တံ မုခဝဋ္ဋိယံ ဂဟေတွာ ဧကမန္တေ နိကုဇ္ဇေသိ။ ပါယာသဿ သဟ ဘူမိယံ ပတိဋ္ဌာနာ ထေရဿ အာဗာဓော အန္တရဓာယိ, တတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ပဉ္စစတ္တာလီသ ဝဿာနိ န ပုန ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိ။ တတော မဟာမောဂ္ဂလ္လာနံ အာဟ – ‘‘အာဝုသော, ဝစီဝိညတ္တိံ နိဿာယ ဥပ္ပန္နော ပါယာသော အန္တေသု နိက္ခမိတွာ ဘူမိယံ စရန္တေသုပိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ အယုတ္တရူပေါ’’တိ။ ဣမဉ္စ ဥဒါနံ ဥဒါနေသိ –
‘‘ဝစီဝိညတ္တိဝိပ္ဖါရာ, ဥပ္ပန္နံ မဓုပါယသံ၊
သစေ ဘုတ္တော ဘဝေယျာဟံ, သာဇီဝေါ ဂရဟိတော မမ။
‘‘ယဒိပိ မေ အန္တဂုဏံ, နိက္ခမိတွာ ဗဟိ စရေ၊
နေဝ ဘိန္ဒေယျံ အာဇီဝံ, စဇမာနောပိ ဇီဝိတံ။
‘‘အာရာဓေမိ သကံ စိတ္တံ, ဝိဝဇ္ဇေမိ အနေသနံ၊
နာဟံ ဗုဒ္ဓပ္ပဋိကုဋ္ဌံ, ကာဟာမိ စ အနေသန’’န္တိ။
စိရဂုမ္ဗဝါသိကအမ္ဗခါဒကမဟာတိဿတ္ထေရဝတ္ထုပိ စေတ္ထ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ သဗ္ဗထာပိ။
‘‘အနေသနာယ စိတ္တမ္ပိ, အဇနေတွာ ဝိစက္ခဏော၊
အာဇီဝံ ပရိသောဓေယျ, သဒ္ဓါပဗ္ဗဇိတော ယတီ’’တိ။
ယထာ စ ဝီရိယေန အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိ, တထာ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ ပညာယ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ ပညာသာဓနံ ဟိ တံ, ပညဝတော ပစ္စယေသု အာဒီနဝါနိသံသဒဿနသမတ္ထဘာဝတော။ တသ္မာ ပဟာယ ပစ္စယဂေဓံ ဓမ္မေန သမေန ဥပ္ပန္နေ ပစ္စယေ ယထာဝုတ္တေန ဝိဓိနာ ပညာယ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တေန သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။
တတ္ထ ဒုဝိဓံ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏံ ပစ္စယာနံ ပဋိလာဘကာလေ, ပရိဘောဂကာလေ စ။ ပဋိလာဘကာလေပိ ဟိ ဓာတုဝသေန ဝါ ပဋိကူလဝသေန ဝါ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ဌပိတာနိ စီဝရာဒီနိ တတော ဥတ္တရိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တဿ အနဝဇ္ဇောဝ ပရိဘောဂေါ, ပရိဘောဂကာလေပိ။ တတြာယံ သန္နိဋ္ဌာနကရော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော –
စတ္တာရော ဟိ ပရိဘောဂါ ထေယျပရိဘောဂေါ, ဣဏပရိဘောဂေါ, ဒါယဇ္ဇပရိဘောဂေါ, သာမိပရိဘောဂေါတိ။ တတြ သံဃမဇ္ဈေပိ နိသီဒိတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တဿ ဒုဿီလဿ ပရိဘောဂေါ ထေယျပရိဘောဂေါ နာမ။ သီလဝတော အပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ပရိဘောဂေါ ဣဏပရိဘောဂေါ နာမ။ တသ္မာ စီဝရံ ပရိဘောဂေ ပရိဘောဂေ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ, ပိဏ္ဍပါတော အာလောပေ အာလောပေ, တထာ အသက္ကောန္တေန ပုရေဘတ္တပစ္ဆာဘတ္တပုရိမယာမမဇ္ဈိမယာမပစ္ဆိမယာမေသု။ သစဿ အပစ္စဝေက္ခတောဝ အရုဏံ ဥဂ္ဂစ္ဆတိ, ဣဏပရိဘောဂဋ္ဌာနေ တိဋ္ဌတိ။ သေနာသနမ္ပိ ပရိဘောဂေ ပရိဘောဂေ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဘေသဇ္ဇဿ ပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏေပိ ပရိဘောဂေပိ သတိပစ္စယတာဝ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဧဝံ သန္တေပိ ပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏေ သတိံ ကတွာ ပရိဘောဂေ အကရောန္တဿေဝ အာပတ္တိ, ပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏေ ပန သတိံ အကတွာ ပရိဘောဂေ ကရောန္တဿ အနာပတ္တိ။
စတုဗ္ဗိဓာ ဟိ သုဒ္ဓိ ဒေသနာသုဒ္ဓိ, သံဝရသုဒ္ဓိ, ပရိယေဋ္ဌိသုဒ္ဓိ, ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏသုဒ္ဓီတိ။ တတ္ထ ဒေသနာသုဒ္ဓိ နာမ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလံ။ တဉှိ ဒေသနာယ သုဇ္ဈနတော ဒေသနာသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ သံဝရသုဒ္ဓိ နာမ ဣန္ဒြိယသံဝရသီလံ။ တဉှိ ‘‘န ပုန ဧဝံ ကရိဿာမီ’’တိ စိတ္တာဓိဋ္ဌာနသံဝရေနေဝ သုဇ္ဈနတော သံဝရသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ပရိယေဋ္ဌိသုဒ္ဓိ နာမ အာဇီဝပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ တဉှိ အနေသနံ ပဟာယ ဓမ္မေန သမေန ပစ္စယေ ဥပ္ပါဒေန္တဿ ပရိယေသနာယ သုဒ္ဓတ္တာ ပရိယေဋ္ဌိသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏသုဒ္ဓိ နာမ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ။ တဉှိ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရေန ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏေန သုဇ္ဈနတော ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တေန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏေ ပန သတိံ အကတွာ ပရိဘောဂေ ကရောန္တဿ အနာပတ္တီ’’တိ။
သတ္တန္နံ သေက္ခာနံ ပစ္စယပရိဘောဂေါ ဒါယဇ္ဇပရိဘောဂေါ နာမ။ တေ ဟိ ဘဂဝတော ပုတ္တာ, တသ္မာ ပိတုသန္တကာနံ ပစ္စယာနံ ဒါယာဒါ ဟုတွာ တေ ပစ္စယေ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တိ။ ကိံပနေတေ ဘဂဝတော ပစ္စယေ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တိ, ဥဒါဟု ဂိဟီနံ ပစ္စယေ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တီတိ။ ဂိဟီဟိ ဒိန္နာပိ ဘဂဝတာ အနုညာတတ္တာ ဘဂဝတော သန္တကာ ဟောန္တိ, တသ္မာ ဘဂဝတော ပစ္စယေ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဓမ္မဒါယာဒသုတ္တဉ္စေတ္ထ သာဓကံ။
ခီဏာသဝါနံ ပရိဘောဂေါ သာမိပရိဘောဂေါ နာမ။ တေ ဟိ တဏှာယ ဒါသဗျံ အတီတတ္တာ သာမိနော ဟုတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တိ။
ဣမေသု ပရိဘောဂေသု သာမိပရိဘောဂေါ စ ဒါယဇ္ဇပရိဘောဂေါ စ သဗ္ဗေသံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣဏပရိဘောဂေါ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ထေယျပရိဘောဂေ ကထာယေဝ နတ္ထိ။ ယော ပနာယံ သီလဝတော ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတပရိဘောဂေါ, သော ဣဏပရိဘောဂဿ ပစ္စနီကတ္တာ အာဏဏျပရိဘောဂေါ ဝါ ဟောတိ, ဒါယဇ္ဇပရိဘောဂေယေဝ ဝါ သင်္ဂဟံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။ သီလဝါပိ ဟိ ဣမာယ သိက္ခာယ သမန္နာဂတတ္တာ သေက္ခောတွေဝ သင်္ချံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ဣမေသု ပန ပရိဘောဂေသု ယသ္မာ သာမိပရိဘောဂေါ အဂ္ဂေါ, တသ္မာ တံ ပတ္ထယမာနေန ဘိက္ခုနာ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရာယ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏာယ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တေန ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလံ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ ကရောန္တော ဟိ ကိစ္စကာရီ ဟောတိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ –
‘‘ပိဏ္ဍံ ဝိဟာရံ သယနာသနဉ္စ,
အာပဉ္စ သံဃာဋိရဇူပဝါဟနံ၊
သုတွာန ဓမ္မံ သုဂတေန ဒေသိတံ,
သင်္ခါယ သေဝေ ဝရပညသာဝကော။
‘‘တသ္မာ ဟိ ပိဏ္ဍေ သယနာသနေ စ,
အာပေ စ သံဃာဋိရဇူပဝါဟနေ၊
ဧတေသု ဓမ္မေသု အနူပလိတ္တော,
ဘိက္ခု ယထာ ပေါက္ခရေ ဝါရိဗိန္ဒု။ (သု။ နိ။ ၃၉၃-၃၉၄)၊
‘‘ကာလေန လဒ္ဓါ ပရတော အနုဂ္ဂဟာ,
ခဇ္ဇေသု ဘောဇ္ဇေသု စ သာယနေသု စ၊
မတ္တံ သ ဇညာ သတတံ ဥပဋ္ဌိတော,
ဝဏဿ အာလေပနရူဟနေ ယထာ။
‘‘ကန္တာရေ ပုတ္တမံသံဝ, အက္ခဿဗ္ဘဉ္ဇနံ ယထာ၊
ဧဝံ အာဟာရေ အာဟာရံ, ယာပနတ္ထမမုစ္ဆိတော’’တိ။
ဣမဿ စ ပစ္စယသန္နိဿိတသီလဿ ပရိပူရကာရိတာယ ဘာဂိနေယျသံဃရက္ခိတသာမဏေရဿ ဝတ္ထု ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ သော ဟိ သမ္မာ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိ။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘ဥပဇ္ဈာယော မံ ဘုဉ္ဇမာနံ, သာလိကူရံ သုနိဗ္ဗုတံ၊
မာ ဟေဝ တွံ သာမဏေရ, ဇိဝှံ ဈာပေသိ အသညတော။
‘‘ဥပဇ္ဈာယဿ ဝစော သုတွာ, သံဝေဂမလဘိံ တဒါ၊
ဧကာသနေ နိသီဒိတွာ, အရဟတ္တံ အပါပုဏိံ။
‘‘သောဟံ ပရိပုဏ္ဏသင်္ကပ္ပေါ, စန္ဒော ပန္နရသော ယထာ၊
သဗ္ဗာသဝပရိက္ခီဏော, နတ္ထိ ဒါနိ ပုနဗ္ဘဝေါ’’တိ။
‘‘တသ္မာ အညောပိ ဒုက္ခဿ, ပတ္ထယန္တော ပရိက္ခယံ၊
ယောနိသော ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ, ပဋိသေဝေထ ပစ္စယေ’’တိ။
ဧဝံ ပါတိမောက္ခသံဝရသီလာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓံ။
ပဌမသီလပဉ္စကံ
၂၀။ ပဉ္စဝိဓကောဋ္ဌာသဿ ပဌမပဉ္စကေ အနုပသမ္ပန္နသီလာဒိဝသေန အတ္ထော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ –
‘‘ကတမံ ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ? အနုပသမ္ပန္နာနံ ပရိယန္တသိက္ခာပဒါနံ, ဣဒံ ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ ကတမံ အပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ? ဥပသမ္ပန္နာနံ အပရိယန္တသိက္ခာပဒါနံ, ဣဒံ အပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ ကတမံ ပရိပုဏ္ဏပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ? ပုထုဇ္ဇနကလျာဏကာနံ ကုသလဓမ္မေ ယုတ္တာနံ သေက္ခပရိယန္တေ ပရိပူရကာရီနံ ကာယေ စ ဇီဝိတေ စ အနပေက္ခာနံ ပရိစ္စတ္တဇီဝိတာနံ, ဣဒံ ပရိပုဏ္ဏပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ ကတမံ အပရာမဋ္ဌပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ? သတ္တန္နံ သေက္ခာနံ, ဣဒံ အပရာမဋ္ဌပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ။ ကတမံ ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ? တထာဂတသာဝကာနံ ခီဏာသဝါနံ ပစ္စေကဗုဒ္ဓါနံ တထာဂတာနံ အရဟန္တာနံ သမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓါနံ, ဣဒံ ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၃၇)။
တတ္ထ အနုပသမ္ပန္နာနံ သီလံ ဂဏနဝသေန သပရိယန္တတ္တာ ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဥပသမ္ပန္နာနံ –
‘‘နဝ ကောဋိသဟဿာနိ, အသီတိသတကောဋိယော၊
ပညာသသတသဟဿာနိ, ဆတ္တိံသာ စ ပုနာပရေ။
‘‘ဧတေ သံဝရဝိနယာ, သမ္ဗုဒ္ဓေန ပကာသိတာ၊
ပေယျာလမုခေန နိဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌာ, သိက္ခာ ဝိနယသံဝရေ’’တိ။ –
ဧဝံ ဂဏနဝသေန သပရိယန္တမ္ပိ အနဝသေသဝသေန သမာဒါနဘာဝဉ္စ လာဘယသဉာတိအင်္ဂဇီဝိတဝသေန အဒိဋ္ဌပရိယန္တဘာဝဉ္စ သန္ဓာယ အပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ, စိရဂုမ္ဗဝါသိကအမ္ဗခါဒကမဟာတိဿတ္ထေရဿ သီလမိဝ။ တထာ ဟိ သော အာယသ္မာ –
‘‘ဓနံ စဇေ အင်္ဂဝရဿ ဟေတု, အင်္ဂံ စဇေ ဇီဝိတံ ရက္ခမာနော၊
အင်္ဂံ ဓနံ ဇီဝိတဉ္စာပိ သဗ္ဗံ, စဇေ နရော ဓမ္မမနုဿရန္တော’’တိ။ –
ဣမံ သပ္ပုရိသာနုဿတိံ အဝိဇဟန္တော ဇီဝိတသံသယေပိ သိက္ခာပဒံ အဝီတိက္ကမ္မ တဒေဝ အပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိသီလံ နိဿာယ ဥပါသကဿ ပိဋ္ဌိဂတောဝ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိ။ ယထာဟ –
‘‘န ပိတာ နပိ တေ မာတာ, န ဉာတိ နပိ ဗန္ဓဝေါ၊
ကရောတေတာဒိသံ ကိစ္စံ, သီလဝန္တဿ ကာရဏာ။
သံဝေဂံ ဇနယိတွာန, သမ္မသိတွာန ယောနိသော၊
တဿ ပိဋ္ဌိဂတော သန္တော, အရဟတ္တံ အပါပုဏီ’’တိ။
ပုထုဇ္ဇနကလျာဏကာနံ သီလံ ဥပသမ္ပဒတော ပဋ္ဌာယ သုဓောတဇာတိမဏိ ဝိယ သုပရိကမ္မကတသုဝဏ္ဏံ ဝိယ စ အတိပရိသုဒ္ဓတ္တာ စိတ္တုပ္ပါဒမတ္တကေနပိ မလေန ဝိရဟိတံ အရဟတ္တဿေဝ ပဒဋ္ဌာနံ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ပရိပုဏ္ဏပါရိသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ, မဟာသံဃရက္ခိတဘာဂိနေယျသံဃရက္ခိတတ္ထေရာနံ ဝိယ။
မဟာသံဃရက္ခိတတ္ထေရံ ကိရ အတိက္ကန္တသဋ္ဌိဝဿံ မရဏမဉ္စေ နိပန္နံ ဘိက္ခုသံဃော လောကုတ္တရာဓိဂမံ ပုစ္ဆိ။ ထေရော ‘‘နတ္ထိ မေ လောကုတ္တရဓမ္မော’’တိ အာဟ။ အထဿ ဥပဋ္ဌာကော ဒဟရဘိက္ခု အာဟ – ‘‘ဘန္တေ, တုမှေ ပရိနိဗ္ဗုတာတိ သမန္တာ ဒွါဒသယောဇနာ မနုဿာ သန္နိပတိတာ, တုမှာကံ ပုထုဇ္ဇနကာလကိရိယာယ မဟာဇနဿ ဝိပ္ပဋိသာရော ဘဝိဿတီ’’တိ။ အာဝုသော, အဟံ ‘‘မေတ္တေယျံ ဘဂဝန္တံ ပဿိဿာမီ’’တိ န ဝိပဿနံ ပဋ္ဌပေသိံ။ တေန ဟိ မံ နိသီဒါပေတွာ ဩကာသံ ကရောဟီတိ။ သော ထေရံ နိသီဒါပေတွာ ဗဟိ နိက္ခန္တော။ ထေရော တဿ သဟ နိက္ခမနာဝ အရဟတ္တံ ပတွာ အစ္ဆရိကာယ သညံ အဒါသိ။ သံဃော သန္နိပတိတွာ အာဟ – ‘‘ဘန္တေ, ဧဝရူပေ မရဏကာလေ လောကုတ္တရဓမ္မံ နိဗ္ဗတ္တေန္တာ ဒုက္ကရံ ကရိတ္ထာ’’တိ။ နာဝုသော ဧတံ ဒုက္ကရံ, အပိစ ဝေါ ဒုက္ကရံ အာစိက္ခိဿာမိ – ‘‘အဟံ, အာဝုသော, ပဗ္ဗဇိတကာလတော ပဋ္ဌာယ အသတိယာ အညာဏပကတံ ကမ္မံ နာမ န ပဿာမီ’’တိ။ ဘာဂိနေယျောပိဿ ပညာသဝဿကာလေ ဧဝမေဝ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏီတိ။
‘‘အပ္ပဿုတောပိ စေ ဟောတိ, သီလေသု အသမာဟိတော၊
ဥဘယေန နံ ဂရဟန္တိ, သီလတော စ သုတေန စ။
‘‘အပ္ပဿုတောပိ စေ ဟောတိ, သီလေသု သုသမာဟိတော၊
သီလတော နံ ပသံသန္တိ, တဿ သမ္ပဇ္ဇတေ သုတံ။
‘‘ဗဟုဿုတောပိ စေ ဟောတိ, သီလေသု အသမာဟိတော၊
သီလတော နံ ဂရဟန္တိ, နာဿ သမ္ပဇ္ဇတေ သုတံ။
‘‘ဗဟုဿုတောပိ စေ ဟောတိ, သီလေသု သုသမာဟိတော၊
ဥဘယေန နံ ပသံသန္တိ, သီလတော စ သုတေန စ။
‘‘ဗဟုဿုတံ ဓမ္မဓရံ, သပ္ပညံ ဗုဒ္ဓသာဝကံ၊
နေက္ခံ ဇမ္ဗောနဒဿေဝ, ကော တံ နိန္ဒိတုမရဟတိ၊
ဒေဝါပိ နံ ပသံသန္တိ, ဗြဟ္မုနာပိ ပသံသိတော’’တိ။ (အ။ နိ။ ၄။၆)၊
သေက္ခာနံ ပန သီလံ ဒိဋ္ဌိဝသေန အပရာမဋ္ဌတ္တာ, ပုထုဇ္ဇနာနံ ဝါ ပန ရာဂဝသေန အပရာမဋ္ဌသီလံ အပရာမဋ္ဌပါရိသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ, ကုဋုမ္ဗိယပုတ္တတိဿတ္ထေရဿ သီလံ ဝိယ။ သော ဟိ အာယသ္မာ တထာရူပံ သီလံ နိဿာယ အရဟတ္တေ ပတိဋ္ဌာတုကာမော ဝေရိကေ အာဟ –
‘‘ဥဘော ပါဒါနိ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ, သညပေဿာမိ ဝေါ အဟံ၊
အဋ္ဋိယာမိ ဟရာယာမိ, သရာဂမရဏံ အဟ’’န္တိ။
‘‘ဧဝါဟံ စိန္တယိတွာန, သမ္မသိတွာန ယောနိသော၊
သမ္ပတ္တေ အရုဏုဂ္ဂမှိ, အရဟတ္တံ အပါပုဏိ’’န္တိ။ (ဒီ။ နိ။ အဋ္ဌ။ ၂။၃၇၃)၊
အညတရောပိ မဟာထေရော ဗာဠှဂိလာနော သဟတ္ထာ အာဟာရမ္ပိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ အသက္ကောန္တော သကေ မုတ္တကရီသေ ပလိပန္နော သမ္ပရိဝတ္တတိ, တံ ဒိသွာ အညတရော ဒဟရော ‘‘အဟော ဒုက္ခာ ဇီဝိတသင်္ခါရာ’’တိ အာဟ။ တမေနံ မဟာထေရော အာဟ – ‘‘အဟံ, အာဝုသော, ဣဒါနိ မိယျမာနော သဂ္ဂသမ္ပတ္တိံ လဘိဿာမိ, နတ္ထိ မေ ဧတ္ထ သံသယော, ဣမံ ပန သီလံ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ လဒ္ဓသမ္ပတ္တိ နာမ သိက္ခံ ပစ္စက္ခာယ ပဋိလဒ္ဓဂိဟိဘာဝသဒိသီ’’တိ ဝတွာ ‘‘သီလေနေဝ သဒ္ဓိံ မရိဿာမီ’’တိ တတ္ထေဝ နိပန္နော တမေဝ ရောဂံ သမ္မသန္တော အရဟတ္တံ ပတွာ ဘိက္ခုသံဃဿ ဣမာဟိ ဂါထာဟိ ဗျာကာသိ –
‘‘ဖုဋ္ဌဿ မေ အညတရေန ဗျာဓိနာ,
ရောဂေန ဗာဠှံ ဒုခိတဿ ရုပ္ပတော၊
ပရိသုဿတိ ခိပ္ပမိဒံ ကဠေဝရံ,
ပုပ္ဖံ ယထာ ပံသုနိ အာတပေ ကတံ။
‘‘အဇညံ ဇညသင်္ခါတံ, အသုစိံ သုစိသမ္မတံ၊
နာနာကုဏပပရိပူရံ, ဇညရူပံ အပဿတော။
‘‘ဓိရတ္ထု မံ အာတုရံ ပူတိကာယံ, ဒုဂ္ဂန္ဓိယံ အသုစိ ဗျာဓိဓမ္မံ၊
ယတ္ထပ္ပမတ္တာ အဓိမုစ္ဆိတာ ပဇာ, ဟာပေန္တိ မဂ္ဂံ သုဂတူပပတ္တိယာ’’တိ။
အရဟန္တာဒီနံ ပန သီလံ သဗ္ဗဒရထပ္ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိယာ ပရိသုဒ္ဓတ္တာ ပဋိပ္ပဿဒ္ဓိပါရိသုဒ္ဓီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ ပရိယန္တပါရိသုဒ္ဓိအာဒိဝသေန ပဉ္စဝိဓံ။
ဒုတိယသီလပဉ္စကံ
ဒုတိယပဉ္စကေ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီနံ ပဟာနာဒိဝသေန အတ္ထော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါယံ –
‘‘ပဉ္စ သီလာနိ ပါဏာတိပါတဿ ပဟာနံ သီလံ, ဝေရမဏီ သီလံ, စေတနာ သီလံ, သံဝရော သီလံ, အဝီတိက္ကမော သီလံ။ အဒိန္နာဒါနဿ, ကာမေသုမိစ္ဆာစာရဿ, မုသာဝါဒဿ, ပိသုဏာယ ဝါစာယ, ဖရုသာယ ဝါစာယ, သမ္ဖပ္ပလာပဿ, အဘိဇ္ဈာယ, ဗျာပါဒဿ, မိစ္ဆာဒိဋ္ဌိယာ, နေက္ခမ္မေန ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒဿ, အဗျာပါဒေန ဗျာပါဒဿ, အာလောကသညာယ ထိနမိဒ္ဓဿ, အဝိက္ခေပေန ဥဒ္ဓစ္စဿ, ဓမ္မဝဝတ္ထာနေန ဝိစိကိစ္ဆာယ, ဉာဏေန အဝိဇ္ဇာယ, ပါမောဇ္ဇေန အရတိယာ, ပဌမေန ဈာနေန နီဝရဏာနံ, ဒုတိယေန ဈာနေန ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ, တတိယေန ဈာနေန ပီတိယာ, စတုတ္ထေန ဈာနေန သုခဒုက္ခာနံ, အာကာသာနဉ္စာယတနသမာပတ္တိယာ ရူပသညာယ ပဋိဃသညာယ နာနတ္တသညာယ, ဝိညာဏဉ္စာယတနသမာပတ္တိယာ အာကာသာနဉ္စာယတနသညာယ, အာကိဉ္စညာယတနသမာပတ္တိယာ ဝိညာဏဉ္စာယတနသညာယ, နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနသမာပတ္တိယာ အာကိဉ္စညာယတနသညာယ, အနိစ္စာနုပဿနာယ နိစ္စသညာယ, ဒုက္ခာနုပဿနာယ သုခသညာယ, အနတ္တာနုပဿနာယ အတ္တသညာယ, နိဗ္ဗိဒါနုပဿနာယ နန္ဒိယာ, ဝိရာဂါနုပဿနာယ ရာဂဿ, နိရောဓာနုပဿနာယ သမုဒယဿ, ပဋိနိဿဂ္ဂါနုပဿနာယ အာဒါနဿ, ခယာနုပဿနာယ ဃနသညာယ, ဝယာနုပဿနာယ အာယူဟနဿ, ဝိပရိဏာမာနုပဿနာယ ဓုဝသညာယ, အနိမိတ္တာနုပဿနာယ နိမိတ္တဿ, အပ္ပဏိဟိတာနုပဿနာယ ပဏိဓိယာ, သုညတာနုပဿနာယ အဘိနိဝေသဿ, အဓိပညာဓမ္မဝိပဿနာယ သာရာဒါနာဘိနိဝေသဿ, ယထာဘူတဉာဏဒဿနေန သမ္မောဟာဘိနိဝေသဿ, အာဒီနဝါနုပဿနာယ အာလယာဘိနိဝေသဿ, ပဋိသင်္ခါနုပဿနာယ အပ္ပဋိသင်္ခါယ, ဝိဝဋ္ဋနာနုပဿနာယ သညောဂါဘိနိဝေသဿ, သောတာပတ္တိမဂ္ဂေန ဒိဋ္ဌေကဋ္ဌာနံ ကိလေသာနံ, သကဒါဂါမိမဂ္ဂေန ဩဠာရိကာနံ ကိလေသာနံ, အနာဂါမိမဂ္ဂေန အဏုသဟဂတာနံ ကိလေသာနံ, အရဟတ္တမဂ္ဂေန သဗ္ဗကိလေသာနံ ပဟာနံ သီလံ, ဝေရမဏီ, စေတနာ, သံဝရော, အဝီတိက္ကမော သီလံ။ ဧဝရူပါနိ သီလာနိ စိတ္တဿ အဝိပ္ပဋိသာရာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပါမောဇ္ဇာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပီတိယာ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပဿဒ္ဓိယာ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, သောမနဿာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, အာသေဝနာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ဘာဝနာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ဗဟုလီကမ္မာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, အလင်္ကာရာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပရိက္ခာရာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပရိဝါရာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, ဧကန္တနိဗ္ဗိဒါယ ဝိရာဂါယ နိရောဓာယ ဥပသမာယ အဘိညာယ သမ္ဗောဓာယ နိဗ္ဗာနာယ သံဝတ္တန္တီ’’တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၄၁)။
ဧတ္ထ စ ပဟာနန္တိ ကောစိ ဓမ္မော နာမ နတ္ထိ အညတြ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရာနံ ပါဏာတိပါတာဒီနံ အနုပ္ပါဒမတ္တတော။ ယသ္မာ ပန တံ တံ ပဟာနံ တဿ တဿ ကုသလဓမ္မဿ ပတိဋ္ဌာနဋ္ဌေန ဥပဓာရဏံ ဟောတိ, ဝိကမ္ပာဘာဝကရဏေန စ သမာဒါနံ။ တသ္မာ ပုဗ္ဗေ ဝုတ္တေနေဝ ဥပဓာရဏသမာဓာနသင်္ခါတေန သီလနဋ္ဌေန သီလန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ ဣတရေ စတ္တာရော ဓမ္မာ တတော တတော ဝေရမဏိဝသေန, တဿ တဿ သံဝရဝသေန, တဒုဘယသမ္ပယုတ္တစေတနာဝသေန, တံ တံ အဝီတိက္ကမန္တဿ အဝီတိက္ကမနဝသေန စ စေတသော ပဝတ္တိသဗ္ဘာဝံ သန္ဓာယ ဝုတ္တာ။ သီလဋ္ဌော ပန တေသံ ပုဗ္ဗေ ပကာသိတောယေဝါတိ။ ဧဝံ ပဟာနသီလာဒိဝသေန ပဉ္စဝိဓံ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ကိံ သီလံ? ကေနဋ္ဌေန သီလံ? ကာနဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနိ? ကိမာနိသံသံ သီလံ? ကတိဝိဓံ စေတံ သီလန္တိ? ဣမေသံ ပဉှာနံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ နိဋ္ဌိတံ။
သီလသံကိလေသဝေါဒါနံ
၂၁။ ယံ ပန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ကော စဿ သံကိလေသော, ကိံ ဝေါဒါန’’န္တိ။ တတြ ဝဒါမ – ခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ သီလဿ သံကိလေသော, အခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ ဝေါဒါနံ။ သော ပန ခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ လာဘယသာဒိဟေတုကေန ဘေဒေန စ သတ္တဝိဓမေထုနသံယောဂေန စ သင်္ဂဟိတော။
တထာ ဟိ ယဿ သတ္တသု အာပတ္တိက္ခန္ဓေသု အာဒိမှိ ဝါ အန္တေ ဝါ သိက္ခာပဒံ ဘိန္နံ ဟောတိ, တဿ သီလံ ပရိယန္တေ ဆိန္နသာဋကော ဝိယ ခဏ္ဍံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ ယဿ ပန ဝေမဇ္ဈေ ဘိန္နံ, တဿ မဇ္ဈေ ဆိဒ္ဒသာဋကော ဝိယ ဆိဒ္ဒံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ ယဿ ပဋိပါဋိယာ ဒွေ တီဏိ ဘိန္နာနိ, တဿ ပိဋ္ဌိယာ ဝါ ကုစ္ဆိယာ ဝါ ဥဋ္ဌိတေန ဝိသဘာဂဝဏ္ဏေန ကာဠရတ္တာဒီနံ အညတရသရီရဝဏ္ဏာ ဂါဝီ ဝိယ သဗလံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ ယဿ အန္တရန္တရာ ဘိန္နာနိ, တဿ အန္တရန္တရာ ဝိသဘာဂဝဏ္ဏဗိန္ဒုဝိစိတြာ ဂါဝီ ဝိယ ကမ္မာသံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ ဧဝံ တာဝ လာဘာဒိဟေတုကေန ဘေဒေန ခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ ဟောတိ။
ဧဝံ သတ္တဝိဓမေထုနသံယောဂဝသေန။ ဝုတ္တဉှိ ဘဂဝတာ –
‘‘ဣဓ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဧကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ ဗြာဟ္မဏော ဝါ သမ္မာ ဗြဟ္မစာရီ ပဋိဇာနမာနော န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဒွယံဒွယသမာပတ္တိံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ, အပိစ ခေါ မာတုဂါမဿ ဥစ္ဆာဒနံ ပရိမဒ္ဒနံ နှာပနံ သမ္ဗာဟနံ သာဒိယတိ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ, တံ နိကာမေတိ, တေန စ ဝိတ္တိံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ, ဣဒမ္ပိ ခေါ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဗြဟ္မစရိယဿ ခဏ္ဍမ္ပိ ဆိဒ္ဒမ္ပိ သဗလမ္ပိ ကမ္မာသမ္ပိ။ အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, အပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ဗြဟ္မစရိယံ စရတိ သံယုတ္တော မေထုနေန သံယောဂေန, န ပရိမုစ္စတိ ဇာတိယာ။ ဇရာယ မရဏေန…ပေ… န ပရိမုစ္စတိ ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… ပဋိဇာနမာနော န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဒွယံ ဒွယသမာပတ္တိံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ။ နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ ဥစ္ဆာဒနံ…ပေ… သာဒိယတိ။ အပိစ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ သဉ္ဇဂ္ဃတိ သံကီဠတိ သံကေလာယတိ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ…ပေ… န ပရိမုစ္စတိ ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဒွယံ ဒွယသမာပတ္တိံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ။ နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ ဥစ္ဆာဒနံ…ပေ… သာဒိယတိ။ နပိ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ သဉ္ဇဂ္ဃတိ သံကီဠတိ သံကေလာယတိ။ အပိစ ခေါ မာတုဂါမဿ စက္ခုနာ စက္ခုံ ဥပနိဇ္ဈာယတိ ပေက္ခတိ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ ။ပ။ န ပရိမုစ္စတိ ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန… နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ… နပိ မာတုဂါမေန… နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ…ပေ… ပေက္ခတိ။ အပိစ ခေါ မာတုဂါမဿ သဒ္ဒံ သုဏာတိ တိရောကုဋ္ဋာ ဝါ တိရောပါကာရာ ဝါ ဟသန္တိယာ ဝါ ဘဏန္တိယာ ဝါ ဂါယန္တိယာ ဝါ ရောဒန္တိယာ ဝါ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ…ပေ… ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန… နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ… နပိ မာတုဂါမေန… နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ…ပေ… ရောဒန္တိယာ ဝါ။ အပိစ ခေါ ယာနိဿ တာနိ ပုဗ္ဗေ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဟသိတလပိတကီဠိတာနိ, တာနိ အနုဿရတိ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ…ပေ… ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန…ပေ… နပိ မာတုဂါမဿ…ပေ… နပိ ယာနိဿ တာနိ ပုဗ္ဗေ မာတုဂါမေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဟသိတလပိတကီဠိတာနိ, တာနိ အနုဿရတိ။ အပိစ ခေါ ပဿတိ ဂဟပတိံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိပုတ္တံ ဝါ ပဉ္စဟိ ကာမဂုဏေဟိ သမပ္ပိတံ သမင်္ဂီဘူတံ ပရိစာရယမာနံ, သော တဒဿာဒေတိ…ပေ… ဒုက္ခသ္မာတိ ဝဒါမိ။
‘‘ပုန စပရံ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဣဓေကစ္စော သမဏော ဝါ…ပေ… န ဟေဝ ခေါ မာတုဂါမေန…ပေ… နပိ ပဿတိ ဂဟပတိံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိပုတ္တံ ဝါ…ပေ… ပရိစာရယမာနံ။ အပိစ ခေါ အညတရံ ဒေဝနိကာယံ ပဏိဓာယ ဗြဟ္မစရိယံ စရတိ ‘ဣမိနာဟံ သီလေန ဝါ ဝတေန ဝါ တပေန ဝါ ဗြဟ္မစရိယေန ဝါ ဒေဝေါ ဝါ ဘဝိဿာမိ ဒေဝညတရော ဝါ’တိ။ သော တဒဿာဒေတိ, တံ နိကာမေတိ, တေန စ ဝိတ္တိံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ။ ဣဒမ္ပိ ခေါ, ဗြာဟ္မဏ, ဗြဟ္မစရိယဿ ခဏ္ဍမ္ပိ ဆိဒ္ဒမ္ပိ သဗလမ္ပိ ကမ္မာသမ္ပီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၇။၅၀)။
ဧဝံ လာဘာဒိဟေတုကေန ဘေဒေန စ သတ္တဝိဓမေထုနသံယောဂေန စ ခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ သင်္ဂဟိတောတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
အခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ ပန သဗ္ဗသော သိက္ခာပဒါနံ အဘေဒေန, ဘိန္နာနဉ္စ သပ္ပဋိကမ္မာနံ ပဋိကမ္မကရဏေန, သတ္တဝိဓမေထုနသံယောဂါဘာဝေန စ, အပရာယ စ ‘‘ကောဓော ဥပနာဟော မက္ခော ပဠာသော ဣဿာ မစ္ဆရိယံ မာယာ သာထေယျံ ထမ္ဘော သာရမ္ဘော မာနော အတိမာနော မဒေါ ပမာဒေါ’’တိအာဒီနံ ပါပဓမ္မာနံ အနုပ္ပတ္တိယာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာသန္တုဋ္ဌိတာသလ္လေခတာဒီနဉ္စ ဂုဏာနံ ဥပ္ပတ္တိယာ သင်္ဂဟိတော။
ယာနိ ဟိ သီလာနိ လာဘာဒီနမ္ပိ အတ္ထာယ အဘိန္နာနိ, ပမာဒဒေါသေန ဝါ ဘိန္နာနိပိ ပဋိကမ္မကတာနိ, မေထုနသံယောဂေဟိ ဝါ ကောဓုပနာဟာဒီဟိ ဝါ ပါပဓမ္မေဟိ အနုပဟတာနိ, တာနိ သဗ္ဗသော အခဏ္ဍာနိ အစ္ဆိဒ္ဒါနိ အသဗလာနိ အကမ္မာသာနီတိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ တာနိယေဝ ဘုဇိဿဘာဝကရဏတော စ ဘုဇိဿာနိ, ဝိညူဟိ ပသတ္ထတ္တာ ဝိညုပသတ္ထာနိ, တဏှာဒိဋ္ဌီဟိ အပရာမဋ္ဌတ္တာ အပရာမဋ္ဌာနိ, ဥပစာရသမာဓိံ ဝါ အပ္ပနာသမာဓိံ ဝါ သံဝတ္တယန္တီတိ သမာဓိသံဝတ္တနိကာနိ စ ဟောန္တိ။ တသ္မာ နေသံ ဧသ ‘အခဏ္ဍာဒိဘာဝေါ ဝေါဒါန’န္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
တံ ပနေတံ ဝေါဒါနံ ဒွီဟာကာရေဟိ သမ္ပဇ္ဇတိ သီလဝိပတ္တိယာ စ အာဒီနဝဒဿနေန, သီလသမ္ပတ္တိယာ စ အာနိသံသဒဿနေန။ တတ္ထ ‘‘ပဉ္စိမေ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, အာဒီနဝါ ဒုဿီလဿ သီလဝိပတ္တိယာ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၂။၁၄၉၊ အ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၁၃) ဧဝမာဒိသုတ္တနယေန သီလဝိပတ္တိယာ အာဒီနဝေါ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။
အပိစ ဒုဿီလော ပုဂ္ဂလော ဒုဿီလျဟေတု အမနာပေါ ဟောတိ ဒေဝမနုဿာနံ, အနနုသာသနီယော သဗြဟ္မစာရီနံ, ဒုက္ခိတော ဒုဿီလျဂရဟာသု, ဝိပ္ပဋိသာရီ သီလဝတံ ပသံသာသု, တာယ စ ပန ဒုဿီလျတာယ သာဏသာဋကော ဝိယ ဒုဗ္ဗဏ္ဏော ဟောတိ။ ယေ ခေါ ပနဿ ဒိဋ္ဌာနုဂတိံ အာပဇ္ဇန္တိ, တေသံ ဒီဃရတ္တံ အပါယဒုက္ခာဝဟနတော ဒုက္ခသမ္ဖဿော။ ယေသံ ဒေယျဓမ္မံ ပဋိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ, တေသံ နမဟပ္ဖလကရဏတော အပ္ပဂ္ဃေါ။ အနေကဝဿဂဏိကဂူထကူပေါ ဝိယ ဒုဗ္ဗိသောဓနော။ ဆဝါလာတမိဝ ဥဘတော ပရိဗာဟိရော။ ဘိက္ခုဘာဝံ ပဋိဇာနန္တောပိ အဘိက္ခုယေဝ ဂေါဂဏံ အနုဗန္ဓဂဒြဘော ဝိယ။ သတတုဗ္ဗိဂ္ဂေါ သဗ္ဗဝေရိကပုရိသော ဝိယ။ အသံဝါသာရဟော မတကဠေဝရံ ဝိယ။ သုတာဒိဂုဏယုတ္တောပိ သဗြဟ္မစာရီနံ အပူဇာရဟော သုသာနဂ္ဂိ ဝိယ ဗြာဟ္မဏာနံ။ အဘဗ္ဗော ဝိသေသာဓိဂမေ အန္ဓော ဝိယ ရူပဒဿနေ။ နိရာသော သဒ္ဓမ္မေ စဏ္ဍာလကုမာရကော ဝိယ ရဇ္ဇေ။ သုခိတောသ္မီတိ မညမာနောပိ ဒုက္ခိတောဝ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓပရိယာယေ ဝုတ္တဒုက္ခဘာဂိတာယ။
ဒုဿီလာနဉှိ ပဉ္စကာမဂုဏပရိဘောဂဝန္ဒနမာနနာဒိသုခဿာဒဂဓိတစိတ္တာနံ တပ္ပစ္စယံ အနုဿရဏမတ္တေနာပိ ဟဒယသန္တာပံ ဇနယိတွာ ဥဏှလောဟိတုဂ္ဂါရပ္ပဝတ္တနသမတ္ထံ အတိကဋုကံ ဒုက္ခံ ဒဿေန္တော သဗ္ဗာကာရေန ပစ္စက္ခကမ္မဝိပါကော ဘဂဝါ အာဟ –
‘‘ပဿထ နော တုမှေ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, အမုံ မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ အာဒိတ္တံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတံ သဇောတိဘူတ’န္တိ? ဧဝံ, ဘန္တေတိ။ တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ အမုံ မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ အာဒိတ္တံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတံ သဇောတိဘူတံ အာလိင်္ဂေတွာ ဥပနိသီဒေယျ ဝါ ဥပနိပဇ္ဇေယျ ဝါ, ယံ ခတ္တိယကညံ ဝါ ဗြာဟ္မဏကညံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိကညံ ဝါ မုဒုတလုနဟတ္ထပါဒံ အာလိင်္ဂေတွာ ဥပနိသီဒေယျ ဝါ ဥပနိပဇ္ဇေယျ ဝါတိ။ ဧတဒေဝ, ဘန္တေ, ဝရံ ယံ ခတ္တိယကညံ ဝါ…ပေ… ဥပနိပဇ္ဇေယျ ဝါ။ ဒုက္ခံ ဟေတံ, ဘန္တေ, ယံ အမုံ မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ…ပေ… ဥပနိပဇ္ဇေယျ ဝါတိ။ အာရောစယာမိ ဝေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဋိဝေဒယာမိ ဝေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ယထာ ဧတဒေဝ တဿ ဝရံ ဒုဿီလဿ ပါပဓမ္မဿ အသုစိသင်္ကဿရသမာစာရဿ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နကမ္မန္တဿ အဿမဏဿ သမဏပဋိညဿ အဗြဟ္မစာရိဿ ဗြဟ္မစာရိပဋိညဿ အန္တောပူတိကဿ အဝဿုတဿ ကသမ္ဗုဇာတဿ ယံ အမုံ မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ…ပေ… ဥပနိပဇ္ဇေယျ ဝါ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? တတောနိဒါနံ ဟိ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, မရဏံ ဝါ နိဂစ္ဆေယျ မရဏမတ္တံ ဝါ ဒုက္ခံ, န တွေဝ တပ္ပစ္စယာ ကာယဿ ဘေဒါ ပရံ မရဏာ အပါယံ ဒုဂ္ဂတိံ ဝိနိပါတံ နိရယံ ဥပပဇ္ဇေယျာ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၇။၇၂)။
ဧဝံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓုပမာယ ဣတ္ထိပဋိဗဒ္ဓပဉ္စကာမဂုဏပရိဘောဂပစ္စယံ ဒုက္ခံ ဒဿေတွာ ဧတေနေဝ ဥပါယေန –
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော ဒဠှာယ ဝါဠရဇ္ဇုယာ ဥဘော ဇင်္ဃာ ဝေဌေတွာ ဃံသေယျ, သာ ဆဝိံ ဆိန္ဒေယျ, ဆဝိံ ဆေတွာ စမ္မံ ဆိန္ဒေယျ, စမ္မံ ဆေတွာ မံသံ ဆိန္ဒေယျ, မံသံ ဆေတွာ နှာရုံ ဆိန္ဒေယျ, နှာရုံ ဆေတွာ အဋ္ဌိံ ဆိန္ဒေယျ, အဋ္ဌိံ ဆေတွာ အဋ္ဌိမိဉ္ဇံ အာဟစ္စ တိဋ္ဌေယျ, ယံ ဝါ
ခတ္တိယမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဗြာဟ္မဏမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ အဘိဝါဒနံ သာဒိယေယျာ’’တိ စ။
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော တိဏှာယ သတ္တိယာ တေလဓောတာယ ပစ္စောရသ္မိံ ပဟရေယျ, ယံ ဝါ ခတ္တိယမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဗြာဟ္မဏမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ အဉ္ဇလိကမ္မံ သာဒိယေယျာ’’တိ စ။
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော တတ္တေန အယောပဋ္ဋေန အာဒိတ္တေန သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတေန သဇောတိဘူတေန ကာယံ သမ္ပလိဝေဌေယျ, ယံ ဝါ ခတ္တိယမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဗြာဟ္မဏမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ သဒ္ဓါဒေယျံ စီဝရံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇေယျာ’’တိ စ။
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော တတ္တေန အယောသင်္ကုနာ အာဒိတ္တေန သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတေန သဇောတိဘူတေန မုခံ ဝိဝရိတွာ တတ္တံ လောဟဂုဠံ အာဒိတ္တံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတံ သဇောတိဘူတံ မုခေ ပက္ခိပေယျ, တံ တဿ ဩဋ္ဌမ္ပိ ဍဟေယျ, မုခမ္ပိ, ဇိဝှမ္ပိ, ကဏ္ဌမ္ပိ, ဥဒရမ္ပိ ဍဟေယျ, အန္တမ္ပိ အန္တဂုဏမ္ပိ အာဒါယ အဓောဘာဂံ နိက္ခမေယျ, ယံ ဝါ ခတ္တိယ… ဗြာဟ္မဏ… ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ သဒ္ဓါဒေယျံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇေယျာ’’တိ စ။
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော သီသေ ဝါ ဂဟေတွာ ခန္ဓေ ဝါ ဂဟေတွာ တတ္တံ အယောမဉ္စံ ဝါ အယောပီဌံ ဝါ အာဒိတ္တံ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတံ သဇောတိဘူတံ အဘိနိသီဒါပေယျ ဝါ အဘိနိပဇ္ဇာပေယျ ဝါ, ယံ ဝါ ခတ္တိယ… ဗြာဟ္မဏ… ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ သဒ္ဓါဒေယျံ မဉ္စပီဌံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇေယျာ’’တိ စ။
‘‘တံ ကိံ မညထ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကတမံ နု ခေါ ဝရံ ယံ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော ဥဒ္ဓံပါဒံ အဓောသိရံ ဂဟေတွာ တတ္တာယ အယောကုမ္ဘိယာ ပက္ခိပေယျ အာဒိတ္တာယ သမ္ပဇ္ဇလိတာယ
သဇောတိဘူတာယ, သော တတ္ထ ဖေဏုဒ္ဒေဟကံ ပစ္စမာနော သကိမ္ပိ ဥဒ္ဓံ ဂစ္ဆေယျ, သကိမ္ပိ အဓော ဂစ္ဆေယျ, သကိမ္ပိ တိရိယံ ဂစ္ဆေယျ, ယံ ဝါ ခတ္တိယ… ဗြာဟ္မဏ… ဂဟပတိမဟာသာလာနံ ဝါ သဒ္ဓါဒေယျံ ဝိဟာရံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇေယျာ’’တိ စာတိ (အ။ နိ။ ၇။၇၂)။
ဣမာဟိ ဝါဠရဇ္ဇုတိဏှသတ္တိအယောပဋ္ဋအယောဂုဠအယောမဉ္စအယောပီဌအယောကုမ္ဘီဥပမာဟိ အဘိဝါဒနအဉ္ဇလိကမ္မစီဝရပိဏ္ဍပါတမဉ္စပီဌဝိဟာရပရိဘောဂပစ္စယံ ဒုက္ခံ ဒဿေသိ။ တသ္မာ –
အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓာလိင်္ဂနဒုက္ခာဓိကဒုက္ခကဋုကဖလံ၊
အဝိဇဟတော ကာမသုခံ, သုခံ ကုတော ဘိန္နသီလဿ။
အဘိဝါဒနသာဒိယနေ, ကိံ နာမ သုခံ ဝိပန္နသီလဿ၊
ဒဠှဝါဠရဇ္ဇုဃံသနဒုက္ခာဓိကဒုက္ခဘာဂိဿ။
သဒ္ဓါနမဉ္ဇလိကမ္မသာဒိယနေ ကိံ သုခံ အသီလဿ၊
သတ္တိပ္ပဟာရဒုက္ခာဓိမတ္တဒုက္ခဿ ယံဟေတု။
စီဝရပရိဘောဂသုခံ, ကိံ နာမ အသံယတဿ၊
ယေန စိရံ အနုဘဝိတဗ္ဗော, နိရယေ ဇလိတအယောပဋ္ဋသမ္ဖဿော။
မဓုရောပိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတော, ဟလာဟလဝိသူပမော အသီလဿ၊
အာဒိတ္တာ ဂိလိတဗ္ဗာ, အယောဂုဠာ ယေန စိရရတ္တံ။
သုခသမ္မတောပိ ဒုက္ခော, အသီလိနော မဉ္စပီဌပရိဘောဂေါ၊
ယံ ဗာဓိဿန္တိ စိရံ, ဇလိတအယောမဉ္စပီဌာနိ။
ဒုဿီလဿ ဝိဟာရေ, သဒ္ဓါဒေယျမှိ ကာ နိဝါသ ရတိ၊
ဇလိတေသု နိဝသိတဗ္ဗံ, ယေန အယောကုမ္ဘိမဇ္ဈေသု။
သင်္ကသရသမာစာရော, ကသမ္ဗုဇာတော အဝဿုတော ပါပေါ၊
အန္တောပူတီတိ စ ယံ, နိန္ဒန္တော အာဟ လောကဂရု။
ဓီ ဇီဝိတံ အသညတဿ, တဿ သမဏဇနဝေသဓာရိဿ၊
အဿမဏဿ ဥပဟတံ, ခတမတ္တာနံ ဝဟန္တဿ။
ဂူထံ ဝိယ ကုဏပံ ဝိယ, မဏ္ဍနကာမာ ဝိဝဇ္ဇယန္တီဓ၊
ယံ နာမ သီလဝန္တော, သန္တော ကိံ ဇီဝိတံ တဿ။
သဗ္ဗဘယေဟိ အမုတ္တော, မုတ္တော သဗ္ဗေဟိ အဓိဂမသုခေဟိ၊
သုပိဟိတသဂ္ဂဒွါရော, အပါယမဂ္ဂံ သမာရူဠှော။
ကရုဏာယ ဝတ္ထုဘူတော, ကာရုဏိကဇနဿ နာမ ကော အညော၊
ဒုဿီလသမော ဒုဿီ, လတာယ ဣတိ ဗဟုဝိဓာ ဒေါသာတိ။
ဧဝမာဒိနာ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏေန သီလဝိပတ္တိယံ အာဒီနဝဒဿနံ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရဝိပရီတတော သီလသမ္ပတ္တိယာ အာနိသံသဒဿနဉ္စ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ အပိစ –
တဿ ပါသာဒိကံ ဟောတိ, ပတ္တစီဝရဓာရဏံ၊
ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာ သဖလာ တဿ, ယဿ သီလံ သုနိမ္မလံ။
အတ္တာနုဝါဒါဒိဘယံ, သုဒ္ဓသီလဿ ဘိက္ခုနော၊
အန္ဓကာရံ ဝိယ ရဝိံ, ဟဒယံ နာဝဂါဟတိ။
သီလသမ္ပတ္တိယာ ဘိက္ခု, သောဘမာနော တပေါဝနေ၊
ပဘာသမ္ပတ္တိယာ စန္ဒော, ဂဂနေ ဝိယ သောဘတိ။
ကာယဂန္ဓောပိ ပါမောဇ္ဇံ, သီလဝန္တဿ ဘိက္ခုနော၊
ကရောတိ အပိ ဒေဝါနံ, သီလဂန္ဓေ ကထာဝ ကာ။
သဗ္ဗေသံ ဂန္ဓဇာတာနံ, သမ္ပတ္တိံ အဘိဘုယျတိ၊
အဝိဃာတီ ဒိသာ သဗ္ဗာ, သီလဂန္ဓော ပဝါယတိ။
အပ္ပကာပိ ကတာ ကာရာ, သီလဝန္တေ မဟပ္ဖလာ၊
ဟောန္တီတိ သီလဝါ ဟောတိ, ပူဇာသက္ကာရဘာဇနံ။
သီလဝန္တံ န ဗာဓန္တိ, အာသဝါ ဒိဋ္ဌဓမ္မိကာ၊
သမ္ပရာယိကဒုက္ခာနံ, မူလံ ခနတိ သီလဝါ။
ယာ မနုဿေသု သမ္ပတ္တိ, ယာ စ ဒေဝေသု သမ္ပဒါ၊
န သာ သမ္ပန္နသီလဿ, ဣစ္ဆတော ဟောတိ ဒုလ္လဘာ။
အစ္စန္တသန္တာ ပန ယာ, အယံ နိဗ္ဗာနသမ္ပဒါ၊
မနော သမ္ပန္နသီလဿ, တမေဝ အနုဓာဝတိ။
သဗ္ဗသမ္ပတ္တိမူလမှိ, သီလမှိ ဣတိ ပဏ္ဍိတော၊
အနေကာကာရဝေါကာရံ, အာနိသံသံ ဝိဘာဝယေတိ။
ဧဝဉှိ ဝိဘာဝယတော သီလဝိပတ္တိတော ဥဗ္ဗိဇ္ဇိတွာ သီလသမ္ပတ္တိနိန္နံ မာနသံ ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ ယထာဝုတ္တံ ဣမံ သီလဝိပတ္တိယာ အာဒီနဝံ ဣမဉ္စ သီလသမ္ပတ္တိယာ အာနိသံသံ ဒိသွာ သဗ္ဗာဒရေန သီလံ ဝေါဒါပေတဗ္ဗန္တိ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ‘‘သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော’’တိ ဣမိဿာ ဂါထာယ သီလသမာဓိပညာမုခေန ဒေသိတေ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေ သီလံ တာဝ ပရိဒီပိတံ ဟောတိ။
ဣတိ သာဓုဇနပါမောဇ္ဇတ္ထာယ ကတေ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေ
သီလနိဒ္ဒေသော နာမ ပဌမော ပရိစ္ဆေဒေါ။
သီလနိဒ္ဒေသော နိဋ္ဌိတော
၂။ ဓုတင်္ဂနိဒ္ဒေသော
[59] CHAPTER II EXPOSITION OF THE ASCETIC PRACTICES Now virtue, the different kinds of which have been described, is cleansed by means of such qualities as fewness of wishes, contentment, and so on. Because a religious meditator who has kept his virtue should, to be proficient in those qualities, observe the ascetic practices, therefore we will begin the discourse on the ascetic practices, so that he (who observes them) may have his virtue washed and purified by the waters of such qualities, to wit, fewness of wishes, contentment, austerity of life, solitude, loss of sin, strenuous energy, easiness of support by others, and may have his vows fulfilled. And so being absolutely pure in conduct through his qualities of faultless virtue and ritual, he may be worthy of being established in the three ancient orders of Ariyans and, fourthly, of attaining to delight in culture. Thirteen ascetic practices namely have been permitted by the Blessed One to be kept by those well-born youths who have put away worldly needs of the flesh and who, regardless of body or life, are eager to make fitting progress. They are (1) the refuse-ragman's practice, (2) three-rober's practice, (3) almsman's practice, (4) house-to-house-goer's practice, (5) onesessioner's practice, (6) bowl-fooder's practice, (7) afterfoodrefuser's practice, (8) forester's practice, (9) tree-rootman's. practice, (10) open-spacer's practice, (11) burning-grounder's practice, (12) any-bedder's practice, (13) sitting-man's practice. Therein: — As to the meaning, characteristic, Observance and directions, grade and breach, And eke the benefit of this and that, As moral triad, as differentiated, In groups and in detail — decision shall Be made on these ascetic practices. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 67 [60] Of these, as to the meaning: — 1. A refuse-rag is one which is placed on a refuse-heap in such places as a chariot-road, burning-ground, rubbish-heap, and so on, and which, in the sense of covering-up is like the heap of dust in them. Or, it gets to a loathsome state like the dust — hence refuse-rag; it reaches the loathsome state, as, it has been said, refuse-rag practice means the wearing of a refuse-rag so denned. One who has the habit of wearing it is a refuse-ragman. The practice1 of a refuse-ragman is refuse-ragman's practice. Practice is said to mean reason. Therefore this practice should be regarded as a synonym for whatever observance by reason of which one becomes a refuse-ragman. 2. In the same way one who has the habit of wearing the threefold robe — namely, the shoulder-cloak, upper garment, and the waist-cloth — is a three-rober. The practice of a three-rober is three-rober's practice. 3. Alms2 is the falling of morsels as food for the flesh. It is said to be the falling into the bowl of morsels of food given by others. One who gathers alms and seeks it by approaching this and that family is an almsman. Or, one whose duty it is to roam for alms is an alms-roamer, where to roam is to wander. Alms-roamer is the same as almsman. The practice of such an one is almsman's practice. 4. A broken series (ddna) is said to be an interruption. An unbroken series (apaddna) is without interruption; uninterrupted is the meaning. With unbroken series is sdpaddna (sa-apaddna), that is, from house to house without interruption. One whose habit it is to go from one house to another in an unbroken series is a house-to-house-goer, sapadanacari, which is the same as sdpaddnacdrika. The practice of such an one is house-to-house-goer's practice. 5. One-session is food taken at one sitting. One who has the habit of taking such food is a one-sessioner. The practice of him is one-sessioner' s practice. 6. Bowl-food is food that falls into a single bowl, a second bowl being refused. Now the name bowl-food is given to the acceptance of such food. One who has the habit of accepting such food is a bowl-fooder. The practice of him is bowlf coder's practice. 7. Khalu is a particle with the meaning of denial. [61] Food that is got later by one who refuses further offerings while eating his first meal1 is called afterfood. The partaking of that afterfood is afterfood-taking. The name, afterfood, is given to the taking of such food. One who has the habit of taking afterfood is an afterfooder. Afterfood-refuser is one who does not take afterfood. It is a name for one who by virtue of his observance refuses additional food. But it is said in the (Great) Commentary : ' Khalu is a bird which takes a fruit in its beak, but when that falls down does not take another fruit. Such is the man,' namely the afterfood-refuser. The practice of such an one is afterfood-refuser's practice. 8. One who has the habit of dwelling in the forest is a forester. The practice of such an one is forester's practice. 9. Tree-root is a dwelling at the foot of a tree. One who has the habit of dwelling at such a place is a tree-rootman. The practice of a tree-rootman is tree-rootman' s practice. 10. 11. And the same with the practices of the open-spacer and the burning-grounder (or charnel -fielder). 12. Any-bed is any lodging that is allotted. It is a synonym for a dwelling first allotted thus : ' This is available for you.' One who has the habit of living in whatever place is allotted is an any-bedder. The practice of such an one is any-bedder' s practice. 13. A sitting-man is one whose habit it is to refuse to lie down and to live sitting. The practice of such an one is sitting-man's practice. All of them are the practices (or factors) of the brother who has shaken off the corruptions through the observance of this and that practice; or, knowledge, which has acquired the common name of shaking-ofE by reason of its shaking off the corruptions, is the factor for (or reason of) these practices — II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 69 hence ascetic practices (or factors). Or, again, they are ascetic because they shake off the hostile corruptions and they are the factors of moral attainment — hence ascetic practices. So far is the decision to be known from the meaning. And the will to observe is the characteristic of them all. It is also said (in the Commentary) : ' It is the person that observes. Mind and mental properties are the states by which he observes. It is the ascetic practice that is the will to observe. It is the physical basis that is rejected.' And all of them have the slaying of worldly lust as function, the freedom from such lust as manifestation, and such Ariyan states as fewness of wishes and so on as proximate cause. [62] Thus is the decision to be known from the characteristic and so on. As to the five topics : their observance, directions, and others, — in the lifetime of the Blessed One all the ascetic practices had to be observed under him ; after his decease, under the Chief Disciple ; he being absent, under a saint purged of the intoxicants— and so on, under a never-returner — a once-returner — a stream-winner — a scholar of the three Pitakas — a scholar of two Pitakas — a scholar of one Pitaka — a scholar of one Nikaya — a scholar of one Agama3 — a teacher of commentaries — a master of the ascetic practices ; and in the absence of this last person one should sweep the shrineyard, sit on the hams, and observe the practices as though uttering them under the tuition of the Supreme Buddha. But it behoves one to observe them also by oneself. And here as regards fewness of wishes by reason of the ascetic practices, the story of the senior of the two brothers, Elders living on Mount Cetiya, should be told. This so far is the general discourse. 1. The Refuse-Ragman's Practice. Now we shall set forth, the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage of each in order. And first, the refuse-ragman's practice is observed with one or other of the two expressions : I refuse a robe given by a householder; I observe the refuse-ragman's practice. So far this is the (formula of) observance. And he who observes this practice should pick up one or other of these rags, namely, burning-ground-rag, shop-rag, street-rag, rubbish-heap-rag, childbirth-rag, bath-rag, bathing-place-rag, after-return-rag, burnt-rag, cattle-bitten-rag, ant-bitten-rag, mouse-gnawedrag, side-torn-rag, border- torn-rag, flag-rag, oblation-rag, monk's-rag, consecration-rag, psychic-power-rag, road-rag, wind-blown-rag, spirit-rag, ocean-rag. Tearing the rag he should throw away the rotten parts and wash the good parts and make a robe of them, and wear it after removing his old householder's robe. As to these, burning-ground-rag is a rag cast away in the burning-ground. Shop-rag is a rag thrown away at a shopdoor. Street-rag is a rag thrown into the street from a window by those who desire merit. Rubbish-heap-rag is [63] a rag thrown away at a rubbish-heap. Childbirth-rag is a cloth thrown away after wiping the impurities of the womb at childbirth. It is said that the mother of Tissa the minister had the impurities of her womb wiped with a cloth worth a hundred coins, and had it thrown on the Talaveli Road1 in the hope that refuse-ragmen would pick it up; and the brethren took of it just enough for mending purposes. Bath-rag is a rag which sick people3 throw away as inauspicious when, with the advice of exorcists, they have washed their heads and bathed themselves. Bathing-place-rag is a cloth thrown away at the river bathing-place. After-return-rag is a cloth which men, on their return from the burning-ground, throw away after their bath. Burnt-rag is a cloth partially II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 71 burnt by fire. That also men throw away. Cattle-bittenrag and the next four are obvious, i.e. rags bitten by cattle, by white ants, by mice, torn at the side, and at the border. Those also men throw away. As regards the flag-rag — sailors embark on a boat after planting a banner (at the port) ; one may take it when they get out of sight. That banner planted on the battlefield by soldiers one may also take, when both armies have marched away. Oblation-rag is a cloth which is wrapped round an anthill and offered to spirits. Monk'srag is a robe belonging to a brother. Consecration-rag is a robe thrown away at the place where the king was anointed. Psychic-power-rag is a robe made by a newly initiated brother. Koad-rag is a cloth thrown away (or fallen) on the road. But one should wait awhile before picking up that cloth, which the owner dropped through inadvertence. Windblown-rag is a cloth which, carried by the wind, has fallen afar. That also one may take when the owner is not in sight. Spirit-rag is a cloth given by devas, like the one given to the Elder Anuruddha. Ocean-rag is a cloth thrown up on to the land by the waves of the sea. But that robe which is given with the expression, ' we give it to the Order,' or that which is obtained by monks who go to receive a gift of cloth and alms is not a refuse-rag. As for a robe given by a brother, that which is given out of regard for (the ragman's) seniority, or that which is offered to (the inmates of) a monastery is not a refuse-rag. That which is given out of regard, not for the ragman's seniority (but, for the donor's seniority), is a refuse-rag. And here also that robe which, having been placed at a brother's feet by donors, is offered by him into the ragman's hand, is indeed half pure. That also which, having been given into the brother's hand, is by him placed at (the ragman's) feet is half pure. But that which, having been placed at the brother's feet, is by him given to the ragman in the same way3 is wholly pure. [64] That which, having been placed in the (brother's) hand, is by him placed in the (ragman's) hand is indeed not a robe. Thus knowing the different kinds of refuse-rags the refuse-ragman should wear his robe. These herein are the directions. Now this is the grade. There are three ragmen: strict, moderate, and soft. Of them he who picks up a rag thrown away in the burning-ground1 is a strict man. He who picks up a rag2 which was placed with the verbal expression : ' the monk will pick it up ' is a moderate man. He who accepts a rag placed at his feet (by a monk) is a soft man. And the ascetic practice of any of them is broken the moment he accepts, through his own wish or through submission to a request, a robe given by a householder. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages: The state of his having behaved in accordance with the spiritual guidance (of his superior) as said thus: ' He is a monk having a refuse-rag as Ms resource for clothing ;' 5 his establishment in the first order of Ariyans; the absence of the trouble of looking after his robe; the independence of livelihood; the absence of danger from thieves; the absence of the lust for enjoyment; the fitness of the rag as a monk's robe; the state of its being a requisite praised by the Buddha as ' cheap, easy to get, and faultless ' ; its delightfulness; the yielding of the fruit of fewness of wishes and so forth; the development of right conduct; the institution of a precedent for future generations of monks. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 73 As in the battle shines the mail-clad prince, So in the routing of the Tempter's ranks Shines the ascetic in a cast-off clout. The cast-off clout that the world's Teacher wore, Kejecting fairest robes of Kasi silk, Who will not wear ? Let Brethren take delight In the old clout befitting hermit ways, Remembering their vows. This so far is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the refuse-ragman's practice. 2. The Three-Rober's Practice. Next comes the three-rober's practice observed with one or other of the expressions: I refuse a fourth robe; 1 observe the three-rober's practice. [65] He who observes this practice should, on getting a new piece of cloth, put it by as long as he cannot make it coarse, or cannot find one who knows how to cut it, or lacks any of the articles such as a needle. There is no fault in putting it by. But he should not put it by once it is dyed. He would then become a thief of the ascetic practice. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here. When the time for dyeing comes, the strict man, having first dyed either his waist-cloth or upper garment, should wear the one he has dyed and then dye the other. And having put on his upper garment he should dye the shoulder-cloak. But he should not put on the shoulder-cloak. This is his duty in a village-monastery. But in his forest-abode he may wash both the garments together and dye them. In so doing he should sit in a place near enough for him to be able, in case he should see any one, to drag the yellow robe and cover himself with it. For the moderate man there is in the dyeing hall a yellow dyeing robe which he should wear or put on and do the work of dyeing. The soft man may wear or put on the robes which are for the common use of the brethren and do the work of dyeing. Even a bed-cover1 there is proper for him, but he may not take it about with him. Nor may he wear off and on a robe which is for the common use of the brethren. To one who is observing the three-rober's practice a yellow shoulder-cloth as a fourth piece2 is permitted. It must be one span in breadth and three cubits3 in length. But the moment a fourth garment is accepted by these three men, the ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : The brother who is a threerober is contented with the body-protecting robe, therefore he takes it about with him as a bird carries its wings. And such advantages as these are attained : little need of tendance ; the not having to treasure up clothes ; lightness in travelling ; abandonment of the lust for extra robes; simplicity of life through a limit being set for what is proper; the yielding of fewness of wishes and so forth. [66] The wise recluse, who wears the threefold robe, Forsakes a craving for an extra cloak. No other clothes he needs to treasure up ; He knows what taste contented bliss bestows. So he, the good recluse, who loves to roam With his three robes, as flies the bird with wings, Should note with joy the rule concerning robes. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the three-rober's practice. 3. The Almsman's Practice. The almsman's practice also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I refuse an excessive amount of food; I observe the almsman's practice. He who observes this practice should not accept these fourteen kinds of food, namely, food offered to the Order as a whole, to one or more particular monks, food given by invitation, by tickets, food II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 75 given on a day of the waning or waxing of the month, on a sacred day, on the first day of the moonlit fortnight, food given to guests, to monks about to travel, to the sick, to those who minister to the sick, food given in honour of a monastery, at a principal house, food given by donors in turn. But if donors do not use the expression ' Partake of food that has been offered to the Order,' but say, ' The Order partakes of food in our house; may you also partake of it,' it is proper to accept such food. Food obtained from the Order and distributed by tickets for purposes1 other than the gratification of fleshly needs, and food cooked in a monastery are also permissible. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here. Of them the strict man accepts food brought both from in front and from behind. He gives the bowl to the people who receive it outside their door. He also accepts food given after he has sat down to eat in the dining-hall2 after his almsround. But he does not accept food (that has been promised) by sitting for it the whole day long. The moderate man accepts food sitting and waiting for it the whole day; but does not consent to a meal for the morrow. The soft man consents to a meal for the morrow and also for the day after. The latter two men do not get the bliss of independent life; the strict man gets it. Suppose there is (a sermon on) the lineage of the Ariyans in a certain village. The strict man says to the other two: ' Friends, let us go to hear the Law.' One of them replies: ' Sir, I have been made to sit for a meal by such and such a man;' and the other says : ' Sir, I have consented to to-morrow's meal offered by a certain man.' Thus both of them fail to hear the Law. But the strict man goes early for alms and enjoys the taste of the Law. [67] The moment these three men accept extra food, such as food for the Order and so on, their ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages: The state of his having behaved in accordance with the spiritual guidance (of his superior) as said thus : ' He is a monk having morsels of alms as his resource for food ;51 establishment in the second order of Ariyans; independence of livelihood; the state of the food being a requisite praised by the Blessed One as ' cheap, easy to get, and faultless ;' the state of his having overcome idleness; the purity of livelihood; the fulfilment of his probationary conduct; the state of not being nourished by others; the doing favour to the poor (donor); rejection of conceit; checking of the lust for tasty food; freedom from offence against the precepts concerning a meal for several monks, a meal subsequent to the acceptance of a previous one, and personal behaviour; conduct in conformity with few wishes and so forth; development of right conduct; favour to future generations. Contented with his lumps of alms, And independent in his life, The monk forsakes a lust for food, And goes at will to any place. His idleness he drives away; His livelihood is purified. And so the wise should ne'er despise The going round to beg for alms. For such A brother going on his begging round, Supporting self, not others — him the gods Admire; for he is free from gain and fame. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the almsman's practice. 4. The House-to-House-Goer's Practice. The practice of the house-to-house-goer also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I set aside greedy behaviour in alms-gathering ; I observe the house-to-housegoer's practice. Standing at the village-gate he who observes II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 77 this practice should see that there is no danger1 he is likely to meet with. If there be any such danger in the road or village he should leave that place and go elsewhere. Whether it be at the door of a house or on the road or in the village itself, if he gets no alms there he should go away and not count that place as a village. He should not forsake that place in which he has obtained something (abas). The brother should enter the village quite early, so that he may have time to leave any place he finds unpleasant and go elsewhere. [68] If alms be given him in his monastery, or men meeting him on the road take his bowl and give alms, he should accept it. When in his almsround he reaches a village, he should not go past it. Whether he gets nothing or something from that village, he should go from one village to another in order. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here. Of them the strict man does not accept food offered before he reaches a house or after he has left a house2 or food given after he has sat down to eat in the dining-hall on return from his almsround. He gives up his bowl3 at the donor's door. In this ascetic practice there is indeed none like the Elder Mahakassapa; the occasion on which he gave up his bowl is well known. The moderate man accepts food offered either before he reaches a house or after he has left a house, as well as food that is brought after he has sat down to eat in the dining-hall on return from his almsround. He also gives up his bowl at the donor's door, but does not sit waiting for food that has been promised. In this respect he is like the strict almsman. The soft man sits waiting the whole day for food that has been promised. The moment greedy behaviour arises in these three men their ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : The being ever fresh4 in his relations with the families; the being cool like the moon; rejection of meanness for the families; impartial favour; absence of disadvantages that arise to monks who eat together with the families2; non-acceptance of invitations; absence of wish for a meal to be brought; conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so on. In coolness like the moon, and ever fresh, And faultless in regard to families, And free from meanness and partiality — This brother is a house-to-house-almsman. A prudent man, who wishes here on earth To lead an independent life, should look With downcast eyes the distance of a yoke, All greediness of conduct put away, And go for alms from house to house. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the house-to-house-goer's practice. [69] 5. The One-Sessioner' 's Practice. The practice of the one-sessioner also is observed with one or other of the expressions : I refuse to eat food at more than one sitting; I observe the one-sessioner 's practice. He who observes this practice should not sit at the place reserved for the Elder in the dining-hall, but find such a suitable seat as will be available for him. If, before he finishes his meal, his teacher or preceptor arrives, he should rise and pay his respects. But Tipitaka-CFilabhaya the Elder said : ' He should keep his seat or his meal. He who has not finished eating may rise and pay his respects, but he may not resume the meal.' These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here: The strict man will not accept more, once he has laid his hand on the food, be it little or much. If men bring butter and so forth saying, II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 79 ' The Elder has not eaten anything,' he may accept them as medicine, not as food. The moderate man will accept more, as long as he has not finished the food in the bowl ; he is indeed known as ' limited by food.' The soft man will eat as long as he does not rise up. Inasmuch as he may eat until he takes the bowl to wash it, he is limited by the water with which he washes the bowl. And because he may eat until he rises up he is limited by his sitting. But the moment these three men eat food at more than one sitting, the ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. And these are the advantages: Freedom from sickness freedom from bodily ailment, lightness in movement, strength, comfort, the not committing of ofEence through his refusal of excessive food, the repelling of craving for tasty food, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so on. Diseases caused by eating do not harm The monk who at one sitting eats his food. Not greedy for sweet tastes he does not let His work slacken. A monk should gladly take Delight in eating so his food, which makes For comfortableness and is the source Of joy in purity and simple life. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the one-sessioner's practice. [70] 6. The Bowl-Fooder's Practice. The practice of the bowl-f ooder also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I refuse a second bowl; I observe the bowl-fooder's practice. When at the time of drinking rice-gruel curry is offered in a vessel, he who observes this practice should first eat the curry or drink the rice-gruel. The rice-gruel would become loathsome, if he were to put into it1 the curry, in which there might be rotted fish2 and so on. And he should eat nothing that is loathsome. Therefore concerning such curry the above statement was made. But Read yaguyam. * Read °maccha° any honey, sugar, and so forth, which are not loathsome may be put into the rice-gruel. He should take just enough for his consumption. He should eat green vegetables, holding them in his hand, or else put them into the bowl. Any other tree-leaves are not permitted, since he has refused a second vessel. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here. Except in chewing sugar-cane the strict man may not throw away1 even such things as he cannot eat. He may not eat separating the lumps of rice, fish, meat, and cakes. The moderate man may eat separating them with one hand; he is known as a ' handascetic.' And the soft man is known as a ' bowl-ascetic.' Whatever he can put into the bowl he may separate with his hand or teeth, and eat. The moment these three men accept a second vessel, the ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. And these are the advantages: The repelling of a craving for taste of various kinds, the repelling of desire for taste in more than one bowl, the seeing of the purpose and measure of food, the absence of the trouble of carrying various dishes and so forth, undistracted eating, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so forth. The bowl-food-eater, disciplined enough To delve the roots of taste-desire, with eyes3 Of downward gaze, is not distracted by More dishes than his own. With joyful heart He bears contentedness as though it were A thing that's visible. Who else, forsooth, Can eat his food as does the bowl-foodman ? This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the bowl-f coder's practice. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 81 [71] 7. The Afterfood-Ref user's Practice. The practice of the afterfood-refuser also is observed with one or other of the expressions : I refuse extra food ; I observe the afterfood-ref user's practice. Once he has made his vow (pavdrand), he who observes this practice should not eat any more food that may be offered. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here. Because his vow applies not to the first almsfood but to the refusal of more food while he is eating it, therefore the strict man who has made his vow does not eat a second almsfood after his first. The moderate man finishes the meal on which he has made his vow. But the soft man eats as long as he does not rise up. The moment these three men accept and eat after their vow any more food that may be offered, the ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. And these are the advantages: Distance from the offence as to extra food, absence of a full stomach, absence of absorption in the fleshly needs, absence of search for fresh food, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so on. The wise ascetic, who refuses food Additional, knows not the pain of search; He makes no storage of his fleshly needs; He suffers not his stomach to be full. To shake off faults ascetics should observe This practice, which produces qualities Such as increased contentment, and is praised By Him the Happy One. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the afterfood-refuser's practice. 8. The Forester's Practice. The practice of the forester also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I refuse a village-dwelling; I observe the forester's practice. He who observes this practice should leave a village-dwelling and be in the forest at dawn. Here a village-dwelling is a (dwelling in a) village including its precincts. A village may consist of one or more houses, may or may not have a wall, may be inhabited or uninhabited. Even a caravan that is encamping for more than four months is a village. [72] Supposing a walled village has two gatepillars like those of Anuradhapura, an outward stonethrow of a strong man of middle height from between the two pillars is village precinct. The Vinaya scholars decide the boundary by taking the characteristic (standard) throw to be the fall of a stone, thrown by young men stretching out their arms in a display of strength. But the Suttanta scholars say that the boundary is the fall of a stone thrown to drive away a crow. In a village which has no wall a woman, standing at the door of the house which is outermost of all, throws water from a jar; the place where the water falls is house-precinct; whence a stonethrow in the way described above is a village. Another stonethrow (from the village) is the village precinct. And in the Vinaya explanation a forest is said to be all that is outside of village and village-precinct. In the Abhidhamma explanation2 it is forest when one goes out by the gate pillars. But regarding this ascetic practice in the Suttanta explanation this is the characteristic measure : a forest-dwelling is at least 500 bow-lengths (or fathoms) distant. That distance is to be measured and fixed by means of a drawn standard bow3 from the gate pillars, if the village has a wall, or from the first stonethrow if the village has no wall, as far as the monastery-wall. The Vinaya Commentaries say that if the monastery has no wall, the limit of the measure is the first dwelling, dining hall, permanent assembly hall, Tree of Wisdom or shrine, provided these are far from the monastery, But the Majjhima Commentary says that after fixing the precinct of the monastery as in the case of the village4 the measure is to be made between the two stonethrows. This is the measure to be taken here. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 83 If the village be so near that those in the monastery could hear the voices of the villagers, and yet it could not be reached by a straight path on account of such obstacles as hills, rivers, and so on, and if the natural means of approach be to cross by a boat, then the measure of 500 bow-lengths is to be taken by that (watery) path. Whosoever blocks the way here and there, so that the requisite measure may be fulfilled, is a thief of the ascetic practice. And if the forester's preceptor or teacher be ill and the necessary medicine cannot be obtained in the forest, [73] he may then take the sick man to a village-dwelling and look after him. But he should depart in good time, so that at dawn he may be in a place which fulfils the requirements of his practice. If at dawn their illness increases, he should do his duty by them and pay no heed to the purity of his ascetic practice. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here : The strict man should find the dawn break in the forest at all times. The moderate man is allowed to live in the village for the four months of rain; the soft man for the four months of winter as well. The ascetic practice is not broken, if the dawn breaks while these three men, having come from the forest during their terms of forest- life, listen to the Law in a villagedwelling. It is not broken though the dawn may break, while they are still on their way back from the sermon. But if after the preacher has risen up they go to sleep saying ' We will lie down awhile and then depart,' and the dawn breaks, or if out of enjoyment they let the day dawn upon them in the villagedwelling, then the ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. And these are the advantages: The forester-brother who attends to the perception of the forest can acquire concentration not yet acquired or keep that which has been acquired. The teacher also is pleased with him, as He has said : ' Ndgita, I am pleased with the forest-life of that brother.' Improper Anguttara iii, 343. objects and so forth do not distract the mind of him who lives in a border-dwelling; he is free from fear; he puts away a craving for life, enjoys the taste of the bliss of solitude; the practices of the refuse-ragman and others are also agreeable to him. Secluded, solitary, delighting in A border-dwelling, by his forest-life The monk endears himself unto the Lord. Alone in forest-life, he gets that bliss, Whose taste even gods with Inda do not get. The refuse-rag he wears as coat of mail; The signs of other practices he wears As weapons. At the forest battle-ground He conquers ere long Mara and his hosts. So should the wise delight in forest-life. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the forester's practice. [74] 9. The Tree-Rootman's Practice. The practice of the tree-rootman also is observed with one or other of the expressions : I refuse a covered dwelling ; I observe the tree-rootman's practice. He who observes this practice should avoid these trees: a tree which grows on the border between two countries, a sacred tree, a resinous tree, a fruit tree, a tree on which bats live, a hollow tree, a tree growing in the middle of a monastery. He should resort to a tree on the oustkirt of a monastery. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here : The strict man is not allowed to resort to any tree he pleases and make a clearing underneath it. He may dwell under a tree after removing with bis foot the fallen leaves. The moderate man is allowed to cause those who arrive at the tree to make a clearing. The soft man may summon the monastery-lads and ask them to make a clearing, to level it, to scatter sand on it, to make an enclosure and to fix a door, and may dwell there. On a feast II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 85 day the ascetic should not remain at the foot of the tree but go to some other hidden place and sit down. The moment these three men make a dwelling in a covered place, their ascetic practice is broken. Reciters of the Anguttara Nikaya say that it is broken the moment they consciously let the day dawn upon them in a covered dwelling. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : Attainment in accordance with the third requisite as expressed in, ' A monk depending on a dwelling at the foot of a tree ;? the possession of requisites praised by the Blessed One thus, ' They are trifling, easily got, and faultless ;' the production of the perception of impermanence by seeing the constant change in tender leavesj the absence of meanness for a dwelling4 and of delight in new work, intercourse with tree-deities, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so forth. Where is the lonely man's abode, extolled By Buddha best of men as requisite, And which is equal to the root of tree ? The well-controlled man, who lives at such A lonely place, protected by the gods, Subdues all meanness for a dwelling-place. [75] He sees the change that comes o'er tender leaves, Which turn from deep red into indigo, And fall as sere leaves to the ground. From this He learns the lesson of impermanence. Therefore the wise should not despise to dwell In isolation at the foot of tree, The Buddha's heritage and home of those, Who take delight in culture of the mind. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the tree-rootman's practice. 10. The Open-Spacer's Practice. The practice of the open-spacer also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I refuse a roof as well as the root of a tree; I observe the open-spacer's practice. He who observes this practice may enter the sacred house either to listen to the Law or to do the sacred duties. If the rain falls while he is inside he should not go out in the rain but wait till it ceases. He may enter the dining-hall or the fire-hall to do his duties. He may invite the Elders and brethren in the dining-hall to a meal. As an instructor (of the Pali) or as a pupil he may enter a covered dwelling. He may cause to be brought inside bedsteads and stools which are badly kept outside. If the rain falls while he is going along carrying a requisite that belongs to his seniors, he may enter a hall on the way. If he is not carrying any such thing, he may not hasten with the intention of entering the hall, but going with his ordinary steps he may enter and remain till the rain ceases and then depart. These are the directions which also apply to the tree-rootman. There are also three grades of men here: The strict man may not dwell depending on a tree, mountain, or house. He should dwell beneath the open sky in a hut made of leaves. The moderate man may dwell depending on trees, mountains, or houses without entering them. For the soft man a cave not covered with a roof, a pavilion of branches, a cloth-cover for a chair, a hut in the field deserted by field-watchers and so forth, are permissible. The moment these three men enter a roof or beneath a tree to dwell there, [76] the ascetic practice is broken. Reciters of the Anguttara Nikaya say that it is broken the moment they consciously let the dawn break upon them in such places. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : The cutting off of the nuisance of an abode, the dispelling of sloth and torpor, worthiness of the praise bestowed as, ' Like the deer the brethren live untrammelled in their walks, homeless, n freedom from attach - 1 Samyutta i, 199. Cf. Kindred Sayings I, 253, n. 3. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 87 ment, the going (at will) in the four directions, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so forth. As free in mind as is the antelope, The brother lives an easy homeless life Beneath the open sky lit by the moon, A lamp that lights the vault of starry gems. His torpid sloth he drives away and takes Delight in culture ; presently he finds The tasteful essence of his solitude. Therefore the wise should take delight in life Beneath the open sky. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the open-spacer's practice. 11. The Burning-Grounder's Practice. The practice of the burning-grounder also is observed with one or other of the expressions : I refuse (to dwell in) a place that is not a burning-ground ; I observe the burning-grounder's practice. He who observes this practice should not dwell in a place which village-builders fix as burning-ground. For when a dead body has not been burnt on it, the place is not known as burning-ground. It is a burning-ground, though it has been deserted for twelve years since a dead body was burnt there. But he may not have there promenades and pavilions and so forth built, bedsteads and stools arranged, water and food brought, and live there teaching the Law. This ascetic practice is indeed heavy. Therefore in order to quell any danger that might arise he should tell the Elder of the Order or one connected with the king, and live free from negligence. In walking to and fro he should do so looking with half-closed eyes at the burning of dead bodies. [77] In going to the burning-ground also he should leave the main road and go by a side path. He should note any object there by daylight, so that it may not appear to him fearful at night. Though unhuman beings may roam about uttering loud cries, he should not throw anything to hit them. He should not pass a single day without going to the burningground. Reciters of the Anguttara Nikaya say that after spending the middle watch of the night at the burning-ground he may depart in the last watch. He should not partake of such foodstuffs as sesjanium, flour, peas, rice, fish, meat, milk, oil, molasses, that are dear to unhuman beings, nor take them to the houses of donors. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here: The strict man should dwell where there are continual burning, continual smell of dead bodies, and continual weeping. The moderate man may dwell where there is one of these present. The soft man may dwell in a place which just fulfils the requirements of a burning-ground as given above. When these three men make their abode in a place which is not burningground, their ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : Attainment of mindfulness regarding death, a life free from negligence, acquirement of the outward sign of the foul, dispelling of sensual lust, the perpetual seeing of the intrinsic nature of the body, growth of agitation, rejection of the pride of health, overcoming of fear and fright, respect paid by unhuman beings, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so forth. The faults of negligence, even while he sleeps, Touch not the burning-ground-recluse, such is The power of his mindfulness of death. Because so many corpses he beholds, His mind is freed from lust's dominion. Great agitation seizes him and leaves Him without pride. He makes a right effort To win tranquillity. Therefore with heart Inclined unto Nibbana follow hard The burning-grounder's practice, which bestows Such manifold merits and qualities. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the burning-grounder's practice. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 89 [78] 12. The Any-Bedder's Practice. The practice of the any-bedder also is observed with one or other of the expressions: I set aside greedy behaviour regarding dwellings; I observe the any-bedder's practice. He who observes this practice should be content with whatever dwelling is allotted to him by the distributor who says, ' This is for you.' He should not oust any man from his place. These are the directions. There are also three grades of men here :. The strict man must not ask concerning a dwelling he has come to, whether it is far or quite near, troubled by unhuman beings, snakes, and so on, or whether it is hot or cold. The moderate man may ask such questions, but may not go and examine it. The soft man may go and examine it, and if it does not please him he may take another. The moment greedy behaviour in regard to dwellings arises in these three men, their ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages : Obeying the advice given, as: ' One should be content with what one gets, seeking the good of one's fellow-monks, abandonment of thought of what is inferior and superior, rejection of approval and disapproval, closing the door of covetousness, conduct in conformity with few wishes, and so forth. Content with what he gets, the any-bed- Recluse lies down in careless ease on beds, Even though they be of grass. He does not long For what is best, is not perturbed because Of an inferior bed. To younger monks He shows compassion. So a wise man ought To be content with any bed, a rule Of constant practice with the Ariyas, And by the Bull-sage fittingly extolled. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the any-bedder's practice. - Or, allotted to him. 13. The Sitting-Man's Practice. The practice of the sitting-man also is observed with one or other of the expressions : I refuse to lie down ; I observe the sitting-man's practice. He who observes this practice should rise up and walk to and fro for one watch out of the three watches of the night, for lying down is the only posture that is not permitted to him. These are the directions. [79] There are also three grades of men here: The strict man is not allowed a plank with a back support, or a cushion of cloth for squatting on, or a bandage-cloth. The moderate man may use any one of these three. The soft man is allowed a plank with a back support, a cushion of cloth for squatting on, a bandage-cloth, a pillow, a five-limbed seat, a sevenlimbed seat. A seat with a back support to lean against is a five-limbed seat. A seat with a back support and a hand support on either side is a seven-limbed seat. It is said that people made such a seat for Mllhabhaya the Elder, who, becoming a never-returner, entered parinibbana. The moment these three men accept a bed to lie on, their ascetic practice is broken. This herein is the breach. Now these are the advantages: The cutting off of mental bondage described as: ' He lives devoted to the pleasure of lying down, the pleasure of lying on one's side, the pleasure of torpor,' fitness for application to all subjects of meditation, satisfied state of the postures, agreeableness for strenuous effort, development of right attainment. The monk who sits cross-legged, keeping straight The body, doth disturb the Tempter's heart. He takes no pleasure in the torpid state, In lying down, but wakes his energies And joyfully sits up, illumining The grove of his ascetic practices. As bliss and rapture, cleansed of earthly things, Reward the monk, so one should steadfastly Perform the duty of the sitting man. This is the setting forth of the observance, directions, grade, breach, and advantage in the sitting-man's practice. II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 91 Of Ascetic and Other Terms as Moral Triad. Now this is the elucidation of the verse (p. 66) : As moral triad, as differentiated, In groups and in detail— decision shall Be made regarding these ascetic practices. Therein, ' as moral triad ' means that all the ascetic practices may be moral or unmoral as those of probationers, average persons and of saints purged of the intoxicants. [80] There is no ascetic practice that is immoral. But the sectary says, an ascetic practice may also be immoral because of the saying: ' There is a forester of evil desires, not free from desire? We reply that we do not say that one may not dwell with an immoral thought in the forest. For whosoever makes his abode in the forest is a forester, who may have evil desires, or little, or no desire. Because the corruptions are shaken off through this and that observance, the practices (or factors) of the brother who has shaken them off are called ' ascetic practices.' Or, knowledge which has obtained the common name of asceticism, because it shakes off the corruptions, is the factor of these observances — thus ' ascetic practice ' (or factor). Or again, it has been said that because these observances shake off the hostile corruptions they are ascetic, and they are factors of (moral) attainment — thus ' ascetic practice.' No one whose observances are2 such factors is known as ascetic on account of his immorality. Else we should speak of ascetic practices of which the factor is immorality which shakes off nothing ; and immorality does not shake off greediness for robes and other evil states, nor is it a factor of moral attainment. Therefore what has been said as, ' There is no ascetic practice that is immoral,' is well said. There is no ascetic practice in the ultimate sense to those whose ascetic practice is freed from the moral triad. From the shaking off of what does this imaginary thing become ascetic practice ? They would also fall into opposition with the saying : ' He goes on keeping the ascetic duties.' Therefore their saying should not be accepted. This so far is the elucidation by way of the moral triad. Of Ascetic and Other Terms as Differentiated. (1) Ascetic should be understood, (2) ascetic doctrine should be understood, (3) ascetic states should be understood, (4) ascetic practices should be understood, (5) for whom is the practising of the ascetic practices suitable ? — this should be understood. Of these points (1) ' ascetic ' is a person who has shaken off the corruptions, or a state for the shaking off of the corruptions. (2) In ' ascetic doctrine ' there is one who is ascetic and not ascetic preacher, there is one who is not ascetic but ascetic preacher, there is one who is neither ascetic nor ascetic preacher, there is one who is both ascetic and ascetic preacher. Of these he who has shaken off his corruptions by means of his ascetic practice, but does not admonish nor instruct others regarding ascetic practice, is an ascetic but not ascetic preacher,like Bakkula the Elder; as has been said : ' This venerable Bakkula is ascetic not ascetic preacher.' And whoso [81] has not shaken off his corruptions by means of ascetic practice, but just admonishes, instructs others regarding it, is not ascetic but ascetic preacher, like Upananda the Elder; as has been said: ' This venerable Upananda Sakyaputta is not an ascetic but ascetic preacher.' Whoso is deficient in both respects like Laludayl3 is neither ascetic nor ascetic preacher; as has been said: ' This venerable Ldluddyi is neither ascetic nor ascetic preacher.' Whoso like the captain of the Law4 is fulfilled in both respects is ascetic and ascetic preacher; as has been said: ' This venerable Sdriputta is both ascetic and ascetic preacher.' (3) ' Ascetic states should be understood ' — these five attendant states of the volition of ascetic practice : fewness of wishes, contentment, austerity, solitude, desire-for-these-states are known as ascetic states from the expression, ' depending on fewness of wishes, and so on.' Of them fewness of wishes and content- II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 93 ment fall under non-greed; austerity and solitude under the two states: non-greed and non-delusion. Desire-for-thesestates is knowledge. By means of non-greed one shakes off greed for forbidden things, by non-delusion one shakes off delusion which covers faults in them, and by non-greed one shakes off devotion to the pleasure of sense which arises from resorting to things allowed. By non-delusion one shakes off devotion to self-torture, which arises on account of excessive austerity in ascetic practice. Therefore should these states be understood as ascetic states. (4) By ascetic practices should be understood the thirteen, namely, the refuse-ragman's practice . . . sitting-man's practice. They have been stated as regards their meaning, characteristic and so forth. (5) For whom is the practising of ascetic practice suitable ?— for one walking in lust and one walking in delusion. Why so ? Because the practising of ascetic practice is of painful progress and means a life of austerity; and through painful progress lust is calmed, through austerity the delusion of a non-negligent man is put away. Or, herein the practising of the practices of the forester and of the tree-rootman is suitable for one walking in hate, for hate ceases in one dwelling without society in the forest or at the foot of a tree. This is the elucidation of ascetic and other terms as differentiated. [82] In Groups and in Detail. ' In groups ' these ascetic practices are eight — three chief practices and five unmixed (separate) practices. Of them the practices of the house-to-house-goer, one-sessioner, and openspacer are the three chief practices. For whoso keeps the house-to-house-goer's practice will also keep the almsman's practice. And whoso keeps the one-sessioner's practice, for him the practices of the bowl-fooder and afterfood-refuser will be easy to keep. Whoso keeps the open-spacer's practice, what need is there for him to keep the practices of the treerootman and the any-bedder ? Thus these three are the chief practices. They make eight with these five: practices of the forester, refuse-ragman, three-rober, sitting-man, burninggrounder. Again, they form four classes: two concerning the robe, five concerning the alms, five concerning the dwelling, one concerning energy. Of these the sitting-man's practice is one that concerns energy; the others are obvious. Again, all are of two kinds by way of dependence: twelve depending on the requisites, one depending on energy. They are also of two kinds as to be resorted to and as not to be resorted to. For they should be resorted to by him whose subject of meditation increases with such resort, but not by him whose subject of meditation decreases with it. He whose subject of meditation increases and does not decrease, whether he resorts to them or not, should also resort to them out of compassion for posterity. For the sake of habit in future they should be resorted to by him also whose subject of meditation, whether he resorts to them or not, does not increase. Though twofold, as to be resorted to and as not to be resorted to, all of them are one by way of volition ; for ascetic practice as the volition to observe is just one. It is also said in the commentaries: ' They say that which is volition is ascetic practice.' ' In detail ' they are forty-two : — thirteen for brethren, eight for sisters, twelve for novices, seven for female student novices, two for lay-disciples male and female. If there were a burning-ground fulfilled with the forester's practice in open space, a single brother would be able to enjoy all the ascetic practices at once. But the two practices of the forester and the afterfood-refuser are prohibited for sisters by precept; [83] and the three practices of the open-spacer, tree-rootman, burning-grounder are difficult to carry out, for it is not proper for a sister to live without a second person ; and in such places1 it is hard to get a second with similar wishes. Even if one was obtained, the sister would not be free from a life shared with others. This being so, the purpose for which she resorted to the ascetic practice would not be fulfilled. So, owing to impracticability, five of the practices are left out for the sisters, and only eight are to be taken. Excepting the three-rober's practice from those mentioned II. — Exposition of the Ascetic Practices 95 for the brethren and sisters, the remaining twelve are to be known as for male novices, and seven for female novices. For lay-disciples male and female the two practices of the one-sessioner and the bowl-fooder are suitable and practicable. Thus in detail they are forty-two. This is the elucidation in groups and in detail. Thus far is told the discourse on the ascetic practices to be observed for the fulfilment of those qualities, such as fewness of wishes, contentment, by means of which there is cleansing of virtue, the different kinds of which have been shown in the Path of Purity under the heads of virtue, concentration, and understanding in the stanza : The man discreet on virtue 'planted firm. Thus is ended the second chapter called The Exposition of Ascetic Practices, in the Path of Purity, composed for the purpose of gladdening good folk.
၂၂။ ဣဒါနိ ယေဟိ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာသန္တုဋ္ဌိတာဒီဟိ ဂုဏေဟိ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရဿ သီလဿ ဝေါဒါနံ ဟောတိ, တေ ဂုဏေ သမ္ပာဒေတုံ ယသ္မာ သမာဒိန္နသီလေန ယောဂိနာ ဓုတင်္ဂသမာဒါနံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝဉှိဿ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာသန္တုဋ္ဌိတာသလ္လေခပဝိဝေကာပစယဝီရိယာရမ္ဘသုဘရတာဒိဂုဏသလိလဝိက္ခာလိတမလံ သီလဉ္စေဝ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ဘဝိဿတိ, ဝတာနိ စ သမ္ပဇ္ဇိဿန္တိ။ ဣတိ အနဝဇ္ဇသီလဗ္ဗတဂုဏပရိသုဒ္ဓသဗ္ဗသမာစာရော ပေါရာဏေ အရိယဝံသတ္တယေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ စတုတ္ထဿ ဘာဝနာရာမတာသင်္ခါတဿ အရိယဝံသဿ အဓိဂမာရဟော ဘဝိဿတိ။ တသ္မာ ဓုတင်္ဂကထံ အာရဘိဿာမ။
ဘဂဝတာ ဟိ ပရိစ္စတ္တလောကာမိသာနံ ကာယေ စ ဇီဝိတေ စ အနပေက္ခာနံ အနုလောမပဋိပဒံယေဝ အာရာဓေတုကာမာနံ ကုလပုတ္တာနံ တေရသဓုတင်္ဂါနိ အနုညာတာနိ။ သေယျထိဒံ – ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ, တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ, ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂံ, သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂံ, ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂံ, ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂံ, ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂံ, အာရညိကင်္ဂံ, ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂံ, အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂံ, သောသာနိကင်္ဂံ, ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂံ, နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂန္တိ။ တတ္ထ –
အတ္ထတော လက္ခဏာဒီဟိ, သမာဒါနဝိဓာနတော၊
ပဘေဒတော ဘေဒတော စ, တဿ တဿာနိသံသတော။
ကုသလတ္တိကတော စေဝ, ဓုတာဒီနံ ဝိဘာဂတော၊
သမာသဗျာသတော စာပိ, ဝိညာတဗ္ဗော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော။
၂၃။ တတ္ထ အတ္ထတောတိ တာဝ ရထိကသုသာနသင်္ကာရကူဋာဒီနံ ယတ္ထ ကတ္ထစိ ပံသူနံ ဥပရိ ဌိတတ္တာ အဗ္ဘုဂ္ဂတဋ္ဌေန တေသု တေသု ပံသုကူလမိဝါတိ ပံသုကူလံ, အထ ဝါ ပံသု ဝိယ ကုစ္ဆိတဘာဝံ ဥလတီတိ ပံသုကူလံ, ကုစ္ဆိတဘာဝံ ဂစ္ဆတီတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဧဝံ လဒ္ဓနိဗ္ဗစနဿ ပံသုကူလဿ ဓာရဏံ ပံသုကူလံ, တံ သီလမဿာတိ ပံသုကူလိကော။ ပံသုကူလိကဿ အင်္ဂံ ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ။ အင်္ဂန္တိ ကာရဏံ ဝုစ္စတိ။ တသ္မာ ယေန သမာဒါနေန သော ပံသုကူလိကော ဟောတိ, တဿေတံ အဓိဝစနန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ဧတေနေဝ နယေန သံဃာဋိဥတ္တရာသင်္ဂအန္တရဝါသကသင်္ခါတံ တိစီဝရံ သီလမဿာတိ တေစီဝရိကော။ တေစီဝရိကဿ အင်္ဂံ တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ။
ဘိက္ခာသင်္ခါတာနံ ပန အာမိသပိဏ္ဍာနံ ပါတောတိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတော, ပရေဟိ ဒိန္နာနံ ပိဏ္ဍာနံ ပတ္တေ နိပတနန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ တံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ဥဉ္ဆတိ တံ တံ ကုလံ ဥပသင်္ကမန္တော ဂဝေသတီတိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကော။ ပိဏ္ဍာယ ဝါ ပတိတုံ ဝတမေတဿာတိ ပိဏ္ဍပါတီ, ပတိတုန္တိ စရိတုံ, ပိဏ္ဍပါတီ ဧဝ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကော။ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကဿ အင်္ဂံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂံ။
ဒါနံ ဝုစ္စတိ အဝခဏ္ဍနံ, အပေတံ ဒါနတောတိ အပဒါနံ, အနဝခဏ္ဍနန္တိ အတ္ထော။ သဟ အပဒါနေန သပဒါနံ, အဝခဏ္ဍနရဟိတံ အနုဃရန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ သပဒါနံ စရိတုံ ဣဒမဿ သီလန္တိ သပဒါနစာရီ, သပဒါနစာရီ ဧဝ သပဒါနစာရိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂံ။
ဧကာသနေ ဘောဇနံ ဧကာသနံ, တံ သီလမဿာတိ ဧကာသနိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂံ။
ဒုတိယဘာဇနဿ ပဋိက္ခိတ္တတ္တာ ကေဝလံ ဧကသ္မိံယေဝ ပတ္တေ ပိဏ္ဍော ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍော။ ဣဒါနိ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍဂဟဏေ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍသညံ ကတွာ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍော သီလမဿာတိ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂံ။
ခလူတိ ပဋိသေဓနတ္ထေ နိပါတော။ ပဝါရိတေန သတာ ပစ္ဆာ လဒ္ဓံ ဘတ္တံ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တံ နာမ, တဿ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တဿ ဘောဇနံ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တဘောဇနံ, တသ္မိံ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တဘောဇနေ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တသညံ ကတွာ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တံ သီလမဿာတိ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကော။ န ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကော ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကော။ သမာဒါနဝသေန ပဋိက္ခိတ္တာတိရိတ္တဘောဇနဿေတံ နာမံ။ အဋ္ဌကထာယံ ပန ဝုတ္တံ ခလူတိ ဧကော သကုဏော။ သော မုခေန ဖလံ ဂဟေတွာ တသ္မိံ ပတိတေ ပုန အညံ န ခါဒတိ။ တာဒိသော အယန္တိ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂံ။
အရညေ နိဝါသော သီလမဿာတိ အာရညိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ အာရညိကင်္ဂံ။
ရုက္ခမူလေ နိဝါသော ရုက္ခမူလံ, တံ သီလမဿာတိ ရုက္ခမူလိကော။ ရုက္ခမူလိကဿ အင်္ဂံ ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂံ။ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကသောသာနိကင်္ဂေသုပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။
ယဒေဝ သန္ထတံ ယထာသန္ထတံ, ဣဒံ တုယှံ ပါပုဏာတီတိ ဧဝံ ပဌမံ ဥဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌသေနာသနဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ တသ္မိံ ယထာသန္ထတေ ဝိဟရိတုံ သီလမဿာတိ ယထာသန္ထတိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂံ။
သယနံ ပဋိက္ခိပိတွာ နိသဇ္ဇာယ ဝိဟရိတုံ သီလမဿာတိ နေသဇ္ဇိကော။ တဿ အင်္ဂံ နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂံ။
သဗ္ဗာနေဝ ပနေတာနိ တေန တေန သမာဒါနေန ဓုတကိလေသတ္တာ ဓုတဿ ဘိက္ခုနော အင်္ဂါနိ, ကိလေသဓုနနတော ဝါ ဓုတန္တိ လဒ္ဓဝေါဟာရံ ဉာဏံ အင်္ဂံ ဧတေသန္တိ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ။ အထ ဝါ ဓုတာနိ စ တာနိ ပဋိပက္ခနိဒ္ဓုနနတော အင်္ဂါနိ စ ပဋိပတ္တိယာတိပိ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ။ ဧဝံ တာဝေတ္ထ အတ္ထတော ဝိညာတဗ္ဗော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော။
သဗ္ဗာနေဝ ပနေတာနိ သမာဒါနစေတနာလက္ခဏာနိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ ‘‘ယော သမာဒိယတိ, သော ပုဂ္ဂလော။ ယေန သမာဒိယတိ, စိတ္တစေတသိကာ ဧတေ ဓမ္မာ။ ယာ သမာဒါနစေတနာ, တံ ဓုတင်္ဂံ။ ယံ ပဋိက္ခိပတိ, တံ ဝတ္ထူ’’တိ။ သဗ္ဗာနေဝ စ လောလုပ္ပဝိဒ္ဓံသနရသာနိ, နိလ္လောလုပ္ပဘာဝပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနာနိ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒိအရိယဓမ္မပဒဋ္ဌာနာနိ။ ဧဝမေတ္ထ လက္ခဏာဒီဟိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော။
သမာဒါနဝိဓာနတောတိအာဒီသု ပန ပဉ္စသု သဗ္ဗာနေဝ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ ဓရမာနေ ဘဂဝတိ ဘဂဝတောဝ သန္တိကေ သမာဒါတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ပရိနိဗ္ဗုတေ မဟာသာဝကဿ သန္တိကေ။ တသ္မိံ အသတိ ခီဏာသဝဿ, အနာဂါမိဿ, သကဒါဂါမိဿ, သောတာပန္နဿ, တိပိဋကဿ, ဒွိပိဋကဿ, ဧကပိဋကဿ, ဧကသင်္ဂီတိကဿ, အဋ္ဌကထာစရိယဿ။ တသ္မိံ အသတိ ဓုတင်္ဂဓရဿ, တသ္မိမ္ပိ အသတိ စေတိယင်္ဂဏံ သမ္မဇ္ဇိတွာ ဥက္ကုဋိကံ နိသီဒိတွာ သမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓဿ သန္တိကေ ဝဒန္တေန ဝိယ သမာဒါတဗ္ဗာနိ, အပိစ သယမ္ပိ သမာဒါတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ ဧဝ။ ဧတ္ထ စ စေတိယပဗ္ဗတေ ဒွေ ဘာတိကတ္ထေရာနံ ဇေဋ္ဌကဘာတု ဓုတင်္ဂပ္ပိစ္ဆတာယ ဝတ္ထု ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ အယံ တာဝ သာဓာရဏကထာ။
၁။ ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၄။ ဣဒါနိ ဧကေကဿ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသေ ဝဏ္ဏယိဿာမ။ ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ တာဝ ‘‘ဂဟပတိဒါနစီဝရံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသု ဒွီသု ဝစနေသု အညတရေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။ ဣဒံ တာဝေတ္ထ သမာဒါနံ။
ဧဝံ သမာဒိန္နဓုတင်္ဂေန ပန တေန သောသာနိကံ, ပါပဏိကံ, ရထိယစောဠံ, သင်္ကာရစောဠံ, သောတ္ထိယံ, နှာနစောဠံ, တိတ္ထစောဠံ, ဂတပစ္စာဂတံ, အဂ္ဂိဍဍ္ဎံ, ဂေါခါယိတံ, ဥပစိကာခါယိတံ, ဥန္ဒူရခါယိတံ, အန္တစ္ဆိန္နံ, ဒသာစ္ဆိန္နံ, ဓဇာဟဋံ, ထူပစီဝရံ, သမဏစီဝရံ, အာဘိသေကိကံ, ဣဒ္ဓိမယံ, ပန္ထိကံ, ဝါတာဟဋံ, ဒေဝဒတ္တိယံ, သာမုဒ္ဒိယန္တိဧတေသု အညတရံ စီဝရံ ဂဟေတွာ ဖာလေတွာ ဒုဗ္ဗလဋ္ဌာနံ ပဟာယ ထိရဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဓောဝိတွာ စီဝရံ ကတွာ ပေါရာဏံ ဂဟပတိစီဝရံ အပနေတွာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတဗ္ဗံ။
တတ္ထ သောသာနိကန္တိ သုသာနေ ပတိတကံ။ ပါပဏိကန္တိ အာပဏဒွါရေ ပတိတကံ။ ရထိယစောဠန္တိ ပုညတ္ထိကေဟိ ဝါတပါနန္တရေန ရထိကာယ ဆဍ္ဍိတစောဠကံ။ သင်္ကာရစောဠန္တိ သင်္ကာရဋ္ဌာနေ ဆဍ္ဍိတစောဠကံ။ သောတ္ထိယန္တိ ဂဗ္ဘမလံ ပုဉ္ဆိတွာ ဆဍ္ဍိတဝတ္ထံ။ တိဿာမစ္စမာတာ ကိရ သတဂ္ဃနကေန ဝတ္ထေန ဂဗ္ဘမလံ ပုဉ္ဆာပေတွာ ပံသုကူလိကာ ဂဏှိဿန္တီတိ တာလဝေဠိမဂ္ဂေ ဆဍ္ဍာပေသိ။ ဘိက္ခူ ဇိဏ္ဏကဋ္ဌာနတ္ထမေဝ ဂဏှန္တိ။ နှာနစောဠန္တိ ယံ ဘူတဝေဇ္ဇေဟိ သသီသံ နှာပိတာ ကာဠကဏ္ဏိစောဠန္တိ ဆဍ္ဍေတွာ ဂစ္ဆန္တိ။
တိတ္ထစောဠန္တိ နှာနတိတ္ထေ ဆဍ္ဍိတပိလောတိကာ။ ဂတပစ္စာဂတန္တိ ယံ မနုဿာ သုသာနံ ဂန္တွာ ပစ္စာဂတာ နှတွာ ဆဍ္ဍေန္တိ။ အဂ္ဂိဍဍ္ဎန္တိ အဂ္ဂိနာ ဍဍ္ဎပ္ပဒေသံ။ တဉှိ မနုဿာ ဆဍ္ဍေန္တိ။ ဂေါခါယိတာဒီနိ ပါကဋာနေဝ။ တာဒိသာနိပိ ဟိ မနုဿာ ဆဍ္ဍေန္တိ။ ဓဇာဟဋန္တိ နာဝံ အာရောဟန္တာ ဓဇံ ဗန္ဓိတွာ အာရူဟန္တိ။ တံ တေသံ ဒဿနာတိက္ကမေ ဂဟေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ယမ္ပိ ယုဒ္ဓဘူမိယံ ဓဇံ ဗန္ဓိတွာ ဌပိတံ, တံ ဒွိန္နမ္ပိ သေနာနံ ဂတကာလေ ဂဟေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
ထူပစီဝရန္တိ ဝမ္မိကံ ပရိက္ခိပိတွာ ဗလိကမ္မံ ကတံ။ သမဏစီဝရန္တိ ဘိက္ခုသန္တကံ။ အာဘိသေကိကန္တိ ရညော အဘိသေကဋ္ဌာနေ ဆဍ္ဍိတစီဝရံ။ ဣဒ္ဓိမယန္တိ ဧဟိဘိက္ခုစီဝရံ။ ပန္ထိကန္တိ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ပတိတကံ။ ယံ ပန သာမိကာနံ သတိသမ္မောသေန ပတိတံ, တံ ထောကံ ရက္ခိတွာ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝါတာဟဋန္တိ ဝါတေန ပဟရိတွာ ဒူရေ ပါတိတံ, တံ ပန သာမိကေ အပဿန္တေန ဂဟေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဒေဝဒတ္တိယန္တိ အနုရုဒ္ဓတ္ထေရဿ ဝိယ ဒေဝတာဟိ ဒိန္နကံ။ သာမုဒ္ဒိယန္တိ သမုဒ္ဒဝီစီဟိ ထလေ ဥဿာရိတံ။
ယံ ပန သံဃဿ ဒေမာတိ ဒိန္နံ, စောဠကဘိက္ခာယ ဝါ စရမာနေဟိ လဒ္ဓံ, န တံ ပံသုကူလံ။ ဘိက္ခုဒတ္တိယေပိ ယံ ဝဿဂ္ဂေန ဂါဟေတွာ ဝါ ဒီယတိ, သေနာသနစီဝရံ ဝါ ဟောတိ, န တံ ပံသုကူလံ။ နော ဂါဟာပေတွာ ဒိန္နမေဝ ပံသုကူလံ။ တတြပိ ယံ ဒါယကေဟိ ဘိက္ခုဿ ပါဒမူလေ နိက္ခိတ္တံ, တေန ပန ဘိက္ခုနာ ပံသုကူလိကဿ ဟတ္ထေ ဌပေတွာ ဒိန္နံ, တံ ဧကတောသုဒ္ဓိကံ နာမ။ ယံ ဘိက္ခုနော ဟတ္ထေ ဌပေတွာ ဒိန္နံ, တေန ပန ပါဒမူလေ ဌပိတံ, တမ္ပိ ဧကတောသုဒ္ဓိကံ။ ယံ ဘိက္ခုနောပိ ပါဒမူလေ ဌပိတံ, တေနာပိ တထေဝ ဒိန္နံ, တံ ဥဘတောသုဒ္ဓိကံ။ ယံ ဟတ္ထေ ဌပေတွာ လဒ္ဓံ, ဟတ္ထေယေဝ ဌပိတံ, တံ အနုက္ကဋ္ဌစီဝရံ နာမ။ ဣတိ ဣမံ ပံသုကူလဘေဒံ ဉတွာ ပံသုကူလိကေန စီဝရံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဣဒမေတ္ထ ဝိဓာနံ။
အယံ ပန ပဘေဒေါ, တယော ပံသုကူလိကာ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော မဇ္ဈိမော မုဒူတိ။ တတ္ထ သောသာနိကံယေဝ ဂဏှန္တော ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ဟောတိ။ ပဗ္ဗဇိတာ ဂဏှိဿန္တီတိ ဌပိတကံ ဂဏှန္တော မဇ္ဈိမော။ ပါဒမူလေ ဌပေတွာ ဒိန္နကံ ဂဏှန္တော မုဒူတိ။
တေသု ယဿ ကဿစိ အတ္တနော ရုစိယာ ဂိဟိဒိန္နကံ သာဒိတက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ‘‘ပံသုကူလစီဝရံ နိဿာယ ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာ’’တိ (မဟာဝ။ ၁၂၈) ဝစနတော နိဿယာနုရူပပဋိပတ္တိသဗ္ဘာဝေါ, ပဌမေ အရိယဝံသေ ပတိဋ္ဌာနံ, အာရက္ခဒုက္ခာဘာဝေါ, အပရာယတ္တဝုတ္တိတာ, စောရဘယေန အဘယတာ, ပရိဘောဂတဏှာယ အဘာဝေါ, သမဏသာရုပ္ပပရိက္ခာရတာ, ‘‘အပ္ပါနိ စေဝ သုလဘာနိ စ တာနိ စ အနဝဇ္ဇာနီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၇၊ ဣတိဝု။ ၁၀၁) ဘဂဝတာ သံဝဏ္ဏိတပစ္စယတာ, ပါသာဒိကတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ ဖလနိပ္ဖတ္တိ, သမ္မာပဋိပတ္တိယာ အနုဗြူဟနံ, ပစ္ဆိမာယ ဇနတာယ ဒိဋ္ဌာနုဂတိအာပါဒနန္တိ။
မာရသေနဝိဃာတာယ, ပံသုကူလဓရော ယတိ၊
သန္နဒ္ဓကဝစော ယုဒ္ဓေ, ခတ္တိယော ဝိယ သောဘတိ။
ပဟာယ ကာသိကာဒီနိ, ဝရဝတ္ထာနိ ဓာရိတံ၊
ယံ လောကဂရုနာ ကော တံ, ပံသုကူလံ န ဓာရယေ။
တသ္မာ ဟိ အတ္တနော ဘိက္ခု, ပဋိညံ သမနုဿရံ၊
ယောဂါစာရာနုကူလမှိ, ပံသုကူလေ ရတော သိယာတိ။
အယံ တာဝ ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၂။ တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၅။ တဒနန္တရံ ပန တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ ‘‘စတုတ္ထကစီဝရံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန တေစီဝရိကေန စီဝရဒုဿံ လဘိတွာ ယာဝ အဖာသုကဘာဝေန ကာတုံ ဝါ န သက္ကောတိ, ဝိစာရကံ ဝါ န လဘတိ, သူစိအာဒီသု ဝါဿ ကိဉ္စိ န သမ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တာဝ နိက္ခိပိတဗ္ဗံ။ နိက္ခိတ္တပစ္စယာ ဒေါသော နတ္ထိ။ ရဇိတကာလတော ပန ပဋ္ဌာယ နိက္ခိပိတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ, ဓုတင်္ဂစောရော နာမ ဟောတိ။ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌေန ရဇနကာလေ ပဌမံ အန္တရဝါသကံ ဝါ ဥတ္တရာသင်္ဂံ ဝါ ရဇိတွာ တံ နိဝါသေတွာ ဣတရံ ရဇိတဗ္ဗံ။ တံ ပါရုပိတွာ သံဃာဋိ ရဇိတဗ္ဗာ။ သံဃာဋိံ ပန နိဝါသေတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣဒမဿ ဂါမန္တသေနာသနေ ဝတ္တံ။ အာရညကေ ပန ဒွေ ဧကတော ဓောဝိတွာ ရဇိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ယထာ ပန ကဉ္စိ ဒိသွာ သက္ကောတိ ကာသာဝံ အာကဍ္ဎိတွာ ဥပရိကာတုံ, ဧဝံ အာသန္နေ ဌာနေ နိသီဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ မဇ္ဈိမဿ ရဇနသာလာယံ ရဇနကာသာဝံ နာမ ဟောတိ, တံ နိဝါသေတွာ ဝါ ပါရုပိတွာ ဝါ ရဇနကမ္မံ ကာတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မုဒုကဿ သဘာဂဘိက္ခူနံ စီဝရာနိ နိဝါသေတွာ ဝါ ပါရုပိတွာ ဝါ ရဇနကမ္မံ ကာတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တတြဋ္ဌကပစ္စတ္ထရဏမ္ပိ တဿ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပရိဟရိတုံ ပန န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သဘာဂဘိက္ခူနံ စီဝရမ္ပိ အန္တရန္တရာ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဓုတင်္ဂတေစီဝရိကဿ ပန စတုတ္ထံ ဝတ္တမာနံ အံသကာသာဝမေဝ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တဉ္စ ခေါ ဝိတ္ထာရတော ဝိဒတ္ထိ, ဒီဃတော တိဟတ္ထမေဝ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ စတုတ္ထကစီဝရံ သာဒိတက္ခဏေယေဝ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, တေစီဝရိကော ဘိက္ခု သန္တုဋ္ဌော ဟောတိ ကာယပရိဟာရိကေန စီဝရေန။ တေနဿ ပက္ခိနော ဝိယ သမာဒါယေဝ ဂမနံ, အပ္ပသမာရမ္ဘတာ, ဝတ္ထသန္နိဓိပရိဝဇ္ဇနံ, သလ္လဟုကဝုတ္တိတာ, အတိရေကစီဝရလောလုပ္ပပ္ပဟာနံ, ကပ္ပိယေ မတ္တကာရိတာယ သလ္လေခဝုတ္တိတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ ဖလနိပ္ဖတ္တီတိ ဧဝမာဒယော ဂုဏာ သမ္ပဇ္ဇန္တီတိ။
အတိရေကဝတ္ထတဏှံ, ပဟာယ သန္နိဓိဝိဝဇ္ဇိတော ဓီရော၊
သန္တောသသုခရသညူ, တိစီဝရဓရော ဘဝတိ ယောဂီ။
တသ္မာ သပတ္တစရဏော, ပက္ခီဝ သစီဝရောဝ ယောဂိဝရော၊
သုခမနုဝိစရိတုကာမော, စီဝရနိယမေ ရတိံ ကယိရာတိ။
အယံ တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၃။ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၆။ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘အတိရေကလာဘံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကေန ‘‘သံဃဘတ္တံ, ဥဒ္ဒေသဘတ္တံ, နိမန္တနဘတ္တံ, သလာကဘတ္တံ, ပက္ခိကံ, ဥပေါသထိကံ, ပါဋိပဒိကံ, အာဂန္တုကဘတ္တံ, ဂမိကဘတ္တံ, ဂိလာနဘတ္တံ, ဂိလာနုပဋ္ဌာကဘတ္တံ, ဝိဟာရဘတ္တံ, ဓုရဘတ္တံ, ဝါရကဘတ္တ’’န္တိ ဧတာနိ စုဒ္ဒသ ဘတ္တာနိ န သာဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ သစေ ပန ‘‘သံဃဘတ္တံ ဂဏှထာ’’တိအာဒိနာ နယေန အဝတွာ ‘‘အမှာကံ ဂေဟေ သံဃော ဘိက္ခံ ဂဏှာတု, တုမှေပိ ဘိက္ခံ ဂဏှထာ’’တိ ဝတွာ ဒိန္နာနိ ဟောန္တိ, တာနိ သာဒိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋန္တိ။ သံဃတော နိရာမိသသလာကာပိ ဝိဟာရေ ပက္ကဘတ္တမ္ပိ ဝဋ္ဋတိယေဝါတိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ပုရတောပိ ပစ္ဆတောပိ အာဟဋဘိက္ခံ ဂဏှတိ, ပတ္တဒွါရေ ဌတွာ ပတ္တံ ဂဏှန္တာနမ္ပိ ဒေတိ, ပဋိက္ကမနံ အာဟရိတွာ ဒိန္နဘိက္ခမ္ပိ ဂဏှတိ, တံ ဒိဝသံ ပန နိသီဒိတွာ ဘိက္ခံ န ဂဏှတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမော တံ ဒိဝသံ နိသီဒိတွာပိ ဂဏှတိ, သွာတနာယ ပန နာဓိဝါသေတိ။ မုဒုကောသွာတနာယပိ ပုနဒိဝသာယပိ ဘိက္ခံ အဓိဝါသေတိ။ တေ ဥဘောပိ သေရိဝိဟာရသုခံ န လဘန္တိ, ဥက္ကဋ္ဌောဝ လဘတိ။ ဧကသ္မိံ ကိရ ဂါမေ အရိယဝံသော ဟောတိ, ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ဣတရေ အာဟ – ‘‘အာယာမာဝုသော, ဓမ္မသဝနာယာ’’တိ။ တေသု ဧကော ဧကေနမှိ, ဘန္တေ, မနုဿေန နိသီဒါပိတောတိ အာဟ။ အပရော မယာ, ဘန္တေ, သွာတနာယ ဧကဿ ဘိက္ခာ အဓိဝါသိတာတိ။ ဧဝံ တေ ဥဘော ပရိဟီနာ။ ဣတရော ပါတောဝ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိတွာ ဂန္တွာ ဓမ္မရသံ ပဋိသံဝေဒေသိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ သံဃဘတ္တာဒိအတိရေကလာဘံ သာဒိတက္ခဏေဝ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ‘‘ပိဏ္ဍိယာလောပဘောဇနံ နိဿာယ ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၇၊ ဣတိဝု။ ၁၀၁) ဝစနတော နိဿယာနုရူပပဋိပတ္တိသဗ္ဘာဝေါ, ဒုတိယေ အရိယဝံသေ ပတိဋ္ဌာနံ, အပရာယတ္တဝုတ္တိတာ, ‘‘အပ္ပါနိ စေဝ သုလဘာနိ စ တာနိ စ အနဝဇ္ဇာနီ’’တိ ဘဂဝတာ သံဝဏ္ဏိတပစ္စယတာ, ကောသဇ္ဇနိမ္မဒ္ဒနတာ, ပရိသုဒ္ဓါဇီဝတာ, သေခိယပဋိပတ္တိပူရဏံ, အပရပေါသိတာ, ပရာနုဂ္ဂဟကိရိယာ, မာနပ္ပဟာနံ, ရသတဏှာနိဝါရဏံ, ဂဏဘောဇနပရမ္ပရဘောဇနစာရိတ္တသိက္ခာပဒေဟိ အနာပတ္တိတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာ, သမ္မာပဋိပတ္တိဗြူဟနံ, ပစ္ဆိမဇနတာနုကမ္ပနန္တိ။
ပိဏ္ဍိယာလောပသန္တုဋ္ဌော, အပရာယတ္တဇီဝိကော၊
ပဟီနာဟာရလောလုပ္ပေါ, ဟောတိ စာတုဒ္ဒိသော ယတိ။
ဝိနောဒယတိ ကောသဇ္ဇံ, အာဇီဝဿ ဝိသုဇ္ဈတိ၊
တသ္မာ ဟိ နာတိမညေယျ, ဘိက္ခာစရိယာယ သုမေဓသော။
ဧဝရူပဿ ဟိ –
‘‘ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကဿ ဘိက္ခုနော,
အတ္တဘရဿ အနညပေါသိနော၊
ဒေဝါပိ ပိဟယန္တိ တာဒိနော,
နော စေ လာဘသိလောကနိဿိတော’’တိ။
အယံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၄။ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၇။ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘လောလုပ္ပစာရံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန သပဒါနစာရိကေန ဂါမဒွါရေ ဌတွာ ပရိဿယာဘာဝေါ သလ္လက္ခေတဗ္ဗော။ ယဿာ ရစ္ဆာယ ဝါ ဂါမေ ဝါ ပရိဿယော ဟောတိ, တံ ပဟာယ အညတ္ထ စရိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ယသ္မိံ ဃရဒွါရေ ဝါ ရစ္ဆာယ ဝါ ဂါမေ ဝါ ကိဉ္စိ န လဘတိ, အဂါမသညံ ကတွာ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။ ယတ္ထ ကိဉ္စိ လဘတိ, တံ ပဟာယ ဂန္တုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣမိနာ စ ဘိက္ခုနာ ကာလတရံ ပဝိသိတဗ္ဗံ, ဧဝဉှိ အဖာသုကဋ္ဌာနံ ပဟာယ အညတ္ထ ဂန္တုံ သက္ခိဿတိ။ သစေ ပနဿ ဝိဟာရေ ဒါနံ ဒေန္တာ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ဝါ အာဂစ္ဆန္တာ မနုဿာ ပတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ဒေန္တိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣမိနာ စ မဂ္ဂံ ဂစ္ဆန္တေနာပိ ဘိက္ခာစာရဝေလာယံ သမ္ပတ္တဂါမံ အနတိက္ကမိတွာ စရိတဗ္ဗမေဝ။ တတ္ထ အလဘိတွာ ဝါ ထောကံ လဘိတွာ ဝါ ဂါမပဋိပါဋိယာ စရိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ပုရတော အာဟဋဘိက္ခမ္ပိ ပစ္ဆတော အာဟဋဘိက္ခမ္ပိ ပဋိက္ကမနံ အာဟရိတွာ ဒိယျမာနမ္ပိ န ဂဏှတိ, ပတ္တဒွါရေ ပန ပတ္တံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇေတိ။ ဣမသ္မိဉှိ ဓုတင်္ဂေ မဟာကဿပတ္ထေရေန သဒိသော နာမ နတ္ထိ။ တဿပိ ပတ္တဝိဿဋ္ဌဋ္ဌာနမေဝ ပညာယတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမော ပုရတော ဝါ ပစ္ဆတော ဝါ အာဟဋမ္ပိ ပဋိက္ကမနံ အာဟဋမ္ပိ ဂဏှတိ, ပတ္တဒွါရေပိ ပတ္တံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇေတိ, န ပန ဘိက္ခံ အာဂမယမာနော နိသီဒတိ။ ဧဝံ သော ဥက္ကဋ္ဌပိဏ္ဍပါတိကဿ အနုလောမေတိ။ မုဒုကော တံ ဒိဝသံ နိသီဒိတွာ အာဂမေတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ လောလုပ္ပစာရေ ဥပ္ပန္နမတ္တေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ကုလေသု နိစ္စနဝကတာ, စန္ဒူပမတာ, ကုလမစ္ဆေရပ္ပဟာနံ, သမာနုကမ္ပိတာ, ကုလူပကာဒီနဝါဘာဝေါ, အဝှါနာနဘိနန္ဒနာ, အဘိဟာရေန အနတ္ထိကတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
စန္ဒူပမော နိစ္စနဝေါ ကုလေသု,
အမစ္ဆရီ သဗ္ဗသမာနုကမ္ပော၊
ကုလူပကာဒီနဝဝိပ္ပမုတ္တော,
ဟောတီဓ ဘိက္ခု သပဒါနစာရီ။
လောလုပ္ပစာရဉ္စ ပဟာယ တသ္မာ,
ဩက္ခိတ္တစက္ခု ယုဂမတ္တဒဿီ၊
အာကင်္ခမာနော ဘုဝိ သေရိစာရံ,
စရေယျ ဓီရော သပဒါနစာရန္တိ။
အယံ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၅။ ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၈။ ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘နာနာသနဘောဇနံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ဧကာသနိကေန အာသနသာလာယံ နိသီဒန္တေန ထေရာသနေ အနိသီဒိတွာ ‘‘ဣဒံ မယှံ ပါပုဏိဿတီ’’တိ ပတိရူပံ အာသနံ သလ္လက္ခေတွာ နိသီဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ သစဿ ဝိပ္ပကတေ ဘောဇနေ အာစရိယော ဝါ ဥပဇ္ဈာယော ဝါ အာဂစ္ဆတိ, ဥဋ္ဌာယ ဝတ္တံ ကာတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တိပိဋကစူဠာဘယတ္ထေရော ပနာဟ ‘‘အာသနံ ဝါ ရက္ခေယျ ဘောဇနံ ဝါ, အယဉ္စ ဝိပ္ပကတဘောဇနော, တသ္မာ ဝတ္တံ ကရောတု, ဘောဇနံ ပန မာ ဘုဉ္ဇတူ’’တိ။ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော အပ္ပံ ဝါ ဟောတု ဗဟု ဝါ, ယမှိ ဘောဇနေ ဟတ္ထံ ဩတာရေတိ, တတော အညံ ဂဏှိတုံ န လဘတိ။ သစေပိ မနုဿာ ‘‘ထေရေန န ကိဉ္စိ ဘုတ္တ’’န္တိ သပ္ပိအာဒီနိ အာဟရန္တိ, ဘေသဇ္ဇတ္ထမေဝ ဝဋ္ဋန္တိ, န အာဟာရတ္ထံ။ မဇ္ဈိမော ယာဝ ပတ္တေ ဘတ္တံ န ခီယတိ, တာဝ အညံ ဂဏှိတုံ လဘတိ။ အယဉှိ ဘောဇနပရိယန္တိကော နာမ ဟောတိ။ မုဒုကော ယာဝ အာသနာ န ဝုဋ္ဌာတိ တာဝ ဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ လဘတိ။ သော ဟိ ဥဒကပရိယန္တိကော ဝါ ဟောတိ ယာဝ ပတ္တဓောဝနံ န ဂဏှာတိ တာဝ ဘုဉ္ဇနတော, အာသနပရိယန္တိကော ဝါ ယာဝ န ဝုဋ္ဌာတိ တာဝ ဘုဉ္ဇနတော။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ နာနာသနဘောဇနံ ဘုတ္တက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, အပ္ပါဗာဓတာ, အပ္ပါတင်္ကတာ, လဟုဋ္ဌာနံ, ဗလံ, ဖာသုဝိဟာရော, အနတိရိတ္တပစ္စယာ အနာပတ္တိ, ရသတဏှာဝိနောဒနံ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
ဧကာသနဘောဇနေ ရတံ,
န ယတိံ ဘောဇနပစ္စယာ ရုဇာ၊
ဝိသဟန္တိ ရသေ အလောလုပေါ,
ပရိဟာပေတိ န ကမ္မမတ္တနော။
ဣတိ ဖာသုဝိဟာရကာရဏေ,
သုစိသလ္လေခရတူပသေဝိတေ၊
ဇနယေထ ဝိသုဒ္ဓမာနသော,
ရတိမေကာသနဘောဇနေ ယတီတိ။
အယံ ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၆။ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂကထာ
၂၉။ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘ဒုတိယကဘာဇနံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကေန ယာဂုပါနကာလေ ဘာဇနေ ဌပေတွာ ဗျဉ္ဇနေ လဒ္ဓေ ဗျဉ္ဇနံ ဝါ ပဌမံ ခါဒိတဗ္ဗံ, ယာဂု ဝါ ပါတဗ္ဗာ။ သစေ ပန ယာဂုယံ ပက္ခိပတိ, ပူတိမစ္ဆကာဒိမှိ ဗျဉ္ဇနေ ပက္ခိတ္တေ ယာဂု ပဋိကူလာ ဟောတိ, အပ္ပဋိကူလမေဝ စ ကတွာ ဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တသ္မာ တထာရူပံ ဗျဉ္ဇနံ သန္ဓာယ ဣဒံ ဝုတ္တံ။ ယံ ပန မဓုသက္ကရာဒိကံ အပ္ပဋိကူလံ ဟောတိ, တံ ပက္ခိပိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဂဏှန္တေန စ ပမာဏယုတ္တမေဝ ဂဏှိတဗ္ဗံ။ အာမကသာကံ ဟတ္ထေန ဂဟေတွာ ခါဒိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တထာ ပန အကတွာ ပတ္တေယေဝ ပက္ခိပိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဒုတိယကဘာဇနဿ ပန ပဋိက္ခိတ္တတ္တာ အညံ ရုက္ခပဏ္ဏမ္ပိ န ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌဿ အညတြ ဥစ္ဆုခါဒနကာလာ ကစဝရမ္ပိ ဆဍ္ဍေတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဩဒနပိဏ္ဍမစ္ဆမံသပူဝေပိ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ ခါဒိတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမဿ ဧကေန ဟတ္ထေန ဘိန္ဒိတွာ ခါဒိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ, ဟတ္ထယောဂီ နာမေသ။ မုဒုကော ပန ပတ္တယောဂီ နာမ ဟောတိ, တဿ ယံ သက္ကာ ဟောတိ ပတ္တေ ပက္ခိပိတုံ, တံ သဗ္ဗံ ဟတ္ထေန ဝါ ဒန္တေဟိ ဝါ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ ခါဒိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ ဒုတိယကဘာဇနံ သာဒိတက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, နာနာရသတဏှာဝိနောဒနံ။ အတြိစ္ဆတာယ ပဟာနံ, အာဟာရေ ပယောဇနမတ္တဒဿိတာ, ထာလကာဒိပရိဟရဏခေဒါဘာဝေါ, အဝိက္ခိတ္တဘောဇိတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
နာနာဘာဇနဝိက္ခေပံ, ဟိတွာ ဩက္ခိတ္တလောစနော၊
ခဏန္တော ဝိယ မူလာနိ, ရသတဏှာယ သုဗ္ဗတော။
သရူပံ ဝိယ သန္တုဋ္ဌိံ, ဓာရယန္တော သုမာနသော၊
ပရိဘုဉ္ဇေယျ အာဟာရံ, ကော အညော ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကောတိ။
အယံ ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၇။ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၀။ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘အတိရိတ္တဘောဇနံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကေန ပဝါရေတွာ ပုန ဘောဇနံ ကပ္ပိယံ ကာရေတွာ န ဘုဉ္ဇိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ယသ္မာ ပဌမပိဏ္ဍေ ပဝါရဏာ နာမ နတ္ထိ, တသ္မိံ ပန အဇ္ဈောဟရိယမာနေ အညံ ပဋိက္ခိပတော ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ဧဝံ ပဝါရိတော ပဌမပိဏ္ဍံ အဇ္ဈောဟရိတွာ ဒုတိယပိဏ္ဍံ န ဘုဉ္ဇတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမော ယသ္မိံ ဘောဇနေ ပဝါရိတော, တဒေဝ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ။ မုဒုကော ပန ယာဝ အာသနာ န ဝုဋ္ဌာတိ တာဝ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ ပဝါရိတာနံ ကပ္ပိယံ ကာရာပေတွာ ဘုတ္တက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, အနတိရိတ္တဘောဇနာပတ္တိယာ ဒူရဘာဝေါ, ဩဒရိကတ္တာဘာဝေါ, နိရာမိသသန္နိဓိတာ, ပုန ပရိယေသနာယ အဘာဝေါ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
ပရိယေသနာယ ခေဒံ, န ယာတိ န ကရောတိ သန္နိဓိံ ဓီရော၊
ဩဒရိကတ္တံ ပဇဟတိ, ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကော ယောဂီ။
တသ္မာ သုဂတပသတ္ထံ, သန္တောသဂုဏာဒိဝုဍ္ဎိသဉ္ဇနနံ၊
ဒေါသေ ဝိဓုနိတုကာမော, ဘဇေယျ ယောဂီ ဓုတင်္ဂမိဒန္တိ။
အယံ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၈။ အာရညိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၁။ အာရညိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘ဂါမန္တသေနာသနံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, အာရညိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန အာရညိကေန ဂါမန္တသေနာသနံ ပဟာယ အရညေ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတ္ထ သဒ္ဓိံ ဥပစာရေန ဂါမောယေဝ ဂါမန္တသေနာသနံ။
ဂါမော နာမ ယော ကောစိ ဧကကုဋိကော ဝါ အနေကကုဋိကော ဝါ ပရိက္ခိတ္တော ဝါ အပရိက္ခိတ္တော ဝါ သမနုဿော ဝါ အမနုဿော ဝါ အန္တမသော အတိရေကစာတုမာသနိဝိဋ္ဌော ယော ကောစိ သတ္ထောပိ။
ဂါမူပစာရော နာမ ပရိက္ခိတ္တဿ ဂါမဿ သစေ အနုရာဓပုရဿေဝ ဒွေ ဣန္ဒခီလာ ဟောန္တိ, အဗ္ဘန္တရိမေ ဣန္ဒခီလေ ဌိတဿ ထာမမဇ္ဈိမဿ ပုရိသဿ လေဍ္ဍုပါတော။ တဿ လက္ခဏံ ယထာ တရုဏမနုဿာ အတ္တနော ဗလံ ဒဿေန္တာ ဗာဟံ ပသာရေတွာ လေဍ္ဍုံ ခိပန္တိ, ဧဝံ ခိတ္တဿ လေဍ္ဍုဿ ပတနဋ္ဌာနဗ္ဘန္တရန္တိ ဝိနယဓရာ။ သုတ္တန္တိကာ ပန ကာကနိဝါရဏနိယမေန ခိတ္တဿာတိ ဝဒန္တိ။ အပရိက္ခိတ္တဂါမေ ယံ သဗ္ဗပစ္စန္တိမဿ ဃရဿ ဒွါရေ ဌိတော မာတုဂါမော ဘာဇနေန ဥဒကံ ဆဍ္ဍေတိ, တဿ ပတနဋ္ဌာနံ ဃရူပစာရော။ တတော ဝုတ္တနယေန ဧကော လေဍ္ဍုပါတော ဂါမော, ဒုတိယော ဂါမူပစာရော။
အရညံ ပန ဝိနယပရိယာယေ တာဝ ‘‘ဌပေတွာ ဂါမဉ္စ ဂါမူပစာရဉ္စ သဗ္ဗမေတံ အရည’’န္တိ (ပါရာ။ ၉၂) ဝုတ္တံ။ အဘိဓမ္မပရိယာယေ ‘‘နိက္ခမိတွာ ဗဟိ ဣန္ဒခီလာ, သဗ္ဗမေတံ အရည’’န္တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၂၉) ဝုတ္တံ။ ဣမသ္မိံ ပန သုတ္တန္တိကပရိယာယေ ‘‘အာရညကံ နာမ သေနာသနံ ပဉ္စဓနုသတိကံ ပစ္ဆိမ’’န္တိ ဣဒံ လက္ခဏံ။ တံ အာရောပိတေန အာစရိယဓနုနာ ပရိက္ခိတ္တဿ ဂါမဿ ဣန္ဒခီလတော အပရိက္ခိတ္တဿ ပဌမလေဍ္ဍုပါတတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ယာဝ ဝိဟာရပရိက္ခေပါ မိနိတွာ ဝဝတ္ထပေတဗ္ဗံ။
သစေ ပန ဝိဟာရော အပရိက္ခိတ္တော ဟောတိ, ယံ သဗ္ဗပဌမံ သေနာသနံ ဝါ ဘတ္တသာလာ ဝါ ဓုဝသန္နိပါတဋ္ဌာနံ ဝါ ဗောဓိ ဝါ စေတိယံ ဝါ ဒူရေ စေပိ သေနာသနတော ဟောတိ, တံ ပရိစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာ မိနိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဝိနယဋ္ဌကထာသု ဝုတ္တံ။ မဇ္ဈိမဋ္ဌကထာယံ ပန ဝိဟာရဿပိ ဂါမဿေဝ ဥပစာရံ နီဟရိတွာ ဥဘိန္နံ လေဍ္ဍုပါတာနံ အန္တရာ မိနိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ ဣဒမေတ္ထ ပမာဏံ။
သစေပိ အာသန္နေ ဂါမော ဟောတိ, ဝိဟာရေ ဌိတေဟိ မာနုသကာနံ သဒ္ဒေါ သုယျတိ, ပဗ္ဗတနဒီအာဒီဟိ ပန အန္တရိတတ္တာ န သက္ကာ ဥဇုံ ဂန္တုံ။ ယော တဿ ပကတိမဂ္ဂေါ ဟောတိ, သစေပိ နာဝါယ သဉ္စရိတဗ္ဗော, တေန မဂ္ဂေန ပဉ္စဓနုသတိကံ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။ ယော ပန အာသန္နဂါမဿ အင်္ဂသမ္ပာဒနတ္ထံ တတော တတော မဂ္ဂံ ပိဒဟတိ, အယံ ဓုတင်္ဂစောရော ဟောတိ။
သစေ ပန အာရညိကဿ ဘိက္ခုနော ဥပဇ္ဈာယော ဝါ အာစရိယော ဝါ ဂိလာနော ဟောတိ, တေန အရညေ သပ္ပါယံ အလဘန္တေန ဂါမန္တသေနာသနံ နေတွာ ဥပဋ္ဌာတဗ္ဗော။ ကာလဿေဝ ပန နိက္ခမိတွာ အင်္ဂယုတ္တဋ္ဌာနေ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ အရုဏုဋ္ဌာနဝေလာယံ တေသံ အာဗာဓော ဝဍ္ဎတိ, တေသံယေဝ ကိစ္စံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ န ဓုတင်္ဂသုဒ္ဓိကေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌေန သဗ္ဗကာလံ အရညေ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ မဇ္ဈိမော စတ္တာရော ဝဿိကေ မာသေ ဂါမန္တေ ဝသိတုံ လဘတိ။ မုဒုကော ဟေမန္တိကေပိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ ယထာ ပရိစ္ဆိန္နေ ကာလေ အရညတော အာဂန္တွာ ဂါမန္တသေနာသနေ ဓမ္မဿဝနံ သုဏန္တာနံ အရုဏေ ဥဋ္ဌိတေပိ ဓုတင်္ဂံ န ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ သုတွာ ဂစ္ဆန္တာနံ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ဥဋ္ဌိတေပိ န ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ သစေ ပန ဥဋ္ဌိတေပိ ဓမ္မကထိကေ မုဟုတ္တံ နိပဇ္ဇိတွာ ဂမိဿာမာတိ နိဒ္ဒါယန္တာနံ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌဟတိ, အတ္တနော ဝါ ရုစိယာ ဂါမန္တသေနာသနေ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌပေန္တိ, ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတီတိ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, အာရညိကော ဘိက္ခု အရညသညံ မနသိကရောန္တော ဘဗ္ဗော အလဒ္ဓံ ဝါ သမာဓိံ ပဋိလဒ္ဓုံ လဒ္ဓံ ဝါ ရက္ခိတုံ, သတ္ထာပိဿ အတ္တမနော ဟောတိ။ ယထာဟ – ‘‘တေနာဟံ, နာဂိတ, တဿ ဘိက္ခုနော အတ္တမနော ဟောမိ အရညဝိဟာရေနာ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၆။၄၂၊ ၈။၈၆)။ ပန္တသေနာသနဝါသိနော စဿ အသပ္ပါယရူပါဒယော စိတ္တံ န ဝိက္ခိပန္တိ, ဝိဂတသန္တာသော ဟောတိ, ဇီဝိတနိကန္တိံ ဇဟတိ, ပဝိဝေကသုခရသံ အဿာဒေတိ, ပံသုကူလိကာဒိဘာဝေါပိ စဿ ပတိရူပေါ ဟောတီတိ။
ပဝိဝိတ္တော အသံသဋ္ဌော, ပန္တသေနာသနေ ရတော၊
အာရာဓယန္တော နာထဿ, ဝနဝါသေန မာနသံ။
ဧကော အရညေ နိဝသံ, ယံ သုခံ လဘတေ ယတိ၊
ရသံ တဿ န ဝိန္ဒန္တိ, အပိ ဒေဝါ သဣန္ဒကာ။
ပံသုကူလဉ္စ ဧသောဝ, ကဝစံ ဝိယ ဓာရယံ၊
အရညသင်္ဂါမဂတော, အဝသေသဓုတာယုဓော။
သမတ္ထော နစိရဿေဝ, ဇေတုံ မာရံ သဝါဟိနိံ၊
တသ္မာ အရညဝါသမှိ, ရတိံ ကယိရာထ ပဏ္ဍိတောတိ။
အယံ အာရညိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၉။ ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၂။ ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘ဆန္နံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ရုက္ခမူလိကေန သီမန္တရိကရုက္ခံ, စေတိယရုက္ခံ, နိယျာသရုက္ခံ, ဖလရုက္ခံ, ဝဂ္ဂုလိရုက္ခံ, သုသိရရုက္ခံ, ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေ ဌိတရုက္ခန္တိ ဣမေ ရုက္ခေ ဝိဝဇ္ဇေတွာ ဝိဟာရပစ္စန္တေ ဌိတရုက္ခော ဂဟေတဗ္ဗောတိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော ယထာရုစိတံ ရုက္ခံ ဂဟေတွာ ပဋိဇဂ္ဂါပေတုံ န လဘတိ။ ပါဒေန ပဏ္ဏသဋံ အပနေတွာ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ မဇ္ဈိမော တံ ဌာနံ သမ္ပတ္တေဟိယေဝ ပဋိဇဂ္ဂါပေတုံ လဘတိ။ မုဒုကေန အာရာမိကသမဏုဒ္ဒေသေ ပက္ကောသိတွာ သောဓာပေတွာ သမံ ကာရာပေတွာ ဝါလုကံ ဩကိရာပေတွာ ပါကာရပရိက္ခေပံ ကာရာပေတွာ ဒွါရံ ယောဇာပေတွာ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ မဟဒိဝသေ ပန ရုက္ခမူလိကေန တတ္ထ အနိသီဒိတွာ အညတ္ထ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နေ ဌာနေ နိသီဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ ဆန္နေ ဝါသံ ကပ္ပိတက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ ဇာနိတွာ ဆန္နေ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌာပိတမတ္တေတိ အင်္ဂုတ္တရဘာဏကာ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ရုက္ခမူလသေနာသနံ နိဿာယ ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာတိ (မဟာဝ။ ၁၂၈) ဝစနတော နိဿယာနုရူပပဋိပတ္တိသဗ္ဘာဝေါ, အပ္ပါနိ စေဝ သုလဘာနိ စ တာနိ စ အနဝဇ္ဇာနီတိ (အ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၇၊ ဣတိဝု။ ၁၀၁) ဘဂဝတာ သံဝဏ္ဏိတပစ္စယတာ, အဘိဏှံ တရုပဏ္ဏဝိကာရဒဿနေန အနိစ္စသညာသမုဋ္ဌာပနတာ, သေနာသနမစ္ဆေရကမ္မာရာမတာနံ အဘာဝေါ, ဒေဝတာဟိ သဟဝါသိတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
ဝဏ္ဏိတော ဗုဒ္ဓသေဋ္ဌေန, နိဿယောတိ စ ဘာသိတော၊
နိဝါသော ပဝိဝိတ္တဿ, ရုက္ခမူလသမော ကုတော။
အာဝါသမစ္ဆေရဟရေ, ဒေဝတာ ပရိပါလိတေ၊
ပဝိဝိတ္တေ ဝသန္တော ဟိ, ရုက္ခမူလမှိ သုဗ္ဗတော။
အဘိရတ္တာနိ နီလာနိ, ပဏ္ဍူနိ ပတိတာနိ စ၊
ပဿန္တော တရုပဏ္ဏာနိ, နိစ္စသညံ ပနူဒတိ။
တသ္မာ ဟိ ဗုဒ္ဓဒါယဇ္ဇံ, ဘာဝနာဘိရတာလယံ၊
ဝိဝိတ္တံ နာတိမညေယျ, ရုက္ခမူလံ ဝိစက္ခဏောတိ။
အယံ ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၁၀။ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၃။ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘ဆန္နဉ္စ ရုက္ခမူလဉ္စ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တဿ ပန အဗ္ဘောကာသိကဿ ဓမ္မဿဝနာယ ဝါ ဥပေါသထတ္ထာယ ဝါ ဥပေါသထာဂါရံ ပဝိသိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သစေ ပဝိဋ္ဌဿ ဒေဝေါ ဝဿတိ, ဒေဝေ ဝဿမာနေ အနိက္ခမိတွာ ဝဿူပရမေ နိက္ခမိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဘောဇနသာလံ ဝါ အဂ္ဂိသာလံ ဝါ ပဝိသိတွာ ဝတ္တံ ကာတုံ, ဘောဇနသာလာယ ထေရေ ဘိက္ခူ ဘတ္တေန အာပုစ္ဆိတုံ, ဥဒ္ဒိသန္တေန ဝါ ဥဒ္ဒိသာပေန္တေန ဝါ ဆန္နံ ပဝိသိတုံ, ဗဟိ ဒုန္နိက္ခိတ္တာနိ မဉ္စပီဌာဒီနိ အန္တော ပဝေသေတုဉ္စ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သစေ မဂ္ဂံ ဂစ္ဆန္တေန ဝုဍ္ဎတရာနံ ပရိက္ခာရော ဂဟိတော ဟောတိ, ဒေဝေ ဝဿန္တေ မဂ္ဂမဇ္ဈေ ဌိတံ သာလံ ပဝိသိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သစေ န ကိဉ္စိ ဂဟိတံ ဟောတိ, သာလာယ ဌဿာမီတိ ဝေဂေန ဂန္တုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပကတိဂတိယာ ဂန္တွာ ပဝိဋ္ဌေန ပန ယာဝ ဝဿူပရမာ ဌတွာ ဂန္တဗ္ဗန္တိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။ ရုက္ခမူလိကဿာပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌဿ ရုက္ခံ ဝါ ပဗ္ဗတံ ဝါ ဂေဟံ ဝါ ဥပနိဿာယ ဝသိတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ အဗ္ဘောကာသေယေဝ စီဝရကုဋိံ ကတွာ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ မဇ္ဈိမဿ ရုက္ခပဗ္ဗတဂေဟာနိ ဥပနိဿာယ အန္တော အပ္ပဝိသိတွာ ဝသိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မုဒုကဿ အစ္ဆန္နမရိယာဒံ ပဗ္ဘာရမ္ပိ သာခါမဏ္ဍပေါပိ ပီဌပဋောပိ ခေတ္တရက္ခကာဒီဟိ ဆဍ္ဍိတာ တတြဋ္ဌကကုဋိကာပိ ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ ဝါသတ္ထာယ ဆန္နံ ဝါ ရုက္ခမူလံ ဝါ ပဝိဋ္ဌက္ခဏေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ ဇာနိတွာ တတ္ထ အရုဏံ ဥဋ္ဌာပိတမတ္တေတိ အင်္ဂုတ္တရဘာဏကာ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, အာဝါသပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒေါ, ထိနမိဒ္ဓပနူဒနံ, ‘‘မိဂါ ဝိယ အသင်္ဂစာရိနော, အနိကေတာ ဝိဟရန္တိ ဘိက္ခဝေါ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၂၄) ပသံသာယ အနုရူပတာ, နိဿင်္ဂတာ, စာတုဒ္ဒိသတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
အနဂါရိယဘာဝဿ, အနုရူပေ အဒုလ္လဘေ၊
တာရာမဏိဝိတာနမှိ, စန္ဒဒီပပ္ပဘာသိတေ။
အဗ္ဘောကာသေ ဝသံ ဘိက္ခု, မိဂဘူတေန စေတသာ၊
ထိနမိဒ္ဓံ ဝိနောဒေတွာ, ဘာဝနာရာမတံ သိတော။
ပဝိဝေကရသဿာဒံ, နစိရဿေဝ ဝိန္ဒတိ၊
ယသ္မာ တသ္မာ ဟိ သပ္ပညော, အဗ္ဘောကာသရတော သိယာတိ။
အယံ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၁၁။ သောသာနိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၄။ သောသာနိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘န သုသာနံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, သောသာနိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန သောသာနိကေန ယံ မနုဿာ ဂါမံ နိဝေသန္တာ ‘‘ဣဒံ သုသာန’’န္တိ ဝဝတ္ထပေန္တိ, န တတ္ထ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ န ဟိ မတသရီရေ အဇ္ဈာပိတေ တံ သုသာနံ နာမ ဟောတိ, ဈာပိတကာလတော ပန ပဋ္ဌာယ သစေပိ ဒွါဒသဝဿာနိ ဆဍ္ဍိတံ, တံ သုသာနမေဝ။
တသ္မိံ ပန ဝသန္တေန စင်္ကမမဏ္ဍပါဒီနိ ကာရေတွာ မဉ္စပီဌံ ပညပေတွာ ပါနီယပရိဘောဇနီယံ ဥပဋ္ဌာပေတွာ ဓမ္မံ ဝါစေန္တေန န ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဂရုကံ ဟိ ဣဒံ ဓုတင်္ဂံ, တသ္မာ ဥပ္ပန္နပရိဿယဝိဃာတတ္ထာယ သံဃတ္ထေရံ ဝါ ရာဇယုတ္တကံ ဝါ ဇာနာပေတွာ အပ္ပမတ္တေန ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ စင်္ကမန္တေန အဒ္ဓက္ခိကေန အာဠာဟနံ ဩလောကေန္တေန စင်္ကမိတဗ္ဗံ။
သုသာနံ ဂစ္ဆန္တေနာပိ မဟာပထာ ဥက္ကမ္မ ဥပ္ပထမဂ္ဂေန ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဒိဝါယေဝ အာရမ္မဏံ ဝဝတ္ထပေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝဉှိဿ တံ ရတ္တိံ ဘယာနကံ န ဘဝိဿတိ, အမနုဿာ ရတ္တိံ ဝိရဝိတွာ ဝိရဝိတွာ အာဟိဏ္ဍန္တာပိ န ကေနစိ ပဟရိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဧကဒိဝသမ္ပိ သုသာနံ အဂန္တုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမယာမံ သုသာနေ ခေပေတွာ ပစ္ဆိမယာမေ ပဋိက္ကမိတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ အင်္ဂုတ္တရဘာဏကာ။ အမနုဿာနံ ပိယံ တိလပိဋ္ဌမာသဘတ္တမစ္ဆမံသခီရတေလဂုဠာဒိခဇ္ဇဘောဇ္ဇံ န သေဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ ကုလဂေဟံ န ပဝိသိတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌေန ယတ္ထ ဓုဝဍာဟဓုဝကုဏပဓုဝရောဒနာနိ အတ္ထိ, တတ္ထေဝ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ မဇ္ဈိမဿ တီသု ဧကသ္မိမ္ပိ သတိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မုဒုကဿ ဝုတ္တနယေန သုသာနလက္ခဏံ ပတ္တမတ္တေ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ န သုသာနမှိ ဝါသံ ကပ္ပနေန ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ သုသာနံ အဂတဒိဝသေတိ အင်္ဂုတ္တရဘာဏကာ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော မရဏဿတိပဋိလာဘော, အပ္ပမာဒဝိဟာရိတာ, အသုဘနိမိတ္တာဓိဂမော, ကာမရာဂဝိနောဒနံ, အဘိဏှံ ကာယသဘာဝဒဿနံ, သံဝေဂဗဟုလတာ အာရောဂျမဒါဒိပ္ပဟာနံ, ဘယဘေရဝသဟနတာ, အမနုဿာနံ ဂရုဘာဝနီယတာ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
သောသာနိကဉှိ မရဏာနုသတိပ္ပဘာဝါ,
နိဒ္ဒါဂတမ္ပိ န ဖုသန္တိ ပမာဒဒေါသာ၊
သမ္ပဿတော စ ကုဏပါနိ ဗဟူနိ တဿ,
ကာမာနုဘာဝဝသဂမ္ပိ န ဟောတိ စိတ္တံ။
သံဝေဂမေတိ ဝိပုလံ န မဒံ ဥပေတိ,
သမ္မာ အထော ဃဋတိ နိဗ္ဗုတိမေသမာနော၊
သောသာနိကင်္ဂမိတိနေကဂုဏာဝဟတ္တာ,
နိဗ္ဗာနနိန္နဟဒယေန နိသေဝိတဗ္ဗန္တိ။
အယံ သောသာနိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၁၂။ ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၅။ ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘သေနာသနလောလုပ္ပံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန ယထာသန္ထတိကေန ယဒဿ သေနာသနံ ‘‘ဣဒံ တုယှံ ပါပုဏာတီ’’တိ ဂါဟိတံ ဟောတိ, တေနေဝ တုဋ္ဌဗ္ဗံ, န အညော ဥဋ္ဌာပေတဗ္ဗော။ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌော အတ္တနော ပတ္တသေနာသနံ ဒူရေတိ ဝါ အစ္စာသန္နေတိ ဝါ အမနုဿဒီဃဇာတိကာဒီဟိ ဥပဒ္ဒုတန္တိ ဝါ ဥဏှန္တိ ဝါ သီတလန္တိ ဝါ ပုစ္ဆိတုံ န လဘတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမော ပုစ္ဆိတုံ လဘတိ။ ဂန္တွာ ပန ဩလောကေတုံ န လဘတိ။ မုဒုကော ဂန္တွာ ဩလောကေတွာ သစဿ တံ န ရုစ္စတိ, အညံ ဂဟေတုံ လဘတိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ သေနာသနလောလုပ္ပေ ဥပ္ပန္နမတ္တေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတီတိ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ‘‘ယံ လဒ္ဓံ တေန တုဋ္ဌဗ္ဗ’’န္တိ (ဇာ။ ၁။၁။၁၃၆၊ ပါစိ။ ၇၉၃) ဝုတ္တောဝါဒကရဏံ, သဗြဟ္မစာရီနံ ဟိတေသိတာ, ဟီနပဏီတဝိကပ္ပပရိစ္စာဂေါ, အနုရောဓဝိရောဓပ္ပဟာနံ, အတြိစ္ဆတာယ ဒွါရပိဒဟနံ, အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီနံ အနုလောမဝုတ္တိတာတိ။
ယံ လဒ္ဓံ တေန သန္တုဋ္ဌော, ယထာသန္ထတိကော ယတိ၊
နိဗ္ဗိကပ္ပေါ သုခံ သေတိ, တိဏသန္ထရကေသုပိ။
န သော ရဇ္ဇတိ သေဋ္ဌမှိ, ဟီနံ လဒ္ဓါ န ကုပ္ပတိ၊
သဗြဟ္မစာရိနဝကေ, ဟိတေန အနုကမ္ပတိ။
တသ္မာ အရိယသတာစိဏ္ဏံ, မုနိပုင်္ဂဝဝဏ္ဏိတံ၊
အနုယုဉ္ဇေထ မေဓာဝီ, ယထာသန္ထတရာမတန္တိ။
အယံ ယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါနဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
၁၃။ နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂကထာ
၃၆။ နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ‘‘သေယျံ ပဋိက္ခိပါမိ, နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂံ သမာဒိယာမီ’’တိ ဣမေသံ အညတရဝစနေန သမာဒိန္နံ ဟောတိ။
တေန ပန နေသဇ္ဇိကေန ရတ္တိယာ တီသု ယာမေသု ဧကံ ယာမံ ဥဋ္ဌာယ စင်္ကမိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဣရိယာပထေသု ဟိ နိပဇ္ဇိတုမေဝ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣဒမဿ ဝိဓာနံ။
ပဘေဒတော ပန အယမ္ပိ တိဝိဓော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ဥက္ကဋ္ဌဿ နေဝ အပဿေနံ, န ဒုဿပလ္လတ္ထိကာ, န အာယောဂပဋ္ဋော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမဿ ဣမေသု တီသု ယံကိဉ္စိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ မုဒုကဿ အပဿေနမ္ပိ ဒုဿပလ္လတ္ထိကာပိ အာယောဂပဋ္ဋောပိ ဗိဗ္ဗောဟနမ္ပိ ပဉ္စင်္ဂေါပိ သတ္တင်္ဂေါပိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပဉ္စင်္ဂေါ ပန ပိဋ္ဌိအပဿယေန သဒ္ဓိံ ကတော။ သတ္တင်္ဂေါ နာမ ပိဋ္ဌိအပဿယေန စ ဥဘတောပဿေသု အပဿယေဟိ စ သဒ္ဓိံ ကတော။ တံ ကိရ မိဠာဘယတ္ထေရဿ အကံသု။ ထေရော အနာဂါမီ ဟုတွာ ပရိနိဗ္ဗာယိ။
ဣမေသံ ပန တိဏ္ဏမ္ပိ သေယျံ ကပ္ပိတမတ္တေ ဓုတင်္ဂံ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ အယမေတ္ထ ဘေဒေါ။
အယံ ပနာနိသံသော, ‘‘သေယျသုခံ ပဿသုခံ မိဒ္ဓသုခံ အနုယုတ္တော ဝိဟရတီ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၃။၃၂၀၊ မ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၈၆) ဝုတ္တဿ စေတသော ဝိနိဗန္ဓဿ ဥပစ္ဆေဒနံ, သဗ္ဗကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနုယောဂသပ္ပါယတာ, ပါသာဒိကဣရိယာပထတာ, ဝီရိယာရမ္ဘာနုကူလတာ, သမ္မာပဋိပတ္တိယာ အနုဗြူဟနန္တိ။
အာဘုဇိတွာန ပလ္လင်္ကံ, ပဏိဓာယ ဥဇုံ တနုံ၊
နိသီဒန္တော ဝိကမ္ပေတိ, မာရဿ ဟဒယံ ယတိ။
သေယျသုခံ မိဒ္ဓသုခံ, ဟိတွာ အာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယော၊
နိသဇ္ဇာဘိရတော ဘိက္ခု, သောဘယန္တော တပေါဝနံ။
နိရာမိသံ ပီတိသုခံ, ယသ္မာ သမဓိဂစ္ဆတိ၊
တသ္မာ သမနုယုဉ္ဇေယျ, ဓီရော နေသဇ္ဇိကံ ဝတန္တိ။
အယံ နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂေ သမာဒါန ဝိဓာနပ္ပဘေဒ ဘေဒါနိသံသဝဏ္ဏနာ။
ဓုတင်္ဂပကိဏ္ဏကကထာ
၃၇။ ဣဒါနိ –
ကုသလတ္တိကတော စေဝ, ဓုတာဒီနံ ဝိဘာဂတော၊
သမာသဗျာသတော စာပိ, ဝိညာတဗ္ဗော ဝိနိစ္ဆယောတိ။ –
ဣမိဿာ ဂါထာယ ဝသေန ဝဏ္ဏနာ ဟောတိ။
တတ္ထ ကုသလတ္တိကတောတိ သဗ္ဗာနေဝ ဟိ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ သေက္ခပုထုဇ္ဇနခီဏာသဝါနံ ဝသေန သိယာ ကုသလာနိ, သိယာ အဗျာကတာနိ, နတ္ထိ ဓုတင်္ဂံ အကုသလန္တိ။
ယော ပန ဝဒေယျ ‘‘ပါပိစ္ဆော ဣစ္ဆာပကတော အာရညိကော ဟောတီတိ အာဒိဝစနတော (အ။ နိ။ ၅။၁၈၁၊ ပရိ။ ၃၂၅) အကုသလမ္ပိ ဓုတင်္ဂ’’န္တိ။ သော ဝတ္တဗ္ဗော – န မယံ ‘‘အကုသလစိတ္တေန အရညေ န ဝသတီ’’တိ ဝဒါမ။ ယဿ ဟိ အရညေ နိဝါသော, သော အာရညိကော။ သော စ ပါပိစ္ဆော ဝါ ဘဝေယျ အပ္ပိစ္ဆော ဝါ။ ဣမာနိ ပန တေန တေန သမာဒါနေန ဓုတကိလေသတ္တာ ဓုတဿ ဘိက္ခုနော အင်္ဂါနိ, ကိလေသဓုနနတော ဝါ ဓုတန္တိ လဒ္ဓဝေါဟာရံ ဉာဏံ အင်္ဂမေတေသန္တိ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ။ အထ ဝါ ဓုတာနိ စ တာနိ ပဋိပက္ခနိဒ္ဓုနနတော အင်္ဂါနိ စ ပဋိပတ္တိယာတိပိ ဓုတင်္ဂါနီတိ ဝုတ္တံ။ န စ အကုသလေန ကောစိ ဓုတော နာမ ဟောတိ, ယဿေတာနိ အင်္ဂါနိ ဘဝေယျုံ, န စ အကုသလံ ကိဉ္စိ ဓုနာတိ, ယေသံ တံ အင်္ဂန္တိကတွာ ဓုတင်္ဂါနီတိ ဝုစ္စေယျုံ။ နာပိ အကုသလံ စီဝရလောလုပ္ပါဒီနိ စေဝ နိဒ္ဓုနာတိ ပဋိပတ္တိယာ စ အင်္ဂံ ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ သုဝုတ္တမိဒံ ‘‘နတ္ထိ အကုသလံ ဓုတင်္ဂ’’န္တိ။
‘‘ယေသမ္ပိ ကုသလတ္တိကဝိနိမုတ္တံ ဓုတင်္ဂံ, တေသံ အတ္ထတော ဓုတင်္ဂမေဝ နတ္ထိ။ အသန္တံ ကဿ ဓုနနတော ဓုတင်္ဂံ နာမ ဘဝိဿတိ။ ဓုတဂုဏေ သမာဒါယ ဝတ္တတီတိ ဝစနဝိရောဓောပိ စ နေသံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ, တသ္မာ တံ န ဂဟေတဗ္ဗ’’န္တိ အယံ တာဝ ကုသလတ္တိကတော ဝဏ္ဏနာ။
ဓုတာဒီနံ ဝိဘာဂတောတိ ဓုတော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဓုတဝါဒေါ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဓုတဓမ္မာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ကဿ ဓုတင်္ဂသေဝနာ သပ္ပါယာတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
တတ္ထ ဓုတောတိ ဓုတကိလေသော ဝါ ပုဂ္ဂလော ကိလေသဓုနနော ဝါ ဓမ္မော။
ဓုတဝါဒေါတိ ဧတ္ထ ပန အတ္ထိ ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ, အတ္ထိ န ဓုတော ဓုတဝါဒေါ, အတ္ထိ နေဝ ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ, အတ္ထိ ဓုတော စေဝ ဓုတဝါဒေါ စ။
တတ္ထ ယော ဓုတင်္ဂေန အတ္တနော ကိလေသေ ဓုနိ, ပရံ ပန ဓုတင်္ဂေန န ဩဝဒတိ, နာနုသာသတိ ဗာကုလတ္ထေရော ဝိယ, အယံ ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘တယိဒံ အာယသ္မာ ဗာကုလော ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ’’တိ။ ယော ပန န ဓုတင်္ဂေန အတ္တနော ကိလေသေ ဓုနိ, ကေဝလံ အညေ ဓုတင်္ဂေန ဩဝဒတိ အနုသာသတိ ဥပနန္ဒတ္ထေရော ဝိယ, အယံ န ဓုတော ဓုတဝါဒေါ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘တယိဒံ အာယသ္မာ ဥပနန္ဒော သကျပုတ္တော န ဓုတော ဓုတဝါဒေါ’’တိ။ ယော ဥဘယဝိပန္နော လာဠုဒါယီ ဝိယ, အယံ နေဝ ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘တယိဒံ အာယသ္မာ လာဠုဒါယီ နေဝ ဓုတော န ဓုတဝါဒေါ’’တိ။ ယော ပန ဥဘယသမ္ပန္နော ဓမ္မသေနာပတိ ဝိယ, အယံ ဓုတော စေဝ ဓုတဝါဒေါ စ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘တယိဒံ အာယသ္မာ သာရိပုတ္တော ဓုတော စေဝ ဓုတဝါဒေါ စာတိ။
ဓုတဓမ္မာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာတိ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာ, သန္တုဋ္ဌိတာ, သလ္လေခတာ, ပဝိဝေကတာ, ဣဒမတ္ထိတာတိ ဣမေ ဓုတင်္ဂစေတနာယ ပရိဝါရကာ ပဉ္စ ဓမ္မာ ‘‘အပ္ပိစ္ဆတံယေဝ နိဿာယာ’’တိအာဒိဝစနတော (အ။ နိ။ ၅။၁၈၁၊ ပရိ။ ၃၂၅) ဓုတဓမ္မာ နာမ, တတ္ထ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာ စ သန္တုဋ္ဌိတာ စ အလောဘော။ သလ္လေခတာ စ ပဝိဝေကတာ စ ဒွီသု ဓမ္မေသု အနုပတန္တိ အလောဘေ စ အမောဟေ စ။ ဣဒမတ္ထိတာ ဉာဏမေဝ။ တတ္ထ စ အလောဘေန ပဋိက္ခေပဝတ္ထူသု လောဘံ, အမောဟေန တေသွေဝ အာဒီနဝပဋိစ္ဆာဒကံ မောဟံ ဓုနာတိ။ အလောဘေန စ အနုညာတာနံ ပဋိသေဝနမုခေန ပဝတ္တံ ကာမသုခါနုယောဂံ, အမောဟေန ဓုတင်္ဂေသု အတိသလ္လေခမုခေန ပဝတ္တံ အတ္တကိလမထာနုယောဂံ ဓုနာတိ။ တသ္မာ ဣမေ ဓမ္မာ ဓုတဓမ္မာတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနီတိ တေရသ ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ…ပေ… နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂန္တိ။ တာနိ အတ္ထတော လက္ခဏာဒီဟိ စ ဝုတ္တာနေဝ။
ကဿ ဓုတင်္ဂသေဝနာ သပ္ပါယာတိ ရာဂစရိတဿ စေဝ မောဟစရိတဿ စ။ ကသ္မာ? ဓုတင်္ဂသေဝနာ ဟိ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒါ စေဝ သလ္လေခဝိဟာရော စ။ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒဉ္စ နိဿာယ ရာဂေါ ဝူပသမ္မတိ။ သလ္လေခံ နိဿာယ အပ္ပမတ္တဿ မောဟော ပဟီယတိ။ အာရညိကင်္ဂရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂပဋိသေဝနာ ဝါ ဧတ္ထ ဒေါသစရိတဿာပိ သပ္ပါယာ။ တတ္ထ ဟိဿ အသံဃဋ္ဋိယမာနဿ ဝိဟရတော ဒေါသောပိ ဝူပသမ္မတီတိ အယံ ဓုတာဒီနံ ဝိဘာဂတော ဝဏ္ဏနာ။
သမာသဗျာသတောတိ ဣမာနိ ပန ဓုတင်္ဂါနိ သမာသတော တီဏိ သီသင်္ဂါနိ, ပဉ္စ အသမ္ဘိန္နင်္ဂါနီတိ အဋ္ဌေဝ ဟောန္တိ။ တတ္ထ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂံ, ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂံ, အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂန္တိ ဣမာနိ တီဏိ သီသင်္ဂါနိ။ သပဒါနစာရိကင်္ဂဉှိ ရက္ခန္တော ပိဏ္ဍပါတိကင်္ဂမ္ပိ ရက္ခိဿတိ။ ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂဉ္စ ရက္ခတော ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂါနိပိ သုရက္ခနီယာနိ ဘဝိဿန္တိ။ အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂံ ရက္ခန္တဿ ကိံ အတ္ထိ ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂယထာသန္ထတိကင်္ဂေသု ရက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ နာမ။ ဣတိ ဣမာနိ တီဏိ သီသင်္ဂါနိ, အာရညိကင်္ဂံ, ပံသုကူလိကင်္ဂံ, တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ, နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂံ, သောသာနိကင်္ဂန္တိ ဣမာနိ ပဉ္စ အသမ္ဘိန္နင်္ဂါနိ စာတိ အဋ္ဌေဝ ဟောန္တိ။
ပုန ဒွေ စီဝရပဋိသံယုတ္တာနိ, ပဉ္စ ပိဏ္ဍပါတပဋိသံယုတ္တာနိ, ပဉ္စ သေနာသနပဋိသံယုတ္တာနိ, ဧကံ ဝီရိယပဋိသံယုတ္တန္တိ ဧဝံ စတ္တာရောဝ ဟောန္တိ။ တတ္ထ နေသဇ္ဇိကင်္ဂံ ဝီရိယပဋိသံယုတ္တံ။ ဣတရာနိ ပါကဋာနေဝ။
ပုန သဗ္ဗာနေဝ နိဿယဝသေန ဒွေ ဟောန္တိ ပစ္စယနိဿိတာနိ ဒွါဒသ, ဝီရိယနိဿိတံ ဧကန္တိ။ သေဝိတဗ္ဗာသေဝိတဗ္ဗဝသေနပိ ဒွေယေဝ ဟောန္တိ။ ယဿ ဟိ ဓုတင်္ဂံ သေဝန္တဿ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဝဍ္ဎတိ, တေန သေဝိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ယဿ သေဝတော ဟာယတိ, တေန န သေဝိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ယဿ ပန သေဝတောပိ အသေဝတောပိ ဝဍ္ဎတေဝ, န ဟာယတိ, တေနာပိ ပစ္ဆိမံ ဇနတံ အနုကမ္ပန္တေန သေဝိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ယဿာပိ သေဝတောပိ အသေဝတောပိ န ဝဍ္ဎတိ, တေနာပိ သေဝိတဗ္ဗာနိယေဝ အာယတိံ ဝါသနတ္ထာယာတိ။
ဧဝံ သေဝိတဗ္ဗာသေဝိတဗ္ဗဝသေန ဒုဝိဓာနိပိ သဗ္ဗာနေဝ စေတနာဝသေန ဧကဝိဓာနိ ဟောန္တိ။ ဧကမေဝ ဟိ ဓုတင်္ဂံ သမာဒါနစေတနာတိ။ အဋ္ဌကထာယမ္ပိ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ယာ စေတနာ, တံ ဓုတင်္ဂန္တိ ဝဒန္တီ’’တိ။
ဗျာသတော ပန ဘိက္ခူနံ တေရသ, ဘိက္ခုနီနံ အဋ္ဌ, သာမဏေရာနံ ဒွါဒသ, သိက္ခမာနသာမဏေရီနံ သတ္တ, ဥပါသကဥပါသိကာနံ ဒွေတိ ဒွါစတ္တာလီသ ဟောန္တိ။ သစေ ပန အဗ္ဘောကာသေ အာရညိကင်္ဂသမ္ပန္နံ သုသာနံ ဟောတိ, ဧကောပိ ဘိက္ခု ဧကပ္ပဟာရေန သဗ္ဗဓုတင်္ဂါနိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ သက္ကောတိ။ ဘိက္ခုနီနံ ပန အာရညိကင်္ဂံ ခလုပစ္ဆာဘတ္တိကင်္ဂဉ္စ ဒွေပိ သိက္ခာပဒေနေဝ ပဋိက္ခိတ္တာနိ, အဗ္ဘောကာသိကင်္ဂံ, ရုက္ခမူလိကင်္ဂံ, သောသာနိကင်္ဂန္တိ ဣမာနိ တီဏိ ဒုပ္ပရိဟာရာနိ။ ဘိက္ခုနိယာ ဟိ ဒုတိယိကံ ဝိနာ ဝသိတုံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဧဝရူပေ စ ဌာနေ သမာနစ္ဆန္ဒာ ဒုတိယိကာ ဒုလ္လဘာ။ သစေပိ လဘေယျ သံသဋ္ဌဝိဟာရတော န မုစ္စေယျ။ ဧဝံ သတိ ယဿတ္ထာယ ဓုတင်္ဂံ သေဝေယျ, သွေဝဿာ အတ္ထော န သမ္ပဇ္ဇေယျ။ ဧဝံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုံ အသက္ကုဏေယျတာယ ပဉ္စ ဟာပေတွာ ဘိက္ခုနီနံ အဋ္ဌေဝ ဟောန္တီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ယထာဝုတ္တေသု ပန ဌပေတွာ တေစီဝရိကင်္ဂံ သေသာနိ ဒွါဒသ သာမဏေရာနံ, သတ္တ သိက္ခမာနသာမဏေရီနံ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ဥပါသကဥပါသိကာနံ ပန ဧကာသနိကင်္ဂံ, ပတ္တပိဏ္ဍိကင်္ဂန္တိ ဣမာနိ ဒွေ ပတိရူပါနိ စေဝ သက္ကာ စ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတုန္တိ ဒွေ ဓုတင်္ဂါနီတိ ဧဝံ ဗျာသတော ဒွေစတ္တာလီသ ဟောန္တီတိ အယံ သမာသဗျာသတော ဝဏ္ဏနာ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ‘‘သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော’’တိ ဣမိဿာ ဂါထာယ သီလသမာဓိပညာမုခေန ဒေသိတေ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေ ယေဟိ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာသန္တုဋ္ဌိတာဒီဟိ ဂုဏေဟိ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရဿ သီလဿ ဝေါဒါနံ ဟောတိ, တေသံ သမ္ပာဒနတ္ထံ သမာဒါတဗ္ဗဓုတင်္ဂကထာ ဘာသိတာ ဟောတိ။
ဣတိ သာဓုဇနပါမောဇ္ဇတ္ထာယ ကတေ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေ
ဓုတင်္ဂနိဒ္ဒေသော နာမ ဒုတိယော ပရိစ္ဆေဒေါ။
၃။ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဂ္ဂဟဏနိဒ္ဒေသော
[84:] CHAPTER III EXPOSITION OP THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE SUBJECTS OP MEDITATION! Now because be, wbo is established in this morality, cleansed by qualities such as fewness of wishes, which have thus been fulfilled in observing the ascetic practices, should develop concentration (samddhi) shown under the head of mind (citta) in the expression, The man discreet on virtue planted firm. In intellect and intuition trained and because it is not easy to understand, much less to develop that concentration, since it has been set forth so briefly, therefore, to show it in detail and the manner of developing it, the following questions are asked: — 1. What is concentration ? 2. In what sense is it concentration ? 3. What are its characteristics, its essence, its manifestation, its proximate cause ? 4. How many kinds of concentration are there ? 6. What is its corruption ? 6. And what its purification ? 7. How should it be developed ? 8. What are the advantages of developing concentration ? ! KammaUhdna (lit. place or occasion of work), translated in the Expositor and the Compendium of Philosophy m “ stations of exercise.’’ 2 See Part I, p. 1, And these are the answers; — 1. What is concentration ? Concentration is manifold and of various kinds. In trying to explain all that, the answer might not fulfil the intended meaning, and moreover it might lead to wavering, therefore we say with reference to what is intended here: — concentration is collectedness of moral thought. 2. In whit sense is it concentration ? It is concentration in the sense of placing well (sam-ddhana). What is this concentration ? It is said to be the placing, setting {ddhdna, thapana) of mind and mental properties fittingly and well in a single object. [85] Therefore that state, by the strength of which mind and mental properties are placed in one object fittingly and well, without wavering, without scattering, should be known as concentration. 3. What are its characteristics , its essence, its manifestation, its proximate cause P The characteristic of concentration is not-wavering. Its essence is to destroy wavering. Its manifestation is notshaking. From what has been said that The mind of the happy one is concentrated,'' happiness (or ease) is its proximate cause. 4. Eow many hinds of concentration are there ? (i) It is of one Idnd through its characteristic of notwavering {monad 1). (ii) It is of two kinds as access and ecstasy {dyad 1); hke wise as worldly and transcendental {dyad 2); as being with rapture and without rapture {dyad 3) ; and as accompanied by ease and accompanied by indifference {dyad 4). III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 99 (iii) It is of three kinds as inferior, middling, superior {triad 1); likewise as being with applied thinking and sustained thinking and so on {triad 2) ; as accompanied by rapture and others {triad 3); as limited, sublime, infinite {triad 4). (iv) It is of four kinds as of painful progress and sluggish intuition and so on {tetrad 1); likewise as limited (in power) and with a limited object and so forth {tetrad 2); by way of the four Jhana-factors {tetrad 3); as partaking of worsening and so on {tetrad 4) ; by way of the realm of sense and the rest {tetrad 5); and as the dominating influence {tetrad 6). (v) It is of five kinds by way of the five Jhana-factors in the Fivefold System {pentad 1). Of these, (i) the onefold division {monad 1) is evident in meaning. (ii) In the twofold division {dyad 1), collectedness of mind which is obtained by means of these ten (subjects of meditation), to wit; the six recollections, mindfulness of death, recollection of calm, perception of the abominableness of food, determining of the four elements, as well as that collectedness which comes before ecstasy and concentration — this is accessconcentration. From what has been said in such wise as: The preparation of the First Jhdna renders service to the Jhdna itself by the relation of successions that coUectedness which comes immediately after the preparation is ecstatic concentration. Thus it is twofold as access and ecstasy. In the second dyad, the collectedness of moral thought in the three planes is worldly concentration; the collectedness associated with the Noble Path is transcendental concentration — thus it is twofold as worldly and transcendental. In the third dyad, the collectedness in the two Jhanas of the Fourfold System"' and in the three Jhanas of the Fivefold System is concentration with rapture; [86] and that in the two remaining Jhanas is concentration without rapture. And access-corLcentration may be with, or without rapture: — thus it is twofold as being with and without rapture. ' In the fourth dyad, the collectedness in the three Jhanas of the Fourfold System and in the four Jhanas of the Fivefold System is concentration accompanied by ease, and in the remaining Jhana the concentration is accompanied by evenmindedness J And access-concentration may be accompanied by ease or by even-mindedness — thus it is twofold as accompanied by ease and by evemmindedness. (hi) In the first of the triads, concentration which is just obtained is inferior, that which is not developed too far is middling, that which is well developed and brought under control is superior: — thus it is threefold as inferior, middling, superior. In the second triad, concentration of the First Jhana together with the access-concentration is with applied and sustained thinking; concentration of the Second Jhana in the Fivefold System is without applied thinking and with just sustained thinking. For he who sees fault only in the applied thinking and not in the sustained thinking, and just desires the putting away of only the applied thinking passes the First Jhana; he gets concentration without applied thinking and with only sustained thinking. It is about this that the above has been said. The collectedness in the Second Jhana and so on of the Fourfold System and in the three Jhanas beginning with the Third is concentration without applied or sustained thinking. Thus it is threefold as being with applied and sustained thinking and so on. In the third triad, the collectedness in the first two Jhanas of the Fourfold System and in the first three of the Fivefold System is concentration accompanied by rapture; and that in the third and fourth respectively of the two Systems is concentration accompanied by ease. In the remaining Jhana it is accompanied by even-mindedness. And the accessconcentration is accompanied either by rapture and ease, or by even-mindedness. Thus it is threefold as accompanied by rapture and the rest. III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 101 In the fomrbli triad, the collectedness in the access-plane is limited concentration; that in the moral (consciousness) of the realms of form and of the formless is sublime concentration; that associated with the Noble Path is infinite concentration. Thus it is threefold as limited, sublime, infinite. (iv) In the first of the tetrads there is concentration which is of painful progress and sluggish intuition, there is concentration which is of painful progress and quick intuition, there is concentration which is of easy progress and sluggish intuition, there is concentration which is of easy progress and quick intuition. Herein, the Jhana-development which proceeds from the first resolve till the access of the particular Jhana arises is called progress. And the insight which proceeds from the access till the ecstasy is called intuition. And the progress is painful to some. The meaning is that, from the abundant production of such opposing states as the Hindrances, it is difi&cult, not pleasant to carry on. [87] To others, from there being no such opposition, it is easy. To some, again, intuition is sluggish, weak, and of slow process; to others it is quick, strong, and of swift process. Herein we shall next set forth what is fitting and is not fitting, preliminary works such as cutting ofi the impediments skilfulness in ecstasy. Of them, he who pursues what is not fitting is of painful progress and sluggish intuition. He who pursues what is fitting is of easy progress and quick intuition. And he who in the preliminary stage to access pursues what is not fitting and in the subsequent stage to access pursues what is fitting, or ‘who in the preliminary stage pursues what is fitting and in the subsequent stage pursues what is not fitting should be understood as of mixed progress and intuition. Further, the progress of one who, without accomplishing the preliminary works such as cutting off the impediments, applies himself to culture is painful. The reverse is easy progress. Again., the intuition of one who does not perfect skilfulness in ecstasy is sluggish, and it is quick in one who perfects skih fulness in ecstasy. Moreover, the classification according to craving and ignorance, and the chief reason of calm and, insight should be understood. Namely, to one overcome by craving progress is painful; to one not overcome by craving it is easy. And to one overcome by ignorance intuition is sluggish; to one not so overcome it is quick. And he who has no past conditions for calm makes painful progress; one who has such makes easy progress. And one who has no past conditions for insight is of sluggish intuition; one who has such is of quick intuition. Classification in respect of our lower nature and controlling faculties should also be understood. Namely, to one whose nature is acutely corrupt and whose controlling faculties are soft, progress is painful and intuition sluggish. But to one of keen controlling faculties, intuition is quick. To one with a mild lower nature and soft controlling faculties progress is easy and intuition sluggish. But to one of keen controlling faculties intuition is quick. Thus in progress and intuition the concentration of that person who attains to concentration by means of painful progress and sluggish intuition is said to be of painful progress and sluggish intuition. In the remaining three clauses the same method is to be understood. Thus it is fourfold as of painful progress and sluggish intuition and so on. In the second tetrad there is concentration limited and with a limited object, there is concentration limited and with an infinite object, there is concentration infinite and with a hmited object, there is concentration infinite and with an infinite object. Of these, that concentration which, not being fit, is not able to become a cause for the next higher Jhana is [88] limited.” But that which proceeds concerning a notgrown ob j ect is with a limited ob j ect . That which, being fit and III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 103 well developed, is able to become a cause of the next higher Jhana is ''infinite/’ And that which proceeds concerning an extensive object is " with an infinite object/’ And from the combination of the characteristics already mentioned the combined method should be understood. Thus it is fourfold as limited and with a limited object and so forth. In the third tetrad the First Jhana has five factors by way of applied and sustained thinking, rapture, ease, concentration, which have all discarded the Hindrances. Next, the Second Jhana has three factors with the suppression of applied and sustained thinking. And then the Third Jhana has two factors with the elimination of rapture. And the Fourth Jhana, in which ease is put away, has two factors by way of concentration which exists together with indifferent feeling. Thus the four kinds of concentration are factors of these four Jhanas. Thus it is fourfold by way of the four Jhana-factors. In the fourth tetrad there is concentration which partakes of worsening, that which partakes of stability, that which partakes of distinction, that which partakes of penetration. Of these, the partaking of worsening is due to the freq[uent arising of opposing states; the partaking of stability is due to the persistence of that mindfulness which is in conformity with concentration; the partaking of distinction is due to the attainment of a higher distinctive state; the partaking of penetration is due to the promptings of perception and attention associated with disgust. So it should be understood. As it has been said " Perceptions and cUtention mixed with sensuality heep on prompting him who gets the First Jhana— this is wisdom partaking of worsening. The mindfulness which is in conformity with the First Jhana stands stationary— 4his is wisdom partaking of stability. Where perceptions and attention associated with the absence of applied thinUnf keep on prompting, wisdom partakes of distinction. Where perceptions and attention associated with disgust and connected with dispassion keep on prompting, wisdom partakes of penetration And four also are the kinds of concentration that are associated with that wisdom. Thus it is fourfold as partaking of worsening and so on. In the fifth tetrad there are four kinds of concentration: of the realm of sense, of the realm of form, of the realm of the formless, the unincluded. Of these, all the collectedness at the access is concentration of the realm of sense. And the other three kinds of concentration are the collectedness of moral thought of the realm of form and so on. Thus it is fourfold by way of the realm of sense and the rest. In the sixth tetrad “ If monh, making desire-to-do the dominant influence gets concentration, he gets collectedness of mind [89] — this is called desire-concentration. If a monic making energy . . . mind . . . investigation the dominant influence gets concentration, he gets collectedness of mind — this is called investigation-concentration.' Thus it is fourfold as the dominant influence. (v) In the pentad dividing the Second Jhana, as mentioned in the division of the tetrads, into two as a second (Jhana) which transcends just applied thinking, and a third which transcends both applied thinking and sustained thinking, we should imderstand five Jhanas, where the factors would make five kinds of concentration. Thus by way of the five Jhanafactors a fivefold nature should be understood. 6. What is its corruption ? 6. And what its purification ? The answer here has been said in the Vibhanga. For there it is said Corrupting is a state that partakes of worsening. Purifying is a state that partakes of distinction.' Wherein perceptions and attention mixed with sense-desires keep on prompting him who gets the First Jhana — this is wisdom partaking of worsening. In this way a state partaking of worsening should be understood. Where perceptions and attention associated with applied thinking keep on prompting, wisdom partakes of distinction. In this way a state partaking of distinction should be understood. III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 105 7. How should it he developed ? Here the method of developing that concentration which is spoken of as being associated with the Noble Path in ‘‘It is of two kinds as worldly and transcendental and so on’’ (p. 98) is comprised in that of the developing of wisdom. For concentration is developed when wisdom is developed. Therefore we say nothing separately as to how it should be developed. He who, having purified the precepts in the way already mentioned/ is established in well-purified morality, who if there have been (against) him any of the ten impediments, has cut it off and, having approached the good friend who gives him subjects of meditation, has accepted, among the forty subjects of meditation, that subject befitting his own conduct, he having forsaken that monastery which is unsuitable to his concentration-culture and living in a suitable monastery should sever the minor impediments, and by not slackening the arrangement of the entire process of culture should develop that concentration which is worldly. This is in outline. Here is the detailed account: In what has been said in “ has cut off any of the ten impediments ” [90] these are the ten impediments : — Abode and family, the gains, the crowd and work the fifth, Wayfaring, kin, illhealth, the book and psychic power — these ten. Of these, (i) the “ abode ” itself is the abode as impediment. And the same with family and the rest. Of them, an inner room, a single cell, the whole monastery for the Order is called an abode. This is not an impediment to all. But he who in regard to an abode falls into anxiety over making repairs and so forth, or who has accumulated a bundle of personal belongings, or is interested in, enamoured of it for some reason or other to him it is an impediment, not to another. Here is a story: It is said that two sons of good family left Anuradhapura and in due course received ordination at Ttuparama. One of them mastered the two Matikas and, having been in residence for five rainy seasons and performed the Pavarana ceremony (at the end of the rains), went to Pacinakhandaraji; the other remained where he was. He who had gone to Paclnakhandaraji lived there a long time and became an Elder. He thought Pleasant and suitable is this place. Now I will tell my friend.” He set forth and in due course entered Thuparama. Seeing him enter, an Elder who was of the same standing met him and taking his bowl and robe, carried out what was due. The Elder who was the guest entered the dwelling thinking '' Now my friend will send butter, molasses or drihks, for he has lived long in this town.” Not getting anything during the night he thought early in the morning, Now he will send rice-gruel and food obtained from his supporters.” Not seeing that either he thought, There are none to send him anything. They will give him when he enters the village, I fancy.” And early in the morning he entered the village together with him. And the two of them going along the one street got just a ladleful of rice-gruel, sat in the sitting-hall and drank it. Then the guest thought I thinlc there is no continual (offering of) rice-gruel. Now at meaj-time men will be giving excellent food.” Then after they had gone round for alms at meal-time and eaten just what was obtained he said What, sir, do you live thus at all times 1” Yes, my friend.” Sir, Pacinakhandaraji is a prosperous place. Let us go there.” The Elder [91] left the town by the south gate and took the road to Kumbhakara village. The other said, Sir, do you take this road ?” “ Did you not, my friend, speak in praise of Pacmakhadaraji ?” “ But, sir, you who have lived so long in this place, do you not own any extra equipment No, friend. The bed couch belongs to the Order: and that is laid by. There is none other.” '' But, sir, I have there a walkmg-stick, an oil-bowl, a shoe-box ?” Have you, my Ill, — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 107 friend, deposited so mncit after staying there only one day 1” ‘Yes, sir/’ And he becoming convinced in mind saluted the Elder and said ‘'To such as you, sir, everywhere is as a forest dwelling. Thuparama is a fit place for the relics of the four Buddhas. In Lohapasada it is convenient to get a hearing of the Law, and to visit the Mahacetiya and the Elders. It is, as if it were, in the time of the Buddha. Do you abide just here.” On the following day he took his bowl and robe and went by himself. To such an one the abode is no impediment, (ii) “Family” is either relatives or supporters. To some brother who lives very intimately with the family of his supporters it is an impediment in that he is happy when they are happy and so forth. Without the members of that family he does not even go to a monastery hard by to hear the Law. To some like the young brother, nephew of the Elder resident at Korandaka Monastery, even parents are no impediment. He, it is said, went to Eohana to study. The mother, a laydisciple, sister to the Elder, always asked the Elder for news of him. One day the Elder set out for Rohana thinking “ I will bring the lad.” And the lad too had left Rohana saying “ Long have I dwelt here. After seeing my Preceptor and learning news of the lay-sister I will return.” And they met on the Q-anga bank. The lad performed his duties to the Elder at the foot of a tree; and on being asked “ Whither goest thou ?” told him his intention. And the Elder let him go saying “ Thou hast done well. The lay-sister asks continually. And I have come for this very purpose. Go thou, but I will abide here for the rains.” [92] The youth reached the monastery on the day of the rains. A dwelling had been made by his father who came the next day and enquired ‘ Sir, to whom has our dwelling been allotted 1” And on hearing that it was allotted to a young guest, he approached him and after greeting him said, “ Sir, there is a course for him who has come to reside in our dwelling for the rams.” “ What may it be, lay-brother ?” “ For three months he should take food in our house and after the Pavarana ceremony at the time of his going away he should take leave of us.” He consented by remaining silent. And the lay-brother went home and said A worthy guest has arrived at our abode. We must wait on him attentively.” The lay-sister agreed saying Very well,” and made ready excellent food, hard and soft. And at meal-time the lad went to his paternal home. No one recognized him. There for three months he partook of their alms, and having finished his residence for the rains, took his leave. His kinsfolk said To-morrow you will go, sir,” and the next day fed him in the house, filled his oil-tube, gave him a lump of sugar and a new piece of cloth, and said You may go, sir.” He thanked them and set out for Eohana. His preceptor also having performed the Pavarana and coming from the opposite direction met him at the place just where they formerly met. At the foot of a tree, he performed his duties to the Elder who asked Well, Good Face, didst thou see the lay-sister?” 'Yes, sir,” he said and told him the whole matter. The Elder’s feet he washed with the oil, and he made a drink of the sugar for him. He also gave him the cloth and saluted him and departed, saying Rohana suits me, sir.” And the Elder came to the monastery and the next day entered Korandaka village. And the lay-sister thought Now my brother will come bringing my son,” and she stood constantly looking down the path. When she saw the Elder coming alone she said, Methinks my son is dead ! The Elder comes alone,” and she fell down at his feet and cried in distress. The Elder comforted her saying Surely, out of fewness of wishes the lad has gone without making himself known !” [93] and after relating the whole story, took out the cloth from the bowl-bag and showed it. The lay-sister became calm and lay down on her breast facing the direction in which her son had gone and said, doing obeisance, Methinks it was to a living testimony of a monk like my son that the Blessed One preached the practice (prescribed in the) Rathavinita, Nalaka, Tuvataka and Maha-ariyavamsa' Suttas, in which III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 109 contentment with, the requisites and joy in culture are set forth. Though h.e ate for three months in the house of the mother who gave him birth, he could not say ' I am thy son, thou art mother V Oh 1 the wonderful man !” To such an one even parents are no impediment, much less the family of supporters. (hi) Gains ” mean the four requisites. How are they impediments ? Wherever a brother possessed of merit goes, men give him the requisites with many accessories. In thanking them and preaching the Law, he has no opportunity of doing the duties of a recluse. Erom sunrise until the first watch there is no break in his social intercourse. Again, even well after dawn, greedy almsmen come and say to him Sir, such and such a lay-brother, such and such a lay-sister, a minister or a minister’s daughter wishes to see you.” Then get the bowl and robe, friend,” and he gets ready to go. Thus he is perpetually engaged. To him the requisites are an impediment. Hence he should forsake company and where they know him not, there he should walk alone. So the impediment is cut off. (iv) '' The crowd ” is either of Suttanta students or Abhidhamma students. In giving lessons or putting questions to a crowd, he has no opportunities of doing the duties of a recluse. To him the crowd is an impediment. He should cut it off thus: — if the monks have learnt much and but little remains, he should carry on to the end and then enter the forest. If little has been learnt and much remains, [94] he should approach another teacher of a crowd within the distance of a league, not further, and say '' May the Venerable One favour these with lessons and so forth 1” Failing this he should avoid them saying Friends, I have something to do. You may go where you please,” and he should do his own work. (v) Work ” means making repairs. In domg such work one has to know if carpenters and so on have been engaged or not, and to worry over what has been done and not done/ Thus at all times it is an impediment. It should be cut off in. this way: — If little remains to be done, he should finish it. If there be much to do and it pertains to the Order, he should make it over to the Order, or to those brothers who are the burden-bearers of the Order. If it pertains to himself, he should make it over to his own burden-bearers. Failing such persons, he should leave it to the Order and go away. (vi) '' Wayfaring means going on a journey. If at any place somebody is waiting to be ordained, or any of the requisites are to be received, and he cannot endure not to get them, then if, on going to the forest, and performing the duty of a recluse he finds it difficult to suppress his will to go, he should go and finish what he had to do, and then use zeal in the duty of a recluse. (vii) Kin means, in the monastery, the teacher, the preceptor, a resident pupil, a personal pupil, fellow-brethren under the same teacher or preceptor as oneself; in the house it means mother, father, brother and so forth. When they get ill they are an impediment, which therefore one should cut off by ministering to them and making them well. Herein if the preceptor being ill does not recover quickly, he should be taken care of as long as life lasts. And the same with the initiation-teacher, the ordination-teacher, a resident pupil, personal pupils one has ordained and initiated, and fellowbrethren under the same preceptor as oneself. But the teacher of paraphrasing, the teacher of textual study, a pupil in paraphrasing, a pupil in textual study and feUow-brethren under the same teacher should be taken care of so long as the paraphrasing and the textual study last. They should be taken care of beyond that stage by one who can do so. Parents should be tended like the preceptor. Indeed, even if they are placed in royal authority, yet expect service from their son, [ 96 ] he should serve them. If they have no medicine, he should give them his own. If he has none, he should seek for it in going round for alms and give it to them. But as for his brothers and sisters, he should compound medicine belonging to themselves and give it to them. If they possess Ill , — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 111 no medicine, lie should give his own for the time being, and should take it when given afterwards, but should not press for it, if it is not given. He should not make medicine for, nor give it to, his sister’s husband, who is no kinsman. But he should give it to his sister, saying Give it to your husband.” And the same with one’s brother’s wife. But their sons being kinsmen, it is proper to make medicine for them. (viii) Illhealth ” means any disease which may befall and is an impediment. Therefore it should be cut off by medical means. If it is not relieved, even though he have taken medicine for some days, he should blame himself saying, I am not thy slave nor thy servant. Verily in nourishing thee I have suffered pain in this endless round of existence,” and so do the recluse’s duty. (ix) The book ” means learning the scriptures. It is an impediment to one who is always engaged in learning and so on, not to another. Hereon are these stories: — They say that Reva the Elder, reciter of the Maj jhima, went to the presence of Eeva the Elder resident in Malaya and asked for a subject of meditation. The Elder asked ‘Friend, of what kind art thou in scripture ?” I study the Majjhima, sir.” Friend, the Majjhima is hard to acquire. While learning the First Fifty, one comes to the next Fifty; while learning this, one comes to know the upwards of second Fifty. WTience is thy subject of meditation to be ?” Sh, having got the subject of meditation in your very presence, I will not look at (the scriptures) again.” And he received it and without learning the scriptures for nineteen years reached Saintship in the twentieth year. To the Brethren who came to learn he said, Friends, for twenty years [96] I have not looked at the scriptures. However, I have made a study of this (the Majjhima). Begin !” And from the beginning to the end he was never in doubt, not even about a single consonant. Naga, too, the Elder, resident at Karaliyagui, after having given up the scriptures for eighteen years, taught the monks the Dhatukatha. And to them, who were in concert with the Elders residing in the villages (of Anuradha Town), not a single question came out of order. Again, in the Mahavihara, Tipitaka-Culabhaya the Elder, without learning the commentary, announced by beat of a golden drum: 'In the midst of an assembly of (scholars versed in) the five Nikayas I will discourse from the three Pitakas/’ The Assembly of Brethren said, "" The version of which teachers is it ? Let him say the version of his own teacher. We do not allow him to say otherwise.’ And his preceptor asked him, when he went to his presence, Eriend, didst thou have this drum beat V Yes, sir.’’ Why ?” I will interpret the scriptures, sir.” ‘'Eriend Abhaya, how do the teachers say this passage?” " They say it thus, sir.” The Elder said " Humph !” and rejected it. Again in two other ways, three in all, he said They say thus, sir. ’ ’ The Elder said ' ' Humph ! ’ ’ and rej ected all, saying " Eriend, what thou didst say first is the way of the teachers. Not having learnt it from the mouth of the teachers, thou couldst not establish it by sayiug ' Thus say the teachers.’ Go thou to thine own teachers and listen.” “ Where do I go, sir ?” " Across the Gaiiga in Rohana District in mount Tuladhara Monastery dwells the Elder Mahadhammarakkhita who knows the whole scriptures. Go to him.” " Very well, sir,” — and he saluted the Elder, went with five hundred monks to the presence of the Elder, saluted him and sat down. The Elder asked “ Why art thou come ?” “ To hear the Law, sir.” " Eriend Abhaya, from time to time they put questions to me on the Digha and Majjhima, but for thirty years I have not looked at the rest. However, recite thou in my presence at night and in the day I will explain to thee.” He said “ Very well, sir,” and did so. Causing a large paviUon to be made at the door of his cell, the villagers came daily to hear the Law. Explaining by day what was recited at night, [97] the Elder in course of time finished his discourse. And sitting down on a III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 113 mat in the presence of the Elder Abhaya, he said, Friend, teach me a subject of meditation/’ Sir, what do you say ? Is it not to you that I have been listener ? What shah I teach that is not known to you?” The Elder said to him, Friend, different is the path if thou hast been along it before.” It is said that the Elder Abhaya then became a streamwinner. And he gave him a subject of meditation, and after his return heard that the Elder had passed utterly away while reciting the Law at Lohapasada. Having heard it he called for his robe, attired himself and said, Friends, befitting is the path of Saintship to our teacher. Our teacher, Mends, was upright, noble. In the presence of his own pupil in the Law he sat on a mat and said, Teach me a subject of meditation.’ Friends, befitting is the path of Saintship for The Elder.” To such as these study is no impediment. (x) Psychic powers ” are those of an average man. Like a child lying on its back and like tender corn it is di0S.cult to manage. It is broken by the slightest thing. It is an impediment to insight, but not to concentration, because it ought to be obtained when concentration is obtained. Therefore one who desires insight should cut off the impediment of psychic powers, but another man only the remaining impediments. Thus far is the detailed discourse on impediments. (In the words) Approached the good Mend who gives him subjects of meditation ” — a subject of meditation is of two kinds; that which is beneficial to all and that which is special. Of them, love for the Order of monks and so on and mindfulness of death and — according to some — perception of the Foul also are subjects beneficial to all. The monk who practises the meditation should first of aU define (his object) and develop love thus: — May the Order of monks in the ordination-hall be happy, may they be free from trouble !” He should then extend his meditation to the devas in the Ordination-haU, then to the village of his begging-round, to the ruler of people, then starting with the people in the village, to all beings. His love for the Order of monks engenders softness of heart among his fellow-inmates, who therefore live happily with him. For Lis love towards themselves the devas of the Ordiaationhall with sympathetic hearts maintain by righteous means a well-ordered watch over him [98]. For his love towards the ruler of people in the village of his begging-round, rulers responding with their whole being maintaia by righteous means a good watch over his necessities. Through his love for the men who there are well-disposed towards him, he walks about not despised by them. Through his love for all beings he goes unharmed everywhere. And beiug mindful of death and thinking ''I must surely die/’ he gives up the wrong search (for food) and, his concern gradually increasing, he does not get sluggish in his duties. Not even celestial objects can through greed overwhelm the mind of him who is practised in the perception of the Foul. Thus because of its great usefulness it is to be desired and wished for under all circumstances, and it is the condition for the work of applying oneself in culture. Hence it is called a subject of meditation beneficial to aU. And because one ought constantly to practise that subject of meditation which, among the forty, befits one’s practice, and because (such a subject) is the proximate cause of higher and higher work in culture, it is called special.” Whoever gives this twofold subject of meditation is known as giver of a subject of meditation. That giver of a subject of meditation, the good friend means the good friend who is Adorable, revered and lovable, A counsellor, a patient listener, A speaker of discourses deep, one who Would not apply himself to useless ends, who is endowed with such and other qualities, who verily is a seeker after good, and already is on the side of progress. From such expressions as Indeed Ananda, on account of me the good friend beings liable to birth are freed from Urth"" the Buddha Supreme himself was a good friend endowed with all qualities. Therefore the subject of meditation which was IIL— Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 115 received from the Blessed One during his lifetime was wellreceived. After his final decease, one received it from him who, among the eighty great disciples, was still alive. Such being no longer the case, one should receive it from a Saint, who by these same means has produced the Fourth and Fifth Jhanas, and who by increasing insight, with Jhana as the proximate cause, has reached the extinction of the cankers. But shall it be said that a saint declares of himself that he is a saint, one who has destroyed the cankers 1 Yes, he declares it, knowing that he (the applicant) has devoted himself to culture. Did not Assagutta the Elder, knowing that a certain monk who had begun his subject of meditation [99] was devoted to it, spread a piece of leather in the air, and sitting cross-legged on it preach to him the subject of meditation ? Therefore if a saint be available, well and good. If he be not available, one should get it from the presence of the following persons in the order of precedence : one who returns no more to the world of men, one who returns to the world only once more, one who has “ entered the stream,’ one who has attained to the Jhanas, one who among average men knows the three Pitakas, two Pitakas, one Pifiaka. In the absence of a knower of one Pitaka, one should get it from him who is a reciter of one (Nikaya) with the commentary, and who is himself a respectable person. For such a person is a knower of the text, a preserver of the traditional lore, a teacher and a follower of the teacher’s doctrines, not a follower of his own doctrines. Therefore the Ancient Elders have said three times: a respectable person will ward, a respectable person will ward (the religion),' And herein the saints and other persons mentioned above announce just the path they have themselves attained. But a man of much learning, after approaching this and that teacher and, because of his accuracy in the texts and the queries thereon, noting here and there a Sutta with reasons for so doing, and comparing what is suitable and unsuitable, will teach a subject of meditation, showing a wide path like a great elephant going through a jungle. Therefore approach ing such a giver of a subject for So thattke applicant may be encouraged to go on with his culture meditation, tlie good friend, one should perform the main and minor duties, and receive it. And if such a person is available in the same monastery as oneself, well and good. If not, where he lives, there one should go. And in going there, the student should not go wearing slippers on feet washed and oil-besmeared, himself holding an umbrella and causing others to carry an oil-flask, pots of honey and molasses and so on, and surrounded by a retinue of disciples. Fulfilling the duties of a monk about to travel, himself holding the bowl and robe and doing the duties, main and minor, everywhere on entering a monastery on the way, he should go simply equipped and with the highest simplicity of life. On entering the monastery he should enter holding a tooth-stick obtained on the way as a presentable gift. And when he has rested awhile and washed his feet and besmeared them with oil and so forth, he should not enter another cell with the intention of calling on the teacher. Why ? If there were monks there holding diflerent views from the teacher, they might ask for the reason of his coming, and speak in dispraise of the teacher, and cause regret to arise in him, sajdng Thou art lost, if thou art come to his presence,” [100] on which account he might turn back. Therefore asking for the teacher’s abode he should go there straightway. If the teacher be younger than himself, he should not acquiesce in his receiving the bowl, robe and other things. If the teacher be the older, he should go and stand saluting him. WTien the teacher says “ Friend, put down the bowl and robe,” he should do so. WTien he says Drink some water,” he should drink if he wishes. When he says “ Wash thy feet,” he should not, for that, wash them. For if the water had been drawn by the teacher it would not be proper. But when he says Friend, wash. The water was not brought by me, it was brought by others,” then he should wash the feet, sitting down where the teacher sees him not, such as a covered place, the open sky or one side of the monastery. If the teacher brings ]II . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 117 the oil-flask, he should rise and receive it respectfully with both hands. For if he did not receive it so, there might arise estrangement in the teacher : From now onwards this monk has broken the board-fellowship.’ And after receiving it, he should not besmear his feet first. For should the oil be for rubbing the teacher’s limbs, it would not be proper. Therefore he should smear first the head and then the shoulder and so on. And when he says “ Friend, this oil is for common use. Smear your feet also,” he should put a little on the head and smear the feet. And saying Sir, I will put by the oil-flask,” he should give it, the teacher taking it. He should not begin asking on the day of his arrival “ Sir, teach me a subject of meditation.” But from the second day he should ask permission from an old attendant of the teacher — if there be one — and do the duties. If the permission asked for be not given, he should not do them without it. And in doing them he should offer three tooth-sticks, small, medium and large, and prepare water in two ways, hot and cold, for washing the mouth and for the bath. And in whichever way the teacher uses the water for three days, the same should be served ever after. To him who makes no choice, but makes use of this or that kind, such water as is available should be served. What need is there to say much [101] Whatever right duties in the Elandhaka have been ordained by the Blessed One thus: — Brethren, the pupil should behave properly towards the teacher. This herein is the right behaviour. Rising betimes and taking off his sandals and wearing the upper garment on one shoulder he should give the tooth-stick, and the mouth-water and prepare a seat. If there be rice-gruel, he should wash the vessel and offer the gruel ” — all that should be done. Thus, having fulfilled his duties and saluted the teacher with a conciliatory heart, in the evening on being discharged with ‘6o!” he should go. When he is asked Why hast thou come ?” he should tell the reason of his coming. If the teacher just asks not, but acquiesces in his duties, he should not, even on being discharged, go in ten days or a fortnight, but finding an opportunity, fie sfiould announce tfie reason of fiis coming. Or going to fiim at tfie wrong time and being asked For wfiat purpose art tfiou come fie sfiould announce it. If fie say Come early in tfie morning/’ fie sfiould go early. If at tfiat time his stomach aches with a bilious attack, or fiis food is undigested from heat-weakness, or some disease troubles fiim, fie sfiould explain the true nature of fiis complaint and, announcing tfie time suitable to himself, sfiould approach fiim at that time. For at an unsuitable hour it is impossible for fiim to give attention to the subject of meditation, even though it may have been taught fiim. This herein is the detailed account of Approached tfie good -friend who gives fiim subjects of meditation.” ''Befitting fiis own conduct.” Now as " befitting fiis own conduct,” conduct is of six kinds: conduct of lust, of hate, of delusion, of faith, of intelligence, of applied thought. Some make four others out of lust etc. by way of mixing and grouping, lilcewise with faith etc. Thus together with these eight they would have fourteen. Though tfie division is stated thus, various kinds of conduct are obtained by mixing lust etc. with faith etc. Therefore, in general six only sfiould be understood. Conduct, natural habit, surplus energy are as subject one. By way of these there are six (kinds of) persons [102] walking in lust (or passion), hate, delusion, faith, intelligence, applied thought. Of these (take passion and faith: — ) when there is moral procedure in a passionate person, faith is strong, because as, a virtue it approaches passion. As in things immoral passion is clinging, not repulsive, so in things moral is faith. As' passion seeks objects of sense-desire, so faith seeks wfiat is righteous and tfie like. As passion does not abandon wfiat is bad, so faith does not abandon wfiat is good. Hence the man of faith has something in common with the passionate man. Again (take hate and intelligence: — ) when there is moral III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 119 procedure in a man of enmity, intelligence is strong, because as a virtue it approaches hate. As in things immoral hat does not cling, does not cleave to its object, so in things moral intelligence does not. As hate seeks the flaw that does not exist, so intelligence seeks the flaw that does exist. As hate proceeds by the method of avoiding creatures, so does intelligence proceed by the method of avoiding the complex. Hence the man of intelligence has something in common with the hater. Again, in delusion and thought: — when a deluded man is striving to make moral states arise, harmful thoughts usually arise, because these in character approach delusion. As delusion is unstable because of surrounding complexity, so is the application of thought because of multiform attending. As delusion because it cannot penetrate deeply is shaky, so is application of thought in our fluttering disposal of it. Hence a man thinking of this and that has something in common with a deluded person. Others speak of three other kinds of conduct by way of craving, conceit, opinions. Of these craving is just lust, and conceit is associated with it. Neither of them goes beyond lustful conduct. And because opinions have their source in delusion, conduct by way of opinions falls xmder deluded conduct. And what is the source of these ? And how may it be known that this person is lustful in conduct, that person walks either in hate or any of the others ? What is suitable for a person of which conduct Some say that the first three kinds of conduct have their source in fotmer habit and in the disorders of the elements. It is said that one who in former existences had an abundance of desirable motives and beautiful actions is lustful in conduct; likewise he who passing away from the next world is reborn here. He who formerly was given to maiming, killmg, capturing, quarrelling is of inimical conduct; likewise he who passing away from the states of woe and of nagas is reborn here [103]. He who formerly was given to drinking, was void of learning and conversation is of deluded conduct; likewise lie who passing away from the animal kingdom is reborn here. So they say that former habit is the source (of craving, conceit and opinion here). Again, some say that, because of surplus energy in the two elements of extension and cohesion, a person is of deluded conduct. And because of surplus energy in the other two he is of inimical conduct. Owing to the equality of all the elements he is of passionate conduct. As to the disorders one with an excess of serum is of lustful conduct, one with an excess of wind is of deluded conduct. Or one with an excess of serum is of deluded conduct, one with an excess of wind is of lustful conduct. Thus they say that the disorders of the elements are the source. Therein (in these statements) because those who formerly were given to desirable motives and beautiful actions as well as those who passing away from the next world are reborn here — not all of them are of lustful conduct only, neither are all the others of inimical and deluded conduct, and similarly there is no definiteness of surplus energy of the elements in the way mentioned above ; and in the determination of the disorders the other two: lust and delusion also have been mentioned, and that determination also is contradictory in sequence, and the source of not one among the faith-conduct and the rest has been stated — therefore all those aforesaid statements are indefinite. But this herein is the decision in accordance with the opinions of commentarial teachers, namely as has been said in the declaration of obsession : — These beings determined by previous conditions abound in greedy hate and delusion as well as in the severally opposite tendencies, (Let us call the f ormeir G, H, D ; the latter g, h, d.) If, at the moment when action is exerted, Q- is strong, g is weak, III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 121 li and d are strong, H D are weak, then the weak g is unable to cancel the strong G, hut 11 d being strong are able to cancel H D. Bence the being, born through conception given by such deeds, is of strong appetites, of sanguine'' habit, good4empered, intelligent and keen as adamant in wiL If on the other hand when action is put forth, G H are strong, and g li are weak, d is strong, D is weak, then by the foregoing method the resultant being has strong appetites and dislikes, hut is intelligent and keen as adamant in wit as was Elder Dattdbhaya. When at the moment G, li, D are strong, and the others weak, he, by the foregoing method will be greedy and dull, hut easygoing and good-tempted, as was Elder Bdkula, Furthermore, when at that moment all the three G, D are strong, the rest g, h, d are weak, then by the foregoing method the resultant is strong in appetites and dislikes, and dull in intelligence, [104] Again, whm at that moment g, H, D are strong, the rest weak, then he, by the foregoing method, mil be free from strong appetites and passions, and not carried away even by the sight of divine objects, hut he will be full of enmity and dull of intelligence. Again, when at that moment g, h, d are strong, the others weak, then by the foregoing method he will be free from appetites, amiable and easy-going but dull. Again, when at that moment g H d are strong, the others weak, then he by the foregoing method will he free from appetites and intelligent but full of dislikes and anger. Finally, when g, li, d at that moment are strong and G, H, D are weak, then he by the foregoing method will he free from appetites, amiable and wise, as ms the Elder Mahd-Sahgharakkhital And here he who is said to be greedy is of passionate conduct; he who has dislikes and is dull is hateful and deluded in conduct; who is wise is intelligent in conduct; who has no appetites nor dislikes is, ihom being calm by nature, of believing conduct. Or, as he who is bom of action attended by absence of delusion is intelligent in conduct, so he who is born of deeds attended by strong faith is of believing conduct ; he who is born of deeds attended by sensual thoughts and so on is of thoughtful conduct; who is bom of deeds attended by a mixture of greed and tbe rest is of mixed conduct. Tbus it should be understood that deeds which are attended by either greed or any of the others and which produce rebirth are the source of the different kinds of conduct. And in the expression '' And how may it be known that this person is lustful in conduct and so forth: — this is the method: — From postures, seeing and the rest, From eating, work, procedure of The states of mind one may explain The different kinds of conduct all. Of these, the postures: indeed whoso is of lustful conduct is graceful in his natural gait, puts down his foot softly and evenly, lifts it up evenly, and the footprint is divided in the middle. He who walks in hate walks as if digging with the toes, puts down his foot suddenly, lifts it up suddenly, and the footprint leaves a trail behind it. He who is deluded in conduct goes with a wobbling gait, puts down his foot as though frightened, lifts it up as though frightened, [105] and the footprint is a hasty impression. And this has been said in the account of Magandiya Sutta : — The footprint of the lustful man Divided in the middle is. The footprint of the hateful man May leave a trail behind itself. The print of the deluded man Is an impression quichly made. Whoso has lifted up the veiV An even footprint makes like this. In standing up he who is of lustful conduct is comfortable® and polite in manner, he who is of inimical conduct is stiff in manner, he who is of deluded conduct is troubled in III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 12S manner. And the same in sitting down. He who is of lustful conduct prepares his bed evenly and without haste, lies down gently and sleeps in a composed manner gathering his limbs big and small. On being awakened he does not rise abruptly but gives a reply gently as though unwillingly. He who i6 of inimical conduct prepares his bed hastily in any fashion and sleeps frowning with a stiffly thrown body; and on being awakened he rises abruptly and gives a reply as though in anger. He who is of deluded conduct prepares an ill-formed bed and sleeps with outstretched limbs, mostly face downwards; and on being awakened he rises sluggishly uttering the sound humph And since those who walk in faith and the rest resemble those who walk in lust and the others, therefore the posture of those is like that of these. Thus far one may explain the kinds of conduct from postures. Work: — in such work as sweeping the room he who is of lustful conduct takes hold of the broom well and without scattering the sand in haste, but spreading it out like sindhuvara flowers makes a clean and even sweep. He who is of inimical conduct takes hold of his broom roughly and being in haste spreads the sand on both sides and sweeps imcleanly and xmevenly, making a harsh noise. He who is of deluded conduct takes hold of his broom loosely and sweeps uncleanly and unevenly, turning back here and there and making a mess of the rubbish. And as in sweeping, so also in all kinds of work, such as washing and dyeing the robe. He who is of lustful conduct is a subtle, polished, even, circumspect worker. He who is of inimical conduct is a firm, stiff, imeven worker. He who is of deluded conduct is an unpractised, clumsy, uneven, inaccurate worker. [106] And the robe-wearing of one who is of lustful conduct is neither too stiff nor too loose, is pleasing and complete; that of one who is of in im ical conduct is too stiff and is incomplete; that of one who is of deluded conduct is loose and untidy. In accordance with such persons, to whom they bear a resemblance should be understood those who walk in faith etc. Thus one may explain the kinds of conduct from work. Eating: — ke wko is of lustful conduct loves soft, sweet food; and eats without haste enjoying the various tastes and making lumps round and not too big. He becomes joyful on getting anyijhing tasty. He who is of inimical conduct loves coarse and sour food; and he eats in haste without enjoying the taste, making mouth-filling lumps. He becomes sad on getting something untasty. He who walks in delusion is fond of casual food and eats making lumps, small and not round, chucking the remains into the plate and smearing his mouth, distracted in mind, thinking of this and that. In accordance with such persons, to whom they bear a resemblance should be understood those who walk in faith etc. Thus one may explain the kinds of conduct from eating. Seeing and the rest: — on seeing just a small object of delight he who walks in lust looks long at it as though in surprise, clings to a merit though a small one and does not grasp even a real fault. And in going away from it he does so with a longing look, not wishing to leave ofi. He who walks in hate on seeing a small undesirable object does not look long at it, as though he were tired. He is struck by a fault though a small one and does not seize even a real merit. And in going away he does so without a longing look, being desirous of leaving off. He who walks in delusion, on seeing whatever object is dependent on others, gives blame when he hears the blame of others, bestows praise when he hears the praise of others, himself looking on with a disinterestedness due to lack of intelhgence. And the same with hearing sounds and so on. In accordance with such persons, to whom they bear a resemblance should be understood those that walk in faith etc. Thus may one explain the kinds of conduct from seeing and the rest. Procedures of the states of mind: wiliness, deceitfulness, pride, evil desire, covetousness, discontentedness, lasciviousness, frivolity, — these and other states arise abundantly in one who walks in lust [107]. Anger, malice, hypocrisy, rivalry, envy, meanness, — these and other states arise abundantly in one who walks in hate. Sloth, torpor, distraction, III . — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 1 25 worry, misgiving, obstinate grasping, tenacity, — tbese and other states arise abundantly in one who walks in delusion. Clean liberality, desire to see the Noble Ones, desire to hear the good Law, abundance of joy, absence of craftiness, absence of wiliness, faithfulness in objects of faith, — these and other states arise abundantly in one who walks in faith. Docility, good friendship, moderation in food, mindfulness and comprehension, application to wakefulness, emotion over objects of emotion, wise effort due to emotion, — these and other states abundantly arise in one who walks in intelligence. Talkativeness, fondness of society, want of delight in moral application, unsteadiness in work, smokiness by night, luminosity by day,'' running after this and that object, — these and other states abundantly arise in one who walks in thoughts. Thus one may explain the kinds of conduct from the procedure of states. But because this system of explaining the kinds of conduct in all their ways does not come in the PaH, neither in the commentary, but is only stated after the opinion of the teachers, therefore it should not be trusted in all its essence. For those who walk in hate etc. can perform, by leading a zealous life, the postures and so on which have been stated as belonging to those who walk in lust etc. And for a single person of mixed conduct, the postures etc. having various characteristics are not suitable. But that system of explaining the kinds of conduct which is stated in the commentaries, should be trusted in essence. For this has been said: The teacher who has attained to a knowledge of the thoughts of others knowing the conduct will teach the subject of meditation. Another kind of teacher should ask the pupil. Therefore eUher by knowledge of the thoughts of others or by asking the persm, one should know : this person walks in lust, this one in either hate or any of the other sj" What is suitable for a person of which conduct ? Speakh first of him who walks in lust:— Among dwellings which are built on an unclean spot, ornamented with balusters, which possess no higher storey than the ground floor, natural mountain-bends, grass-sheds, leaf-huts and other dwellings, that dwelling which is strewn with dust, full of bats, fallen to pieces, too high or too low, partaking of a rough and salty soil, fearsome, unclean, approached by an uneven path, [ 108 ] where the bedstead also is covered with bugs, ill-shaped, ill-favoured so that one feels loathing to look at it, — such a dwelling is suitable. A dress, consisting of an undergarment and an outer cloak that is torn at the edges, strewn over with hanging threads, like a net-shaped piece of cake, hard to the touch like a plank with spikes, dirty, heavy, hard to carry about is suitable. A bowl, — whether an ugly bowl of clay, or an iron bowl disfigured by pegs and knots — that is heavy, ill-shaped, loathsome like a skull is fitting. And the path he takes in his begging-round should be unpleasant, far from a village, uneven. And the village to which he goes for alms should be one where men go about as though not seeing him, and where they introduce him, as he comes out without getting any food from a household, into the sitting-hall saying Come Sir,” give him rice-gruel food and go away without taking leave as though they had introduced cattle into a pen. And the men who attend on him should be such as are slaves or workmen, ugly, ill-favoured, wearing dirty clothes, evil-smelUng, despicable, men who serve him in a disrespectful manner as though chucking him the rice-gruel food. And his rice-gruel and food should be coarse, bad in appearance, made of crushed millet, grain, broken rice and so on, sour buttermilk, vinegar, a soup of decayed potherbs, anjrbhing which merely fills the stomach. And he should adopt the posture of standing or walking to and fro. And that object which among the colour devices® of blue-green etc. has a dirty colour is suitable for one walking ha lust. For one who walks in hate a dwelling neither too high nor too low, well III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 127 supplied with, shade and water, having well-arranged walls, posts and stairs; situated on a level, soft site resplendent with well-finished flower-work, creeper-work and various kinds of painting; ornamented like a Brahma mansion with flowers, garlands, canopies of cloth of variegated colours; having a bedstead with well-arranged, clean, delightful bed-covers; well-scented with the perfumes and scents of flowers kept here and there for the sake of their perfumes; the mere sight of which gives joy and gladness: — such a dwelling is suitable. The road to the dwelling should be free from all dangers, clean, level, done up and fitted out. [109] In order to cut off the possibility of scorpions, bugs, snakes, rats making an abode in it, the furniture of the dwelling should not be too large, just a bedstead should suffice. And his dress comprising the inner garment and the outer cloak should be the best single or double cloth made of China silk, Somara cloth, silk, cotton stuff, fine linen etc., light, well-dyed and pure in colour to suit a monk. The bowl should be well-bumished, made of iron and flawless like a bubble of water and a well-cut gem, and very pure in colour to suit a monk. And the path he takes in his begging-round should be free from all dangers, level, pleasant, neither too far nor too near a village. And the village to which he goes for akns should be one where men, saying Now the master will come,’’ prepare a seat in a spot cleared and besprinkled with water, meet him and take his bowl, introduce him into their house and make him sit down on the prepared seat and serve him respectfully with their own hands. And his servitors should be men who are handsome, well-disposed in mind, well-bathed, well-smeared, sweet with smelling fumes, fragrance, flower-scents; decorated with apparels and ornaments of various colours, pure and lovely; and circumspect in their work. And his rice-gruel food should possess colour, scent, taste; nourishing, delightful, excellent in all ways and sufficient for the need. And he should adopt the posture of standing or sitting down. That object which among the colour devices of blue-green etc. is very pure in colour is suitable for him who walks in hate. The dwelling of Imn wlio walks in delusion should face the cardinal points, and be unconfined, where seated he could see opeifiy all the directions. Among the postures that of walking to and fro is suitable for him. But an object that is limited, the size of a tray, the size of a pot-M, small, is not suitable. For in a confined space the mind all the more falls into confusion; hence the object should be a big, large device. The rest is the same as has been said for one who walks in hate. This is what is suitable for one who walks in delusion. The whole system given for him who walks in hate is suitable also for him who walks in faith. And among the objects the sphere of recollectedness is proper for him. For him who walks in intelligence there is none among the dwellings and the rest that may be said to be unsuitable. For him who walks apprehending things a dwelling should not be one that is open in all directions wherein [110] to him seated appear lovely parks, groves and ponds, villages, market towns and the country one after another as well as blue-shining mountains. For such a dwelling is the cause of the thought-discursiveness. Therefore he should live in a dwelling like the Mahinda Cave on Mount Hatthikucchi hidden by the forest at the entrance of a deep valley, A wide object of thought moreover is not fit for him, for such an one would be the cause of his thoughts chasing about. It should be a limited object. The rest is the same as has been said for him who walks in lust. This is what is suitable for him who walks observantly. Such is the detailed account of the kinds, origin, explanation, suitability of the conduct which is comprehended under the phrase ''befitting his own conduct.’’ But this does not make fully clear the subject of meditation which befits the conduct. This will make itself clear in the detailed account of the following table of contents. Hence in what has been said, viz. " accepted among the forty subjects of meditation that subject ” (p.- 106), first the decision of subject of meditation should be understood in these ten ways: exposition of the number, inducement of access and ecstasy, different kinds of Jhana, object-transcending, question of increasing III. — -Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 129 or not increasing, object, plane, grasp, cause, suitable conduct. The Forty Subjects of Meditation, There (in the Table of Contents) under “ exposition of the mimber ' — mention has been made of the forty subjects of meditation, to wit, the Ten Devices,’’ the Ten Foul Things, the Ten Recollections, the Four Divine States, the Four Formless States, the One Perception, the One Specification. Of these the Ten Devices are earth-device, water-device, heat-device, air-device, blue-green device, yellow device, red device, white device, light device, separated space device. A swollen thing, discoloured thing, festering thing, fissured thing, mangled thing, dismembered thing, cut and dismembered thing, bloody thing, worm-foul thing, skeleton: — these are the Ten Foul Things. Buddha-recollection, Law-recollection, Order-recollection, morality-recollection, liberality-recollection, dcm-recollection, death-recollection, body-mindfulness, respiration-mindfulness, calm-recollection — these are the Ten Recollections. [Ill] Love, pity, sympathy, equanimity — these are the Four Divine States. The sphere of unlimited space, the sphere of unlimited consciousness, the sphere of nothingness, the sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible, — these are the Four Formless States. The perception of the abominableness of food is the One Perception. • The One Specification is that of the four elements. Determination by way of exposition of the number should thus be known. ‘‘ By way of Inducement of access and ecstasy ” is as follows these ten subjects of meditation, namely, the eight recollections, excepting mindfulness as to the body, and muidfulness as to respiration, perception of the abominableness of food, specification of the four elements — induce acce. The rest induce ecstasy. By way of the different kinds of Jhdm is as follows: here among the things inducing ecstasy the Ten Devices, together with, respiration-mindfulness, are (objects) of fourfold Jhana. The ten Foul Things together with mindfulness as to the body are (objects) of first Jhana. The fixst three Divine States are (objects) of threefold Jhana. The fourth Divine State and the four Formless Subjects are of fourfold Jhana. ''By transcending' is as follows: there are two ways of transcending: — transcending the factor and the object. Of these there is transcending the factor in all the subjects of meditation of threefold and fourfold Jhanas, because after transcending the Jhana-factors such as apphed and sustained thinking, there would be obtained, in those very objects, the second and other Jhanas. And the same with the fourth Divine State, which ought to be attained by transcending the gladness that there is in the thought of love and so on. In the four Formless (States) there is transcending of the object. For it is by transcending one or other of the first nine devices that the sphere of unlimited space ought to be attained. And it is by transcending in thought, space and the rest that the sphere of imlimited consciousness and the others ought to be attained. In the rest there is no transcending. The question of “ increasing or not increasing is as follows. Among these forty subjects only the ten Devices should be increased. For whatever place is diffused with the device, it is possible within that place to hear sounds through clairaudience, to see forms through clairvoyance, to know with one’s mind the thoughts of other beings. But mindfulness as to the body and the Foul Things should not be increased. Why ? Because of the limitations in place and the absence of advantage. And their limitation by place will be evident in the system of culture. Supposing they are increased [112], it is only the heap of corpses that is increased. There is no advantage whatever. And this has been said in the answer to Sopaka’s query, 0 Blessed One clear is the perception of the visible objecti not clear is the perception of the skeletonP It is stated here that perception of the visible object is clear IIL — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 131 owing to tlie increasing of tlie sign (after-image): and that perception of the skeleton is not clear because there is no increase. And what is said as This mtire earth have I diffused with perception of the skeleton ’’ is said by way of helping him who has attained itd For just as in the time of Dhammasoka, an Indian ’’ cuckoo, seeing its reflection on the glass walls all around, was aware of cuckoo ” in every direction and uttered a sweet song, so the Elder, having got perception of the skeleton and seeing the after-image established in all directions, thought that the whole earth was burdened with bones. If that be the case (that the image should not be increased), then is it opposed to the statement, that the Jhanas of the Foul Things have unlimited objects ? There is no such opposition; for some grasp the image in a swollen corpse or a big skeleton, others in either object of a small size. In this way, for some, the Jhana has a limited object, for others an unlimited object. Or it is concerning one who increases the sign of the Foul, not seeing any fault in so doing, that the object has been said to be unlimited. But they should not be increased owing to the absence of any advantage. Similarly, neither should the others be increased. Why ? Because he who increases, say, the respiration-sign, only increases the accumulation of wind, and it is limited in locality. Thus owing to its faultiness and limitation m locality, it should not be increased. The Divine States have as objects, beings. He who increases their sign may increase the number of beings (contemplated), but that is of no use. Therefore they also should not be increased. But the words He suffuses one quarter with mind associated with love have been said as to the grasping (the object not yet grasped). (Mentally) to grasp and augment the number of beings in one quarter, beginning with the residents of one monastery, of two monasteries and so on in due order — but not to increase the sign— is to '' suffuse one quarter/' [113]. ' There is here no after-image which the student might increase. Here also the object' as being limited or unlimited should be understood by way of inclusion (of beings). And in the Formless Objects, space should not be increased just because it is attained by separating the device. Indeed it ought to be attended to by removing the device. Beyond that there is nothing in increasing it. Consciousness should not be increased because, of its intrinsic nature, for that it is not possible to increase. Absence of consciousness may not be increased just because of absence. The object of the sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible may not be increased because of its intrinsic nature, the rest because of their not being the sign, for in increasing them, after-image itself would be increased. The object of Buddha-recollection and others is not the after-image and therefore should not be increased. By way of object is as follows: — Among these forty subjects of meditation these twenty-two, namely, the ten Devices, ten Foul Things, mindfulness as to Respiration, mindfulness as to the Body — have theic after-image as their mental object. Not so the rest. And twelve of these, namely, eight out of the ten recollections excepting mindfulness as to respiration and mindfulness as to the body, perception of the abominableness of food, specification of the four elements, the sphere of unlimited consciousness, the sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible, have their intrinsic natures as object. These twenty-two, namely, the ten Devices, ten Foul Things, inindfulness as to respuation, mindfulness as to the body, have the sign as the object. The remaining six have undefined objects. Further, these eight, namely, the festering, the bloody and the worm-foul corpse, mindfulness as to respiration, water-device, heat-device, air-device, and in the light-devices, whatever circle of light comes from the sun and so on (through apertures, windows etc.) have unsteady objects, and they vibrate previous to the after- TIL — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 133 image, whicli however remains steady. The rest have steady objects. By way of plane ’’ is as follows : — here these twelve, namely, the ten Foul Things, mindfulness as to the body, perception of the abominableness of food, do not arise among devas. These thirteen, namely, the twelve just mentioned and mindfulness as to respiration, do not arise in the Brahma-world. And in the formless existence none arises other than the four formless states. All may arise among men. [114] As to grasp is as follows: — definition here is to be understood as grasping by sight, touch, hearing. Here, excepting the air-device, these nineteen, namely, the remaining nine devices, the ten Foul Things — are to be grasped by sight. The meaning is that having previously (to the sign to be grasped) looked often with the eye, their sign can be grasped. As regards mindfulness as to the body the fivefold group of the skin is to be grasped by sight, the rest by hearing. Thus the object of body-mindfulness is to be grasped by sight and hearing. Mindfulness as to respiration is to be grasped by touch, the air-device by sight and touch, the remaining eighteen by hearing. And here, the divine state of equanimity and the four formless states are not to be grasped by a beginner; he may grasp the remaining thirty-five. By way of cause is as follows: — among these forty subjects, excepting the space-device, the remaining nine devices are the cause of the formless subjects, the ten devices are the cause of the super-knowledges, the three divine states are the cause of the fourth divine state, the lower formless is the cause of the higher one, the sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible is the cause of the attainment of cessation, and all of them are the cause of a happy life (xmder present conditions), insight and attainment of a happy birth. By way of suitable cordmt ” is as follows: — decision here as to suitability to the modes of conduct should be understood in this wise: these eleven subjects, namely, ten Foul Things, mindfulness as to the body, are suitable for one who walks in lust; eight subjects, namely, the four divine states, four colour-devices are suitable for bim wbo walks in bate; one subject of meditationj to wit, mindfulness as to respiration, is suitable for bim wbo walks in delusion, and bim wbo walks observant; tbe first six recollections for bim wbo walks in faitb; the four, namely, mindfulness of death, mindfulness of calm, specifying the four elements, perception of tbe abomin.ableness of food, for bim of intelligent conduct. Tbe remaining devices and tbe four formless states are suitable for all modes of conduct. And among the devices, that which is limited is suitable for one wbo walks observant, that which is infinite for him wbo walks in delusion. , And all this has been said by way of their dicect opposites and their extreme suitableness. There is no culture of merit which does not discard lust and so forth, and which is not of service to faith and so on. This has been said in Meghiyasutta : Four states should he cultivated further. The Foul Things should he cultivated for the putting away of lust, amity for the puttmg away of ill-will, mindfulness as to respiration for the cutting off of thoughts [US]? perception of impermanence for the uprooting of the pride that says I am' In the Rahula sutta also for a single person seven subjects of meditation are stated: ''Rahula, let the culture of amity he developed," Therefore without laying too much stress on mere words one should search everywhere for the meaning. This is the decision of the discourse on the subject of meditation in accepted that subject."’ This is the setting forth of the meaning of the word ‘‘ accepted. In accordance with what has been said as “ approached the good friend who gives him subjects of meditation " the student having approached the good friend who has been described already, entrusted himself to the Buddha, the Blessed One, or to a teacher, and with his wishes fulfilled and full of high resolve should beg for a subject. Herein he should entrust himself to the Buddha, the Blessed One, thus: Myself, 0 Blessed One, to you I offer.” For he who without entrusting himself thus, lives in the wild, being unable to s tand firm when a fearfu l III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 185 object presents itself, miglit go to a village-monastery and by intercourse with tbe householders would arrive at what he sought not and might come to dire distress. But to him who has entrusted himself, there arises no fear, even when a fearsome object presents itself. Gladness arises in him when he reflects, Hast thou not, 0 wise man, first entrusted thyself to the Buddhas For as a man who possessed an excellent piece of cloth of Benares, should it be eaten by rats or insects, would be grieved, if he were to give it to a monk who had no robe, even if he were afterwards to see that monk tearing it to pieces, only gladness would arise in him. So is the application of this simile to be understood. Again, in entrusting himself to a teacher, he should say Myself I offer to you.’’ For he who has not so entrusted himself is unruly, stubborn, takes advice from no one, or goes about at his own will, without asking leave of the teacher. And the teacher favours him not with things of the flesh or of the Doctrine, neither does he teach him any secret booklore. Not getting this double favour [116] he gets no foothold in the religion and before long reaches a wicked or worldly state. He who, on the other hand, has entrusted himself is not unruly, does not go about at his own will, is tractable and lives in dependence on his teacher. Getting the double favour from his teacher he attains to growth, development, increase in the religion like the pupils of the Elder Culapindpatika Tissa. They say that three Brethren came to that Elder’s presence. And one of them said Sir, if it be said that it is of benefit to you, I dare to jump from a cliff as high as a hundred men.” The second said '' Sir, if it be desired of me for your benefit, I dare to spend all this body of mine grinding it from the heels upwards on a slab of stone.” The third said, ** Sir, if it be desired of me for your benefit, I dare to suppress my breath and die.” The Elder, thinking '' These Brethren are possible fellows, ’ ’ preached a sub j ect of meditation to them. Standing in his instruction the three of them attained saintship. This is the advantage of entrusting oneself. Hence it is said Entrusted himself to the Buddha, the Blessed One, or to a teacher.” In with his wishes fulfilled and full of high resohe ’’ the student should have his wishes fulfilled in six ways by virtue of disinterestedness and so on. For he who has fulfilled his wishes has attained to one or other of the three kinds of enlightenment. As has been said: Six wishes lead to the ripening of the enlightenment of the Future Buddhas. And Future Buddhas with a wish for no greed see faults in greed. With a wish for no hate they see faults in hate. With a wish for no delusion they see faults in delusion. With a wish for emancipation they see faults in the house life. With a wish for solitude they see faults in society. With a wish for escape they see faults in all rebirths and destinies. For whatever stream-winners, once-returners, never-returners, saints who have destroyed the cankers, silent Buddhas, supreme Buddhas have been, are and will be in the past, present, or the future, all of them have attained in these six ways to any special thing to which each has had to attain. Therefore one should have his wishes fulfilled in these six ways. One should be full of high resolve ” by resolving on That. The meaning is that one should resolve to be concentrated, bend towards concentration, lean towards concentration [117], resolve to win Nibbana, bend towards Nibbana, lean towards Nibbana. The teacher who has attained knowledge of thought-reading should examine the mental behaviour of h i m who has thus fulfilled wish and resolve and has asked for a subject of meditation, and find out his conduct. Another teacher should find it out after putting such questions as these: “ Of what conduct art thou ? Which are the states to which thou art prone ? Attending to what makes thee comfortable ? On what subject of meditation is thy mind bent V After finding this out he should teach the subject of meditation suitable for his conduct. And in teaching it he should teach in three ways. To one who has originally acquired the subject he should, in giving it, make him recite it at one or two sittings. To one who dwells in his presence he should teach it every time he comes to him. To one who wishes to acquire it and go elsewhere he should teach it III. — Acceptance of the Subjects of Meditation 137 neither too concisely nor too much at length. In teaching the earth-device first among the subjects he should teach these nine divisions: the four faults of the device, the work of the device, the mode of culture of one who has performed it, the twofold sign, twofold concentration, sevenfold suitability and unsuitability, tenfold proficiency in ecstasy, equality of energy (with concentration), arrangement of ecstasy. In the remaining subjects also what is suitable for this and that person should be taught. All that will be evident in the analysis of culture. While the subject is being taught the student should grasp the sign and listen. Grasp the sign ’’ means noting well this and that mode thus: — this is a lower word, this a higher word, this is its sense, this the intention, this is a simile. For he who grasps the sign and listens respectfully makes a good grasp of the subject. Then depending on that subject he attains distinction, not so any other man. This is the exposition of the meaning of the word Accepted.’’ Thus far is the full treatment of the words Approached the good friend . . . accepted, among the forty subjects of meditation, that subject befitting his own conduct.” Thus is ended the third Chapter called the Exposition of the acceptance of the subjects of meditation in the section of concentration-cultuxe in the Path of Purity, composed for the purpose of gladdening good folk.
၃၈။ ဣဒါနိ ယသ္မာ ဧဝံ ဓုတင်္ဂပရိဟရဏသမ္ပာဒိတေဟိ အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာဒီဟိ ဂုဏေဟိ ပရိယောဒါတေ ဣမသ္မိံ သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌိတေန ‘‘သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌာယ နရော သပညော, စိတ္တံ ပညဉ္စ ဘာဝယ’’န္တိ ဝစနတော စိတ္တသီသေန နိဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌော သမာဓိ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗော။ သော စ အတိသင်္ခေပဒေသိတတ္တာ ဝိညာတုမ္ပိ တာဝ န သုကရော, ပဂေဝ ဘာဝေတုံ, တသ္မာ တဿ ဝိတ္ထာရဉ္စ ဘာဝနာနယဉ္စ ဒဿေတုံ ဣဒံ ပဉှာကမ္မံ ဟောတိ။
ကော သမာဓိ? ကေနဋ္ဌေန သမာဓိ? ကာနဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနိ? ကတိဝိဓော သမာဓိ? ကော စဿ သံကိလေသော? ကိံ ဝေါဒါနံ? ကထံ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗော? သမာဓိဘာဝနာယ ကော အာနိသံသောတိ?
တတြိဒံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ။ ကော သမာဓီတိ သမာဓိ ဗဟုဝိဓော နာနပ္ပကာရကော။ တံ သဗ္ဗံ ဝိဘာဝယိတုံ အာရဗ္ဘမာနံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ အဓိပ္ပေတဉ္စေဝ အတ္ထံ န သာဓေယျ, ဥတ္တရိ စ ဝိက္ခေပါယ သံဝတ္တေယျ, တသ္မာ ဣဓာဓိပ္ပေတမေဝ သန္ဓာယ ဝဒါမ, ကုသလစိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ သမာဓိ။
ကေနဋ္ဌေန သမာဓီတိ သမာဓာနဋ္ဌေန သမာဓိ။ ကိမိဒံ သမာဓာနံ နာမ? ဧကာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တစေတသိကာနံ သမံ သမ္မာ စ အာဓာနံ, ဌပနန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ ယဿ ဓမ္မဿာနုဘာဝေန ဧကာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တစေတသိကာ သမံ သမ္မာ စ အဝိက္ခိပမာနာ အဝိပ္ပကိဏ္ဏာ စ ဟုတွာ တိဋ္ဌန္တိ, ဣဒံ သမာဓာနန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ကာနဿ လက္ခဏရသပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနပဒဋ္ဌာနာနီတိ ဧတ္ထ ပန အဝိက္ခေပလက္ခဏော သမာဓိ, ဝိက္ခေပဝိဒ္ဓံသနရသော, အဝိကမ္ပနပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနော။ ‘‘သုခိနော စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတီ’’တိ ဝစနတော ပန သုခမဿ ပဒဋ္ဌာနံ။
၃၉။ ကတိဝိဓော သမာဓီတိ အဝိက္ခေပလက္ခဏေန တာဝ ဧကဝိဓော။ ဥပစာရအပ္ပနာဝသေန ဒုဝိဓော, တထာ လောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝသေန သပ္ပီတိကနိပ္ပီတိကဝသေန သုခသဟဂတဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတဝသေန စ။ တိဝိဓော ဟီနမဇ္ဈိမပဏီတဝသေန, တထာ သဝိတက္ကသဝိစာရာဒိဝသေန ပီတိသဟဂတာဒိဝသေန ပရိတ္တမဟဂ္ဂတပ္ပမာဏဝသေန စ။ စတုဗ္ဗိဓော ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒါဒန္ဓာဘိညာဒိဝသေန, တထာ ပရိတ္တပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏာဒိဝသေန စတုဈာနင်္ဂဝသေန ဟာနဘာဂိယာဒိဝသေန ကာမာဝစရာဒိဝသေန အဓိပတိဝသေန စ။ ပဉ္စဝိဓော ပဉ္စကနယေ ပဉ္စဈာနင်္ဂဝသေနာတိ။
သမာဓိဧကကဒုကဝဏ္ဏနာ
တတ္ထ ဧကဝိဓကောဋ္ဌာသော ဥတ္တာနတ္ထောယေဝ။ ဒုဝိဓကောဋ္ဌာသေ ဆန္နံ အနုဿတိဋ္ဌာနာနံ မရဏဿတိယာ ဥပသမာနုဿတိယာ အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာယ စတုဓာတုဝဝတ္ထာနဿာတိ ဣမေသံ ဝသေန လဒ္ဓစိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ, ယာ စ အပ္ပနာသမာဓီနံ ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ, အယံ ဥပစာရသမာဓိ။ ‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ပရိကမ္မံ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ အနန္တရပစ္စယေန ပစ္စယော’’တိ အာဒိဝစနတော ပန ယာ ပရိကမ္မာနန္တရာ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ, အယံ အပ္ပနာသမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ ဥပစာရပ္ပနာဝသေန ဒုဝိဓော။
ဒုတိယဒုကေ တီသု ဘူမီသု ကုသလစိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ လောကိယော သမာဓိ။ အရိယမဂ္ဂသမ္ပယုတ္တာ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ လောကုတ္တရော သမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ လောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝသေန ဒုဝိဓော။
တတိယဒုကေ စတုက္ကနယေ ဒွီသု ပဉ္စကနယေ တီသု ဈာနေသု ဧကဂ္ဂတာ သပ္ပီတိကော သမာဓိ။ အဝသေသေသု ဒွီသု ဈာနေသု ဧကဂ္ဂတာ နိပ္ပီတိကော သမာဓိ။ ဥပစာရသမာဓိ ပန သိယာ သပ္ပီတိကော, သိယာ နိပ္ပီတိကောတိ ဧဝံ သပ္ပီတိကနိပ္ပီတိကဝသေန ဒုဝိဓော။
စတုတ္ထဒုကေ စတုက္ကနယေ တီသု ပဉ္စကနယေ စတူသု ဈာနေသု ဧကဂ္ဂတာ သုခသဟဂတော သမာဓိ။ အဝသေသသ္မိံ ဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတော သမာဓိ။ ဥပစာရသမာဓိ ပန သိယာ သုခသဟဂတော, သိယာ ဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတောတိ ဧဝံ သုခသဟဂတဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတဝသေန ဒုဝိဓော။
သမာဓိတိကဝဏ္ဏနာ
တိကေသု ပဌမတ္တိကေ ပဋိလဒ္ဓမတ္တော ဟီနော, နာတိသုဘာဝိတော မဇ္ဈိမော, သုဘာဝိတော ဝသိပ္ပတ္တော ပဏီတောတိ ဧဝံ ဟီနမဇ္ဈိမပဏီတဝသေန တိဝိဓော။
ဒုတိယတ္တိကေ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနသမာဓိ သဒ္ဓိံ ဥပစာရသမာဓိနာ သဝိတက္ကသဝိစာရော။ ပဉ္စကနယေ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနသမာဓိ အဝိတက္ကဝိစာရမတ္တော။ ယော ဟိ ဝိတက္ကမတ္တေယေဝ အာဒီနဝံ ဒိသွာ ဝိစာရေ အဒိသွာ ကေဝလံ ဝိတက္ကပ္ပဟာနမတ္တံ အာကင်္ခမာနော ပဌမဇ္ဈာနံ အတိက္ကမတိ, သော အဝိတက္ကဝိစာရမတ္တံ သမာဓိံ ပဋိလဘတိ။ တံ သန္ဓာယေတံ ဝုတ္တံ။ စတုက္ကနယေ ပန ဒုတိယာဒီသု ပဉ္စကနယေ တတိယာဒီသု တီသု ဈာနေသု ဧကဂ္ဂတာ အဝိတက္ကာဝိစာရော သမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ သဝိတက္ကသဝိစာရာဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓော။
တတိယတ္တိကေ စတုက္ကနယေ အာဒိတော ဒွီသု ပဉ္စကနယေ စ တီသု ဈာနေသု ဧကဂ္ဂတာ ပီတိသဟဂတော သမာဓိ။ တေသွေဝ တတိယေ စ စတုတ္ထေ စ ဈာနေ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ သုခသဟဂတော သမာဓိ။ အဝသာနေ ဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတော။ ဥပစာရသမာဓိ ပန ပီတိသုခသဟဂတော ဝါ ဟောတိ ဥပေက္ခာသဟဂတော ဝါတိ ဧဝံ ပီတိသဟဂတာဒိဝသေန တိဝိဓော။
စတုတ္ထတ္တိကေ ဥပစာရဘူမိယံ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ ပရိတ္တော သမာဓိ။ ရူပါဝစရာရူပါဝစရကုသလေ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ မဟဂ္ဂတော သမာဓိ။ အရိယမဂ္ဂသမ္ပယုတ္တာ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ အပ္ပမာဏော သမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ ပရိတ္တမဟဂ္ဂတပ္ပမာဏဝသေန တိဝိဓော။
သမာဓိစတုက္ကဝဏ္ဏနာ
စတုက္ကေသု ပဌမစတုက္ကေ အတ္ထိ သမာဓိ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒေါ ဒန္ဓာဘိညော, အတ္ထိ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒေါ ခိပ္ပါဘိညော, အတ္ထိ သုခါပဋိပဒေါ ဒန္ဓာဘိညော, အတ္ထိ သုခါပဋိပဒေါ ခိပ္ပါဘိညောတိ။
တတ္ထ ပဌမသမန္နာဟာရတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ယာဝ တဿ တဿ ဈာနဿ ဥပစာရံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တာဝ ပဝတ္တာ သမာဓိဘာဝနာ ပဋိပဒါတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဥပစာရတော ပန ပဋ္ဌာယ ယာဝ အပ္ပနာ, တာဝ ပဝတ္တာ ပညာ အဘိညာတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ သာ ပနေသာ ပဋိပဒါ ဧကစ္စဿ ဒုက္ခာ ဟောတိ, နီဝရဏာဒိပစ္စနီကဓမ္မသမုဒါစာရဂဟဏတာယ ကိစ္ဆာ အသုခါသေဝနာတိ အတ္ထော။ ဧကစ္စဿ တဒဘာဝေန သုခါ။ အဘိညာပိ ဧကစ္စဿ ဒန္ဓာ ဟောတိ မန္ဒာ အသီဃပ္ပဝတ္တိ။ ဧကစ္စဿ ခိပ္ပါ အမန္ဒာ သီဃပ္ပဝတ္တိ။
တတ္ထ ယာနိ ပရတော သပ္ပါယာသပ္ပါယာနိ စ ပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒါဒီနိ ပုဗ္ဗကိစ္စာနိ စ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လာနိ စ ဝဏ္ဏယိဿာမ, တေသု ယော အသပ္ပါယသေဝီ ဟောတိ, တဿ ဒုက္ခာ ပဋိပဒါ ဒန္ဓာ စ အဘိညာ ဟောတိ။ သပ္ပါယသေဝိနော သုခါ ပဋိပဒါ ခိပ္ပါ စ အဘိညာ။ ယော ပန ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေ အသပ္ပါယံ သေဝိတွာ အပရဘာဂေ သပ္ပါယသေဝီ ဟောတိ, ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေ ဝါ သပ္ပါယံ သေဝိတွာ အပရဘာဂေ အသပ္ပါယသေဝီ, တဿ ဝေါမိဿကတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ တထာ ပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒါဒိကံ ပုဗ္ဗကိစ္စံ အသမ္ပာဒေတွာ ဘာဝနမနုယုတ္တဿ ဒုက္ခာ ပဋိပဒါ ဟောတိ။ ဝိပရိယာယေန သုခါ။ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လာနိ ပန အသမ္ပာဒေန္တဿ ဒန္ဓာ အဘိညာ ဟောတိ။ သမ္ပာဒေန္တဿ ခိပ္ပါ။
အပိစ တဏှာအဝိဇ္ဇာဝသေန သမထဝိပဿနာဓိကာရဝသေန စာပိ ဧတာသံ ပဘေဒေါ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ တဏှာဘိဘူတဿ ဟိ ဒုက္ခာ ပဋိပဒါ ဟောတိ။ အနဘိဘူတဿ သုခါ။ အဝိဇ္ဇာဘိဘူတဿ စ ဒန္ဓာ အဘိညာ ဟောတိ။ အနဘိဘူတဿ ခိပ္ပါ။ ယော စ သမထေ အကတာဓိကာရော, တဿ ဒုက္ခာ ပဋိပဒါ ဟောတိ။ ကတာဓိကာရဿ သုခါ။ ယော ပန ဝိပဿနာယ အကတာဓိကာရော ဟောတိ, တဿ ဒန္ဓာ အဘိညာ ဟောတိ, ကတာဓိကာရဿ ခိပ္ပါ။ ကိလေသိန္ဒြိယဝသေန စာပိ ဧတာသံ ပဘေဒေါ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ တိဗ္ဗကိလေသဿ ဟိ မုဒိန္ဒြိယဿ ဒုက္ခာ ပဋိပဒါ ဟောတိ ဒန္ဓာ စ အဘိညာ, တိက္ခိန္ဒြိယဿ ပန ခိပ္ပါ အဘိညာ။ မန္ဒကိလေသဿ စ မုဒိန္ဒြိယဿ သုခါ ပဋိပဒါ ဟောတိ ဒန္ဓာ စ အဘိညာ။ တိက္ခိန္ဒြိယဿ ပန ခိပ္ပါ အဘိညာတိ။
ဣတိ ဣမာသု ပဋိပဒါအဘိညာသု ယော ပုဂ္ဂလော ဒုက္ခာယ ပဋိပဒါယ ဒန္ဓာယ စ အဘိညာယ သမာဓိံ ပါပုဏာတိ, တဿ သော သမာဓိ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒေါ ဒန္ဓာဘိညောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဧသ နယော သေသတ္တယေပီတိ ဧဝံ ဒုက္ခာပဋိပဒါဒန္ဓာဘိညာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
ဒုတိယစတုက္ကေ အတ္ထိ သမာဓိ ပရိတ္တော ပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏော, အတ္ထိ ပရိတ္တော အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏော, အတ္ထိ အပ္ပမာဏော ပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏော, အတ္ထိ အပ္ပမာဏော အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏောတိ။ တတ္ထ ယော သမာဓိ အပ္ပဂုဏော ဥပရိဈာနဿ ပစ္စယော ဘဝိတုံ န သက္ကောတိ, အယံ ပရိတ္တော။ ယော ပန အဝဍ္ဎိတေ အာရမ္မဏေ ပဝတ္တော, အယံ ပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏော။ ယော ပဂုဏော သုဘာဝိတော, ဥပရိဈာနဿ ပစ္စယော ဘဝိတုံ သက္ကောတိ, အယံ အပ္ပမာဏော။ ယော စ ဝဍ္ဎိတေ အာရမ္မဏေ ပဝတ္တော, အယံ အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏော။ ဝုတ္တလက္ခဏဝေါမိဿတာယ ပန ဝေါမိဿကနယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဧဝံ ပရိတ္တပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
တတိယစတုက္ကေ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘိတနီဝရဏာနံ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရပီတိသုခသမာဓီနံ ဝသေန ပဉ္စင်္ဂိကံ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ, တတော ဝူပသန္တဝိတက္ကဝိစာရံ တိဝင်္ဂိကံ ဒုတိယံ, တတော ဝိရတ္တပီတိကံ ဒုဝင်္ဂိကံ တတိယံ, တတော ပဟီနသုခံ ဥပေက္ခာဝေဒနာသဟိတဿ သမာဓိနော ဝသေန ဒုဝင်္ဂိကံ စတုတ္ထံ။ ဣတိ ဣမေသံ စတုန္နံ ဈာနာနံ အင်္ဂဘူတာ စတ္တာရော သမာဓီ ဟောန္တိ။ ဧဝံ စတုဈာနင်္ဂဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
စတုတ္ထစတုက္ကေ အတ္ထိ သမာဓိ ဟာနဘာဂိယော, အတ္ထိ ဌိတိဘာဂိယော, အတ္ထိ ဝိသေသဘာဂိယော, အတ္ထိ နိဗ္ဗေဓဘာဂိယော။ တတ္ထ ပစ္စနီကသမုဒါစာရဝသေန ဟာနဘာဂိယတာ, တဒနုဓမ္မတာယ သတိယာ သဏ္ဌာနဝသေန ဌိတိဘာဂိယတာ, ဥပရိဝိသေသာဓိဂမဝသေန ဝိသေသဘာဂိယတာ, နိဗ္ဗိဒါသဟဂတသညာမနသိကာရသမုဒါစာရဝသေန နိဗ္ဗေဓဘာဂိယတာ စ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ လာဘိံ ကာမသဟဂတာ သညာမနသိကာရာ သမုဒါစရန္တိ ဟာနဘာဂိနီ ပညာ။ တဒနုဓမ္မတာ သတိ သန္တိဋ္ဌတိ ဌိတိဘာဂိနီ ပညာ။ အဝိတက္ကသဟဂတာ သညာမနသိကာရာ သမုဒါစရန္တိ ဝိသေသဘာဂိနီ ပညာ။ နိဗ္ဗိဒါသဟဂတာ သညာမနသိကာရာ သမုဒါစရန္တိ ဝိရာဂူပသဉှိတာ နိဗ္ဗေဓဘာဂိနီ ပညာ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၇၉၉)။ တာယ ပန ပညာယ သမ္ပယုတ္တာ သမာဓီပိ စတ္တာရော ဟောန္တီတိ။ ဧဝံ ဟာနဘာဂိယာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
ပဉ္စမစတုက္ကေ ကာမာဝစရော သမာဓိ, ရူပါဝစရော သမာဓိ, အရူပါဝစရော သမာဓိ, အပရိယာပန္နော သမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ စတ္တာရော သမာဓီ။ တတ္ထ သဗ္ဗာပိ ဥပစာရေကဂ္ဂတာ ကာမာဝစရော သမာဓိ။ တထာ ရူပါဝစရာဒိကုသလစိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ ဣတရေ တယောတိ ဧဝံ ကာမာဝစရာဒိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
ဆဋ္ဌစတုက္ကေ ‘‘ဆန္ဒံ စေ ဘိက္ခု အဓိပတိံ ကရိတွာ လဘတိ သမာဓိံ, လဘတိ စိတ္တဿေကဂ္ဂတံ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဆန္ဒသမာဓိ…ပေ… ဝီရိယံ စေ ဘိက္ခု…ပေ… စိတ္တံ စေ ဘိက္ခု…ပေ… ဝီမံသံ စေ ဘိက္ခု အဓိပတိံ ကရိတွာ လဘတိ သမာဓိံ, လဘတိ စိတ္တဿေကဂ္ဂတံ, အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ ဝီမံသာသမာဓီ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၄၃၂၊ သံ။ နိ။ ၃။၈၂၅) ဧဝံ အဓိပတိဝသေန စတုဗ္ဗိဓော။
ပဉ္စကေ ယံ စတုက္ကဘေဒေ ဝုတ္တံ ဒုတိယံ ဈာနံ, တံ ဝိတက္ကမတ္တာတိက္ကမေန ဒုတိယံ, ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာတိက္ကမေန တတိယန္တိ ဧဝံ ဒွိဓာ ဘိန္ဒိတွာ ပဉ္စ ဈာနာနိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ တေသံ အင်္ဂဘူတာ စ ပဉ္စ သမာဓီတိ ဧဝံ ပဉ္စဈာနင်္ဂဝသေန ပဉ္စဝိဓတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
၄၀။ ကော စဿ သံကိလေသော ကိံ ဝေါဒါနန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပန ဝိဿဇ္ဇနံ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ဝုတ္တမေဝ။ ဝုတ္တဉှိ တတ္ထ ‘‘သံကိလေသန္တိ ဟာနဘာဂိယော ဓမ္မော။ ဝေါဒါနန္တိ ဝိသေသဘာဂိယော ဓမ္မော’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၈၂၈)။ တတ္ထ ‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ လာဘိံ ကာမသဟဂတာ သညာမနသိကာရာ သမုဒါစရန္တိ ဟာနဘာဂိနီ ပညာ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၇၉၉) ဣမိနာ နယေန ဟာနဘာဂိယဓမ္မော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ‘‘အဝိတက္ကသဟဂတာ သညာမနသိကာရာ သမုဒါစရန္တိ ဝိသေသဘာဂိနီ ပညာ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၇၉၉) ဣမိနာ နယေန ဝိသေသဘာဂိယဓမ္မော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ဒသပလိဗောဓဝဏ္ဏနာ
၄၁။ ကထံ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗောတိ ဧတ္ထ ပန ယော တာဝ အယံ လောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝသေန ဒုဝိဓောတိအာဒီသု အရိယမဂ္ဂသမ္ပယုတ္တော သမာဓိ ဝုတ္တော, တဿ ဘာဝနာနယော ပညာဘာဝနာနယေနေဝ သင်္ဂဟိတော။ ပညာယ ဟိ ဘာဝိတာယ သော ဘာဝိတော ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ တံ သန္ဓာယ ဧဝံ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗောတိ န ကိဉ္စိ ဝိသုံ ဝဒါမ။
ယော ပနာယံ လောကိယော, သော ဝုတ္တနယေန သီလာနိ ဝိသောဓေတွာ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓေ သီလေ ပတိဋ္ဌိတေန ယွာဿ ဒသသု ပလိဗောဓေသု ပလိဗောဓော အတ္ထိ, တံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ အတ္တနော စရိယာနုကူလံ စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု အညတရံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာ သမာဓိဘာဝနာယ အနနုရူပံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဟာယ အနုရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟရန္တေန ခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာ သဗ္ဗံ ဘာဝနာဝိဓာနံ အပရိဟာပေန္တေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗောတိ အယမေတ္ထ သင်္ခေပေါ။
အယံ ပန ဝိတ္ထာရော, ယံ တာဝ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ယွာဿ ဒသသု ပလိဗောဓေသု ပလိဗောဓော အတ္ထိ, တံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ’’တိ, ဧတ္ထ –
အာဝါသော စ ကုလံ လာဘော, ဂဏော ကမ္မဉ္စ ပဉ္စမံ၊
အဒ္ဓါနံ ဉာတိ အာဗာဓော, ဂန္ထော ဣဒ္ဓီတိ တေ ဒသာတိ။ –
ဣမေ ဒသ ပလိဗောဓာ နာမ။ တတ္ထ အာဝါသောယေဝ အာဝါသပလိဗောဓော။ ဧသ နယော ကုလာဒီသု။
တတ္ထ အာဝါသောတိ ဧကောပိ ဩဝရကော ဝုစ္စတိ ဧကမ္ပိ ပရိဝေဏံ သကလောပိ သံဃာရာမော။ သွာယံ န သဗ္ဗဿေဝ ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ။ ယော ပနေတ္ထ နဝကမ္မာဒီသု ဥဿုက္ကံ ဝါ အာပဇ္ဇတိ, ဗဟုဘဏ္ဍသန္နိစယော ဝါ ဟောတိ, ယေန ကေနစိ ဝါ ကာရဏေန အပေက္ခဝါ ပဋိဗဒ္ဓစိတ္တော, တဿေဝ ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, န ဣတရဿ။
တတြိဒံ ဝတ္ထု – ဒွေ ကိရ ကုလပုတ္တာ အနုရာဓပုရာ နိက္ခမိတွာ အနုပုဗ္ဗေန ထူပါရာမေ ပဗ္ဗဇိံသု။ တေသု ဧကော ဒွေ မာတိကာ ပဂုဏာ ကတွာ ပဉ္စဝဿိကော ဟုတွာ ပဝါရေတွာ ပါစိနခဏ္ဍရာဇိံ နာမ ဂတော။ ဧကော တတ္ထေဝ ဝသတိ။ ပါစိနခဏ္ဍရာဇိဂတော တတ္ထ စိရံ ဝသိတွာ ထေရော ဟုတွာ စိန္တေသိ ‘‘ပဋိသလ္လာနသာရုပ္ပမိဒံ ဌာနံ, ဟန္ဒ နံ သဟာယကဿာပိ အာရောစေမီ’’တိ။ တတော နိက္ခမိတွာ အနုပုဗ္ဗေန ထူပါရာမံ ပါဝိသိ။ ပဝိသန္တံယေဝ စ နံ ဒိသွာ သမာနဝဿိကတ္ထေရော ပစ္စုဂ္ဂန္တွာ ပတ္တစီဝရံ ပဋိဂ္ဂဟေတွာ ဝတ္တံ အကာသိ။ အာဂန္တုကတ္ထေရော သေနာသနံ ပဝိသိတွာ စိန္တေသိ ‘‘ဣဒါနိ မေ သဟာယော သပ္ပိံ ဝါ ဖာဏိတံ ဝါ ပါနကံ ဝါ ပေသေဿတိ။ အယဉှိ ဣမသ္မိံ နဂရေ စိရနိဝါသီ’’တိ။ သော ရတ္တိံ အလဒ္ဓါ ပါတော စိန္တေသိ ‘‘ဣဒါနိ ဥပဋ္ဌာကေဟိ ဂဟိတံ ယာဂုခဇ္ဇကံ ပေသေဿတီ’’တိ။ တမ္ပိ အဒိသွာ ‘‘ပဟိဏန္တာ နတ္ထိ, ပဝိဋ္ဌဿ မညေ ဒဿတီ’’တိ ပါတောဝ တေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဂါမံ ပါဝိသိ။ တေ ဒွေ ဧကံ ဝီထိံ စရိတွာ ဥဠုင်္ကမတ္တံ ယာဂုံ လဘိတွာ အာသနသာလာယံ နိသီဒိတွာ ပိဝိံသု။ တတော အာဂန္တုကော စိန္တေသိ ‘‘နိဗဒ္ဓယာဂု မညေ နတ္ထိ, ဘတ္တကာလေ ဣဒါနိ မနုဿာ ပဏီတံ ဘတ္တံ ဒဿန္တီ’’တိ, တတော ဘတ္တကာလေပိ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိတွာ လဒ္ဓမေဝ ဘုဉ္ဇိတွာ ဣတရော အာဟ – ‘‘ကိံ, ဘန္တေ, သဗ္ဗကာလံ ဧဝံ ယာပေထာ’’တိ? အာမာဝုသောတိ။ ဘန္တေ, ပါစိနခဏ္ဍရာဇိ ဖာသုကာ, တတ္ထ ဂစ္ဆာမာတိ။ ထေရော နဂရတော ဒက္ခိဏဒွါရေန နိက္ခမန္တော ကုမ္ဘကာရဂါမမဂ္ဂံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇိ။ ဣတရော အာဟ – ‘‘ကိံ ပန, ဘန္တေ, ဣမံ မဂ္ဂံ ပဋိပန္နတ္ထာ’’တိ? နနု တွမာဝုသော, ပါစိနခဏ္ဍရာဇိယာ ဝဏ္ဏံ အဘာသီတိ? ကိံ ပန, ဘန္တေ, တုမှာကံ ဧတ္တကံ ကာလံ ဝသိတဋ္ဌာနေ န ကောစိ အတိရေကပရိက္ခာရော အတ္ထီတိ? အာမာဝုသော မဉ္စပီဌံ သံဃိကံ, တံ ပဋိသာမိတမေဝ, အညံ ကိဉ္စိ နတ္ထီတိ။ မယှံ ပန, ဘန္တေ, ကတ္တရဒဏ္ဍော တေလနာဠိ ဥပါဟနတ္ထဝိကာ စ တတ္ထေဝါတိ။ တယာဝုသော, ဧကဒိဝသံ ဝသိတွာ ဧတ္တကံ ဌပိတန္တိ? အာမ, ဘန္တေ။ သော ပသန္နစိတ္တော ထေရံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ‘‘တုမှာဒိသာနံ, ဘန္တေ, သဗ္ဗတ္ထ အရညဝါသောယေဝ။ ထူပါရာမော စတုန္နံ ဗုဒ္ဓါနံ ဓာတုနိဓာနဋ္ဌာနံ, လောဟပါသာဒေ သပ္ပါယံ ဓမ္မဿဝနံ မဟာစေတိယဒဿနံ ထေရဒဿနဉ္စ လဗ္ဘတိ, ဗုဒ္ဓကာလော ဝိယ ပဝတ္တတိ။ ဣဓေဝ တုမှေ ဝသထာ’’တိ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ ပတ္တစီဝရံ ဂဟေတွာ သယမေဝ အဂမာသီတိ။ ဤဒိသဿ အာဝါသော န ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ။
ကုလန္တိ ဉာတိကုလံ ဝါ ဥပဋ္ဌာကကုလံ ဝါ။ ဧကစ္စဿ ဟိ ဥပဋ္ဌာကကုလမ္ပိ ‘‘သုခိတေသု သုခိတော’’တိအာဒိနာ (ဝိဘ။ ၈၈၈၊ သံ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၄၁) နယေန သံသဋ္ဌဿ ဝိဟရတော ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, သော ကုလမာနုသကေဟိ ဝိနာ ဓမ္မဿဝနာယ သာမန္တဝိဟာရမ္ပိ န ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ဧကစ္စဿ မာတာပိတရောပိ ပလိဗောဓာ န ဟောန္တိ, ကောရဏ္ဍကဝိဟာရဝါသိတ္ထေရဿ ဘာဂိနေယျဒဟရဘိက္ခုနော ဝိယ။
သော ကိရ ဥဒ္ဒေသတ္ထံ ရောဟဏံ အဂမာသိ။ ထေရဘဂိနီပိ ဥပါသိကာ သဒါ ထေရံ တဿ ပဝတ္တိံ ပုစ္ဆတိ။ ထေရော ဧကဒိဝသံ ဒဟရံ အာနေဿာမီတိ ရောဟဏာဘိမုခေါ ပါယာသိ။ ဒဟရောပိ ‘‘စိရံ မေ ဣဓ ဝုတ္ထံ, ဥပဇ္ဈာယံ ဒါနိ ပဿိတွာ ဥပါသိကာယ စ ပဝတ္တိံ ဉတွာ အာဂမိဿာမီ’’တိ ရောဟဏတော နိက္ခမိ။ တေ ဥဘောပိ ဂင်္ဂါတီရေ သမာဂစ္ဆိံသု။ သော အညတရသ္မိံ ရုက္ခမူလေ ထေရဿ ဝတ္တံ ကတွာ ‘‘ကုဟိံ ယာသီ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆိတော တမတ္ထံ အာရောစေသိ။ ထေရော သုဋ္ဌု တေ ကတံ, ဥပါသိကာပိ သဒါ ပုစ္ဆတိ, အဟမ္ပိ ဧတဒတ္ထမေဝ အာဂတော, ဂစ္ဆ တွံ, အဟံ ပန ဣဓေဝ ဣမံ ဝဿံ ဝသိဿာမီတိ တံ ဥယျောဇေသိ။ သော ဝဿူပနာယိကဒိဝသေယေဝ တံ ဝိဟာရံ ပတ္တော။ သေနာသနမ္ပိဿ ပိတရာ ကာရိတမေဝ ပတ္တံ။
အထဿ ပိတာ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ အာဂန္တွာ ‘‘ကဿ, ဘန္တေ, အမှာကံ သေနာသနံ ပတ္တ’’န္တိ ပုစ္ဆန္တော ‘‘အာဂန္တုကဿ ဒဟရဿာ’’တိ သုတွာ တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ ဝန္ဒိတွာ အာဟ – ‘‘ဘန္တေ, အမှာကံ သေနာသနေ ဝဿံ ဥပဂတဿ ဝတ္တံ အတ္ထီ’’တိ။ ကိံ ဥပါသကာတိ? တေမာသံ အမှာကံယေဝ ဃရေ ဘိက္ခံ ဂဟေတွာ ပဝါရေတွာ ဂမနကာလေ အာပုစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗန္တိ။ သော တုဏှိဘာဝေန အဓိဝါသေသိ။ ဥပါသကောပိ ဃရံ ဂန္တွာ ‘‘အမှာကံ အာဝါသေ ဧကော အာဂန္တုကော အယျော ဥပဂတော သက္ကစ္စံ ဥပဋ္ဌာတဗ္ဗော’’တိ အာဟ။ ဥပါသိကာ ‘‘သာဓူ’’တိ သမ္ပဋိစ္ဆိတွာ ပဏီတံ ခါဒနီယံ ဘောဇနီယံ ပဋိယာဒေသိ။ ဒဟရောပိ ဘတ္တကာလေ ဉာတိဃရံ အဂမာသိ။ န နံ ကောစိ သဉ္ဇာနိ။
သော တေမာသမ္ပိ တတ္ထ ပိဏ္ဍပါတံ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇိတွာ ဝဿံဝုတ္ထော ‘‘အဟံ ဂစ္ဆာမီ’’တိ အာပုစ္ဆိ။ အထဿ ဉာတကာ ‘‘သွေ, ဘန္တေ, ဂစ္ဆထာ’’တိ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ ဃရေယေဝ ဘောဇေတွာ တေလနာဠိံ ပူရေတွာ ဧကံ ဂုဠပိဏ္ဍံ နဝဟတ္ထဉ္စ သာဋကံ ဒတွာ ‘‘ဂစ္ဆထ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ အာဟံသု။ သော အနုမောဒနံ ကတွာ ရောဟဏာဘိမုခေါ ပါယာသိ။
ဥပဇ္ဈာယောပိဿ ပဝါရေတွာ ပဋိပထံ အာဂစ္ဆန္တော ပုဗ္ဗေ ဒိဋ္ဌဋ္ဌာနေယေဝ တံ အဒ္ဒသ။ သော အညတရသ္မိံ ရုက္ခမူလေ ထေရဿ ဝတ္တံ အကာသိ။ အထ နံ ထေရော ပုစ္ဆိ ‘‘ကိံ, ဘဒ္ဒမုခ, ဒိဋ္ဌာ တေ ဥပါသိကာ’’တိ? သော ‘‘အာမ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ သဗ္ဗံ ပဝတ္တိံ အာရောစေတွာ တေန တေလေန ထေရဿ ပါဒေ မက္ခေတွာ ဂုဠေန ပါနကံ ကတွာ တမ္ပိ သာဋကံ ထေရဿေဝ ဒတွာ ထေရံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ‘‘မယှံ, ဘန္တေ, ရောဟဏံယေဝ သပ္ပါယ’’န္တိ အဂမာသိ။ ထေရောပိ ဝိဟာရံ အာဂန္တွာ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ ကောရဏ္ဍကဂါမံ ပါဝိသိ။
ဥပါသိကာပိ ‘‘မယှံ ဘာတာ မမ ပုတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ ဣဒါနိ အာဂစ္ဆတီ’’တိ သဒါ မဂ္ဂံ ဩလောကယမာနာဝ တိဋ္ဌတိ။ သာ တံ ဧကကမေဝ အာဂစ္ဆန္တံ ဒိသွာ ‘‘မတော မေ မညေ ပုတ္တော, အယံ ထေရော ဧကကောဝ အာဂစ္ဆတီ’’တိ ထေရဿ ပါဒမူလေ နိပတိတွာ ပရိဒေဝမာနာ ရောဒိ။ ထေရော ‘‘နူန ဒဟရော အပ္ပိစ္ဆတာယ အတ္တာနံ အဇာနာပေတွာဝ ဂတော’’တိ တံ သမဿာသေတွာ သဗ္ဗံ ပဝတ္တိံ အာရောစေတွာ ပတ္တတ္ထဝိကတော တံ သာဋကံ နီဟရိတွာ ဒဿေတိ။
ဥပါသိကာ ပသီဒိတွာ ပုတ္တေန ဂတဒိသာဘိမုခါ ဥရေန နိပဇ္ဇိတွာ နမဿမာနာ အာဟ – ‘‘မယှံ ပုတ္တသဒိသံ ဝတ မညေ ဘိက္ခုံ ကာယသက္ခိံ ကတွာ ဘဂဝါ ရထဝိနီတပဋိပဒံ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၅၂ အာဒယော), နာလကပဋိပဒံ (သု။ နိ။ ၆၈၄ အာဒယော), တုဝဋ္ဋကပဋိပဒံ (သု။ နိ။ ၉၂၁ အာဒယော), စတုပစ္စယသန္တောသဘာဝနာရာမတာဒီပကံ မဟာအရိယဝံသပဋိပဒဉ္စ (အ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၈၊ ဒီ။ နိ။ ၃။၃၀၉) ဒေသေသိ။ ဝိဇာတမာတုယာ နာမ ဂေဟေ တေမာသံ ဘုဉ္ဇမာနောပိ ‘အဟံ ပုတ္တော တွံ မာတာ’တိ န ဝက္ခတိ, အဟော အစ္ဆရိယမနုဿော’’တိ။ ဧဝရူပဿ မာတာပိတရောပိ ပလိဗောဓာ န ဟောန္တိ, ပဂေဝ အညံ ဥပဋ္ဌာကကုလ’’န္တိ။
လာဘောတိ စတ္တာရော ပစ္စယာ။ တေ ကထံ ပလိဗောဓာ ဟောန္တိ? ပုညဝန္တဿ ဟိ ဘိက္ခုနော ဂတဂတဋ္ဌာနေ မနုဿာ မဟာပရိဝါရေ ပစ္စယေ ဒေန္တိ။ သော တေသံ အနုမောဒေန္တော ဓမ္မံ ဒေသေန္တော သမဏဓမ္မံ ကာတုံ န ဩကာသံ လဘတိ။ အရုဏုဂ္ဂမနတော ယာဝ ပဌမယာမော, တာဝ မနုဿသံသဂ္ဂေါ န ဥပစ္ဆိဇ္ဇတိ။ ပုန ဗလဝပစ္စူသေယေဝ ဗာဟုလ္လိကပိဏ္ဍပါတိကာ အာဂန္တွာ ‘‘ဘန္တေ, အသုကော ဥပါသကော ဥပါသိကာ အမစ္စော အမစ္စဓီတာ တုမှာကံ ဒဿနကာမာ’’တိ ဝဒန္တိ, သော ဂဏှာဝုသော, ပတ္တစီဝရန္တိ ဂမနသဇ္ဇောဝ ဟောတီတိ နိစ္စဗျာဝဋော, တဿေဝ တေ ပစ္စယာ ပလိဗောဓာ ဟောန္တိ။ တေန ဂဏံ ပဟာယ ယတ္ထ နံ န ဇာနန္တိ, တတ္ထ ဧကကေန စရိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ သော ပလိဗောဓော ဥပစ္ဆိဇ္ဇတီတိ။
ဂဏောတိ သုတ္တန္တိကဂဏော ဝါ အာဘိဓမ္မိကဂဏော ဝါ, ယော တဿ ဥဒ္ဒေသံ ဝါ ပရိပုစ္ဆံ ဝါ ဒေန္တော သမဏဓမ္မဿ ဩကာသံ န လဘတိ, တဿေဝ ဂဏော ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, တေန သော ဧဝံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗော။ သစေ တေသံ ဘိက္ခူနံ ဗဟု ဂဟိတံ ဟောတိ, အပ္ပံ အဝသိဋ္ဌံ, တံ နိဋ္ဌပေတွာ အရညံ ပဝိသိတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ အပ္ပံ ဂဟိတံ, ဗဟု အဝသိဋ္ဌံ, ယောဇနတော ပရံ အဂန္တွာ အန္တောယောဇနပရိစ္ဆေဒေ အညံ ဂဏဝါစကံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ ‘‘ဣမေ အာယသ္မာ ဥဒ္ဒေသာဒီဟိ သင်္ဂဏှတူ’’တိ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ အလဘမာနေန ‘‘မယှမာဝုသော, ဧကံ ကိစ္စံ အတ္ထိ, တုမှေ ယထာဖာသုကဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဂစ္ဆထာ’’တိ ဂဏံ ပဟာယ အတ္တနော ကမ္မံ ကတ္တဗ္ဗန္တိ။
ကမ္မန္တိ နဝကမ္မံ။ တံ ကရောန္တေန ဝဍ္ဎကီအာဒီဟိ လဒ္ဓါလဒ္ဓံ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗံ, ကတာကတေ ဥဿုက္ကံ အာပဇ္ဇိတဗ္ဗန္တိ သဗ္ဗဒါ ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ။ သောပိ ဧဝံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗော, သစေ အပ္ပံ အဝသိဋ္ဌံ ဟောတိ နိဋ္ဌပေတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ ဗဟု, သံဃိကဉ္စေ နဝကမ္မံ, သံဃဿ ဝါ သံဃဘာရဟာရကဘိက္ခူနံ ဝါ နိယျာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ အတ္တနော သန္တကဉ္စေ, အတ္တနော ဘာရဟာရကာနံ နိယျာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ တာဒိသေ အလဘန္တေန သံဃဿ ပရိစ္စဇိတွာ ဂန္တဗ္ဗန္တိ။
အဒ္ဓါနန္တိ မဂ္ဂဂမနံ။ ယဿ ဟိ ကတ္ထစိ ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာပေက္ခော ဝါ ဟောတိ, ပစ္စယဇာတံ ဝါ ကိဉ္စိ လဒ္ဓဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ။ သစေ တံ အလဘန္တော န သက္ကောတိ အဓိဝါသေတုံ, အရညံ ပဝိသိတွာ သမဏဓမ္မံ ကရောန္တဿပိ ဂမိကစိတ္တံ နာမ ဒုပ္ပဋိဝိနောဒနီယံ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ဂန္တွာ တံ ကိစ္စံ တီရေတွာဝ သမဏဓမ္မေ ဥဿုက္ကံ ကာတဗ္ဗန္တိ။
ဉာတီတိ ဝိဟာရေ အာစရိယုပဇ္ဈာယသဒ္ဓိဝိဟာရိကအန္တေဝါသိကသမာနုပဇ္ဈာယကသမာနာစရိယကာ, ဃရေ မာတာ ပိတာ ဘာတာတိ ဧဝမာဒိကာ။ တေ ဂိလာနာ ဣမဿ ပလိဗောဓာ ဟောန္တိ, တသ္မာ သော ပလိဗောဓော ဥပဋ္ဌဟိတွာ တေသံ ပါကတိကကရဏေန ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗော။
တတ္ထ ဥပဇ္ဈာယော တာဝ ဂိလာနော သစေ လဟုံ န ဝုဋ္ဌာတိ, ယာဝဇီဝမ္ပိ ပဋိဇဂ္ဂိတဗ္ဗော။ တထာ ပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာစရိယော ဥပသမ္ပဒါစရိယော သဒ္ဓိဝိဟာရိကော ဥပသမ္ပာဒိတပဗ္ဗာဇိတအန္တေဝါသိကသမာနုပဇ္ဈာယကာ စ။ နိဿယာစရိယဥဒ္ဒေသာစရိယနိဿယန္တေဝါသိကဥဒ္ဒေသန္တေဝါသိကသမာနာစရိယကာ ပန ယာဝ နိဿယဥဒ္ဒေသာ အနုပစ္ဆိန္နာ, တာဝ ပဋိဇဂ္ဂိတဗ္ဗာ။ ပဟောန္တေန တတော ဥဒ္ဓမ္ပိ ပဋိဇဂ္ဂိတဗ္ဗာ ဧဝ။ မာတာပိတူသု ဥပဇ္ဈာယေ ဝိယ ပဋိပဇ္ဇိတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေပိ ဟိ တေ ရဇ္ဇေ ဌိတာ ဟောန္တိ, ပုတ္တတော စ ဥပဋ္ဌာနံ ပစ္စာသီသန္တိ, ကာတဗ္ဗမေဝ။ အထ တေသံ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ နတ္ထိ, အတ္တနော သန္တကံ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ။ အသတိ ဘိက္ခာစရိယာယ ပရိယေသိတွာပိ ဒါတဗ္ဗမေဝ။ ဘာတုဘဂိနီနံ ပန တေသံ သန္တကမေဝ ယောဇေတွာ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ နတ္ထိ အတ္တနော သန္တကံ တာဝကာလိကံ ဒတွာ ပစ္ဆာ လဘန္တေန ဂဏှိတဗ္ဗံ။ အလဘန္တေန န စောဒေတဗ္ဗာ။ အညာတကဿ ဘဂိနိသာမိကဿ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ နေဝ ကာတုံ န ဒါတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ‘‘တုယှံ သာမိကဿ ဒေဟီ’’တိ ဝတွာ ပန ဘဂိနိယာ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ။ ဘာတုဇာယာယပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။ တေသံ ပန ပုတ္တာ ဣမဿ ဉာတကာ ဧဝါတိ တေသံ ကာတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတီတိ။
အာဗာဓောတိ ယောကောစိ ရောဂေါ။ သော ဗာဓယမာနော ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ဘေသဇ္ဇကရဏေန ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗော။ သစေ ပန ကတိပါဟံ ဘေသဇ္ဇံ ကရောန္တဿပိ န ဝူပသမ္မတိ, နာဟံ တုယှံ ဒါသော, န ဘဋကော, တံယေဝ ဟိ ပေါသေန္တော အနမတဂ္ဂေ သံသာရဝဋ္ဋေ ဒုက္ခံ ပတ္တောတိ အတ္တဘာဝံ ဂရဟိတွာ သမဏဓမ္မော ကာတဗ္ဗောတိ။
ဂန္ထောတိ ပရိယတ္တိဟရဏံ။ တံ သဇ္ဈာယာဒီဟိ နိစ္စဗျာဝဋဿ ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, န ဣတရဿ။ တတြိမာနိ ဝတ္ထူနိ –
မဇ္ဈိမဘာဏကဒေဝတ္ထေရော ကိရ မလယဝါသိဒေဝတ္ထေရဿ သန္တိကံ ဂန္တွာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ယာစိ။ ထေရော ကီဒိသောသိ, အာဝုသော, ပရိယတ္တိယန္တိ ပုစ္ဆိ။ မဇ္ဈိမော မေ, ဘန္တေ, ပဂုဏောတိ။ အာဝုသော, မဇ္ဈိမော နာမေသော ဒုပ္ပရိဟာရော, မူလပဏ္ဏာသံ သဇ္ဈာယန္တဿ မဇ္ဈိမပဏ္ဏာသကော အာဂစ္ဆတိ, တံ သဇ္ဈာယန္တဿ ဥပရိပဏ္ဏာသကော။ ကုတော တုယှံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနန္တိ? ဘန္တေ, တုမှာကံ သန္တိကေ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ လဘိတွာ ပုန န ဩလောကေဿာမီတိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာ ဧကူနဝီသတိဝဿာနိ သဇ္ဈာယံ အကတွာ ဝီသတိမေ ဝဿေ အရဟတ္တံ ပတွာ သဇ္ဈာယတ္ထာယ အာဂတာနံ ဘိက္ခူနံ ‘‘ဝီသတိ မေ, အာဝုသော, ဝဿာနိ ပရိယတ္တိံ အနောလောကေန္တဿ, အပိစ ခေါ ကတပရိစယော အဟမေတ္ထ အာရဘထာ’’တိ ဝတွာ အာဒိတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ယာဝ ပရိယောသာနာ ဧကဗျဉ္ဇနေပိဿ ကင်္ခါ နာဟောသိ။
ကရုဠိယဂိရိဝါသီနာဂတ္ထေရောပိ အဋ္ဌာရသဝဿာနိ ပရိယတ္တိံ ဆဍ္ဍေတွာ ဘိက္ခူနံ ဓာတုကထံ ဥဒ္ဒိသိ။ တေသံ ဂါမဝါသိကတ္ထေရေဟိ သဒ္ဓိံ သံသန္ဒေန္တာနံ ဧကပဉှောပိ ဥပ္ပဋိပါဋိယာ အာဂတော နာဟောသိ။
မဟာဝိဟာရေပိ တိပိဋကစူဠာဘယတ္ထေရော နာမ အဋ္ဌကထံ အနုဂ္ဂဟေတွာဝ ပဉ္စနိကာယမဏ္ဍလေ တီဏိ ပိဋကာနိ ပရိဝတ္တေဿာမီတိ သုဝဏ္ဏဘေရိံ ပဟရာပေသိ။ ဘိက္ခုသံဃော ကတမာစရိယာနံ ဥဂ္ဂဟော, အတ္တနော အာစရိယုဂ္ဂဟညေဝ ဝဒတု, ဣတရထာ ဝတ္တုံ န ဒေမာတိ အာဟ။ ဥပဇ္ဈာယောပိ နံ အတ္တနော ဥပဋ္ဌာနမာဂတံ ပုစ္ဆိ ‘‘တွမာဝုသော, ဘေရိံ ပဟရာပေသီ’’တိ? အာမ, ဘန္တေ။ ကိံ ကာရဏာတိ? ပရိယတ္တိံ, ဘန္တေ, ပရိဝတ္တေဿာမီတိ။ အာဝုသော အဘယ, အာစရိယာ ဣဒံ ပဒံ ကထံ ဝဒန္တီတိ? ဧဝံ ဝဒန္တိ, ဘန္တေတိ။ ထေရော ဟုန္တိ ပဋိဗာဟိ။ ပုန သော အညေန အညေန ပရိယာယေန ဧဝံ ဝဒန္တိ ဘန္တေတိ တိက္ခတ္တုံ အာဟ။ ထေရော သဗ္ဗံ ဟုန္တိ ပဋိဗာဟိတွာ ‘‘အာဝုသော, တယာ ပဌမံ ကထိတော ဧဝ အာစရိယမဂ္ဂေါ, အာစရိယမုခတော ပန အနုဂ္ဂဟိတတ္တာ ‘ဧဝံ အာစရိယာ ဝဒန္တီ’တိ သဏ္ဌာတုံ နာသက္ခိ။ ဂစ္ဆ အတ္တနော အာစရိယာနံ သန္တိကေ သုဏာဟီ’’တိ။ ကုဟိံ, ဘန္တေ, ဂစ္ဆာမီတိ? ဂင်္ဂါယ ပရတော ရောဟဏဇနပဒေ တုလာဓာရပဗ္ဗတဝိဟာရေ သဗ္ဗပရိယတ္တိကော မဟာဓမ္မရက္ခိတတ္ထေရော နာမ ဝသတိ, တဿ သန္တိကံ ဂစ္ဆာတိ။ သာဓု, ဘန္တေတိ ထေရံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ပဉ္စဟိ ဘိက္ခုသတေဟိ သဒ္ဓိံ ထေရဿ သန္တိကံ ဂန္တွာ ဝန္ဒိတွာ နိသီဒိ။ ထေရော ကသ္မာ အာဂတောသီတိ ပုစ္ဆိ။ ဓမ္မံ သောတုံ, ဘန္တေတိ။ အာဝုသော အဘယ, ဒီဃမဇ္ဈိမေသု မံ ကာလေန ကာလံ ပုစ္ဆန္တိ။ အဝသေသံ ပန မေ တိံသမတ္တာနိ ဝဿာနိ န ဩလောကိတပုဗ္ဗံ။ အပိစ တွံ ရတ္တိံ မမ သန္တိကေ ပရိဝတ္တေဟိ။ အဟံ တေ ဒိဝါ ကထယိဿာမီတိ။ သော သာဓု, ဘန္တေတိ တထာ အကာသိ။ ပရိဝေဏဒွါရေ မဟာမဏ္ဍပံ ကာရေတွာ ဂါမဝါသိနော ဒိဝသေ ဒိဝသေ ဓမ္မဿဝနတ္ထာယ အာဂစ္ဆန္တိ။ ထေရော ရတ္တိံ ပရိဝတ္တိ။ တံ ဒိဝါ ကထယန္တော အနုပုဗ္ဗေန ဒေသနံ နိဋ္ဌပေတွာ အဘယတ္ထေရဿ သန္တိကေ တဋ္ဋိကာယ နိသီဒိတွာ ‘‘အာဝုသော, မယှံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေဟီ’’တိ အာဟ။ ဘန္တေ, ကိံ ဘဏထ, နနု မယာ တုမှာကမေဝ သန္တိကေ သုတံ? ကိမဟံ တုမှေဟိ အညာတံ ကထေဿာမီတိ? တတော နံ ထေရော အညော ဧသ, အာဝုသော, ဂတကဿ မဂ္ဂေါ နာမာတိ အာဟ။ အဘယထေရော ကိရ တဒါ သောတာပန္နော ဟောတိ။ အထဿ သော ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဒတွာ အာဂန္တွာ လောဟပါသာဒေ ဓမ္မံ ပရိဝတ္တေန္တော ထေရော ပရိနိဗ္ဗုတောတိ အဿောသိ။ သုတွာ ‘‘အာဟရထာဝုသော, စီဝရ’’န္တိ စီဝရံ ပါရုပိတွာ ‘‘အနုစ္ဆဝိကော, အာဝုသော, အမှာကံ အာစရိယဿ အရဟတ္တမဂ္ဂေါ။ အာစရိယော နော, အာဝုသော, ဥဇု အာဇာနီယော။ သော အတ္တနော ဓမ္မန္တေဝါသိကဿ သန္တိကေ တဋ္ဋိကာယ နိသီဒိတွာ ‘မယှံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေဟီ’တိ အာဟ။ အနုစ္ဆဝိကော, အာဝုသော, ထေရဿ အရဟတ္တမဂ္ဂေါ’’တိ။ ဧဝရူပါနံ ဂန္ထော ပလိဗောဓော န ဟောတီတိ။
ဣဒ္ဓီတိ ပေါထုဇ္ဇနိကာ ဣဒ္ဓိ။ သာ ဟိ ဥတ္တာနသေယျကဒါရကော ဝိယ တရုဏသဿံ ဝိယ စ ဒုပ္ပရိဟာရာ ဟောတိ။ အပ္ပမတ္တကေနေဝ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ သာ ပန ဝိပဿနာယ ပလိဗောဓော ဟောတိ, န သမာဓိဿ, သမာဓိံ ပတွာ ပတ္တဗ္ဗတော။ တသ္မာ ဝိပဿနတ္ထိကေန ဣဒ္ဓိပလိဗောဓော ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗော, ဣတရေန အဝသေသာတိ အယံ တာဝ ပလိဗောဓကထာယ ဝိတ္ထာရော။
ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကဝဏ္ဏနာ
၄၂။ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာတိ ဧတ္ထ ပန ဒုဝိဓံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ သဗ္ဗတ္ထကကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ပါရိဟာရိယကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဉ္စ။ တတ္ထ သဗ္ဗတ္ထကကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ နာမ ဘိက္ခုသံဃာဒီသု မေတ္တာ မရဏဿတိ စ။ အသုဘသညာတိပိ ဧကေ။
ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနိကေန ဟိ ဘိက္ခုနာ ပဌမံ တာဝ ပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ သီမဋ္ဌကဘိက္ခုသံဃေ သုခိတာ ဟောန္တု အဗျာပဇ္ဇာတိ မေတ္တာ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ။ တတော သီမဋ္ဌကဒေဝတာသု။ တတော ဂေါစရဂါမမှိ ဣဿရဇနေ။ တတော တတ္ထ မနုဿေ ဥပါဒါယ သဗ္ဗသတ္တေသု။ သော ဟိ ဘိက္ခုသံဃေ မေတ္တာယ သဟဝါသီနံ မုဒုစိတ္တတံ ဇနေတိ။ အထဿ တေ သုခသံဝါသာ ဟောန္တိ။ သီမဋ္ဌကဒေဝတာသု မေတ္တာယ မုဒုကတစိတ္တာဟိ ဒေဝတာဟိ ဓမ္မိကာယ ရက္ခာယ သုသံဝိဟိတရက္ခော ဟောတိ။ ဂေါစရဂါမမှိ ဣဿရဇနေ မေတ္တာယ မုဒုကတစိတ္တသန္တာနေဟိ ဣဿရေဟိ ဓမ္မိကာယ ရက္ခာယ သုရက္ခိတပရိက္ခာရော ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ မနုဿေသု မေတ္တာယ ပသာဒိတစိတ္တေဟိ တေဟိ အပရိဘူတော ဟုတွာ ဝိစရတိ။ သဗ္ဗသတ္တေသု မေတ္တာယ သဗ္ဗတ္ထ အပ္ပဋိဟတစာရော ဟောတိ။ မရဏဿတိယာ ပန အဝဿံ မယာ မရိတဗ္ဗန္တိ စိန္တေန္တော အနေသနံ ပဟာယ ဥပရူပရိ ဝဍ္ဎမာနသံဝေဂေါ အနောလီနဝုတ္တိကော ဟောတိ။ အသုဘသညာပရိစိတစိတ္တဿ ပနဿ ဒိဗ္ဗာနိပိ အာရမ္မဏာနိ လောဘဝသေန စိတ္တံ န ပရိယာဒိယန္တိ။
ဧဝံ ဗဟူပကာရတ္တာ သဗ္ဗတ္ထ အတ္ထယိတဗ္ဗံ ဣစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗန္တိ စ အဓိပ္ပေတဿ ယောဂါနုယောဂကမ္မဿ ဌာနဉ္စာတိ သဗ္ဗတ္ထကကမ္မဋ္ဌာနန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။
စတ္တာလီသာယ ပန ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု ယံ ယဿ စရိယာနုကူလံ, တံ တဿ နိစ္စံ ပရိဟရိတဗ္ဗတ္တာ ဥပရိမဿ စ ဥပရိမဿ ဘာဝနာကမ္မဿ ပဒဋ္ဌာနတ္တာ ပါရိဟာရိယကမ္မဋ္ဌာနန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဣတိ ဣမံ ဒုဝိဓမ္ပိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ယော ဒေတိ, အယံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကော နာမ။ တံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ။
ကလျာဏမိတ္တန္တိ –
ပိယော ဂရု ဘာဝနီယော, ဝတ္တာ စ ဝစနက္ခမော၊
ဂမ္ဘီရဉ္စ ကထံ ကတ္တာ, နော စဋ္ဌာနေ နိယောဇကောတိ။ (အ။ နိ။ ၇။၃၇)၊
ဧဝမာဒိဂုဏသမန္နာဂတံ ဧကန္တေန ဟိတေသိံ ဝုဒ္ဓိပက္ခေ ဌိတံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ။
‘‘မမံ ဟိ, အာနန္ဒ, ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ အာဂမ္မ ဇာတိဓမ္မာ သတ္တာ ဇာတိယာ ပရိမုစ္စန္တီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၂၉၊ ၅။၂) အာဒိဝစနတော ပန သမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓေါယေဝ သဗ္ဗာကာရသမ္ပန္နော ကလျာဏမိတ္တော။ တသ္မာ တသ္မိံ သတိ တဿေဝ ဘဂဝတော သန္တိကေ ဂဟိတကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ သုဂဟိတံ ဟောတိ။ ပရိနိဗ္ဗုတေ ပန တသ္မိံ အသီတိယာ မဟာသာဝကေသု ယော ဓရတိ, တဿ သန္တိကေ ဂဟေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တသ္မိံ အသတိ ယံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတုကာမော ဟောတိ, တဿေဝ ဝသေန စတုက္ကပဉ္စကဇ္ဈာနာနိ နိဗ္ဗတ္တေတွာ ဈာနပဒဋ္ဌာနံ ဝိပဿနံ ဝဍ္ဎေတွာ အာသဝက္ခယပ္ပတ္တဿ ခီဏာသဝဿ သန္တိကေ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။
ကိံ ပန ခီဏာသဝေါ အဟံ ခီဏာသဝေါတိ အတ္တာနံ ပကာသေတီတိ? ကိံ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ, ကာရကဘာဝံ ဟိ ဇာနိတွာ ပကာသေတိ။ နနု အဿဂုတ္တတ္ထေရော အာရဒ္ဓကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဿ ဘိက္ခုနော ‘‘ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနကာရကော အယ’’န္တိ ဇာနိတွာ အာကာသေ စမ္မခဏ္ဍံ ပညာပေတွာ တတ္ထ ပလ္လင်္ကေန နိသိန္နော ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေသီတိ။
တသ္မာ သစေ ခီဏာသဝံ လဘတိ, ဣစ္စေတံ ကုသလံ, နော စေ လဘတိ, အနာဂါမိသကဒါဂါမိသောတာပန္နဈာနလာဘီပုထုဇ္ဇနတိပိဋကဓရဒွိပိဋကဓရဧကပိဋကဓရေသု ပုရိမဿ ပုရိမဿ သန္တိကေ။ ဧကပိဋကဓရေပိ အသတိ ယဿ ဧကသင်္ဂီတိပိ အဋ္ဌကထာယ သဒ္ဓိံ ပဂုဏာ, အယဉ္စ လဇ္ဇီ ဟောတိ, တဿ သန္တိကေ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝရူပေါ ဟိ တန္တိဓရော ဝံသာနုရက္ခကော ပဝေဏီပါလကော အာစရိယော အာစရိယမတိကောဝ ဟောတိ, န အတ္တနောမတိကော ဟောတိ။ တေနေဝ ပေါရာဏကတ္ထေရာ ‘‘လဇ္ဇီ ရက္ခိဿတိ လဇ္ဇီ ရက္ခိဿတီ’’တိ တိက္ခတ္တုံ အာဟံသု။
ပုဗ္ဗေ ဝုတ္တခီဏာသဝါဒယော စေတ္ထ အတ္တနာ အဓိဂတမဂ္ဂမေဝ အာစိက္ခန္တိ။ ဗဟုဿုတော ပန တံ တံ အာစရိယံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ ဥဂ္ဂဟပရိပုစ္ဆာနံ ဝိသောဓိတတ္တာ ဣတော စိတော စ သုတ္တဉ္စ ကာရဏဉ္စ သလ္လက္ခေတွာ သပ္ပါယာသပ္ပါယံ ယောဇေတွာ ဂဟနဋ္ဌာနေ ဂစ္ဆန္တော မဟာဟတ္ထီ ဝိယ မဟာမဂ္ဂံ ဒဿေန္တော ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေဿတိ။ တသ္မာ ဧဝရူပံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ တဿ ဝတ္တပဋိပတ္တိံ ကတွာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။
သစေ ပနေတံ ဧကဝိဟာရေယေဝ လဘတိ, ဣစ္စေတံ ကုသလံ, နော စေ လဘတိ, ယတ္ထ သော ဝသတိ, တတ္ထ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဂစ္ဆန္တေန စ န ဓောတမက္ခိတေဟိ ပါဒေဟိ ဥပါဟနာ အာရူဟိတွာ ဆတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ တေလနာဠိမဓုဖာဏိတာဒီနိ ဂါဟာပေတွာ အန္တေဝါသိကပရိဝုတေန ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဂမိကဝတ္တံ ပန ပူရေတွာ အတ္တနော ပတ္တစီဝရံ သယမေဝ ဂဟေတွာ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ယံ ယံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဝိသတိ သဗ္ဗတ္ထ ဝတ္တပဋိပတ္တိံ ကုရုမာနေန သလ္လဟုကပရိက္ခာရေန ပရမသလ္လေခဝုတ္တိနာ ဟုတွာ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။
တံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဝိသန္တေန အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေယေဝ ဒန္တကဋ္ဌံ ကပ္ပိယံ ကာရာပေတွာ ဂဟေတွာ ပဝိသိတဗ္ဗံ, န စ ‘‘မုဟုတ္တံ ဝိဿမေတွာ ပါဒဓောဝနမက္ခနာဒီနိ ကတွာ အာစရိယဿ သန္တိကံ ဂမိဿာမီ’’တိ အညံ ပရိဝေဏံ ပဝိသိတဗ္ဗံ။ ကသ္မာ? သစေ ဟိဿ တတြ အာစရိယဿ ဝိသဘာဂါ ဘိက္ခူ ဘဝေယျုံ, တေ အာဂမနကာရဏံ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ အာစရိယဿ အဝဏ္ဏံ ပကာသေတွာ ‘‘နဋ္ဌောသိ, သစေ တဿ သန္တိကံ အာဂတော’’တိ ဝိပ္ပဋိသာရံ ဥပ္ပါဒေယျုံ, ယေန တတောဝ ပဋိနိဝတ္တေယျ, တသ္မာ အာစရိယဿ ဝသနဋ္ဌာနံ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ ဥဇုကံ တတ္ထေဝ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။
သစေ အာစရိယော ဒဟရတရော ဟောတိ, ပတ္တစီဝရပဋိဂ္ဂဟဏာဒီနိ န သာဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ သစေ ဝုဍ္ဎတရော ဟောတိ, ဂန္တွာ အာစရိယံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ဌာတဗ္ဗံ။ ‘‘နိက္ခိပါဝုသော, ပတ္တစီဝရ’’န္တိ ဝုတ္တေန နိက္ခိပိတဗ္ဗံ။ ‘‘ပါနီယံ ပိဝါ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေန သစေ ဣစ္ဆတိ ပါတဗ္ဗံ။ ‘‘ပါဒေ ဓောဝါဟီ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေန န တာဝ ပါဒါ ဓောဝိတဗ္ဗာ။ သစေ ဟိ အာစရိယေန အာဘတံ ဥဒကံ ဘဝေယျ, န သာရုပ္ပံ သိယာ။ ‘‘ဓောဝါဟာဝုသော, န မယာ အာဘတံ, အညေဟိ အာဘတ’’န္တိ ဝုတ္တေန ပန ယတ္ထ အာစရိယော န ပဿတိ, ဧဝရူပေ ပဋိစ္ဆန္နေ ဝါ ဩကာသေ, အဗ္ဘောကာသေ ဝိဟာရဿာပိ ဝါ ဧကမန္တေ နိသီဒိတွာ ပါဒါ ဓောဝိတဗ္ဗာ။
သစေ အာစရိယော တေလနာဠိံ အာဟရတိ ဥဋ္ဌဟိတွာ ဥဘောဟိ ဟတ္ထေဟိ သက္ကစ္စံ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာ။ သစေ ဟိ န ဂဏှေယျ, ‘‘အယံ ဘိက္ခု ဣတော ဧဝ ပဋ္ဌာယ သမ္ဘောဂံ ကောပေတီ’’တိ အာစရိယဿ အညထတ္တံ ဘဝေယျ။ ဂဟေတွာ ပန န အာဒိတောဝ ပါဒါ မက္ခေတဗ္ဗာ။ သစေ ဟိ တံ အာစရိယဿ ဂတ္တဗ္ဘဉ္ဇနတေလံ ဘဝေယျ, န သာရုပ္ပံ သိယာ။ တသ္မာ သီသံ မက္ခေတွာ ခန္ဓာဒီနိ မက္ခေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ‘‘သဗ္ဗပါရိဟာရိယတေလမိဒံ, အာဝုသော, ပါဒေပိ မက္ခေဟီ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေန ပန ထောကံ သီသေ ကတွာ ပါဒေ မက္ခေတွာ ‘‘ဣမံ တေလနာဠိံ ဌပေမိ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ ဝတွာ အာစရိယေ ဂဏှန္တေ ဒါတဗ္ဗာ။
အာဂတဒိဝသတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ မေ, ဘန္တေ, ကထေထ ဣစ္စေဝံ န ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဒုတိယဒိဝသတော ပန ပဋ္ဌာယ သစေ အာစရိယဿ ပကတိဥပဋ္ဌာကော အတ္ထိ, တံ ယာစိတွာ ဝတ္တံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ ယာစိတောပိ န ဒေတိ, ဩကာသေ လဒ္ဓေယေဝ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ကရောန္တေန ခုဒ္ဒကမဇ္ဈိမမဟန္တာနိ တီဏိ ဒန္တကဋ္ဌာနိ ဥပနာမေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ သီတံ ဥဏှန္တိ ဒုဝိဓံ မုခဓောဝနဥဒကဉ္စ နှာနောဒကဉ္စ ပဋိယာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတော ယံ အာစရိယော တီဏိ ဒိဝသာနိ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇတိ, တာဒိသမေဝ နိစ္စံ ဥပနာမေတဗ္ဗံ။ နိယမံ အကတွာ ယံ ဝါ တံ ဝါ ပရိဘုဉ္ဇန္တဿ ယထာလဒ္ဓံ ဥပနာမေတဗ္ဗံ။ ကိံ ဗဟုနာ ဝုတ္တေန? ယံ တံ ဘဂဝတာ ‘‘အန္တေဝါသိကေန, ဘိက္ခဝေ, အာစရိယမှိ သမ္မာ ဝတ္တိတဗ္ဗံ။ တတြာယံ သမ္မာ ဝတ္တနာ, ကာလဿေဝ ဥဋ္ဌာယ ဥပါဟနာ ဩမုဉ္စိတွာ ဧကံသံ ဥတ္တရာသင်္ဂံ ကရိတွာ ဒန္တကဋ္ဌံ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ, မုခေါဒကံ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ, အာသနံ ပညပေတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ ယာဂု ဟောတိ, ဘာဇနံ ဓောဝိတွာ ယာဂု ဥပနာမေတဗ္ဗာ’’တိ (မဟာဝ။ ၇၈) အာဒိကံ ခန္ဓကေ သမ္မာဝတ္တံ ပညတ္တံ, တံ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။
ဧဝံ ဝတ္တသမ္ပတ္တိယာ ဂရုံ အာရာဓယမာနေန သာယံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ယာဟီတိ ဝိဿဇ္ဇိတေန ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ, ယဒါ သော ကိဿာဂတောသီတိ ပုစ္ဆတိ, တဒါ အာဂမနကာရဏံ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ သော နေဝ ပုစ္ဆတိ, ဝတ္တံ ပန သာဒိယတိ, ဒသာဟေ ဝါ ပက္ခေ ဝါ ဝီတိဝတ္တေ ဧကဒိဝသံ ဝိဿဇ္ဇိတေနာပိ အဂန္တွာ ဩကာသံ ကာရေတွာ အာဂမနကာရဏံ အာရောစေတဗ္ဗံ။ အကာလေ ဝါ ဂန္တွာ ကိမတ္ထမာဂတောသီတိ ပုဋ္ဌေန အာရောစေတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ သော ပါတောဝ အာဂစ္ဆာတိ ဝဒတိ, ပါတောဝ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ။
သစေ ပနဿ တာယ ဝေလာယ ပိတ္တာဗာဓေန ဝါ ကုစ္ဆိ ပရိဍယှတိ, အဂ္ဂိမန္ဒတာယ ဝါ ဘတ္တံ န ဇီရတိ, အညော ဝါ ကောစိ ရောဂေါ ဗာဓတိ, တံ ယထာဘူတံ အာဝိကတွာ အတ္တနော သပ္ပါယဝေလံ အာရောစေတွာ တာယ ဝေလာယ ဥပသင်္ကမိတဗ္ဗံ။ အသပ္ပါယဝေလာယ ဟိ ဝုစ္စမာနမ္ပိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ န သက္ကာ ဟောတိ မနသိကာတုန္တိ။ အယံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာတိ ဧတ္ထ ဝိတ္ထာရော။
စရိယာဝဏ္ဏနာ
၄၃။ ဣဒါနိ အတ္တနော စရိယာနုကူလန္တိ ဧတ္ထ စရိယာတိ ဆ စရိယာ ရာဂစရိယာ, ဒေါသစရိယာ, မောဟစရိယာ, သဒ္ဓါစရိယာ, ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိယာ, ဝိတက္ကစရိယာတိ။ ကေစိ ပန ရာဂါဒီနံ သံသဂ္ဂသန္နိပါတဝသေန အပရာပိ စတဿော, တထာ သဒ္ဓါဒီနန္တိ ဣမာဟိ အဋ္ဌဟိ သဒ္ဓိံ စုဒ္ဒသ ဣစ္ဆန္တိ။ ဧဝံ ပန ဘေဒေ ဝုစ္စမာနေ ရာဂါဒီနံ သဒ္ဓါဒီဟိပိ သံသဂ္ဂံ ကတွာ အနေကာ စရိယာ ဟောန္တိ, တသ္မာ သင်္ခေပေန ဆဠေဝ စရိယာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ စရိယာ, ပကတိ, ဥဿန္နတာတိ အတ္ထတော ဧကံ။ တာသံ ဝသေန ဆဠေဝ ပုဂ္ဂလာ ဟောန္တိ ရာဂစရိတော, ဒေါသစရိတော, မောဟစရိတော, သဒ္ဓါစရိတော, ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတော, ဝိတက္ကစရိတောတိ။
တတ္ထ ယသ္မာ ရာဂစရိတဿ ကုသလပ္ပဝတ္တိသမယေ သဒ္ဓါ ဗလဝတီ ဟောတိ, ရာဂဿ အာသန္နဂုဏတ္တာ။ ယထာ ဟိ အကုသလပက္ခေ ရာဂေါ သိနိဒ္ဓေါ နာတိလူခေါ, ဧဝံ ကုသလပက္ခေ သဒ္ဓါ။ ယထာ ရာဂေါ ဝတ္ထုကာမေ ပရိယေသတိ, ဧဝံ သဒ္ဓါ သီလာဒိဂုဏေ။ ယထာ ရာဂေါ အဟိတံ န ပရိစ္စဇတိ, ဧဝံ သဒ္ဓါ ဟိတံ န ပရိစ္စဇတိ, တသ္မာ ရာဂစရိတဿ သဒ္ဓါစရိတော သဘာဂေါ။
ယသ္မာ ပန ဒေါသစရိတဿ ကုသလပ္ပဝတ္တိသမယေ ပညာ ဗလဝတီ ဟောတိ, ဒေါသဿ အာသန္နဂုဏတ္တာ။ ယထာ ဟိ အကုသလပက္ခေ ဒေါသော နိဿိနေဟော န အာရမ္မဏံ အလ္လီယတိ, ဧဝံ ကုသလပက္ခေ ပညာ။ ယထာ စ ဒေါသော အဘူတမ္ပိ ဒေါသမေဝ ပရိယေသတိ, ဧဝံ ပညာ ဘူတံ ဒေါသမေဝ။ ယထာ ဒေါသော သတ္တပရိဝဇ္ဇနာကာရေန ပဝတ္တတိ, ဧဝံ ပညာ သင်္ခါရပရိဝဇ္ဇနာကာရေန, တသ္မာ ဒေါသစရိတဿ ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတော သဘာဂေါ။
ယသ္မာ ပန မောဟစရိတဿ အနုပ္ပန္နာနံ ကုသလာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဝါယမမာနဿ ယေဘုယျေန အန္တရာယကရာ ဝိတက္ကာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇန္တိ, မောဟဿ အာသန္နလက္ခဏတ္တာ။ ယထာ ဟိ မောဟော ပရိဗျာကုလတာယ အနဝဋ္ဌိတော, ဧဝံ ဝိတက္ကော နာနပ္ပကာရဝိတက္ကနတာယ။ ယထာ စ မောဟော အပရိယောဂါဟဏတာယ စဉ္စလော။ တထာ ဝိတက္ကော လဟုပရိကပ္ပနတာယ, တသ္မာ မောဟစရိတဿ ဝိတက္ကစရိတော သဘာဂေါတိ။
အပရေ တဏှာမာနဒိဋ္ဌိဝသေန အပရာပိ တိဿော စရိယာ ဝဒန္တိ။ တတ္ထ တဏှာ ရာဂေါယေဝ, မာနော စ တံသမ္ပယုတ္တောတိ တဒုဘယံ ရာဂစရိယံ နာတိဝတ္တတိ။ မောဟနိဒါနတ္တာ စ ဒိဋ္ဌိယာ ဒိဋ္ဌိစရိယာ မောဟစရိယမေဝ အနုပတတိ။
၄၄။ တာ ပနေတာ စရိယာ ကိန္နိဒါနာ? ကထဉ္စ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗံ ‘‘အယံ ပုဂ္ဂလော ရာဂစရိတော, အယံ ပုဂ္ဂလော ဒေါသာဒီသု အညတရစရိတော’’တိ? ကိံ စရိတဿ ပုဂ္ဂလဿ ကိံ သပ္ပါယန္တိ?
တတြ ပုရိမာ တာဝ တိဿော စရိယာ ပုဗ္ဗာစိဏ္ဏနိဒါနာ, ဓာတုဒေါသနိဒါနာ စာတိ ဧကစ္စေ ဝဒန္တိ။ ပုဗ္ဗေ ကိရ ဣဋ္ဌပ္ပယောဂသုဘကမ္မဗဟုလော ရာဂစရိတော ဟောတိ, သဂ္ဂါ ဝါ စဝိတွာ ဣဓူပပန္နော။ ပုဗ္ဗေ ဆေဒနဝဓဗန္ဓနဝေရကမ္မဗဟုလော ဒေါသစရိတော ဟောတိ, နိရယနာဂယောနီဟိ ဝါ စဝိတွာ ဣဓူပပန္နော။ ပုဗ္ဗေ မဇ္ဇပါနဗဟုလော သုတပရိပုစ္ဆာဝိဟီနော စ မောဟစရိတော ဟောတိ, တိရစ္ဆာနယောနိယာ ဝါ စဝိတွာ ဣဓူပပန္နောတိ ဧဝံ ပုဗ္ဗာစိဏ္ဏနိဒါနာတိ ဝဒန္တိ။ ဒွိန္နံ ပန ဓာတူနံ ဥဿန္နတ္တာ ပုဂ္ဂလော မောဟစရိတော ဟောတိ ပထဝီဓာတုယာ စ အာပေါဓာတုယာ စ။ ဣတရာသံ ဒွိန္နံ ဥဿန္နတ္တာ ဒေါသစရိတော။ သဗ္ဗာသံ သမတ္တာ ပန ရာဂစရိတောတိ။ ဒေါသေသု စ သေမှာဓိကော ရာဂစရိတော ဟောတိ။ ဝါတာဓိကော မောဟစရိတော။ သေမှာဓိကော ဝါ မောဟစရိတော။ ဝါတာဓိကော ရာဂစရိတောတိ ဧဝံ ဓာတုဒေါသနိဒါနာတိ ဝဒန္တိ။
တတ္ထ ယသ္မာ ပုဗ္ဗေ ဣဋ္ဌပ္ပယောဂသုဘကမ္မဗဟုလာပိ သဂ္ဂါ စဝိတွာ ဣဓူပပန္နာပိ စ န သဗ္ဗေ ရာဂစရိတာယေဝ ဟောန္တိ, န ဣတရေ ဝါ ဒေါသမောဟစရိတာ။ ဧဝံ ဓာတူနဉ္စ ယထာဝုတ္တေနေဝ နယေန ဥဿဒနိယမော နာမ နတ္ထိ။ ဒေါသနိယမေ စ ရာဂမောဟဒွယမေဝ ဝုတ္တံ, တမ္ပိ စ ပုဗ္ဗာပရဝိရုဒ္ဓမေဝ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိယာဒီသု စ ဧကိဿာပိ နိဒါနံ န ဝုတ္တမေဝ။ တသ္မာ သဗ္ဗမေတံ အပရိစ္ဆိန္နဝစနံ။
အယံ ပနေတ္ထ အဋ္ဌကထာစရိယာနံ မတာနုသာရေန ဝိနိစ္ဆယော, ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဥဿဒကိတ္တနေ (ဓ။ သ။ အဋ္ဌ။ ၄၉၈) ‘‘ဣမေ သတ္တာ ပုဗ္ဗဟေတုနိယာမေန လောဘုဿဒါ ဒေါသုဿဒါ မောဟုဿဒါ အလောဘုဿဒါ အဒေါသုဿဒါ အမောဟုဿဒါ စ ဟောန္တိ။
ယဿ ဟိ ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ လောဘော ဗလဝါ ဟောတိ အလောဘော မန္ဒော, အဒေါသာမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဒေါသမောဟာ မန္ဒာ, တဿ မန္ဒော အလောဘော လောဘံ ပရိယာဒါတုံ န သက္ကောတိ။ အဒေါသာမောဟာ ပန ဗလဝန္တော ဒေါသမောဟေ ပရိယာဒါတုံ သက္ကောတိ။ တသ္မာ သော တေန ကမ္မေန ဒိန္နပဋိသန္ဓိဝသေန နိဗ္ဗတ္တော လုဒ္ဓေါ ဟောတိ သုခသီလော အက္ကောဓနော ပညဝါ ဝဇိရူပမဉာဏော။
ယဿ ပန ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ လောဘဒေါသာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ အလောဘာဒေါသာ မန္ဒာ, အမောဟော ဗလဝါ မောဟော မန္ဒော, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ လုဒ္ဓေါ စေဝ ဟောတိ ဒုဋ္ဌော စ။ ပညဝါ ပန ဟောတိ ဝဇိရူပမဉာဏော ဒတ္တာဘယတ္ထေရော ဝိယ။
ယဿ ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ လောဘာဒေါသမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ ဣတရေ မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ လုဒ္ဓေါ စေဝ ဟောတိ ဒန္ဓော စ, သီလကော ပန ဟောတိ အက္ကောဓနော (ဗာကုလတ္ထေရော ဝိယ)။
တထာ ယဿ ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ တယောပိ လောဘဒေါသမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ အလောဘာဒယော မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ လုဒ္ဓေါ စေဝ ဟောတိ ဒုဋ္ဌော စ မူဠှော စ။
ယဿ ပန ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ အလောဘဒေါသမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ ဣတရေ မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ အလုဒ္ဓေါ အပ္ပကိလေသော ဟောတိ ဒိဗ္ဗာရမ္မဏမ္ပိ ဒိသွာ နိစ္စလော, ဒုဋ္ဌော ပန ဟောတိ ဒန္ဓပညော စ။
ယဿ ပန ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ အလောဘာဒေါသမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ ဣတရေ မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ အလုဒ္ဓေါ စေဝ ဟောတိ အဒုဋ္ဌော သီလကော စ, ဒန္ဓော ပန ဟောတိ။
တထာ ယဿ ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ အလောဘဒေါသာမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ ဣတရေ မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ အလုဒ္ဓေါ စေဝ ဟောတိ ပညဝါ စ, ဒုဋ္ဌော စ ပန ဟောတိ ကောဓနော။
ယဿ ပန ကမ္မာယူဟနက္ခဏေ တယောပိ အလောဘာဒေါသာမောဟာ ဗလဝန္တော ဟောန္တိ လောဘာဒယော မန္ဒာ, သော ပုရိမနယေနေဝ မဟာသံဃရက္ခိတတ္ထေရော ဝိယ အလုဒ္ဓေါ အဒုဋ္ဌော ပညဝါ စ ဟောတီ’’တိ။
ဧတ္ထ စ ယော လုဒ္ဓေါတိ ဝုတ္တော, အယံ ရာဂစရိတော။ ဒုဋ္ဌဒန္ဓာ ဒေါသမောဟစရိတာ။ ပညဝါ ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတော။ အလုဒ္ဓအဒုဋ္ဌာ ပသန္နပကတိတာယ သဒ္ဓါစရိတာ။ ယထာ ဝါ အမောဟပရိဝါရေန ကမ္မုနာ နိဗ္ဗတ္တော ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတော, ဧဝံ ဗလဝသဒ္ဓါပရိဝါရေန ကမ္မုနာ နိဗ္ဗတ္တော သဒ္ဓါစရိတော။ ကာမဝိတက္ကာဒိပရိဝါရေန ကမ္မုနာ နိဗ္ဗတ္တော ဝိတက္ကစရိတော။ လောဘာဒိနာ ဝေါမိဿပရိဝါရေန ကမ္မုနာ နိဗ္ဗတ္တော ဝေါမိဿစရိတောတိ။ ဧဝံ လောဘာဒီသု အညတရညတရပရိဝါရံ ပဋိသန္ဓိဇနကံ ကမ္မံ စရိယာနံ နိဒါနန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
၄၅။ ယံ ပန ဝုတ္တံ ကထဉ္စ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗံ အယံ ပုဂ္ဂလော ရာဂစရိတောတိအာဒိ။ တတြာယံ နယော။
ဣရိယာပထတော ကိစ္စာ, ဘောဇနာ ဒဿနာဒိတော၊
ဓမ္မပ္ပဝတ္တိတော စေဝ, စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေတိ။
တတ္ထ ဣရိယာပထတောတိ ရာဂစရိတော ဟိ ပကတိဂမနေန ဂစ္ဆန္တော စာတုရိယေန ဂစ္ဆတိ, သဏိကံ ပါဒံ နိက္ခိပတိ, သမံ နိက္ခိပတိ, သမံ ဥဒ္ဓရတိ, ဥက္ကုဋိကဉ္စဿ ပဒံ ဟောတိ။ ဒေါသစရိတော ပါဒဂ္ဂေဟိ ခဏန္တော ဝိယ ဂစ္ဆတိ, သဟသာ ပါဒံ နိက္ခိပတိ, သဟသာ ဥဒ္ဓရတိ, အနုကဍ္ဎိတဉ္စဿ ပဒံ ဟောတိ။ မောဟစရိတော ပရိဗျာကုလာယ ဂတိယာ ဂစ္ဆတိ, ဆမ္ဘိတော ဝိယ ပဒံ နိက္ခိပတိ, ဆမ္ဘိတော ဝိယ ဥဒ္ဓရတိ, သဟသာနုပီဠိတဉ္စဿ ပဒံ ဟောတိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ မာဂဏ္ဍိယသုတ္တုပ္ပတ္တိယံ –
‘‘ရတ္တဿ ဟိ ဥက္ကုဋိကံ ပဒံ ဘဝေ,
ဒုဋ္ဌဿ ဟောတိ အနုကဍ္ဎိတံ ပဒံ၊
မူဠှဿ ဟောတိ သဟသာနုပီဠိတံ,
ဝိဝဋ္ဋစ္ဆဒဿ ဣဒမီဒိသံ ပဒ’’န္တိ။
ဌာနမ္ပိ ရာဂစရိတဿ ပါသာဒိကံ ဟောတိ မဓုရာကာရံ, ဒေါသစရိတဿ ထဒ္ဓါကာရံ, မောဟစရိတဿ အာကုလာကာရံ။ နိသဇ္ဇာယပိ ဧသေဝ နယော။ ရာဂစရိတော စ အတရမာနော သမံ သေယျံ ပညပေတွာ သဏိကံ နိပဇ္ဇိတွာ အင်္ဂပစ္စင်္ဂါနိ သမောဓာယ ပါသာဒိကေန အာကာရေန သယတိ, ဝုဋ္ဌာပိယမာနော စ သီဃံ အဝုဋ္ဌာယ သင်္ကိတော ဝိယ သဏိကံ ပဋိဝစနံ ဒေတိ။ ဒေါသစရိတော တရမာနော ယထာ ဝါ တထာ ဝါ သေယျံ ပညပေတွာ ပက္ခိတ္တကာယော ဘာကုဋိံ ကတွာ သယတိ, ဝုဋ္ဌာပိယမာနော စ သီဃံ ဝုဋ္ဌာယ ကုပိတော ဝိယ ပဋိဝစနံ ဒေတိ။ မောဟစရိတော ဒုဿဏ္ဌာနံ သေယျံ ပညပေတွာ ဝိက္ခိတ္တကာယော ဗဟုလံ အဓောမုခေါ သယတိ, ဝုဋ္ဌာပိယမာနော စ ဟုင်္ကာရံ ကရောန္တော ဒန္ဓံ ဝုဋ္ဌာတိ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတာဒယော ပန ယသ္မာ ရာဂစရိတာဒီနံ သဘာဂါ, တသ္မာ တေသမ္ပိ တာဒိသောဝ ဣရိယာပထော ဟောတီတိ။ ဧဝံ တာဝ ဣရိယာပထတော စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေ။
ကိစ္စာတိ သမ္မဇ္ဇနာဒီသု စ ကိစ္စေသု ရာဂစရိတော သာဓုကံ သမ္မဇ္ဇနိံ ဂဟေတွာ အတရမာနော ဝါလိကံ အဝိပ္ပကိရန္တော သိန္ဒုဝါရကုသုမသန္ထရမိဝ သန္ထရန္တော သုဒ္ဓံ သမံ သမ္မဇ္ဇတိ။ ဒေါသစရိတော ဂါဠှံ သမ္မဇ္ဇနိံ ဂဟေတွာ တရမာနရူပေါ ဥဘတော ဝါလိကံ ဥဿာရေန္တော ခရေန သဒ္ဒေန အသုဒ္ဓံ ဝိသမံ သမ္မဇ္ဇတိ။ မောဟစရိတော သိထိလံ သမ္မဇ္ဇနိံ ဂဟေတွာ သမ္ပရိဝတ္တကံ အာဠောလယမာနော အသုဒ္ဓံ ဝိသမံ သမ္မဇ္ဇတိ။
ယထာ သမ္မဇ္ဇနေ, ဧဝံ စီဝရဓောဝနရဇနာဒီသုပိ သဗ္ဗကိစ္စေသု နိပုဏမဓုရသမသက္ကစ္စကာရီ ရာဂစရိတော။ ဂါဠှထဒ္ဓဝိသမကာရီ ဒေါသစရိတော။ အနိပုဏဗျာကုလဝိသမာပရိစ္ဆိန္နကာရီ မောဟစရိတော။ စီဝရဓာရဏမ္ပိ စ ရာဂစရိတဿ နာတိဂါဠှံ နာတိသိထိလံ ဟောတိ ပါသာဒိကံ ပရိမဏ္ဍလံ။ ဒေါသစရိတဿ အတိဂါဠှံ အပရိမဏ္ဍလံ။ မောဟစရိတဿ သိထိလံ ပရိဗျာကုလံ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတာဒယော တေသံယေဝါနုသာရေန ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ, တံ သဘာဂတ္တာတိ။ ဧဝံ ကိစ္စတော စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေ။
ဘောဇနာတိ ရာဂစရိတော သိနိဒ္ဓမဓုရဘောဇနပ္ပိယော ဟောတိ, ဘုဉ္ဇမာနော စ နာတိမဟန္တံ ပရိမဏ္ဍလံ အာလောပံ ကတွာ ရသပဋိသံဝေဒီ အတရမာနော ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, ကိဉ္စိဒေဝ စ သာဒုံ လဘိတွာ သောမနဿံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ။ ဒေါသစရိတော လူခအမ္ဗိလဘောဇနပ္ပိယော ဟောတိ, ဘုဉ္ဇမာနော စ မုခပူရကံ အာလောပံ ကတွာ အရသပဋိသံဝေဒီ တရမာနော ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, ကိဉ္စိဒေဝ စ အသာဒုံ လဘိတွာ ဒေါမနဿံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ။ မောဟစရိတော အနိယတရုစိကော ဟောတိ, ဘုဉ္ဇမာနော စ အပရိမဏ္ဍလံ ပရိတ္တံ အာလောပံ ကတွာ ဘာဇနေ ဆဍ္ဍေန္တော မုခံ မက္ခေန္တော ဝိက္ခိတ္တစိတ္တော တံ တံ ဝိတက္ကေန္တော ဘုဉ္ဇတိ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတာဒယောပိ တေသံယေဝါနုသာရေန ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ, တံသဘာဂတ္တာတိ။ ဧဝံ ဘောဇနတော စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေ။
ဒဿနာဒိတောတိ ရာဂစရိတော ဤသကမ္ပိ မနောရမံ ရူပံ ဒိသွာ ဝိမှယဇာတော ဝိယ စိရံ ဩလောကေတိ, ပရိတ္တေပိ ဂုဏေ သဇ္ဇတိ, ဘူတမ္ပိ ဒေါသံ န ဂဏှာတိ, ပက္ကမန္တောပိ အမုဉ္စိတုကာမောဝ ဟုတွာ သာပေက္ခော ပက္ကမတိ။ ဒေါသစရိတော ဤသကမ္ပိ အမနောရမံ ရူပံ ဒိသွာ ကိလန္တရူပေါ ဝိယ န စိရံ ဩလောကေတိ, ပရိတ္တေပိ ဒေါသေ ပဋိဟညတိ, ဘူတမ္ပိ ဂုဏံ န ဂဏှာတိ, ပက္ကမန္တောပိ မုဉ္စိတုကာမောဝ ဟုတွာ အနပေက္ခော ပက္ကမတိ။ မောဟစရိတော ယံကိဉ္စိ ရူပံ ဒိသွာ ပရပစ္စယိကော ဟောတိ, ပရံ နိန္ဒန္တံ သုတွာ နိန္ဒတိ, ပသံသန္တံ သုတွာ ပသံသတိ, သယံ ပန အညာဏုပေက္ခာယ ဥပေက္ခကောဝ ဟောတိ။ ဧသ နယော သဒ္ဒသဝနာဒီသုပိ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတာဒယော ပန တေသံယေဝါနုသာရေန ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ, တံသဘာဂတ္တာတိ။ ဧဝံ ဒဿနာဒိတော စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေ။
ဓမ္မပ္ပဝတ္တိတော စေဝါတိ ရာဂစရိတဿ စ မာယာ, သာဌေယျံ, မာနော, ပါပိစ္ဆတာ, မဟိစ္ဆတာ, အသန္တုဋ္ဌိတာ, သိင်္ဂံ, စာပလျန္တိ ဧဝမာဒယော ဓမ္မာ ဗဟုလံ ပဝတ္တန္တိ။ ဒေါသစရိတဿ ကောဓော, ဥပနာဟော, မက္ခော, ပဠာသော, ဣဿာ, မစ္ဆရိယန္တိ ဧဝမာဒယော။ မောဟစရိတဿ ထိနံ, မိဒ္ဓံ, ဥဒ္ဓစ္စံ, ကုက္ကုစ္စံ, ဝိစိကိစ္ဆာ, အာဓာနဂ္ဂါဟိတာ, ဒုပ္ပဋိနိဿဂ္ဂိတာတိ ဧဝမာဒယော။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတဿ မုတ္တစာဂတာ, အရိယာနံ ဒဿနကာမတာ, သဒ္ဓမ္မံ သောတုကာမတာ, ပါမောဇ္ဇဗဟုလတာ, အသဌတာ, အမာယာဝိတာ, ပသာဒနီယေသု ဌာနေသု ပသာဒေါတိ ဧဝမာဒယော။ ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတဿ သောဝစဿတာ, ကလျာဏမိတ္တတာ, ဘောဇနေမတ္တညုတာ, သတိသမ္ပဇညံ, ဇာဂရိယာနုယောဂေါ, သံဝေဇနီယေသု ဌာနေသု သံဝေဂေါ, သံဝိဂ္ဂဿ စ ယောနိသော ပဓာနန္တိ ဧဝမာဒယော။ ဝိတက္ကစရိတဿ ဘဿဗဟုလတာ, ဂဏာရာမတာ, ကုသလာနုယောဂေ အရတိ, အနဝဋ္ဌိတကိစ္စတာ, ရတ္တိံ ဓူမာယနာ, ဒိဝါ ပဇ္ဇလနာ, ဟုရာဟုရံ ဓာဝနာတိ ဧဝမာဒယော ဓမ္မာ ဗဟုလံ ပဝတ္တန္တီတိ။ ဧဝံ ဓမ္မပ္ပဝတ္တိတော စရိယာယော ဝိဘာဝယေ။
ယသ္မာ ပန ဣဒံ စရိယာဝိဘာဝနဝိဓာနံ သဗ္ဗာကာရေန နေဝ ပါဠိယံ န အဋ္ဌကထာယံ အာဂတံ, ကေဝလံ အာစရိယမတာနုသာရေန ဝုတ္တံ, တသ္မာ န သာရတော ပစ္စေတဗ္ဗံ။ ရာဂစရိတဿ ဟိ ဝုတ္တာနိ ဣရိယာပထာဒီနိ ဒေါသစရိတာဒယောပိ အပ္ပမာဒဝိဟာရိနော ကာတုံ သက္ကောန္တိ။ သံသဋ္ဌစရိတဿ စ ပုဂ္ဂလဿ ဧကဿေဝ ဘိန္နလက္ခဏာ ဣရိယာပထာဒယော န ဥပပဇ္ဇန္တိ။ ယံ ပနေတံ အဋ္ဌကထာသု စရိယာဝိဘာဝနဝိဓာနံ ဝုတ္တံ, တဒေဝ သာရတော ပစ္စေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ‘‘စေတောပရိယဉာဏဿ လာဘီ အာစရိယော စရိယံ ဉတွာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေဿတိ, ဣတရေန အန္တေဝါသိကော ပုစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗော’’တိ။ တသ္မာ စေတောပရိယဉာဏေန ဝါ တံ ဝါ ပုဂ္ဂလံ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗံ။ အယံ ပုဂ္ဂလော ရာဂစရိတော, အယံ ဒေါသာဒီသု အညတရစရိတောတိ။
၄၆။ ကိံ စရိတဿ ပုဂ္ဂလဿ ကိံ သပ္ပါယန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပန သေနာသနံ တာဝ ရာဂစရိတဿ အဓောတဝေဒိကံ ဘူမဋ္ဌကံ အကတပဗ္ဘာရကံ တိဏကုဋိကံ ပဏ္ဏသာလာဒီနံ အညတရံ ရဇောကိဏ္ဏံ ဇတုကာဘရိတံ ဩလုဂ္ဂဝိလုဂ္ဂံ အတိဥစ္စံ ဝါ အတိနီစံ ဝါ ဥဇ္ဇင်္ဂလံ သာသင်္ကံ အသုစိဝိသမမဂ္ဂံ, ယတ္ထ မဉ္စပီဌမ္ပိ မင်္ကုဏဘရိတံ ဒုရူပံ ဒုဗ္ဗဏ္ဏံ, ယံ ဩလောကေန္တဿေဝ ဇိဂုစ္ဆာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တာဒိသံ သပ္ပါယံ။ နိဝါသနပါရုပနံ အန္တစ္ဆိန္နံ ဩလမ္ဗဝိလမ္ဗသုတ္တကာကိဏ္ဏံ ဇာလပူဝသဒိသံ သာဏိ ဝိယ ခရသမ္ဖဿံ ကိလိဋ္ဌံ ဘာရိကံ ကိစ္ဆပရိဟရဏံ သပ္ပါယံ။ ပတ္တောပိ ဒုဗ္ဗဏ္ဏော မတ္တိကာပတ္တော ဝါ အာဏိဂဏ္ဌိကာဟတော အယောပတ္တော ဝါ ဂရုကော ဒုဿဏ္ဌာနော သီသကပါလမိဝ ဇေဂုစ္ဆော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဘိက္ခာစာရမဂ္ဂေါပိ အမနာပေါ အနာသန္နဂါမော ဝိသမော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဘိက္ခာစာရဂါမောပိ ယတ္ထ မနုဿာ အပဿန္တာ ဝိယ စရန္တိ, ယတ္ထ ဧကကုလေပိ ဘိက္ခံ အလဘိတွာ နိက္ခမန္တံ ‘‘ဧဟိ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ အာသနသာလံ ပဝေသေတွာ ယာဂုဘတ္တံ ဒတွာ ဂစ္ဆန္တာ ဂါဝီ ဝိယ ဝဇေ ပဝေသေတွာ အနပလောကေန္တာ ဂစ္ဆန္တိ, တာဒိသော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပရိဝိသကမနုဿာပိ ဒါသာ ဝါ ကမ္မကရာ ဝါ ဒုဗ္ဗဏ္ဏာ ဒုဒ္ဒသိကာ ကိလိဋ္ဌဝသနာ ဒုဂ္ဂန္ဓာ ဇေဂုစ္ဆာ, ယေ အစိတ္တီကာရေန ယာဂုဘတ္တံ ဆဍ္ဍေန္တာ ဝိယ ပရိဝိသန္တိ, တာဒိသာ သပ္ပါယာ။ ယာဂုဘတ္တခဇ္ဇကမ္ပိ လူခံ ဒုဗ္ဗဏ္ဏံ သာမာကကုဒြူသကကဏာဇကာဒိမယံ ပူတိတက္ကံ ဗိလင်္ဂံ ဇိဏ္ဏသာကသူပေယျံ ယံကိဉ္စိဒေဝ ကေဝလံ ဥဒရပူရမတ္တံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣရိယာပထောပိဿ ဌာနံ ဝါ စင်္ကမော ဝါ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ အာရမ္မဏံ နီလာဒီသု ဝဏ္ဏကသိဏေသု ယံကိဉ္စိ အပရိသုဒ္ဓဝဏ္ဏန္တိ ဣဒံ ရာဂစရိတဿ သပ္ပါယံ။
ဒေါသစရိတဿ သေနာသနံ နာတိဥစ္စံ နာတိနီစံ ဆာယူဒကသမ္ပန္နံ သုဝိဘတ္တဘိတ္တိထမ္ဘသောပါနံ သုပရိနိဋ္ဌိတမာလာကမ္မလတာကမ္မနာနာဝိဓစိတ္တကမ္မသမုဇ္ဇလသမသိနိဒ္ဓမုဒုဘူမိတလံ ဗြဟ္မဝိမာနမိဝ ကုသုမဒါမဝိစိတြဝဏ္ဏစေလဝိတာနသမလင်္ကတံ သုပညတ္တသုစိမနောရမတ္ထရဏမဉ္စပီဌံ တတ္ထ တတ္ထ ဝါသတ္ထာယ နိက္ခိတ္တကုသုမဝါသဂန္ဓသုဂန္ဓံ ယံ ဒဿနမတ္တေနေဝ ပီတိပါမောဇ္ဇံ ဇနယတိ, ဧဝရူပံ သပ္ပါယံ။ တဿ ပန သေနာသနဿ မဂ္ဂေါပိ သဗ္ဗပရိဿယဝိမုတ္တော သုစိသမတလော အလင်္ကတပဋိယတ္တောဝ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သေနာသနပရိက္ခာရောပေတ္ထ ကီဋမင်္ကုဏဒီဃဇာတိမူသိကာနံ နိဿယပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒနတ္ထံ နာတိဗဟုကော, ဧကမဉ္စပီဌမတ္တမေဝ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ နိဝါသနပါရုပနမ္ပိဿ စီနပဋ္ဋသောမာရပဋ္ဋကောသေယျကပ္ပါသိကသုခုမခေါမာဒီနံ ယံ ယံ ပဏီတံ, တေန တေန ဧကပဋ္ဋံ ဝါ ဒုပဋ္ဋံ ဝါ သလ္လဟုကံ သမဏသာရုပ္ပေန သုရတ္တံ သုဒ္ဓဝဏ္ဏံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပတ္တော ဥဒကပုပ္ဖုဠမိဝ သုသဏ္ဌာနော မဏိ ဝိယ သုမဋ္ဌော နိမ္မလော သမဏသာရုပ္ပေန သုပရိသုဒ္ဓဝဏ္ဏော အယောမယော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဘိက္ခာစာရမဂ္ဂေါ ပရိဿယဝိမုတ္တော သမော မနာပေါ နာတိဒူရနာစ္စာသန္နဂါမော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဘိက္ခာစာရဂါမောပိ ယတ္ထ မနုဿာ ‘‘ဣဒါနိ အယျော အာဂမိဿတီ’’တိ သိတ္တသမ္မဋ္ဌေ ပဒေသေ အာသနံ ပညာပေတွာ ပစ္စုဂ္ဂန္တွာ ပတ္တံ အာဒါယ ဃရံ ပဝေသေတွာ ပညတ္တာသနေ နိသီဒါပေတွာ သက္ကစ္စံ သဟတ္ထာ ပရိဝိသန္တိ, တာဒိသော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ပရိဝေသကာ ပနဿ ယေ ဟောန္တိ အဘိရူပါ ပါသာဒိကာ သုနှာတာ သုဝိလိတ္တာ ဓူပဝါသကုသုမဂန္ဓသုရဘိနော နာနာဝိရာဂသုစိမနုညဝတ္ထာဘရဏပဋိမဏ္ဍိတာ သက္ကစ္စကာရိနော, တာဒိသာ သပ္ပါယာ။ ယာဂုဘတ္တခဇ္ဇကမ္ပိ ဝဏ္ဏဂန္ဓရသသမ္ပန္နံ ဩဇဝန္တံ မနောရမံ သဗ္ဗာကာရပဏီတံ ယာဝဒတ္ထံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဣရိယာပထောပိဿ သေယျာ ဝါ နိသဇ္ဇာ ဝါ ဝဋ္ဋတိ, အာရမ္မဏံ နီလာဒီသု ဝဏ္ဏကသိဏေသု ယံကိဉ္စိ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓဝဏ္ဏန္တိ ဣဒံ ဒေါသစရိတဿ သပ္ပါယံ။
မောဟစရိတဿ သေနာသနံ ဒိသာမုခံ အသမ္ဗာဓံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ, ယတ္ထ နိသိန္နဿ ဝိဝဋာ ဒိသာ ခါယန္တိ, ဣရိယာပထေသု စင်္ကမော ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ အာရမ္မဏံ ပနဿ ပရိတ္တံ သုပ္ပမတ္တံ သရာဝမတ္တံ ဝါ (ခုဒ္ဒကံ) န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သမ္ဗာဓသ္မိဉှိ ဩကာသေ စိတ္တံ ဘိယျော သမ္မောဟမာပဇ္ဇတိ, တသ္မာ ဝိပုလံ မဟာကသိဏံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သေသံ ဒေါသစရိတဿ ဝုတ္တသဒိသမေဝါတိ ဣဒံ မောဟစရိတဿ သပ္ပါယံ။
သဒ္ဓါစရိတဿ သဗ္ဗမ္ပိ ဒေါသစရိတမှိ ဝုတ္တဝိဓာနံ သပ္ပါယံ။ အာရမ္မဏေသု စဿ အနုဿတိဋ္ဌာနမ္ပိ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတဿ သေနာသနာဒီသု ဣဒံ နာမ အသပ္ပါယန္တိ နတ္ထိ။
ဝိတက္ကစရိတဿ သေနာသနံ ဝိဝဋံ ဒိသာမုခံ ယတ္ထ နိသိန္နဿ အာရာမဝနပေါက္ခရဏီရာမဏေယျကာနိ ဂါမနိဂမဇနပဒပဋိပါဋိယော နီလောဘာသာ စ ပဗ္ဗတာ ပညာယန္တိ, တံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ, တဉှိ ဝိတက္ကဝိဓာဝနဿေဝ ပစ္စယော ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ဂမ္ဘီရေ ဒရီမုခေ ဝနပ္ပဋိစ္ဆန္နေ ဟတ္ထိကုစ္ဆိပဗ္ဘာရမဟိန္ဒဂုဟာသဒိသေ သေနာသနေ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ အာရမ္မဏမ္ပိဿ ဝိပုလံ န ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ တာဒိသဉှိ ဝိတက္ကဝသေန သန္ဓာဝနဿ ပစ္စယော ဟောတိ။ ပရိတ္တံ ပန ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
သေသံ ရာဂစရိတဿ ဝုတ္တသဒိသမေဝါတိ ဣဒံ ဝိတက္ကစရိတဿ သပ္ပါယံ။ အယံ အတ္တနော စရိယာနုကူလန္တိ ဧတ္ထ အာဂတစရိယာနံ ပဘေဒနိဒါနဝိဘာဝနသပ္ပါယပရိစ္ဆေဒတော ဝိတ္ထာရော။ န စ တာဝ စရိယာနုကူလံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ သဗ္ဗာကာရေန အာဝိကတံ။ တဉှိ အနန္တရဿ မာတိကာပဒဿ ဝိတ္ထာရေ သယမေဝ အာဝိဘဝိဿတိ။
စတ္တာလီသကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဝဏ္ဏနာ
၄၇။ တသ္မာ ယံ ဝုတ္တံ စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု အညတရံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဧတ္ထ သင်္ခါတနိဒ္ဒေသတော, ဥပစာရပ္ပနာဝဟတော, ဈာနပ္ပဘေဒတော, သမတိက္ကမတော, ဝဍ္ဎနာဝဍ္ဎနတော, အာရမ္မဏတော, ဘူမိတော, ဂဟဏတော, ပစ္စယတော, စရိယာနုကူလတောတိ ဣမေဟိ တာဝ ဒသဟာကာရေဟိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဝိနိစ္ဆယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
တတ္ထ သင်္ခါတနိဒ္ဒေသတောတိ စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသူတိ ဟိ ဝုတ္တံ, တတြိမာနိ စတ္တာလီသ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဒသ ကသိဏာ, ဒသ အသုဘာ, ဒသ အနုဿတိယော, စတ္တာရော ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ, စတ္တာရော အာရုပ္ပါ, ဧကာ သညာ, ဧကံ ဝဝတ္ထာနန္တိ။
တတ္ထ ပထဝီကသိဏံ, အာပေါကသိဏံ, တေဇောကသိဏံ, ဝါယောကသိဏံ, နီလကသိဏံ, ပီတကသိဏံ, လောဟိတကသိဏံ, ဩဒါတကသိဏံ, အာလောကကသိဏံ, ပရိစ္ဆိန္နာကာသကသိဏန္တိ ဣမေ ဒသ ကသိဏာ။
ဥဒ္ဓုမာတကံ, ဝိနီလကံ, ဝိပုဗ္ဗကံ, ဝိစ္ဆိဒ္ဒကံ, ဝိက္ခာယိတကံ, ဝိက္ခိတ္တကံ, ဟတဝိက္ခိတ္တကံ, လောဟိတကံ, ပုဠုဝကံ, အဋ္ဌိကန္တိ ဣမေ ဒသ အသုဘာ။
ဗုဒ္ဓါနုဿတိ, ဓမ္မာနုဿတိ, သံဃာနုဿတိ, သီလာနုဿတိ, စာဂါနုဿတိ, ဒေဝတာနုဿတိ, မရဏာနုဿတိ, ကာယဂတာသတိ, အာနာပါနဿတိ, ဥပသမာနုဿတီတိ ဣမာ ဒသ အနုဿတိယော။
မေတ္တာ, ကရုဏာ, မုဒိတာ, ဥပေက္ခာတိ ဣမေ စတ္တာရော ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ။
အာကာသာနဉ္စာယတနံ, ဝိညာဏဉ္စာယတနံ, အာကိဉ္စညာယတနံ, နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနန္တိ ဣမေ စတ္တာရော အာရုပ္ပါ။ အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာ ဧကာ သညာ။ စတုဓာတုဝဝတ္ထာနံ ဧကံ ဝဝတ္ထာနန္တိ ဧဝံ သင်္ခါတနိဒ္ဒေသတော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ဥပစာရပ္ပနာဝဟတောတိ ဌပေတွာ ကာယဂတာသတိဉ္စ အာနာပါနဿတိဉ္စ အဝသေသာ အဋ္ဌ အနုဿတိယော, အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာ, စတုဓာတုဝဝတ္ထာနန္တိ ဣမာနေဝ ဟေတ္ထ ဒသကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဥပစာရဝဟာနိ။ သေသာနိ အပ္ပနာဝဟာနိ။ ဧဝံ ဥပစာရပ္ပနာဝဟတော။
ဈာနပ္ပဘေဒတောတိ အပ္ပနာဝဟေသု စေတ္ထ အာနာပါနဿတိယာ သဒ္ဓိံ ဒသ ကသိဏာ စတုက္ကဇ္ဈာနိကာ ဟောန္တိ။ ကာယဂတာသတိယာ သဒ္ဓိံ ဒသ အသုဘာ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနိကာ။ ပုရိမာ တယော ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ တိကဇ္ဈာနိကာ။ စတုတ္ထဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရော စတ္တာရော စ အာရုပ္ပါ စတုတ္ထဇ္ဈာနိကာတိ ဧဝံ ဈာနပ္ပဘေဒတော။
သမတိက္ကမတောတိ ဒွေ သမတိက္ကမာ အင်္ဂသမတိက္ကမော စ အာရမ္မဏသမတိက္ကမော စ။ တတ္ထ သဗ္ဗေသုပိ တိကစတုက္ကဇ္ဈာနိကေသု ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု အင်္ဂသမတိက္ကမော ဟောတိ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာဒီနိ ဈာနင်္ဂါနိ သမတိက္ကမိတွာ တေသွေဝါရမ္မဏေသု ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနာဒီနံ ပတ္တဗ္ဗတော။ တထာ စတုတ္ထဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရေ။ သောပိ ဟိ မေတ္တာဒီနံယေဝ အာရမ္မဏေ သောမနဿံ သမတိက္ကမိတွာ ပတ္တဗ္ဗောတိ။ စတူသု ပန အာရုပ္ပေသု အာရမ္မဏသမတိက္ကမော ဟောတိ။ ပုရိမေသု ဟိ နဝသု ကသိဏေသု အညတရံ သမတိက္ကမိတွာ အာကာသာနဉ္စာယတနံ ပတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ အာကာသာဒီနိ စ သမတိက္ကမိတွာ ဝိညာဏဉ္စာယတနာဒီနိ။ သေသေသု သမတိက္ကမော နတ္ထီတိ ဧဝံ သမတိက္ကမတော။
ဝဍ္ဎနာဝဍ္ဎနတောတိ ဣမေသု စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု ဒသ ကသိဏာနေဝ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ယတ္တကဉှိ ဩကာသံ ကသိဏေန ဖရတိ, တဒဗ္ဘန္တရေ ဒိဗ္ဗာယ သောတဓာတုယာ သဒ္ဒံ သောတုံ ဒိဗ္ဗေန စက္ခုနာ ရူပါနိ ပဿိတုံ ပရသတ္တာနဉ္စ စေတသာ စိတ္တမညာတုံ သမတ္ထော ဟောတိ။ ကာယဂတာသတိ ပန အသုဘာနိ စ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ကသ္မာ? ဩကာသေန ပရိစ္ဆိန္နတ္တာ အာနိသံသာဘာဝါ စ။ သာ စ နေသံ ဩကာသေန ပရိစ္ဆိန္နတာ ဘာဝနာနယေ အာဝိဘဝိဿတိ။ တေသု ပန ဝဍ္ဎိတေသု ကုဏပရာသိယေဝ ဝဍ္ဎတိ, န ကောစိ အာနိသံသော အတ္ထိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ သောပါကပဉှာဗျာကရဏေ, ‘‘ဝိဘူတာ ဘဂဝါ ရူပသညာ အဝိဘူတာ အဋ္ဌိကသညာ’’တိ။ တတြ ဟိ နိမိတ္တဝဍ္ဎနဝသေန ရူပသညာ ဝိဘူတာတိ ဝုတ္တာ။ အဋ္ဌိကသညာ အဝဍ္ဎနဝသေန အဝိဘူတာတိ ဝုတ္တာ။
ယံ ပနေတံ ‘‘ကေဝလံ အဋ္ဌိသညာယ, အဖရီ ပထဝိံ ဣမ’’န္တိ (ထေရဂါ။ ၁၈) ဝုတ္တံ, တံ လာဘိဿ သတော ဥပဋ္ဌာနာကာရဝသေန ဝုတ္တံ။ ယထေဝ ဟိ ဓမ္မာသောကကာလေ ကရဝီကသကုဏော သမန္တာ အာဒါသဘိတ္တီသု အတ္တနော ဆာယံ ဒိသွာ သဗ္ဗဒိသာသု ကရဝီကသညီ ဟုတွာ မဓုရံ ဂိရံ နိစ္ဆာရေသိ, ဧဝံ ထေရောပိ အဋ္ဌိကသညာယ လာဘိတ္တာ သဗ္ဗဒိသာသု ဥပဋ္ဌိတံ နိမိတ္တံ ပဿန္တော ကေဝလာပိ ပထဝီ အဋ္ဌိကဘရိတာတိ စိန္တေသီတိ။
ယဒိ ဧဝံ ယာ အသုဘဇ္ဈာနာနံ အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏတာ ဝုတ္တာ, သာ ဝိရုဇ္ဈတီတိ။ သာ စ န ဝိရုဇ္ဈတိ။ ဧကစ္စော ဟိ ဥဒ္ဓုမာတကေ ဝါ အဋ္ဌိကေ ဝါ မဟန္တေ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဏှာတိ။ ဧကစ္စော အပ္ပကေ။ ဣမိနာ ပရိယာယေန ဧကစ္စဿ ပရိတ္တာရမ္မဏံ ဈာနံ ဟောတိ။ ဧကစ္စဿ အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏန္တိ။ ယော ဝါ ဧတံ ဝဍ္ဎနေ အာဒီနဝံ အပဿန္တော ဝဍ္ဎေတိ။ တံ သန္ဓာယ ‘‘အပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏ’’န္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ အာနိသံသာဘာဝါ ပန န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗာနီတိ။
ယထာ စ ဧတာနိ, ဧဝံ သေသာနိပိ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ကသ္မာ? တေသု ဟိ အာနာပါနနိမိတ္တံ တာဝ ဝဍ္ဎယတော ဝါတရာသိယေဝ ဝဍ္ဎတိ, ဩကာသေန စ ပရိစ္ဆိန္နံ။ ဣတိ သာဒီနဝတ္တာ ဩကာသေန စ ပရိစ္ဆိန္နတ္တာ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ သတ္တာရမ္မဏာ, တေသံ နိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎယတော သတ္တရာသိယေဝ ဝဍ္ဎေယျ, န စ တေန အတ္ထော အတ္ထိ, တသ္မာ တမ္ပိ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ ယံ ပန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘မေတ္တာသဟဂတေန စေတသာ ဧကံ ဒိသံ ဖရိတွာ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၅၅၆) အာဒိ, တံ ပရိဂ္ဂဟဝသေနေဝ ဝုတ္တံ။ ဧကာဝါသဒွိအာဝါသာဒိနာ ဟိ အနုက္ကမေန ဧကိဿာ ဒိသာယ သတ္တေ ပရိဂ္ဂဟေတွာ ဘာဝေန္တော ဧကံ ဒိသံ ဖရိတွာတိ ဝုတ္တော။ န နိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎေန္တော။ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တမေဝ စေတ္ထ နတ္ထိ။ ယဒယံ ဝဍ္ဎေယျ, ပရိတ္တအပ္ပမာဏာရမ္မဏတာပေတ္ထ ပရိဂ္ဂဟဝသေနေဝ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ အာရုပ္ပါရမ္မဏေသုပိ အာကာသံ ကသိဏုဂ္ဃါဋိမတ္တာ။ တဉှိ ကသိဏာပဂမဝသေနေဝ မနသိ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ တတော ပရံ ဝဍ္ဎယတောပိ န ကိဉ္စိ ဟောတိ။ ဝိညာဏံ သဘာဝဓမ္မတ္တာ။ န ဟိ သက္ကာ သဘာဝဓမ္မံ ဝဍ္ဎေတုံ။ ဝိညာဏာပဂမော ဝိညာဏဿ အဘာဝမတ္တတ္တာ။ နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနာရမ္မဏံ သဘာဝဓမ္မတ္တာယေဝ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ သေသာနိ အနိမိတ္တတ္တာ။ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တဉှိ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ နာမ ဘဝေယျ။ ဗုဒ္ဓါနုဿတိအာဒီနဉ္စ နေဝ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ အာရမ္မဏံ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ တံ န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗန္တိ ဧဝံ ဝဍ္ဎနာဝဍ္ဎနတော။
အာရမ္မဏတောတိ ဣမေသု စ စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု ဒသကသိဏာ, ဒသအသုဘာ, အာနာပါနဿတိ, ကာယဂတာသတီတိ ဣမာနိ ဒွါဝီသတိပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တာရမ္မဏာနိ။ သေသာနိ န ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တာရမ္မဏာနိ။ တထာ ဒသသု အနုဿတီသု ဌပေတွာ အာနာပါနဿတိဉ္စ ကာယဂတာသတိဉ္စ အဝသေသာ အဋ္ဌ အနုဿတိယော, အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာ, စတုဓာတုဝဝတ္ထာနံ, ဝိညာဏဉ္စာယတနံ, နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနန္တိ ဣမာနိ ဒွါဒသ သဘာဝဓမ္မာရမ္မဏာနိ။ ဒသ ကသိဏာ, ဒသ အသုဘာ, အာနာပါနဿတိ, ကာယဂတာသတီတိ ဣမာနိ ဒွါဝီသတိ နိမိတ္တာရမ္မဏာနိ။ သေသာနိ ဆ န ဝတ္တဗ္ဗာရမ္မဏာနိ။ တထာ ဝိပုဗ္ဗကံ, လောဟိတကံ, ပုဠုဝကံ, အာနာပါနဿတိ, အာပေါကသိဏံ, တေဇောကသိဏံ, ဝါယောကသိဏံ, ယဉ္စ အာလောကကသိဏေ သူရိယာဒီနံ ဩဘာသမဏ္ဍလာရမ္မဏန္တိ ဣမာနိ အဋ္ဌ စလိတာရမ္မဏာနိ, တာနိ စ ခေါ ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေ, ပဋိဘာဂံ ပန သန္နိသိန္နမေဝ ဟောတိ။ သေသာနိ န စလိတာရမ္မဏာနီတိ ဧဝံ အာရမ္မဏတော။
ဘူမိတောတိ ဧတ္ထ စ ဒသ အသုဘာ, ကာယဂတာသတိ, အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာတိ ဣမာနိ ဒွါဒသ ဒေဝေသု နပ္ပဝတ္တန္တိ။ တာနိ ဒွါဒသ, အာနာပါနဿတိ စာတိ ဣမာနိ တေရသ ဗြဟ္မလောကေ နပ္ပဝတ္တန္တိ။ အရူပဘဝေ ပန ဌပေတွာ စတ္တာရော အာရုပ္ပေ အညံ နပ္ပဝတ္တတိ။ မနုဿေသု သဗ္ဗာနိပိ ပဝတ္တန္တီတိ ဧဝံ ဘူမိတော။
ဂဟဏတောတိ ဒိဋ္ဌဖုဋ္ဌသုတဂ္ဂဟဏတောပေတ္ထ ဝိနိစ္ဆယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ တတြ ဌပေတွာ ဝါယောကသိဏံ သေသာ နဝ ကသိဏာ, ဒသ အသုဘာတိ ဣမာနိ ဧကူနဝီသတိ ဒိဋ္ဌေန ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ပုဗ္ဗဘာဂေ စက္ခုနာ ဩလောကေတွာ နိမိတ္တံ နေသံ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗန္တိ အတ္ထော။ ကာယဂတာသတိယံ တစပဉ္စကံ ဒိဋ္ဌေန, သေသံ သုတေနာတိ ဧဝံ တဿာ အာရမ္မဏံ ဒိဋ္ဌသုတေန ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။ အာနာပါနဿတိ ဖုဋ္ဌေန, ဝါယောကသိဏံ ဒိဋ္ဌဖုဋ္ဌေန, သေသာနိ အဋ္ဌာရသ သုတေန ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ဥပေက္ခာဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရော, စတ္တာရော အာရုပ္ပါတိ ဣမာနိ စေတ္ထ န အာဒိကမ္မိကေန ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာနိ။ သေသာနိ ပဉ္စတိံသ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာနီတိ ဧဝံ ဂဟဏတော။
ပစ္စယတောတိ ဣမေသု ပန ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု ဌပေတွာ အာကာသကသိဏံ သေသာ နဝ ကသိဏာ အာရုပ္ပါနံ ပစ္စယာ ဟောန္တိ, ဒသ ကသိဏာ အဘိညာနံ, တယော ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ စတုတ္ထဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရဿ, ဟေဋ္ဌိမံ ဟေဋ္ဌိမံ အာရုပ္ပံ ဥပရိမဿ ဥပရိမဿ, နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနံ နိရောဓသမာပတ္တိယာ, သဗ္ဗာနိပိ သုခဝိဟာရဝိပဿနာဘဝသမ္ပတ္တီနန္တိ ဧဝံ ပစ္စယတော။
စရိယာနုကူလတောတိ စရိယာနံ အနုကူလတောပေတ္ထ ဝိနိစ္ဆယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ သေယျထိဒံ – ရာဂစရိတဿ တာဝ ဧတ္ထ ဒသ အသုဘာ, ကာယဂတာသတီတိ ဧကာဒသ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနိ အနုကူလာနိ။ ဒေါသစရိတဿ စတ္တာရော ဗြဟ္မဝိဟာရာ, စတ္တာရိ ဝဏ္ဏကသိဏာနီတိ အဋ္ဌ။ မောဟစရိတဿ, ဝိတက္ကစရိတဿ စ ဧကံ အာနာပါနဿတိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနမေဝ။ သဒ္ဓါစရိတဿ ပုရိမာ ဆ အနုဿတိယော။ ဗုဒ္ဓိစရိတဿ မရဏဿတိ, ဥပသမာနုဿတိ, စတုဓာတုဝဝတ္ထာနံ, အာဟာရေ ပဋိကူလသညာတိ စတ္တာရိ။ သေသကသိဏာနိ, စတ္တာရော စ အာရုပ္ပါ သဗ္ဗစရိတာနံ အနုကူလာနိ။ ကသိဏေသု စ ယံကိဉ္စိ ပရိတ္တံ ဝိတက္ကစရိတဿ, အပ္ပမာဏံ မောဟစရိတဿာတိ။
ဧဝမေတ္ထ စရိယာနုကူလတော ဝိနိစ္ဆယော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗောတိ သဗ္ဗဉ္စေတံ ဥဇုဝိပစ္စနီကဝသေန စ အတိသပ္ပါယဝသေန စ ဝုတ္တံ။ ရာဂါဒီနံ ပန အဝိက္ခမ္ဘိကာ သဒ္ဓါဒီနံ ဝါ အနုပကာရာ ကုသလဘာဝနာ နာမ နတ္ထိ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ မေဃိယသုတ္တေ –
‘‘စတ္တာရော ဓမ္မာ ဥတ္တရိ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ။ အသုဘာ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ ရာဂဿ ပဟာနာယ။ မေတ္တာ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ ဗျာပါဒဿ ပဟာနာယ။ အာနာပါနဿတိ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ ဝိတက္ကုပစ္ဆေဒါယ။ အနိစ္စသညာ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗာ အသ္မိမာနသမုဂ္ဃါတာယာ’’တိ။
ရာဟုလသုတ္တေပိ ‘‘မေတ္တံ, ရာဟုလ, ဘာဝနံ ဘာဝေဟီ’’တိအာဒိနာ (မ။ နိ။ ၂။၁၂၀) နယေန ဧကဿေဝ သတ္တ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနာနိ ဝုတ္တာနိ။ တသ္မာ ဝစနမတ္တေ အဘိနိဝေသံ အကတွာ သဗ္ဗတ္ထ အဓိပ္ပါယော ပရိယေသိတဗ္ဗောတိ အယံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဧတ္ထ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနကထာ ဝိနိစ္ဆယော။
၄၈။ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဣမဿ ပန ပဒဿ အယမတ္ထဒီပနာ။ ‘‘တေန ယောဂိနာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဒါယကံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ’’တိ ဧတ္ထ ဝုတ္တနယေနေဝ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရံ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ ဗုဒ္ဓဿ ဝါ ဘဂဝတော အာစရိယဿ ဝါ အတ္တာနံ နိယျာတေတွာ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယေန သမ္ပန္နာဓိမုတ္တိနာ စ ဟုတွာ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ယာစိတဗ္ဗံ။
တတြ ‘‘ဣမာဟံ ဘဂဝါ အတ္တဘာဝံ တုမှာကံ ပရိစ္စဇာမီ’’တိ ဧဝံ ဗုဒ္ဓဿ ဘဂဝတော အတ္တာ နိယျာတေတဗ္ဗော။ ဧဝဉှိ အနိယျာတေတွာ ပန္တေသု သေနာသနေသု ဝိဟရန္တော ဘေရဝါရမ္မဏေ အာပါထမာဂတေ သန္ထမ္ဘိတုံ အသက္ကောန္တော ဂါမန္တံ ဩသရိတွာ ဂိဟီဟိ သံသဋ္ဌော ဟုတွာ အနေသနံ အာပဇ္ဇိတွာ အနယဗျသနံ ပါပုဏေယျ။ နိယျာတိတတ္တဘာဝဿ ပနဿ ဘေရဝါရမ္မဏေ အာပါထမာဂတေပိ ဘယံ န ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ ‘‘နနု တယာ, ပဏ္ဍိတ, ပုရိမမေဝ အတ္တာ ဗုဒ္ဓါနံ နိယျာတိတော’’တိ ပစ္စဝေက္ခတော ပနဿ သောမနဿမေဝ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ ယထာ ဟိ ပုရိသဿ ဥတ္တမံ ကာသိကဝတ္ထံ ဘဝေယျ, တဿ တသ္မိံ မူသိကာယ ဝါ ကီဋေဟိ ဝါ ခါဒိတေ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇေယျ ဒေါမနဿံ။ သစေ ပန တံ အစီဝရကဿ ဘိက္ခုနော ဒဒေယျ, အထဿ တံ တေန ဘိက္ခုနာ ခဏ္ဍာခဏ္ဍံ ကရိယမာနံ ဒိသွာပိ သောမနဿမေဝ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇေယျ။ ဧဝံသမ္ပဒမိဒံ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
အာစရိယဿ နိယျာတေန္တေနာပိ ‘‘ဣမာဟံ, ဘန္တေ, အတ္တဘာဝံ တုမှာကံ ပရိစ္စဇာမီ’’တိ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ အနိယျာတိတတ္တဘာဝေါ ဟိ အတဇ္ဇနီယော ဝါ ဟောတိ, ဒုဗ္ဗစော ဝါ အနောဝါဒကရော, ယေနကာမံဂမော ဝါ အာစရိယံ အနာပုစ္ဆာဝ ယတ္ထိစ္ဆတိ, တတ္ထ ဂန္တာ, တမေနံ အာစရိယော အာမိသေန ဝါ ဓမ္မေန ဝါ န သင်္ဂဏှာတိ, ဂူဠှံ ဂန္ထံ န သိက္ခာပေတိ။ သော ဣမံ ဒုဝိဓံ သင်္ဂဟံ အလဘန္တော သာသနေ ပတိဋ္ဌံ န လဘတိ, နစိရဿေဝ ဒုဿီလျံ ဝါ ဂိဟိဘာဝံ ဝါ ပါပုဏာတိ။ နိယျာတိတတ္တဘာဝေါ ပန နေဝ အတဇ္ဇနီယော ဟောတိ, န ယေနကာမံဂမော, သုဝစော အာစရိယာယတ္တဝုတ္တိယေဝ ဟောတိ။ သော အာစရိယတော ဒုဝိဓံ သင်္ဂဟံ လဘန္တော သာသနေ ဝုဍ္ဎိံ ဝိရူဠှိံ ဝေပုလ္လံ ပါပုဏာတိ စူဠပိဏ္ဍပါတိကတိဿတ္ထေရဿ အန္တေဝါသိကာ ဝိယ။
ထေရဿ ကိရ သန္တိကံ တယော ဘိက္ခူ အာဂမံသု။ တေသု ဧကော ‘‘အဟံ, ဘန္တေ, တုမှာကမတ္ထာယာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေ သတပေါရိသေ ပပါတေ ပတိတုံ ဥဿဟေယျန္တိ အာဟ။ ဒုတိယော ‘‘အဟံ, ဘန္တေ, တုမှာကမတ္ထာယာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေ ဣမံ အတ္တဘာဝံ ပဏှိတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ပါသာဏပိဋ္ဌေ ဃံသေန္တော နိရဝသေသံ ခေပေတုံ ဥဿဟေယျန္တိ အာဟ။ တတိယော ‘‘အဟံ, ဘန္တေ, တုမှာကမတ္ထာယာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တေ အဿာသပဿာသေ ဥပရုန္ဓိတွာ ကာလကိရိယံ ကာတုံ ဥဿဟေယျန္တိ အာဟ။ ထေရော ဘဗ္ဗာဝတိမေ ဘိက္ခူတိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေသိ။ တေ တဿ ဩဝါဒေ ဌတွာ တယောပိ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိံသူတိ အယမာနိသံသော အတ္တနိယျာတနေ။ တေန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ဗုဒ္ဓဿ ဝါ ဘဂဝတော အာစရိယဿ ဝါ အတ္တာနံ နိယျာတေတွာ’’တိ။
၄၉။ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယေန သမ္ပန္နာဓိမုတ္တိနာ စ ဟုတွာတိ ဧတ္ထ ပန တေန ယောဂိနာ အလောဘာဒီနံ ဝသေန ဆဟာကာရေဟိ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယော ဟိ တိဿန္နံ ဗောဓီနံ အညတရံ ပါပုဏာတိ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘ဆ အဇ္ဈာသယာ ဗောဓိသတ္တာနံ ဗောဓိပရိပါကာယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ, အလောဘဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ လောဘေ ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော, အဒေါသဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ ဒေါသေ ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော, အမောဟဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ မောဟေ ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော, နေက္ခမ္မဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ ဃရာဝါသေ ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော, ပဝိဝေကဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ သင်္ဂဏိကာယ ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော, နိဿရဏဇ္ဈာသယာ စ ဗောဓိသတ္တာ သဗ္ဗဘဝဂတီသု ဒေါသဒဿာဝိနော’’တိ။ ယေ ဟိ ကေစိ အတီတာနာဂတပစ္စုပ္ပန္နာ သောတာပန္နသကဒါဂါမိအနာဂါမိခီဏာသဝပစ္စေကဗုဒ္ဓသမ္မာသမ္ဗုဒ္ဓါ, သဗ္ဗေ တေ ဣမေဟေဝ ဆဟာကာရေဟိ အတ္တနာ အတ္တနာ ပတ္တဗ္ဗံ ဝိသေသံ ပတ္တာ။ တသ္မာ ဣမေဟိ ဆဟာကာရေဟိ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ တဒဓိမုတ္တတာယ ပန အဓိမုတ္တိသမ္ပန္နေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ သမာဓာဓိမုတ္တေန သမာဓိဂရုကေန သမာဓိပဗ္ဘာရေန, နိဗ္ဗာနာဓိမုတ္တေန နိဗ္ဗာနဂရုကေန နိဗ္ဗာနပဗ္ဘာရေန စ ဘဝိတဗ္ဗန္တိ အတ္ထော။
၅၀။ ဧဝံ သမ္ပန္နဇ္ဈာသယာဓိမုတ္တိနော ပနဿ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ယာစတော စေတောပရိယဉာဏလာဘိနာ အာစရိယေန စိတ္တာစာရံ ဩလောကေတွာ စရိယာ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဣတရေန ကိံ စရိတောသိ? ကေ ဝါ တေ ဓမ္မာ ဗဟုလံ သမုဒါစရန္တိ? ကိံ ဝါ တေ မနသိကရောတော ဖာသု ဟောတိ? ကတရသ္မိံ ဝါ တေ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေ စိတ္တံ နမတီတိ ဧဝမာဒီဟိ နယေဟိ ပုစ္ဆိတွာ ဇာနိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဧဝံ ဉတွာ စရိယာနုကူလံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။
ကထေန္တေန စ တိဝိဓေန ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ ပကတိယာ ဥဂ္ဂဟိတကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဿ ဧကံ ဒွေ နိသဇ္ဇာနိ သဇ္ဈာယံ ကာရေတွာ ဒါတဗ္ဗံ။ သန္တိကေ ဝသန္တဿ အာဂတာဂတက္ခဏေ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဥဂ္ဂဟေတွာ အညတြ ဂန္တုကာမဿ နာတိသံခိတ္တံ နာတိဝိတ္ထာရိကံ ကတွာ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။
တတ္ထ ပထဝီကသိဏံ တာဝ ကထေန္တေန စတ္တာရော ကသိဏဒေါသာ, ကသိဏကရဏံ, ကတဿ ဘာဝနာနယော, ဒုဝိဓံ နိမိတ္တံ, ဒုဝိဓော သမာဓိ, သတ္တဝိဓံ သပ္ပါယာသပ္ပါယံ, ဒသဝိဓံ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ, ဝီရိယသမတာ, အပ္ပနာဝိဓာနန္တိ ဣမေ နဝ အာကာရာ ကထေတဗ္ဗာ။ သေသကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသုပိ တဿ တဿ အနုရူပံ ကထေတဗ္ဗံ။ တံ သဗ္ဗံ တေသံ ဘာဝနာဝိဓာနေ အာဝိဘဝိဿတိ။
ဧဝံ ကထိယမာနေ ပန ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေ တေန ယောဂိနာ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ သောတဗ္ဗံ။ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဣဒံ ဟေဋ္ဌိမပဒံ, ဣဒံ ဥပရိမပဒံ, အယမဿ အတ္ထော, အယမဓိပ္ပါယော, ဣဒမောပမ္မန္တိ ဧဝံ တံ တံ အာကာရံ ဥပနိဗန္ဓိတွာတိ အတ္ထော။ ဧဝံ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဟေတွာ သက္ကစ္စံ သုဏန္တေန ဟိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ သုဂ္ဂဟိတံ ဟောတိ။ အထဿ တံ နိဿာယ ဝိသေသာဓိဂမော သမ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, န ဣတရဿာတိ အယံ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဣမဿ ပဒဿ အတ္ထပရိဒီပနာ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ အတ္တနော စရိယာနုကူလံ စတ္တာလီသာယ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေသု အညတရံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာတိ ဣမာနိ ပဒါနိ သဗ္ဗာကာရေန ဝိတ္ထာရိတာနိ ဟောန္တီတိ။
ဣတိ သာဓုဇနပါမောဇ္ဇတ္ထာယ ကတေ ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂေ
သမာဓိဘာဝနာဓိကာရေ
ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဂ္ဂဟဏနိဒ္ဒေသော နာမ
တတိယော ပရိစ္ဆေဒေါ။
၄။ ပထဝီကသိဏနိဒ္ဒေသော
EXPOSITION OF THE EARTH DEVICE Now in wliat has been said in the words forsaken that monastery which is unsuitable to his concentration-culture, and living in a suitable monastery ” (p. 105) : — whoever finds it comfortable living with his teacher in a monastery should live there, and clear up the subject of meditation. If it be not comfortable there, he should live in whatever other monastery is suitable, whether at a distance of a gdvuta, a h.Bii-yojana or even a yojana. For while he lives thus, should there arise doubt or confusion in any detail of the subject, he should in time do his duties in the monastery, go seeking alms on the way and, after his meal, go to the dwelling-place of the teacher, and on that very day and in his presence clear up the matter. The next day he should salute the teacher and take his departure, and seeking alms on the way would be able to return to his own abode without fatigue. But whoso gets no comfort even in a monastery a yojana distant should solve all knotty points in the subject and, having made it perfectly clear and fastened it to his apprehension, go a great distance and live in a suitable monastery, forsaking the one that is unsuitable for his concentration-culture. Herein a monastery possessing one or other of eighteen faults is unsuitable. And the eighteen faults are these: — largeness, newness, dilapidation, dependence on a road, having a pool, proximity to a plantation of herbs or of flowers or of fruits, desirableness, dependence on a town" or on a wood or on fields, presence of persons of dissimilar views, dependence on a port, or on a border-town or on the boundaries of a kingdom, unsuitableness, want of access to good friends. [119] Possessed of one or other of these eighteen faults a monastery is unsuitable; where he should not live. And why 1 1. In a large monastery many people of varying tastes meet. Througli mutual opposition they do not do their duty. The wisdom-tree yard and other places are not swept. Water to drink and for use is not provided. On going out thence with bowl and robe for alms in the village one frequents, if one sees the routine work neglected or the water-pot empty, then one should do the work and provide the water. A monk who omits to do his duties commits the dukkata ofEence because of the omission. Time flies while a monk is doing his routine work. Too late in the day he enters the village, where he gets nothing as the alms-giving is finished. Even when he goes into seclusion he is disturbed by the loud voices of the novices and young brethren and the functioning of the Order. But where all the duties have been performed and the other noises do not strike the ear, in such a monastery, though it be large, he may live. 2. In a new monastery there is much new work. They blame bim who does not do it. But where the monks say thus: May the Venerable One do his recluse-duties at his pleasure. We will perform the new work,’ in such a place one may live. 3. In a dilapidated monastery there is much to repair. They even go to the extent of blaming him who does not arrange his own bed. The subject of meditation of him who does the repairs suffers. 4. In a highway monastery dependent on (i.e. hard by) the road guests assemble day and night. To those that arrive at late hours he has to give (up) his own bed and dwell at the foot of a tree or on a rock-mat. The same holds good for the next day also. Thus there is no opportunity for the subject of meditation. But where there is no such obligation to guests, there one may live. 6. Having a pool means that there is a rock-lake. Crowds resort there to drink. Pupils of Elders who reside in the town and who are supported by the king come to do the work of dyeing (the robes). When they ask for vessels and wooden troughs and so on, they have to be shown saying There I'key are in sucli and such a place.” [120] Thus there is a constant bother at all times. ‘ 6. As he sits down for the (noon)day rest after receiving the subject of meditation in a monastery where there are herbs of various kinds, women-gatherers of potherbs, singing and plucking the herbs in his presence, do harm to the subject of meditation through the disaccord of their voices. 7. A similar danger attends that monastery where flowering shrubs of various sorts are in full blossom. 8. To a monastery where there are fruits of various kinds such as the mango, rose-apple and jack-fruit, people come asking for fruit and get angry on beiug refused, or they take it by force. Walking to and fro at eventide in the middle of the monastery the monk sees them and asks Lay-brethren, why do you do this At this they abuse him to their hearts’ content, and even strive for his ejection (from the monastery). 9. He who lives in a monastery which is considered by the workP as a desirable place, like the Dakkhinagiri Monastery, the Hatthikucchi Monastery, the Cetiyagiri Monastery, or the Cittalapabbata Monastery, gets famous as a saint and men gather from all quarters wishing to greet him, thus making it uncomfortable for him. He should go by day to a monastery which he finds suitable and spend the night there. 10. In a monastery dependent on a town inappropriate objects make their appearance. And servant-girls carrying water go bumping with their jars and make no room to pass. Government officials also sit down, putting up a tent in the middle of the monastery. 11. In a woodland monastery are fire- wood and trees fit for building materials. Wood-gatherers make the place uncomfortable like the flower and fruit gatherers mentioned above. Men come and fell the trees saying There are trees in the monastery. We will fell them and make houses.” If at eventide coming out from the house of exertion and walking to and fro in the middle of the monastery, he sees them and asks Lay-brethren, why do you do this V’ they abuse him to their hearts’ content and strive for his ejection (from the place). 12. At a field monastery which is surrounded on all sides by fields, men make a threshing-floor in the middle of the monastery and thresh the corn and lie down in front of the monastery. And much other discomfort they cause. And in a monastery which has much landed property belonging to the Order, the monastery-lads keep out (from the fields) the cattle of the families of their supporters*- and shut off the floodgate. The [121] men take the ears of corn and show them to the Order saying Look at the work of the monasterylads.”* For this or that reason he may be summoned to the door of the king’s house or the house of the king’s ministers. And this landed property is comprised in the field-monastery. 13. In a monastery where there are persons of dissimilar views reside monks mutually opposed and inimical, engaging in brawls. On being restrained with the remark Sirs, do not behave so,” they exclaim “ Since the coming of this refuserag-man we are undone !” 14. Where a monastery is dependent (or hard by) an emporium of sea-trade or land-trade men arrive by boat or caravan, and make the place unpleasant with then: jostlings and shoutings Make room ! give water ! give salt !” 15. In a monastery dependent on a border-town men have no faith in the Buddha etc. 16. In a monastery dependent on the boundaries of a kingdom there is fear of the king. One king rules out the site saying It is not within my jurisdiction.” Another king does likewise saying “It is not within my jurisdiction.” There the monk roams about sometimes in the country of this long, sometimes in that of the other king. Then they suspect him to be a spy and bring him to dire distress. 17. XJnsuitableness of a monastery is due to the coming together of inappropriate objects and so on, or to the hauntings of beings not buman. Here is a story in this connection : — They tell that an Elder lived in the forest. Then an ogress stood at the door of his leaf-hnt and sang. He came out and stood at the door. She went and sang at the head of the terrace-walk. The Elder went to the head of the terrace-walk. She stood on a cliff of the height of a hundred men and sang. The Elder drew back. Then suddenly she seized him and said Sir, I have eaten men like you, more than one, more than two.” 18. Want of access to good friends — that is, a monastery where it is not possible to get a good friend, either a teacher or an equal of a teacher, a preceptor or an equal of a preceptor. In a monastery this is counted a great drawback. Thus it should be known that a monastery possessing one or other of the eighteen faults is unsuitable. This also is said in the Commentaries: — Big dwelling, new abode and old abode, A highway house, roch-pond, abode with fruits, And vegetables, flowers, and coveted, [122] Town, wood, field, home of different sects, a port, A frontier, borderland, unsuitable Abode, where friends cannot be got — eighteen These places are, unfit. Art wise herein, Shun them afar as path with perils fraught. . . . “and living in a suitable monastery” . . . (p. 105). And that (monastery) which is endowed with five qualities, to wit, as being neither too far nor too near the village of resort and so on, is suitable. For this has been said by the Blessed One: And how, monks, is a dwelling endowed with the five qualities ? Here, monks, a dwelling is neither too far nor too near, is easy of access, not crowded by day, with little sound or noise at night, scarcely exposed to gnats, mosquitoes, wind, heat and crawling creatures. Living in that dwelling a monk gets without difficulty the necessities of life, namely clothing, food, shelter and medicine. And in that dwelling IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 143 are senior monhs of wide knowledge, scholars of the Texts, memorizers of the Dhamma, of the Yinaya, of the Mdtikds, From time to time he approaches them and puts questions and queries ‘ How is this, sirs ? What is the meaning of this And the venerable ones explain what was not explained, make char what was not clear, and remove doubt from the various doubtful points. Thus, monks, is a dwelling endowed with the five qualities This is the detailed exposition of Having forsaken that monastery which is unsuitable to his coiicentration-culturej and living in a suitable monastery.” . . . Should sever the minor impediments ”... means while living in such a fitting monastery he should sever evn his minor impediments. He should, that is to say, cut his long hair (of the head), nails, hairs (of the body); do repairs or tailor-work to his old robes; dye those that are stained. If there be a flaw in the bowl, he should bake it. He should clean his bedstead, stool and other things. This is a detailed account of should sever the minor impediments.” Now, as regards the clause ‘‘ by not slackening the arrangement of the entire process of culture he should develop,” the following is the detailed discourse by way of all the subjects of meditation, beginning with the earth-device. [123] A monk, who has severed the minor impediments and on return from the alms-gathering, after his meal, has dispelled the drowsiness that comes of eating and has seated himself comfortably in a secluded place, should grasp the sign in the groimd whether prepared or unprepared. For this has been said:- He, taking up the earth-device, grasps the sign in the earth, prepared or unprepared, finite not infinite, limited not unlimited, with paths and not without paths, hounded not unbounded, of the size of a tray or of a potdid. He makes a good grasp of the sign, notes it well, determines it well. Having made a good grasp of the sign, noted it well, determined it well, he sees advantages in it and regards it as a jewel, adopts a reverential attitude of mind and in a loving mood binds his heart to that object. ‘ By means of this practice I shall surely be freed from old age and deaths Thus aloof from sensual desires, etc, he abides in the attaimnent of the first JhdnaT Herein wtosoever in a former existence has become monk in the Eeligion or a hermit monk, and has already induced the fourth and fifth Jhanas in the earth-device — to such a meritorious one, endowed with the sufficing conditions, the sign appears as it did to the Elder Mallaka, on earth not (previously) set apart in a ploughed field, or on a threshing-floor. It is said that to the venerable one who was looking at a ploughed field a sign arose of the size of the field. He enlarged it, induced the five Jhanas, established insight which has Jhana as proximate cause, and attained saintship. But he who has had no previous experience should, without spoiling the arrangement of the subject received from his teacher, make the device avoiding its four faults. For there are four faults of the earth-device due to the mixing'- of blue, yeUow, red, white. Therefore not taking clay of any of those colours, he should make the device with clay of the colour of dawn like the clay in Ganges stream. [124] He should not make it in the middle of the monastery where novices and others walk about. He should make it, movable or stationary, at the confines of the monastery, in a covered place, cavern, or leaf-hut. The movable device should be made by tying on four sticks a cloth, leather or a mat of pine stalks, and smearing on it a circle of the size given above, with wellground earth from which grass and roots, gravel and potsherds have been sifted. At the time of the preliminary exercise he should spread it on the ground and gaze at it. The stationary device should be made by driving into the ground stakes in the form of the pericarp of the lotus and encircling them with creepers. If there be not enough clay (of the dawn-colour) he should put in some other kind of clay beneath, and on the upper surface make with the dawn-coloured clay a circle, one span four fingers in diameter. With reference to the size it has been said “ Of the size of a tray or of a pot-lid.'’ Finite not infinite " and so forth are said for the purpose of defining the device. Therefore making the aforesaid size 1 One with another or all together. Read °sakJcharak(UJiaUIcdya, ly, — Exposition of the Earth Device 145 the limit he should rub it with a stone slab — a wooden slab would set ofE the dissimilar dawn-colour and so should be avoided — and make it smooth like the surface of a drum, sweep the place, bathe himself, come back and sit on a couch which is set within two and a half cubits from the device circle, and is well spread-out with legs one span four fingers high. For the device is not visible if he sits farther than that. If he sits too close, the faults of the device become plain. Sitting higher he must look bending down his neck; lower, his knees ache. Therefore sitting in the prescribed manner he should consider the evils of sense-desires in such wise as Insatiate are sense-desires and produce joy and gladness through desire for emancipation which is the escape from sense-desires and is the means of transcending all pain, and through recalling to mind the virtues of the Buddha, the Law and the Order. Out of the respect he has for the progressive practice, to wit — Now this practice of emancipation has been practised by all Buddhas, silent Buddhas and their noble disciples,’ he should put forth effort saying By means of this practice I shall certainly partake of the taste of the bliss of solitude.” And opening his eyes with an even gaze [126] he should grasp the sign and develop it. By opening too wide, the eye gets tired and the circle becomes too clear, on which account the sign does not manifest itself to him . When the eye opens too narrowly, the circle does not become clear, and the mind slackens; thus again the sign is not manifested. Therefore like a man who sees the reflection of his face on the surface of a mirror, he should open the eyes with an even gaze and grasp the sign and develop it. The colour (of the device) should not be considered, nor the characteristic (of the earth) attended to. Without in fact letting go the colour he should let the device and the physical basis (the earth) assume one and the same colour, and should give attention placii his mind on the earth as a concept because of its abundance * Out of the names for the earth such as pathaviy rnahi medinl bhumi, vasudha vasundTiard lie should utter that which he fancies, whichever is fit for him to note. As a matter of fact only the name pathavl (earth) becomes evident. Hence on that account he should develop it as earth ! earth !” Sometimes opening the eyes, sometimes closing them he should reflect (on the image). As long as the sign to be grasped does not arise, so long, a hundred times, a thousand times, even more often should he develop in this way. When to him thus developing, it comes into the path of sight, as well when he shuts the eyes as when he opens them, then the sign to be grasped has come into existence. Once it has been produced he should not sit there. Entering his own abode, there he should sit and develop. To remove delay in washing his feet he should require single-soled slippers and a walking stick. Then if the tender concentration perishes for any reason of inappropriatenesss, he should put on the slippers, take the walking stick, go to the place, take the sign, come back and, sitting down in comfort, develop it; he should repeatedly lay it to heart, consider it with applied and sustained thinking. As he acts thus, in due course the hindrances are discarded, the depravities subside, the mind is fixed by access-concentration, the after-image arises. This then is the distinction between the previous sign that has been grasped and the after-image: in the former a fault of the device appears; the latter is like the disc of a mirror taken out of a bag [ 126 ], a well-burnished conch-vessel, the round moon issuing from the clouds, white cranes against a rain-cloud, and makes its appearance as though bursting the grasped sign, than which it is a hundred times, a thousand times more purified. But it possesses neither colour nor form. Eor otherwise it would be cognizable by the eye, gross, a fit object for contemplation, and marked with the three characteristics. But it is not so. To the winner of concentration, it is just a mode of appearance, and is born of perception. And from the time of its IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 147 arising, the hindrances are discarded/ the depravities subside, the mind is fixed by access-concentration. Concentration is of two kinds, namely: access-concentration and ecstasy-concentration. In two ways the mind is concentrated: at the stage of access or the stage of attainment. Of these, at the access stage, through the putting away of the hindrances the mind is concentrated, at the attainment stage it is concentrated through the manifevStation of the factors. And this is the difference between the t’wo kinds of concentration. At access the factors owing to their weakness, are not strong. As a baby-child on being lifted to its feet, falls down repeatedly to the groxmd, even so when the access arises the mind at times makes the sign the object, at times lapses into subconsciousness. At ecstasy the factors from their very strength are strong. As a strong man rising from his seat might stand even the whole day, so when ecstatic concentration arises consciousness, once it has cut off the occasion of subconsciousness, lasts the whole night, even the whole day, and proceeds by way of moral apperceptional succession. Of these, very different is the production of that afterimage which arises together with the access-concentration. Therefore if, in the cross-legged position, a man is able to develop it and attain ecstasy, well and good. If not, then he should guard it with zeal as though it were the embryo of a universal monarch. Hence: — To him who guards the sign there is no loss Of what has been obtained. Whoso neglects To guard it, loses all that he obtained. [127] This herein is the order in which it is guarded:— Abode, resort, talk, person, season, food And posture — shun these seven xmsuitable. But serve the seven if smtable. For who So serves the seven ere long gate ecstasy. Of these, that abode where to the dweller the sign which has not arisen does not arise, or that which has arisen perishes and mindfulness wMcL. has not been established is not established and the unconcentrated mind is not concentrated — this is not suitable. Where the sign arises and remains firm, and mindfulness is established and the mind concentrated as in the case of the Elder Padhaniya Tissa while residing at Nagapabbata, the abode is suitable. Therefore in whatever monastery are many abodes, there having stayed at each abode for three days, one should abide at length in that abode where the mind is collected. Eor it was because of the suitableness of the abode that five hundred brethren living in Culanaga cave in the island of Tambapanni (Ceylon) and there receiving a subject of meditation, attained saintship. And the number may not be counted of the stream-winners and others who, after reaching elsewhere the stage of the elect attained saintship, there in that cave. And so also in other monasteries such as the Cittalapabbata Monastery. That village-resort where alms are sought is suitable which not too far, being within the distance of a hosa and a half either to the north or to the south, and which is full of food easy to get. The contrary is not suitable. And that talk which is classed among the thirty-two kinds of worldly talk- is unsuitable, as leading to the disappearance of the sign. That talk which is dependent on the ten themes of talk is suitable. Even this should be indulged in in moderation. That person who does not indulge in worldly talk, who has moral habits and other virtues, in whose company the unconcentrated mind is concentrated, or the concentrated mind becomes more steadfast, is suitable. But he who is devoted to the nourishment of his body, and indulges in worldly talk is unsuitable; for he corrupts others, as muddy water pollutes clean water. And on account of such a man (the student) is as a boy living (alone) on a moimtain top, and loses what he has attained, let alone finding the sign ! IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 149 [128] As regards food , — for some, sweet food, for others sour food is suitable, As for the seasons — for some the cold season, for others the hot season is suitable. Therefore whatever food or season is felt as pleasant, where the unconcentrated mind is concentrated or the concentrated mind becomes firmer, that food and that season is suitable; unsuitable are the other kinds. And among the postures, for some, walking to and fro is suitable, for others, either lying down, or standing, or sitting. Therefore as in the case of the abode, after a test of three days, one should Imow that posture to be suitable where the unconcentrated mind becomes concentrated, or the concentrated mind becomes firmer, and the others to be unsuitable. Thus avoiding the seven things unsuitable, one should follow the seven suitable things. For ecstasy arises in a short time in him who so practises, and who is devoted to the sign.® But if it does not arise, in spite of his practising, then he should bring to pass the tenfold skill in ecstasy. This is. the method: — In ten ways skill in ecstasy should be desired: — (1) by cleansing the physical basis, (2) by regulating the controlling faculties, (3) by being skilful in the sign, (4) he upholds the mind at the time when it should be upheld, (6) he checks the mind at the time when it should be checked, (6) he gladdens the mind at the time when it should be gladdened, (7) he views the nodnd with equanimity at the time when it should be so viewed, (8) by avoiding persons of no concentration, (9) through companionship with persons of concentration, (10) by being intent on That. Of these, (1) “the cleansing of the physical basis’’ means the making the internal and external physical bases clean. For when the hair of the head, nails, hairs of the body are long, or his body is foul with sweat, then the internal physical basis is not clean, not pure. And when his robe is old, dirty, foul-smelling, or his dwelling full of rubbish, then the external physical basis is not clean, [129] not pure. And the insight in mind and mental properties that has arisen in an unclean physical basis, internal and external, is impure, like the light of an oil flame produced from a dirty lamp, wick and oil. The complexes’- do not manifest themselves in him when he considers them with unpurifled sight. And the subject of meditation, for all his application, does not attain to growth, increase or development. On the other hand, insight in mind and mental properties that have arisen in a clean physical basis, internal and external, is pure, purifled, like the light of an oil flame produced from a clean lamp, wick and oil. The complexes manifest themselves in him when he considers them with purified insight. And the subject of meditation, as a result of his application, grows, increases, develops. (2) “Regulation of the controlling faculties ” means the work of equalizing faith and the other faculties. For if his faithfaculty be strong and the others weak, then it is not possible for the energy-faculty to do the function of upholding, the mindfulness-faculty the function of establishing, the concentration faculty that of not scattering, the understanding faculty that of seeing. Therefore that (overstrong faculty) should be decreased by reflecting on the intrinsic nature of states, or by not giving it the attention which would make it strong. And here, the story of Vakkali the Elder is an illustration. But if the energy-faculty be strong, then the faith-faculty will not be able to do the function of believing resolutely, nor will the other facrdties fulfil their respective functions. Therefore energy should be decreased by developing tranquillity and the rest.” Here also the story of Sona the Elder'’ should serve as an illustration. Thus it should be known that in the remaining faculties also when one faculty becomes strong, the others are unable to perform their functions. Here they especially praise the equality of faith with understandin g, and that of concentration Vf .—Exposition of the Earth Device 151 with, energy. For he who is strong in faith, weak in understanding, will (generally) place his faith in good-for-nothing people and believe in the wrong object. He who is strong in understanding, weak in faith, leans towards dishonesty, and is diflBicult to cure like a disease caused by medicine. One in whom both are equal believes in the right object. He who is strong in concentration, weak in energy, is overcome by idleness, since concentration partakes of the nature of idleness [130]. He who is strong in energy, weak in concentration, is overcome by distraction, since energy partakes of the nature of distraction. But concentration when yoked to energy cannot fall into idleness, nor can energy when yoked to concentration fall into distraction. Therefore they should be made equal to each other, for from equality in both comes ecstasy. In fact a worker in concentration should properly be strong in faith. So believing, trusting he will attain ecstasy. And as to concentration and understanding, a worker in concentration should properly be strong in collectedness, for so he attains ecstasy. A worker in insight should properly be strong in understanding, for so he gets penetration into the characteristics. And from equality in both comes ecstasy. And mindfulness {sati) should be strong everywhere. For mindfulness keeps the mind away from distraction, into which it might fall since faith, energy, and understanding partake of the nature of distraction; and away from idleness into which it might fall since concentration partakes of the nature of idleness. Therefore mindfulness is everywhere desirable, like salt-spicing in all curries, like the prime minister in all state functions. Hence it is said (in the commentary) : — The Blessed One has declared mindfulness to be useful everywhere. And what is the reason? The mind indeed takes refuge in mindfulness, which has protecting as its manifestation. Without mindfulness the mind may not he upheld or checkedl (3) “By skill in sign ” is here meant skilfulness in the work of the sign, as the cause of collectedness of mind/ which has not yet been performed by the earth or other device, skilfulness in developing that sign which has already been penormed and skilfulness in guarding that sign which has been obtained through development. (4) And how '' does he uphold the mind at the time when it should be upheld When the mind slackens through overslackness of energy and so forth/ then instead of developing the three factors of wisdom beginning with tranquillity he develops the three beginning with investigation into the doctrine. For this has been said by the Blessed One: It is as though, monhs, a man would wish to cause a small fire to blaze ujf) ; and he were to throw into it wet grass, were to throw into it wet cow-dung, were to throw into it wet fire-wood, were to give it wind charged with water, were to sprinhle it with dusL Would it he possible, monks, for that man to cause the small fire [131] to blaze up ? Indeed not. Sir. Even so, monks, when the mind slackens, it is not the time then to develop the wisdom factor of tranquillity ; not the time for the wisdom factor of concentration ; not the time to develop the wisdom factor of equanimity, WMt is the reason ? It is diffioult, monks, to uplift the slack mind with these states. When, monks, the mind slackens, it is then time to develop the msdom factor of investigation into the doctrine ; the time to develop the wisdom factor of energy ; the time to develop the wisdom factor of rapture. What is the reason ? It is easy, monks, to uplift the slack mind with these states. It is, monks, as though a man should wish to cause a small light to blaze up, and were to throw into it dry grass, were to throw into it dry cow-dung, were to throw into it dry fire-wood, were to give it dry wind, and were not to sprinhle it with dust. Would it be possible, monks, for that man to cause the small fire to blaze up ? It %oould, 8ir, And here should be understood the developing of the wisdom factors such as investigation into the doctrine by virtue of their respective causes/ For this has been said : There are moral and immoral states, monks, faulty and faultless states, low and exalted states, black, white and mixed states. In them there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 153 cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of investigation into the doctrine not yet arisen, and which leads to the multiplying, increasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of investigation into the doctrine which has already arisen. Likewise, monks, there are the element of initiative, the element of starting out, the element of progress. In them there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of energy not yet arisen, and which leads to the multiplying, increasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of energy, which has already arisen. Again, monks, there are stoics that are occasions of the wisdom factor of rapture. In them there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of rapture not yet arisen, and which leads to the multiplying, increasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of rapture already arisen' [132] In this text attention whicli proceeds by way of penetrating into intrinsic and general characteristics is known as wise attention ’’ in the moral and so on. Attention which proceeds by way of producing the elements of initiative and so forth is known as ''wise attention” in those elements. Of these the first stage of energy is called "initiative.’ "The element of starting out” as escaping from idleness is stronger than that. The " element of progress ” as advancing onwards is stronger than the last. " States that are occasions of the wisdom factor of rapture ” are a name for rapture itself. Attention which gives rise to that is also known as “ wise attention.” Further, seven states lead to the arising of the wisdom factor of investigation into the doctrine : (i) frequent questionings, (ii) the cleansing of the physical basis, (iii) the regulation of the controlling faculties, (iv) the avoiding of persons of weak understanding, (v) the companionship of persons of understanding, (vi) the reflection on the spheres of the profoundly wise ones, (vii) intentness on That (wisdom). Eleven states lead to the arising of energy, the wisdom factor; (i) reflection on the terrors of the states of woe and so on, (ii) the seeing of advantage in the attainment of distinction in worldly and transcendental states concerning energy, (iii) reflection on tlie way one should go: I should go the way of Buddhas, silent Buddhas, great disciples, the way that is impossible for the idle, (iv) food-offering*- as bringing much benefit to the donors, (v) reflection on the greatness of the Teacher thus: my teacher speaks in praise of the strenuously energetic, he has a religion not to be transgressed, and he does much good to us, is honoured when he is honoured for conduct, not otherwise, (vi) reflection on the greatness of the heritage thus: I ought to get the great heritage called the Good Law, which no idler can get, (vii) the dispelling of sloth and torpor by attention to the perception of light, by changing the postures, by resorting to open space and so on, (viii) the avoiding of idle persons, (ix) the companionship of strenuously energetic persons, (x) reflection on right exertion, (xi) intentness on That (energy). Eleven states lead to the arising of rapture, the wisdom factor; (i) recollection of the Buddha, (ii) of the Law, (iii) of the Order, (iv) of morality, (v) of liberality, (vi) of the spirits, (vii) of peace, (viii) the avoiding of coarse persons, [133], (ix) the companionship of gentle persons, (x) reflection on the Pasadaniya Suttanta, (xi) intentness on That (rapture). Thus he who produces these states in these ways is said to develop the factors of wisdom such as investigation of the doctrine. In this way “ he upholds the mind at the time when it should be upheld.’’ (6) How “ does he check the mind at the time when it should be checked?” When the mind is distracted by excess of strenuous energy and so forth, then instead of developing the three factors of wisdom beginning with investigation into the doctrine, he develops the three beginning with tranquillity. For this has been said by the Blessed One: It is as though, monks, a 'man would wish to put out a big mass of fire, and were to throiv into it dry grass . . . not sprinkle it with dusL Would it be possible, monks, for that man to put out that big mass of fire ? Indeed not, Sir ! Even so, monks, when the mind is IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 156 distracted, it is not the time then to develop the factor of wisdom of investigation into the doctrine : not the time to develop energy . . . rapture, the wisdom factor. What is the reason ? Monks, it is difficult to calm the distracted mind with these states. When, brethren, the mind is distracted, it is time then to develop tranquillity, the wisdom factor, the time to develop concentration, the ivisdom factor, the time to develop equanimity, the wisdom factor. What is the reason ? Monks, it is easy to calm the distracted mind with these states. It is as though, monks, a man would unsh to put out a big mass of fire and were to throw into it wet grass . . . sprinkle it with dust. Would it he possible, monks, for that man to put out that big mass of fire ? So it would, Sir. Here also should be understood the developing of the wisdom factors such as tranquillity by virtue of their respective causes. For this has been said by the Blessed One : — Monks, there is bodily tranquillity, mental tranquillity. [134] In them there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of tranquillity not yet arisen, and leads to the multiplying, increasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of tranquillity already arisen. Likewise, monks, there is the sign of calm, the sign of nonconfusion. In thmi> there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of concentration not yet arisen and leads to the multiplying, increasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of concentration already arisen. Again, monks, there are states which are the occasions of the msdom factor of equanimity. In them there is much exercising of wise attention, which is the cause of the arising of the wisdom factor of equanimity not yet arisen and leads to the multiplying, in- creasing, developing, fulfilling of the wisdom factor of equanimity already arisen."" ’ In this text attention which, having noted well the manner in which tranquillity and so on have already arisen, proceeds by way of their arising is known as ‘‘ wise attention in the three sentences above. The sign of calm is a name for calm itse lf. sen se of non-distraction, the sign of non-confusion is a name for non-confusion/ Further, seven states lead to the arising of the wisdom factor of tranquillity: — (i) the partaking of excellent food, (ii) the resorting to fine weather, (iii) the adopting of easy ways of deportment, (iv) the application of equanimity, (v) the avoiding of persons of violent temper, (vi) the companionship of persons of cool temper, (vii) intentness on That (tranquillity). Eleven states lead to the arising of the wisdom factor of concentration: — (i) the cleansing of the physical basis, (ii) skill in the sign, (iii) the regulating of the controlling faculties, (iv) the occasional checking of the mind, (v) the occasional upholding of the mind, (vi) the gladdening of the dissatisfied mind by means of faith and emotion, (vii) the equanimity of the well-conducted mind, (viii) the avoiding of persons of no concentration, (ix) the companionship of persons of concentration, (x) reflection on Jhana emancipation, (xi) intentness of That (concentration). Five states lead to the arising of the wisdom factor of equanimity: — (i) evenmindedness concerning beings, (ii) evenmindedness concerning the complexes, (iii) the avoiding of persons who are fond of beings and complexes, (iv) the companionship of persons evenminded towards beings and complexes, (v) intentness on That (equanimity). Thus he who produces these states in these ways is said to [135] develop the wisdom factors such as tranquillity. Thus he checks the mind at the time when it should be checked.’’ (6) How '' does he gladden the mind at the time when it should be gladdened ?” When his mind is dissatisfied through weakness of the motives of understanding or through not getting the bliss of calm, then he agitates it reflecting on the eight objects of emotion. The eight objects of emotion are: birth, old age, sickness, death the fourth, misery of the states of woe the fifth, misery which has its roots in the round of births in the past, misery which has its roots in the round of births in the future, misery which has its roots in the search for food in the present. He produces satisfaction by recalling the virtues IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 167 of the Buddha, Law and the Order. Thus he gladdens the mind at the time when it should be gladdened.” (7) How does he view the mind with equanimity at the time when it should be so viewed ?” When the mind of him who practises thus does not slack, is not excited, not dissatisfied, conducts itself well towards the object, has proceeded along the path of calm, then he has no concern about the upholding, checking and gladdening, as a charioteer has none about an even yoke of horse. Thus he views the mind with equanimity at the time when it should be so viewed. (8) The ‘‘avoiding of persons of no concentration” means the shunning from afar of persons who have never stepped on the path of emancipation, who are engaged in many affairs, and have frivolous hearts. (9) The “companionship of persons of concentration” means the going from time to time to persons who have traversed the path of emancipation and who have attained concentration. (10) “Intentness on That” is intentness on concentration. The meaning is, reverence towards concentration, inclination towards concentration, the leaning towards concentration, the sloping towards concentration. Thus this tenfold skill in ecstasy should be fulfilled. In him who thus fulfils ecstatic skill, In sign obtained the ecstasy proceeds. If it should not arise for all he has In practice done, yet he the wise should not [136] Forsake the yoke but strive; for so a lad Cannot in any wise distinction gain Even in a little thing, if ever he Has ceased to put forth energy aright. Therefore the wise man noting well the mode In which the mind proceeds should oft try hard Equality of energy to get. One should uphold the mind that slacks Ever so little, check the mind Too strenuous, make it smooth in course. Like bees and otber things on pollen/ lotus-leaf, In thread, and boat, and flask commended is the way. From cleaving and inflation wholly setting free The mind let him impel it towards the Jhana-sign. Here is the setting- forth of the meaning: As the stupid bee knowing that flowers are blossoming in a certain tree and setting out with a terrific speed passes it, and in turning back reaches it when the juice is finished; another stupid bee setting out with a low speed reaches it when the juice is finished; a clever bee, on the other hand, setting out with even speed easily reaches the bunch of trees, takes the juice to its heart’s content, and turning it into honey enjoys its taste: likewise as among the students of surgery who are practising surgical work on a lotus-leaf placed in a vessel of water, one stupid student letting fall the knife with speed either cuts the lotusdeaf in two or sinks it in the water; another stupid one out of fear of the cutting and the sinking dare not touch it with the knife; the clever one, on the other hand, makes the stroke with the knife with even force, finishes his course, and earns money by doing similar work as occasion arises. Likewise as on an announcement of the king “ he who brings cobweb four fathoms long gets four thousand coins,” a stupid man draws the cobweb in haste and cuts it here and there; another stupid man through fear of cutting it dare not even touch it with his fingers; the clever man, on the other hand, rolls it from one end on a stick with even force and brings it and gets the reward. Likewise as a stupid [137] sailor who goes full sail when the wind is strong causes the boat to rush off her course; another stupid man who lowers the sails when the wind is low. makes the boat remain in the same place; the clever one, on the other hand, goes full sail when the wind is low, half sail when the wind is strong, and reaches his destination in safety. Likewise as when the teacher announces to his pupils, '' Who fills the tube without spilling the oil gets reward,” a stupid student, greedy of gain, IV . — Exjposition of the Earth Device 169 filling with haste spills the oil; another stupid one through fear of spilling the oil dare not even pour it out; a clever one, on the other hand, fills the tube with even force and gets the reward. Even so when the sign appears a monk makes strong effort saying, I will quickly attain ecstasy but his mind through excessive strenuousness becomes distracted, and he is not able to attain ecstasy. Another person seeing fault in excessive strenuousness gives up the effort, saying, ‘"What is the use of ecstasy to me now V’ His mind through overslackness of energy becomes idle, and he also is not able to attain ecstasy. But he who releases with even force the mind that is slack ever so little from slackness and the distracted mind from distraction drives it towards the sign, and attains esctasy. One should become like such an one. With reference to this matter it is said: — Like bees and other things on pollen, lotus-leaf, In thread, and boat, and flask commended is the way. From cleaving and inflation wholly setting free The mind let him impel it towards the Jhfca-sign. As he thus drives the mind towards the sign, there arises mind-door-adverting having for its object that very earth device which has appeared by cutting off subconsciousness at the very time when one should think "" Now ecstasy will be realized !” and by concentrating on “ Earth ! earth !” Then come into play four or five flashes of apperception in that object; the last one of them is of the realm of form; the rest are of the realms of sense, with stronger applied and sustained thinking, rapture, bliss, and collectedness of mind than the original classes of consciousness, and are called “ preambles because of their making arrangements for ecstasy. And — just as a place near villages and the like is called a villageneighbourhood, [138] town-neighbourhood-— they are called “ accesses ” (neighbourhoods) from their nearness to or frequenting the neighbourhood of ecstasy. And they are called also “adaptations’’ as being adapted to preambles of former processes of thought and to higher ecstasy. And the last one of all tere is called adoption’’ as concerning tlie lineage of the limited (of sense) and developing the lineage of the sublime. And, to mention what has been omitted, preamble is the first, access is the second, adaptation is the third, adoption is the fourth. Or, access is the first, adaptation is the second, adoption is the third, ecstatic consciousness is the fourth or fifth. For only the fourth or fifth ecstasizes; and that by means of quick insight and sluggish insight. After that apperception lapses. It is the turn for subconsciousness. But Abhidhammilcagotta the Elder, quoting the sutta: The previous moral states are a cause by way of repetition of the later moral states, says that a later state is strong by virtue of the causal relation of repetition; hence there is ecstasy also at the sixth, seventh apperception. That is rejected in the commentaries with the remark that it is merely the Elder’s personal view. But it has been said that there is ecstasy only at the fourth and fifth, after which apperception lapses on account of the nearness of subconsciousness. This statement being made after due deliberation may not be set aside. For as a man running to the edge of a steep cliff, though he wish to stop, cannot stop by putting his foot on the edge but falls down the cliff, so through nearness of subconsciousness it is not possible to ecstasize at the sixth or seventh. Hence there is ecstasy only at the fourth or fifth. Thus it should be understood. And that ecstasy lasts one conscious moment. For there is no time limit in seven places, namely the first ecstasy, the different kinds of worldly higher knowledge, the four Paths, Fruition immediately after the Path, the subconscious Jhana in the worlds of form and the formless, the sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible which is in causal relation to trance, the attainment of fruition by one who emerges from trance. Of these, fruition immediately after the Path does not last beyond three moments [139]. The sphere of the neither perceptible nor imperceptible which is in causal relation to trance does not last beyond two moments. There is no measure of subcousciousuess in the worlds of form and the formless. In the rest is only one (moment of) consciousness. Thus there is only one consciousness moment in ecstasy, after which is the lapse into subconsciousness. Then, cutting off subconsciousness, arises adverting for the purpose of reflection on the Jhana, and then comes the Jhana reflection itself. To this extent Aloof indeed from sensuous desires aloof from immoral states he abides in the attainment of the First Jhana wherein is thinking applied and sustained, which is horn of solitude, and full of rapture and bliss.' And so he attains the First Jhana, which has put away five factors, is endowed with five factors, is of threefold goodness, is possessed of ten characteristics, and has the earth device. Therein, the phrase aloof indeed from sensuous desires ’’ means being separated from, being without, having parted from, the desires of sense. And the word indeed ’’ here is to be understood as having the meaning of assurance. Because it has this meaning it shows the opposition of the First Jhana to desires of sense, even though they may not exist during the time when one lives in its attainment, and that it is attained only by the rejecting of them. How ? When thus, by being aloof from sensuous desires, assurance is given, this meaning is made clear: — as where darkness exists, there is no lamplight, so this Jhana does not arise in the presence of sensuous desires, which indeed, are opposed to it. As by abandoning the hither bank, the thither bank is reached, so by abandoning sensuous desires this (Jhana) is attained. Therefore he made this a matter of assurance. Here one might object: But why is this ' indeed ’ spoken with the preceding term (i.e. sensuous desires) and not with the following term (i.e. immoral states) ? Can one abide in the attainment of the Jhana without being aloof from immoral states Not thus should the matter be understood. ''Indeed’’ verily is spoken with the preceding term, because Jhana is an escape from sensuous desires; and Jhana is so because it has passed beyond all sensuous conditions, and is opposed to the lust of sense-desires. Accordingly he said, From sensuous desires this is the escape, this is the egressP [140] The word indeed may also be used with the following term, as it is in In my dispensation indeed, monks . . . the first (class of) recluse is to he found, the second (class of) recluse is to he foundl' It is not possible to live in the attainment of this Jhana without being aloof from those other immoral states, known as hindrances, which are so different from it. Thus assurance should be understood in both the terms. And although, in both the terms, by the common word '' aloof ” all kinds of aloofness are included, such as that of the corresponding part and so on, yet here only the three, vk. aloofness of body, aloofness of mind and aloofness by way of discarding (the hindrances) are to be understood. By the term sense-desires ’’ the desires based on objects of sense are referred to, as in the Niddesa : What are the desires based on objects, delightful and lovely And in that text and in the Vibhanga these are said to be sense-desires of our lower nature, e.g. The desire that is purpose, lust, lust of the senses, intention, lust, lustful intentions . . . these are called sense-desires.'' All these also should be understood as included. This being so, the meaning of aloof indeed from sense-desires '' ought also to be aloof indeed from sense-desires based on objects,'' by which bodily aloofness is meant. '' Aloof from immoral states " — the proper meaning of this is separated from the sense-desires based on the vices or all the immoral states," by which mental aloofness is expressed. By the former phrase (i.e. aloof indeed from sense-desires "), because it has been said to be aloof from the sense-desires based on objects, therefore it is clear that the pleasure of enjoying such sense-desires has been given up. By the second phrase (i.e. aloof from immoral states "), because it has been said to be aloof from the sense-desires based on the vices, it is clear that the bliss of renunciation has been comprehended. Thus from their being said to be aloof from sense-desires based on objects and on tbe vices, by the first of tbe two phrases is clearly shown the relinquishment of the basis of the vices, by the second that of the vices; by the first is shown the giving up of the condition of frivolity, by the second that of foolishness; by the first is shown the purity of motive, by the second the fostering of the wish. Thus far, in the phrase '' from sense-desires ’’ we have the method for the portion including sense-desires based on objects. In the portion including sense-desires of the vices, sensedesires,’’ variously considered as desire, lust and so on are the purpose of those desires. [141] This, though it is included among immoral states, is taken separately, as being opposed to Jhana in the same way as it is said m the Vibhanga : ‘‘ Herein what is the sensuous desire which is the purpose thereof Or it is taken in the first phrase as being sensuous desires of the vices, and in the second phrase as being included in things immoral. And the plural "‘from sense - desires,” not the singular, is used to show its manifold nature. And although other states are immoral, only the '' hindrances ” are spoken of as showing the opposition to, hostihty of the higher Jhanafactors in the same way as is said in the Vibhanga: '' Herein which are the inmoral states ? Sensuous desire,'' and so on. Por it is said that the hindrances are opposed to the Jhanafactors, which are hostile to them and dispeP and destroy them. Likewise it is said in the Petakopadesa," that concentration is opposed to sensuous desires, rapture to ill-will, applied thinking to sloth and torpor, bliss to flurry and worry, sustained thinking to perplexity. Thus the former phrase aloof indeed from sensuous desires ” expresses separation from, by way of discarding of, sensuous desire; the latter — aloof from immoral states ” — expresses separation from the five hindrances. And if we include what has not been (expHcitly) included, separation by discarding is stated, in the first and second phrases, respectively of sensuous desire and of the remaining hindrances ; of greed which is one of the three immoral roots witii tte pleasures of tlie five senses for object, and of bate and delusion (tfie otber immoral roots) witli the bases of vexation etc. for object; of sensuality as flood/’ bond,” ‘bane/’ ‘cHnging/’ Hbe physical knot” of covetousness, the lust of desire as a fetter ” among the 'floods” etc., and of the remaining floods, bonds, banes clingings, knots, and fetters; of craving and states associated with it, and of ignorance and states associated with it; and also of the eight states of consciousness associated with greed, and of the remaining four immoral states of consciousness. So much then for the setting forth of the meaning of '' aloof indeed from sensuous desires and aloof from immoral states.” Now having so far shown the factor eliminated in the First Jhana, the clause wherein is thinking applied and sustained ” is now stated to show the factors associated with it. [142] Therein ‘'applied thought” is 'thinking about.” It is said to be the prescindmg (of the mind). Its characteristic is the lifting of consciousness on to the object. It has the function of impingeing, of circumimpingeing. And so by applied thinking the student is said to strike mentally, at and around the object. Its manifestation is bringing the mind near to its object. - “ Sustained thinking ” is (lit.) “ going about,” said to be the driving on of the object. It has threshing out (or contemplation) of object as characteristic, the linking of coexistent states to the object as function, and continuous binding as its manifestation. Although there is in some (consciousness) the non-separation of applied and sustained thinking, the former is the first incidence of the mind on to the object, as it were the striking of a bell, because it is more gross than and runs before (the latter). The latter is the subsequent binding of consciousness on to the object, as it were the reverberation of the bell, because it is more subtle and of the nature of repeated threshing of the object. Of the two, applied thinking possesses vibration.' When it first arises, IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 165 it is as a state of mental tkrill, like the flapping of tke wings of a bird about to fly np in tbe air, and like the alighting in front of the lotus of a bee with mind intent on the perfume. Sustained thinking is of a calm tenor, without much mental thrill, like the planing movement of the wings of a bird in the sky, and the gyrating of the bee about the lotus on which it has alighted. But in the Commentary on the Dukanipata applied thinking, as a lifting of the mind on to the object, is likened to the movement of a big bird in the sky, taking the wind with both wings and keeping them steadily in a line (for it advances bent on a single object). Sustained thinking, on the other hand, should be understood as like the movement of the flying bird flapping its wings to take the wind; for it has been said to be of the nature of threshing or contemplating of the object. It is a very fitting term to use for a continuous process. The difference between the two is plain in the first and second Jhanas. Burther as when a man holds firmly by one hand a dirty copper bowl, and with the other scrubs it with a brush soaked in soap-powder and oil, applied thinldng is like the firmly holding hand, and sustained thinking the scrubbing hand. So too, as the potter twirls the wheel by the stroke of the handle and makes the pot [143], applied thinking is like the hand pressing the clay down, sustained thinking the hand turning it to and fro, Again, the lifting of applied thought is like fixing the thorn (or peg), in making a circle, in the middle and the contemplating sustained thought the circumambulating thorn outside. It has been said that, as a tree is found with its flowers and fruits, so this Jhana occurs with applied and sustained thinking. And in the Vibhanga the teaching, as determined in a personal way is given thus:- — One is endowed witli possessed of this ttp plied thinlcingj this sustained thinking ” etc. But the meaning there is to be understood as in this passage. In the term born of solitude,’’ the meaning is separation, solitude, freedom from the hindrances. Or it means '' solitary,’ ’ separated.” The group of states associated with Jhana and separated from the hindrances is the meaning. And born of solitude ’’ is bom from that solitude or in that solitude. In rapture and bliss’’ rapture is that which expands (fattens). It has expanding as characteristic, the thrilling of body and mind or suffusion as function, and elation as manifestation. Eapture is of five binds: the lesser thrill, momentary rapture, flooding rapture, transporting rapture, all-pervading rapture. Of these the lesser thrill is only able to raise the hairs of the body. The momentary rapture is like the production of lightning moment by moment. Like waves breaking on the seashore, the flooding rapture descends repeatedly on the body and breaks. Transporting rapture is strong, and lifts the body up to the extent of launching it into the air. Thus the Elder Mahatissa residing at Puwa-* vallika went on the full moon day at eventide into the courtyard of the shrine, saw the moonlight, and turning to the Great Shrine, called up transporting rapture, with the Buddha as object of thought, and by virtue of having habitually dwelt upon the vision, at the thought “ In such an hour, lo, the four assemblies salute the Great Shrine ” — on the cemented floor rose into the sky like a spinning painted top and stood even in the courtyard of the Shrine. Likewise a certain daughter of noble family in Vattakalaka village, the support of Girikandaka Monastery, soared into the sky also by strong transporting rapture when thinking of the Buddha. It is said that the parents going in the evening to the monastery to hear the Doctrine [144:] said ‘'Dear, thou art heavily burdened; it is not the time for thee to be walking; thou art not able; we shall hear the Doctrine and make merit for thee,” and went. Though she wanted to go, she could not disregard their words, and remained behind in the house. She stood on the floor of the house and, looking by moonlight at the courtyard of the Shrine against the sky at Girikandaka, saw the offering of lamps to the Shrine and the four assemblies doing honour to the Shrine by garlands and scented perfumes etc. and walking round and round, and she heard the sound IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 167 of the mass-chanting of the Brotherhood. Then to her occurred the thought: 'Blessed indeed must be those who can get to the monastery and walk in such a courtyard; and hear such sweet religious discourse [” and to her, looking at the Shrine rising like a mass of pearls, arose transporting rapture. She soared into the air, and descending therefrom to the courtyard earlier than her parents, saluted the Shrine, and stood listening to the Doctrine. Then her parents coming asked her: “ Dear, by which way didst thou come V Dear parents, by the sky I came and not by the road.’’ ‘‘ Dear, by the sky only saints, purged of the cankers, go. How couldst thou have come Thus questioned, she said, As I stood looking at the Shrine in the moonlight, there arose in me a strong rapture while I was thinking on the Buddha. Then I knew not whether I stood or sat, but I laid hold, of a sign, and sprang into the sky, and stood in the courtyard of the Shrine.” So far can transporting rapture work. When all-pervading rapture arises, the whole body is completely surcharged, blown like a full bladder, or like a mountain cavern pouring forth a mighty flood of water. This fivefold rapture, becoming pregnant and maturing, consummates the twofold serenity of mental factors and of consciousness; serenity, becoming pregnant and maturing, consummates the twofold bliss, bodily and mentally; bliss, becoming pregnant and maturing, consummates the threefold concentration: — momentary concentration, access-concentration and ecstatic concentration. Of the fivefold rapture this is the all-pervading rapture, which, being the root of ecstatic concentration, goes on growing and reaches association with concentration. This is the rapture meant here. [146] Now the other term bliss ” (or ease) is being blissful. Or, bliss is that which thoroughly eats up or uproots the ills of body and mind. It has the characteristic of being pleasant, the development of associated states as its fxmction, and showing favour to the same as its manifestation. Although in some kinds (of consciousness) rapture and bliss are not dissociated, rapture is delight in the attaining of the desired object, bliss is the enjoyment of the taste of what is attained. Where rapture is, there is bliss: but where bliss is, there is not of necessity rapture. Eapture is classed under the aggregate of mental coefficients, bliss under the aggregate of feeling. Eapture is like a weary traveller who hears or sees water or a shady wood. Bliss is as the enjoying the water or entering the forest shade. In fact the description (of the two terms) on this or that occasion is well illustrated. And this rapture and this bliss belong to or exist in this Jhana; hence it is said to be full of the bliss of rapture.’' Or, pitisuhham means rapture and bliss, like Dhamma-Vinaya ” etc. There is the rapture and bliss born of solitude of, or in, this Jhana; hence “ born of solitude, full of rapture-bliss.” For verily as the Jhana is born of solitude, so in it the rapture and bliss are also born of solitude and are obtainable in it. Therefore it is proper to say '' Born of solitude and full of rapture-bliss ” as one term. But in the Vibhanga it has been said in this way: This bliss is accompanied by this rapture ” etc. The meaning, however, is to be understood as in this passage. First Jhana.” This term will become plain later on (p. 173). In the attainment ” is said tp mean having approached,” “having reached,” or “having fulfilled,” “having accomplished.” In the Vibhahga, “ having attained ” is said to mean the getting, gaining, obtaining, reaching, touching, realizing, attaining of the First Jhana. There also the meaning is to be understood in the same way. “ He abides ” means that he is endowed with the Jhana, the various kinds of which have been already distinguished by the mode of behaviour corresponding to that Jhana, and that he has accomplished the function, progress, preservation, regulation, maintenance, moving, abiding of a personality. For this has been said in the Vibhanga that “ he abides ” means, he functions, [146] progresses, preserves, regulates, maintains, moves, abides. Hence “ he abides.” And in the statement “ has put away five factors, is endowed with five factors ” the removal of the five factors is to be understood by way of eliminating the five hindrances: sense- 1 Page 258. IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 169 desire, ill-will, sloth-torpor, flurry-worry, perplexity. For when these are not removed, the Jhana does not arise; hence they are called its eliminated factors. There are indeed other immoral states that are eliminated at the Jhana-moment, but these especially are harmful to the Jhana. For the mind that lusts after many things through sense-desire is not concentrated on one object; or, being overcome by sense-desire, it does not enter upon the progress (of Jhana) in order to put away the sensuous element. And the mind that is harassed by ill-will concerning an object does not proceed at once. The mind that is overcome by sloth and torpor is unwieldy. Obsessed by worry and flurry it does not repose, but flits about. Struck by perplexity it does not go on the path that leads to the attainment of Jhana. Thus as especially dangerous to the Jhana are they spoken of as the eliminated factors. And because applied thinking applies the mind to the object and sustained thinking keeps it continually engaged, rapture brings about the expanding and bliss the developing of the mind whose motives for non-distraction have been accomplished by those two kinds of thinking. The bringing to pass of this is due to that very success in motive. And afterwards collectedness, favoured by the applying, continual binding, expanding and developing of these four states, places evenly and well, on a single object, the mind with the remaining associated states. Therefore endowment with the five factors is to be understood by way of the arising of these five : applied and sustained thinking, rapture, bliss, collectedness of mind. For when they arise, Jhana arises; hence they are called its five endowing factors. Therefore it should not be held that there is any other Jhana which is endowed with these. As by virtue of just the factors an army is called fourfold, and music fivefold, and the Path eightfold — so this Jhana is said to be [147] of five factors, or endowed with five factors, just by virtue of its factors. And though these five factors exist at the access- moment, yet they are stronger then than the original consciousness. But here they are stronger than the access, having acquired the characteristics of the re alm of form. For here applied thinking arises lifting tlie mind on to the object in a decidedly clear manner; sustained thinking arises threshing the object very much; rapture-bliss arises suffusing all parts of the body. Hence it was said There is no part of the body that is not diffused with rapture-bliss born of solitude,' Collectedness of mind also arises touching the object well, as the lid above touches the surface of the box below. This is the difference of these from the others. Among the factors, although collectedness of mind is not shown in this reading, as '' wherein is thinking applied and sustained/' yet it is a factor, as is stated in the Vibhanga ; Jhdna is applied thinking sustained thinking, rapture, bliss, collectedness of mind. ' ' Whatever may have been the intention of the Blessed One in making the outline, it is revealed in the Vibhahga. In Of the threefold goodness, possessed of ten characteristics," the threefold goodness is by way of the beginning, middle and the end. And the possession of the ten characteristics is to be understood by way of the characteristics of the beginning, middle and end. Here this is the text: The purity of progress of the First Jhana is the beginning; the developing of equanimity is in the middle; the thrill (over the result) is the end." The purity of progress of the First Jhana is the beginning — how many characteristics are there of the beginning ? There are three characteristics of the beginning. There is that hindrance to the Jhana from which the mind is purified. Owing to its purified state the mind practises the middle sign of calm; owing to such practice the mind rushes on to the sign. Whatever the purifying of the mind from the hindrance, whatever the practising by the mind, through its purified state, of the middle sign of cabn, and whatever the rushing thereon of the mind through such practices — the purity of progress of the First Jhana is the beginning, of which these are the three characteristics. Hence it is said that the First Jhana is good in the beginning and possesses three characteristics. lY —Exposition of the Earth Device 171 [148] The developing of equanimity of the First Jhana is in the middle/’ — how many characteristics are there of the middle ? There are three characteristics of the middle. One regards with equanimity the purified mind; the mind that is practised in calm; the mind that is established on a single object. Whatever the equanimity with which one regards the purified mind, regards the mind practised in calm, regards the mind established on a single object, — the developing of equanimity of the First Jhana is in the middle. These are the three characteristics of the middle; hence is it said that the First Jhana is good in the middle and possesses three characteristics. "'The thrill of the First Jhana is the end/’ How many characteristics are there of the end ? There are four characteristics of the end. There is thrill in the sense of the states which have arisen in the Jhana not exceeding one another; the thrill in the sense of the controlling faculties having one and the same function; the thrill in the sense of possessing energy favourable to those two senses; the thrill in the sense of resorting (to the aforesaid states); the thrill of the First Jhana is the end, of which these are the four characteristics. Hence it is said that the First Jhana is good in the end and possesses four characteristics. .Some explain that there (in the text) purity of progress means access with its constituents, developing of equanimity means ecstasy, and thrill means reflection. But because it is said in the text that collectedness of mind enters into purity of progress, is developed by equanimity, and is thrilled by insight, therefore purity of progress is to be understood by way of coming within ecstasy, developing of equanimity by way of the function of evenmindedness, thrill by way of the accomplishing of the function of knowledge which is cleansed when the states are seen not to exceed one another and so • forth. How ? For the mind is purified of whatever group of vices called the hindrances ” obstruct the Jhana on the occasion when ecstasy arises. Owing to such purification, it is freed from obstruction and enters upon the middle sign of calm. And ecstatic concentration which, proceeds evenly is the middle sign of calm. Then the previous (adoptive) consciousness, rendering immediate service to ecstasy, and [149] approaching truth in the manner of bending towards a single continuity, enters upon (practises) the middle sign of calm. Owing to such practice and approach towards truth, it rushes on to the sign. Thus purity of progress is to be understood as accomplishing the real attributes in the previous consciousness, and by way of the arrival at the moment of genesis of the First Jhana. And since there is no purifying again of the mind that has been purified, one does not worry about purification, and regards the purified mind with equanimity. Not worrying about the readjusting of the mind which, by reaching calmness, is progressing in calm, one regards such a mind with equanimity. Not worrying about establishing on a single object the mind that owing to its progress in calm has put away the society of the vices, one regards such mind with equanimity. Thus the developing of equanimity is to be understood by way of the functioning of evenminded indifference. And those pairs of states called concentration and understanding which are produced there, in the developing of equanimity, and which proceed without exceeding one another, and those faculties such as faith which, being freed from the various vices, have one and the same function in emancipation, and that energy which one puts forth, fitting and suitable, to the end that the states may not exceed one another, and may have one and the same function, and that recourse which is had at the moment of the genesis of the Jhana-consciousness — because all these conditions are accomplished by being thrilled, purified, cleansed, according as one sees by knowledge the various evils and advantages in the vices and in their purification, therefore has it been said that thrill ’Ms to be imderstood by way of the accomplishing of the functions of knowledge (insight) which is cleansed when the states are seen not to exceed one another, and so forth. IV , — Exposition of the Earth Device 173 There, in that consciousness, because knowledge becomes manifest by virtue of equanimity, — as has been said: '' So by virtue of equanimity he regards satisfactorily with equanimity the mind that is upheld; by virtue of understanding the faculty of understanding is abundant; by virtue of equanimity the mind is freed from the various vices; by virtue of emancipation and understanding the faculty of understanding is abundant; from being emancipated the states have one and the same function; in the sense of having one and the same function is culture,” — therefore the thrill, as having become the function of knowledge, is stated to be the end (of Jhana). Now in he attains the First Jhana . . . which is the earthdevice,” First ” is the numerical order. '' First ” also [150] is the first to have arisen. Jhana ” is so called from its examining the object and extiaguishing the opposing (hindrances). The circular portion of earth is called earth-device” as representing the entire earth. The after-image obtained in dependence upon that disc of earth is also called the earthdevice; so also is the Jhana obtained in that image. Of these three meanings Jhana is to be understood as having the earthdevice according to this last meaning. With reference to this it is said that he attains the First Jhana . . . which has the earth-device.” When this is thus attained, the student should note the conditions like a hair-piercing archer, or a cook. For just as a very skilful archer, in shooting at the hair, is aware of the way in which he takes his steps, holds the bow, the bow-striiig and the arrow at the time when he pierces the hair, thus, ‘‘ Standing in this position, holding thus the bow, thus the bow-string, and thus the arrow, I pierce the hair,” and ever afterwards woxild not fail to fulfil those conditions that he might pierce the hair, — even so should the student note the conditions such as suitable food, thus, Eating this kiad of food, following such a person, in such a dwelling, in this mode, at this time, I attained to this Jhana.” And so, even though he may lose the concentration by fulfilling those conditions, he will be able to induce it again, and dwelling on that concen- 1 For a fuller discussion see Expositor 222 f. tration which he has not yet felt, enter into ecstasy again and again. And as a clever cook, in serving his master, notes the kind of food that he relishes, and henceforward serves it and gets gain, so this one too notes the conditions, such as nourishment, at the moment of attaining the Jhana, and in fulfilling them gets ecstasy again and again. Therefore like the hairpiercing archer and the cook, he should note the conditions. And this has been said by the Blessed One: It is as though, monks, a cook, wise, experienced, clever, should serve the king or the kings minister with curries of various sorts, distinctly sour, [151] distinctly hitter, distinctly pungent, distinctly sweet, astringent, not astringent, salty, saltless. And, monks, that cook who is wise, experienced, clever, takes the hint of his master, To-day this food pleases my master, he stretches out his hand for this, he takes much of this, he speaks in praise of this. To-day this distinctly sour curry pleases my master, he stretches out his hand for the sour curry, he takes much of the sour curry, he speaks in praise of the sour curry ,,, he speaks in praise of the saltless curry' And, monks, that friend, the wise, experienced and clever cook, gets clothing, gets wages, gets presents. And why? Because, monks, that wise, experienced, clever cook takes hint by his master. Even so, monks, here a wise, experienced, clever monk who, zealous, thoughtful, mindful, has overcome covetousness and grief in the world, lives seeing the body in the body . . , feelings in feelings . . . mind in mind . . . seeing ideas in ideas. As he lives seeing ideas in ideas, his mind becomes concentrated, the vices are put away, the which he lays to heart. And, monks, that wise, experienced, clever monk gets comfort in this very life, gets mindfulness and comprehension, And why ? Because, monks, the wise, experienced, clever monk attends to the signs of his own mind," But by attending to the sign and again fulfilling the conditions, the student just attains ecstasy, but not for long. Persistence is brought about by the thorough purification of states which obstruct concentration. For that monk who enters into Jhana without quite discarding sense-desire, by reflection and so forth on the evils of sensuality, without quite tranquillizing physical troubles by physical repose, without quite dispelling sloth and torpor by attending and so forth to the element of exertion, without quite uprooting [162] flurry and worry by attending and so forth to the sign of calm, without quite purifjdng the other obstructions to concentration, quickly comes out of it, like a bee that has entered its uncleaned abode, and like a king who has entered an untidy garden. But whoso enters into Jhana, after thoroughly purifying the states obstructive of concentration, abides in his attainment the whole day like a bee that has entered its well-cleaned abode, or like a king who has entered a well-tidied garden. Hence said the Ancients: — One should dispel desire for sense, ill-will, And worry, torpor, doubt as fifth, with mind Delighting in seclusion, as a hing Delights on entering a clean retreat. Therefore he who desires persistence should enter into Jhana having purified the obstructing states. For abundant growth of mind-culture he should increase the after-image as it is acquired. There are two stages of increasing it: access or ecstasy. For he should increase it after attaining access, and also after attaining ecstasy. He should increase it without fail on one or the other occasion. Hence it is said that he should increase the after-image as it is acquired. This is the way in which it shoiild be mcreased: The yogi should not increase the sign as he would increase a bowl, a piece of cake, food, a creeper, or cloth. But as a cultivator marks off with the plough the portion to be ploughed, and ploughs within the limits, or as monks marking the boxmdaries first note the limits and then mark the boundaries, so he should mark off mentally as much as one finger, and in due order two fingers, three gers, four fingers, of the sign as it is acquired, and increase it according to the limit. He should not increase it without making the limits. Then he should increase it to the limits of a span, a cubit, a monastery-front, a cell, a monastery, and to the limits of a village, a market-town, a province, a kingdom, the ocean [153], a world-system, or even more than that. For as young swans, once their wings have grown, exercise themselves by flying up little by little into the sky, and after due course go near the sun and moon, even so the brother, increasing the limits of the sign in the way described, increases it even beyond the limits of a worldsystem. The sign, in places where it is increased, is like oxhide beaten with a hundred sticks on high ground, low ground, river-bed, difficult path, mountainous and uneven places. A beginner who has attained the First Jhana should enter repeatedly into the after-image, but should not reflect on it much. For to him who reflects on it much, the Jhana-factors appear coarse and weak. And, so arising, they do not become the cause of eflort for higher Jhana. And he, not being familiar with the Jhana, falls from the First Jhana in spite of his efiorts; and he is not able to attain the Second Jhana. Hence said the Blessed One: Suppose monks, a cow of the mountains were foolish, inexperienced, not knowing her pasturefield, stupid in roaming the uneven mountain-places. It might occur to her thus, How if 1 were to go to a place I have never been to eat grass I have never yet eaten, drink water I have never yet drunk And she were to lift the hind leg without planting her fore leg firmly. She would not get to the place she had never been to, would not eat the grass she had never yet eaten, would not drink the water she had never yet drunk. And she would not easily get back to the place where the thought had occurred to her, How if I were to go .. . drink water I have never yet drunk P Why should it be so ? Because, monks, the mountain cow is foolish, inexperienced, does not know her pasture-field, is stupid in roaming the uneven mountain-places. Even so, monks, here a monk, foolish, inexperienced, not knowing the right pasture, not skilled in the idea, ‘ ahof indeed from sensuous desires ... in the attainment of the First Jhana ’ does not follow the sign, does not develop, increase, or place it on a hrm foundation . . He thinks thus, How if from the suppression IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 177 of applied and sustained thought . . . / were to live in the attainment of the Second Jhdna ? ’ [154] He is not able from the suppression of applied and sustained thought to live in the attainment of the Second Jhdna, He thinhs thus, How if aloof indeed from sensuous desires, ... 7 were to live in the attainment of the First Jhdna He is not able, aloof indeed from sensuous desires ,,, to live in the attainment of the First Jhdna, Monies, he is called a monk fallen on both sides, lost on both sides. He is like, monks, that cow of the mountains, foolish, inexperienced, not hnowing her pasture-field, stupid in roaming the uneven mountain-places Therefore he should first of all habitually practise the First Jhana in five ways. These are the five habits: adverting, entering, establishing, rising, refl.ectmg. He adverts to the first Jhana wherever he pleases, whenever he pleases, so long as he pleases; there is no sluggishness in the adverting. This is the adverting-habit. He enters into the First Jhana wherever he pleases . . there is no sluggishness in the entering. This is the entering-habit. So should the rest also be treated in detail. And this is the setting forth of the meaning here : In him who, rising from the First Jhana, adverts first to applied thought, and has cut ofi the subconsciousness, four or five (moments of) apperception come into play with applied thought as object immediately after the uprisen adverting. Then arise two (moments of) subconsciousness[es], then again adverting with sustained thought as object, and then the apperceptions as Just described. Thus when he is able to send out the mind immediately among the five Jhana-factors, then his adverting habit is accomplished. And this accomplished habit was obtained in the Blessed Ones Twin Miracle. By others it is obtained at such time (as it is produced). There is no adverting-habit quicker than this. Entering-habit is ability to enter quickly as in the taming of Nandopananda the Naga king by the Venerable MahamoggaUana. Ability to put forth Jhana in one snapping of the fingers, or in a. time equal to ten snappings of the fingers, is the establishing-habit. Lilcewise ability to rise lightly is the rising-habit. To show both of these, the story of Buddharakkhita the Elder should be told. [165] For this Elder, eight years after his ordination, was once seated in the midst of thirty thousand monks who were possessed of psychic powers, and had come to minister to the sick Elder Maharohanagutta at Therambatthala. He saw the king of the Supanna birds dashing across the sky with intent to seize the king of the Nagas who was offering ricegruel to the Elder, and immediately created a mountain into which, catching him by the arm, he made the Elder enter. The king of. the Supannas struck the mountain and flew away. The Elder said, Friends, if Eakkhita had not been here, all of us would have deserved blame.” The reflecting-habit has been spoken of in the advertinghabit. For the apperceptions that arise immediately after adverting are the apperceptions of reflection. He who is well practised in these five habits, rising from the familiarized First Jhana, sees fault therein: — THs attainment has the hindrances for near enemy; its factors are weak owing to the grossness of applied and sustained thought.” He should attend to the Second Jhana because of its calmness, and strive to attain it, giving up hankering after the First. When applied and sustained thought appears gross, and rapturebliss and collectedness appear calm to him as, mindful and comprehending after rising from the First Jhana, he reflects on the Jhana-factors, then, as he attends repeatedly to the after-image, thinking, earth! earth!” in order to put away the gross factors and attain the calm factors, mind-dooradverting arises, cutting off subconsciousness, announcing Now the Second Jhana will arise,” and having that very earth-device for object. Then in that object four or five (moments of) apperception operate, the last of which is of the realm of form, belonging to the Second Jhana. The rest are of the realm of sense such as have already been described. IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 179 To this extent he abides in the attainment of the Second J liana which, from the suppression of applied and sustained thought, is subjective, tranquillizing, develops the supreme exaltation of mind, is without applied thought and without sustained thought, born of concentration, full of rapture-bliss. And so he attains the Second Jhana, which has put away two factors, is endowed with three factors, of the threefold goodness, possessed of ten characteristics, and having the earth-device. [156] Therein '' from the suppression of applied and sustained thought’’ means ‘'owing to the suppression, the transcending of these two : applied and sustained thought, they not being manifested from the moment when the Second Jhana begins.” Not only are all the mental factors of the First Jhana not present in the Second Jhana, but even those that are present — contact and so on — are different. It is through the transcending of the gross element, that there is the attainment of the other Jhanas, the Second and so on beyond the First. And it should be understood that it was to show this meaning that the words “ from the suppression of applied and sustained thought ” were said. ‘‘ Subjective ” (ajjhatta) here means personal.” But in the Vibhahga just this is said: “ subjective means self -ref erring. And because “personal” is intended, therefore that which is one’s own, produced in one’s continuity, is to be here understood. Next, “ tranquillizing ”: — faith is said to be tranquillizing. Through connection with it, the Jhana also is said to be tranquillizing, as a cloth steeped in indigo is called indigo. Or, because this Jhana tranquillizes the mind, owing to its union with faith and the suppression of the disturbing applied and sustained thought, therefore is it called “ tranquillizing.” In this second sense the construction is to be understood as “ the tranquillizing of mind.” In the former sense, “ of mind ” is to be construed as “ with supreme exaltation,” this being the connected meaning: — “ alone it rises above {udeti ) — tMs is ekodi (exalted). '' ISTo longer overgrown by applied and sustained thouglit, it rises up at tbe top as tbe best” is tbe meaning; for in the world what is best is also called one (unique, eho). Or, it may also be said that, as deprived of apphed and sustained thought, it rises up (udeti) single, or companionless. Or again, it raises {udi, uddyati) associated states, that is to say, causes them to rise. '' One ” in the sense of.“ best,” and '' exalted ” in the sense of raising ” give us ehodi : — ‘supremely exalted,” which is a synonym for concentration. But this Second Jhana develops, increases the exaltation, therefore is it called ehodihhdva, supreme exaltation.” And as it is of mind and not of an entity, or a living principle, it has been said to be unique exaltation of mind.” [It may be objected : — ] Is not this faith and this concentration, called uniquely exalting,” present in the First Jhana also ? Why this tranquillizing only, and unique exaltation of mind? The answer is: — That First Jhana, [157] being disturbed by applied and sustained thought, is not quite clear, but is like water full of big and little waves; therefore it is not said to be tranquillizing, though there be faith in it. And because it is not quite clear, concentration in it is not well manifested, therefore unique exaltation is not ascribed to it. But in the Second Jhana, owing to the absence of the impediments of applied and sustained thought, faith having got its opportunity is strong, and concentration, by attaining intimate alliance with strong faith, is manifested. Therefore in this way should the formula be understood. But in the Vibhanga only this much is said, that tranquilhty is faith, beKeving, confiding, assuring; and that unique exaltation of mind is [defined as right concentration : — ] that mental 'persistence . . . right concentration The explanation given above, however, should be understood as not going against, but indeed coinciding, concurring with the meanmg given in the Vibhanga. Without apphed and without sustained thought — from being removed by culture, there is no apphed thought in this Jhana; hence without apphed thought.” Similarly, it ia IV. — Exposition of the Earth Eevice 181 without sustained thought/ ’ And in the Yihhanga it is said : ' — this applied thought and this sustained thought are calmed, quieted, suppressed, terminated, exterminated, destroyed, completely destroyed, dried up, quite dried up, finished; hence * without applied and without sustained thought J ’’ Here it may be said : — Is not this meaning determined by the phrase from the suppression of aj)plied and sustained thought Then why is it repeated as without applied and without sustained thought ” ? True, the latter meaning has already been determined. Yet the repetition does not show merely the meaning of the former phrase. Have we not said that, from the transcending of the gross factor, there is an attainment of the other Jhanas, the second and so on beyond the First P To show this, it is said that the Second Jhana tranquillizes the mind because of the suppression of applied and sustained thought, and not because of the murk of our lower nature (as at the moment of access). Because of the suppression of applied and sustained thought it develops unique exaltation, and not, like the access in Jhana, because of the removal of the hindrances, and also not, like the First Jhana, because of the manifestation of the factors. Thus this phrase shows the condition of tranquillity and unique exaltation. Moreover, this Second Jhana is without applied and without sustained thought, because they are suppressed. Herein it is unlike the Third and Fourth Jhanas, and unlike visual cognition, which are without applied and without sustained thought, these being absent. Thus it also shows the condition of being without applied and without sustained thought, and not merely the fact of their absence. [168] But the phrase “ without applied and without sustained thought ’’ merely shows absence of these, therefore, having said the former phrase, we may also say the latter phrase. Bom of concentration ’’ means born of the concentration of the First Jhana, or of the associated concentration. Of the two, although the First Jhana is also born of the associated concentration, nevertheless only the Second Jhana is worthy ® In the identical passage Expositor 228, 1. 1, ‘‘ESect” should read “ condition ” as here. of being called concentration, because of its freedom from tbe disturbing applied and sustained thought, because it is quite unshakable, and because it is well clarified. Therefore, to speak its praises, it is said to be born of concentration. “ Full of rapture-bliss — this is as said above. Second is by numerical sequence. It is the second to have arisen; and also it is the second to be entered into. In what is said as has put away two factors, is endowed with three factors,” the first phrase is to be understood as the removal of applied and sustained thought. They are not removed at access in this Jhana, as the hindrances are removed at the access-moment of the First Jhana. Only at the moment of ecstasy does this Second Jhana arise without them. Therefore are they called its eliminated factors. The endowment with three factors is to be understood by way of the arising of these three; rapture, bliss, collectedness of mind. Therefore what is said in the Vibhanga, viz. Jhana is tranquillity, rapur e-bliss, collectedness of mind,'' has been said by metaphor to show the Jhana together with its constituents. But directly speaking, apart from the tranquillizing faith, the Jhana has three factors by way of the factors which have acquired the characteristic of scrutinizing. As has been said, What at that time is the threefold Jhana ? Pasture, bliss, collectedness of mindP The rest is as has been said in the First Jhana. And when thus the Second Jhana is attained, the student ought to be well practised in the five habits as said above and, rising from the familiarised Second Jhana, he should see faults therein: — This attainment has the near enemy in applied and sustained thought. Its factors are weak owing to the grossness of rapture, which is described as ‘ that rapture which therein is frivolity of mind and owing to which the Jhana is declared to be gross.’ ” He should attend to the Third Jhana because of its calmness, and strive to attain it, giving up hankering after the Second. And when rapture appears as gross, and bliss and collectedness appear as calm to him, as, [159] mindful and aware after rising from the Second Jhana, he reflects on the Jhana-f actors; then, as he attends repeatedly to the after-image as earth ! earth!’’ in order to put away the gross factors and attain the calm factors, mind-door-adverting arises, cutting off subconsciousness and, announcing ‘Now the Third Jhana will arise,” having that very earth-device as object. Then in that object, four or five (moments of) apperception operate, the last of which is of the realm of form, the Third Jhana. The rest are of the realm of sense such as have already been described. To this extent, Through distaste for rapture he abides indifferent; and mindful and aware he experiences in his senseconsciousness that ease of which the Noble Ones declare : ‘ He that is indifferent and mindful dwells at ease, so he abides in the attainment of the Third Jhana.” Thus he attains the Third Jhana which has put away one factor, which is endowed with two factors, is of the threefold goodness, is possessed of ten factors, and is with the earth-device. In Through distaste for rapture ” distaste is the revulsion from, or transcending of, the kind of rapture mentioned. The word and ” between the two words rapture ” and “ distaste ” has simply a conjunctive meaniog. It combines the suppression of rapture with that of applied and sustained thought. When the work of suppression only is added, then the construction should be understood as ‘‘ through distaste for rapture, nay more, through its suppression.” And in this construction, distaste has the meaning of “ revulsion from.” Therefore the meaning should be taken as '' through revulsion from, and suppression of, rapture.” But when the suppression of applied and sustained thought is added, then the construction should be understood as ‘through distaste for rapture, nay more, through the suppression of applied and sustained thought,” And in this construction, distaste has the meaning of transcending. Therefore the meaning should be taken as through the transcending of rapture and the suppression of applied and sustained thought.” Although the applied and sustained thought has been suppressed, even in the Second Jhana, the suppression of both has been said to show the way to, and to extol the praises of, the Third Jhana. For when 'through the suppression of applied and sustained thought ’’ is said, is not the naeaning plain, that the suppression is the way to the Jhana ? And although they are not removed in the Third Noble Path, yet the five lower fetters, beginning with the theory of individuality, are said to be removed by way of extolling the Path, [160] so that those striving for its attainment may put forth effort. Even although they have not been suppressed, their removal has been mentioned for purposes of commendation. Hence the meaning has been said to be through the transcending of rapture and the suppression of applied and sustained thought.’ In he abides indifferent,’’ indifferent ” means he looks on disinterestedly. The meaning is: he looks evenly, not taking any side. One who is possessed of the Third Jhana is called indifferent from being endowed with that indifference, pure, abundant and strong. Indifference is of two kinds: — the sixfold indifference, that of the Divine States, that of the factors of wisdom, of energy, of complexes, of activity, of feeling, of insight, of equanimity, of Jhana, and of purity. Of these The monk who in this life is purged of the cankers sees with the eye a visible object, and is neither joyful nor sad, but lives indifferent, mindful and aware — thus the indifference which comes to such a saint in such a way that he does not abandon the pure original state, when the six kinds of objects, desirable or undesirable, are presented at the six doors, is known as the sixfold indifference. . The indifference which takes up the neutral position regarding beings' thus: He continues to diffuse one quarter [of any region] with a mind accompanied by equanimity is known as that of the Divine States. The indifference arising with the mode of neutrality among co-existent states thus: He develops indifference as a factor of wisdom and dependent on detachment is known as that of the Factor of Wisdom. IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 185 The indifference wHch arises thus in the text: The indifference which from time to time attends to the \so-caTled\ ■marh of indifference and is neither too intense nor too slack, is known as that of energy. The indifference which is a state of equanimity derived from the estimate that the hindrances etc. [are to be put away] in such texts as How many hinds of equanimity arise by means of concentration, how many by means of insight ? Eight arise by means of concentration ; ten by means of insight, [ 161 ] is known as that of the complexes. The indifference which is neither painful nor pleasurable, as in When sensuous moral consciousness arises accompanied by indifference, is known as that of feeling. The indifference which arises as equanimity in respect of [intellectual] investigation thus, He puts aside the ' is,’ the ' has come to be,’ and acquires indifference,” is known as that of insight. The mdifference which balances co-existent states equally, and which comes among the Or-whatever-states beginning with will, is known as that of equanimity. The indifference which comes as He abides indifferent, and which does not beget partisanship with the bliss, excellent though it may be, of the Third Jhana, is known as that of Jhana. The indifference which comes as The Fourth Jhana which is purity of mindfulness horn of indifference, and which is purified of all opposing states, and has no business in their suppression, is known as that, of purity. Of these, the sixfold indifference and that of the Divine States, of the factors of wisdom, of equanimity, of Jhana, and of purity, are one in sense,, as being equanimity. But they are distinguished under six heads owing to different states or conditions corresponding to the classification, though there is only one kind of being, just as in boys, lads, elders, generals, kings, and so on. Therefore among them, when there is the sixfold indifference, there is nothing of the factor of wisdom and so on. But where there is the indifference which is a factor of wisdom, there is no sixfold indifference and so on. As these six are one in sense, so is the indifference of the mental complexes and of insight one in sense — namely, understanding, which is twofold in function. As a man, holding a Stick cleft like a goat’s hoof, searches for a snake which has entered the house late in the day, and seeing it lying on the heap of husks, looks down, thinking, Is it a snake or not ?” [ 162 ] but on seeing the three rings on the neck is no more in doubt, but becomes indifferent as to search, so the student who has worked at insight, on seeing the three characteristic signs by means of insight, becomes indifferent as to search for the impermanence of the complexes. This is the indifference of insight. As when the man firmly catches hold of the snake by his goat’s-hoof-cleft stick and, seeking to release it, thinking How shall I free it so that I may not hurt it and I myself be not bitten ?” becomes indifferent as to catching it, so from the looking upon the three worlds-of-rebirth as though on fire, as a result of his seeing the three characteristic signs, a man becomes indifferent as to seizing the complexes. This is the indifference of the complexes. Thus when the indifference of insight is accomplished, that of the complexes is also accomplished. In this way the twofold function of neutrality consists in searching and seizing. But the indifference of energy and that of feeling are different from each other and from the others. Thus, of the ten kinds it is the indifference of Jhana that is here intended. It has the characteristic of middleness, the function of not enjoying (even the excellent bliss of the Third Jhana), the manifestation of absence of activity, the proximate cause of distaste for rapture. Here one might object: “ Is not this Jhanaindifierence the same in sense as that equanimity-indifference which is obtainable in the First and the Second Jhanas ? If so, then, in those two Jhanas also it should be said that ‘ he abides indifferent.’ Why has not this been said ?” Because there is no distinct function. Indeed, the function of equanimity is not distinct in the First and Second Jhanas because it is overwhelmed by applied thought, and so on. But in the Third Jhana, because it is not overwhelmed by applied and sustained thought and rapture, it has lifted up its head, so to speak, and has a positive distinct function. Here, ends the full explanation of the sentence '' He abides indifferent.” Now as to ‘mindful and aware,” ‘‘mindful” is here he remembers, and aware ” is here he is aware. Thus it is with the person that mindfulness and awareness are stated. Of these, mindfulness has the characteristic of remembering, the function of opposition to forgetfulness, the manifestation of watchfulness. Awareness has the characteristic of opposition to bewilderment, the function of enquiry, and the manifestation of examination. Although this phrase is obtainable in the preceding Jhanas — indeed, to one of forgetful memory and without awareness, there does not arise even the access stage of Jhana, much less ecstasy — yet from their grossness the process of consciousness is easy, hke the movement of a man on the earth, and in them the function of being mindful and aware is not revealed. [163] But from the putting away of the gross factor and the fineness of this Third Jhana, it is desirable that the process of consciousness he maintained by the function of being mindful and aware, like the movement of a man on the edge of a razor. Hence it has been mentioned here only. Is there anything more to say ? As the suckling calf, being removed from the cow and left unguarded, again approaches the cow, so the blissful ease of the Third Jhana, being removed from rapture, if unguarded by mindfulness and awareness, would again approach rapture and be associated with it. For beings long for happiness; and the blissful ease of the Third Jhana is exceedingly sweet, than which, there is no greater bliss. But owing to the power of mindfulness and awareness, there is no longing present for this bliss, nor is there change. It is to show this distinctive meaning that the phrase has here been said. Now in the clause, “ he experiences in his sense-consciousness that ease”: — although to one endowed with the Third Jhana there is no thought of such experience, yet he may experience that ease which is associated with his mental factors, or, though he has emerged from Jhana, he may still experience that- bodily ease, because his material body has been suffused by the exceedingly refined mind-born matter produced by that associated ease. Hence the phrase has been said to show this meaning. Now in the clause of which the Noble Ones declare: " He that is indifferent and mindful dwells at ease.’ ” the meaning is that by reason of, on account of, the Third Jhana, the Noble Ones, i.e. the Buddhas and so on, declare, point out, designate, establish, reveal, disclose, explain, set forth, praise a person who is endowed with that Jhana. And how ? [By saying:] he that is indifferent and mindful dwells at ease,” and ‘‘ he abides in the attainment of the Third Jhana.” Thus should the sequence in the meaning be understood. But why do they praise him so ? Because he is worthy of praise. To expand : Because he is indifferent, even in the Third Jhana which has reached the perfection of blissful ease, of exceeding sweetness, because he is not dragged along by the contagion of the ease of it, and is mindful with an established mindfulness, so that rapture may not arise, and because he experiences by his mental factors that blissful ease which is not vicious and which gives delight to, and is followed by, the Noble Ones, therefore is he worthy of praise. Him, praiseworthy, the Noble Ones '[164] praise, setting forth his merits as the condition of their praise: “He that is indifferent and mindful dwells at easeJ “ Third ” is by numerical sequence. This is the Third Jhana he enters mto. And in the statement “has put away one factor, is endowed with two factors,” the removal of one factor is to be understood by way of removing rapture. And this IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 189 rapture, like applied and sustained thougTit of tke Second Jkana, is eliminated at the moment of ecstasy, hence it is called the eliminated factor. The endowment with two factors is to be understood by virtue of the uprising of these two: ease and collectedness of mind. Therefore what is said in the Vibhanga as Jhana is indifference mindfulness awareness, ease, collectedness of mind ’’ has been said by metaphor to show the Jhana together with its constituents. But directly speaking, apart from the indifference, mindfulness and awareness, the Jhana has two factors which have acquired the characteristic of scrutinizing. As has been said, What at that time is the twofold Jhana % Blissful ease, collectedness of mind The rest is as has been said in the First Jhana. And when thus the Third Jhana is attained, the student ought to be well-practised in the five habits named above and, rising from the familiarized Third Jhana, he should see faults therein: "This attainment has the near enemy in rapture. Its factors are weak owing to the grossness of ease, which is described as ' That ease therein to which the mind bends itself, and owing to which the Jhana is declared to be gross.’ ” He should attend to the Fourth Jhana because of its calmness, and strive to attain it, giving up hankering after the Third. And when ease which is termed mental gladness appears gross, and indifferent feeling and collectedness of mind appear calm to him, as, mindful and aware, after rising from the Third Jhana, he reflects on the Jhana-f actors, then, as he is attending repeatedly to the after-image as '' earth ! earth 1” in order to put away the gross factors and attain the calm factors, mind-door-adverting arises, cutting off subconsciousness, announcing ‘‘ Now the Fourth Jhana will arise,” having that very earth-device for object. Then in that object, four or five moments of apperception arise, [165] the last of which is of the realm of form, the Fourth Jhana. The rest are of the realm of sense, such as have already been described. But this is distinctive: — because blissful feeling does not stand in the causal relation of repetition to n eutral feeling , wMcli ought to arise in the Fourth Jhana, therefore those apperceptions are associated with indifferent feeling. And on account of such association, rapture in them declines. And to this extent-“/rom the putting away of pleasure and from the putting away of pain and previously from the passing away of joy and griefs he abides in the attainment of the Fourth Jhdna which is neither painful nor pleasurable, which is purity of mindfulness born of indifference} Thus he attains the Fourth Jhana which has put away one factor, is endowed with two factors, of the threefold goodness, possessed of ten characteristics, and having the earth-device. Therein the phrase “ from the putting away of pleasure and from the putting away of pain ” means the putting away of bodily pleasure and bodily pain. “Previously ’’ means that the putting away of pleasure and pain took place before, and not at the moment of the Fourth Jhana, The phrase “from the passing away of joy and grief,” namely, of mental pleasure and mental pain, has been said because of the previous passing away, the putting away of these two. When, then, are they put away 1 At the access-moments of the Four Jhanas. For joy is put away at the accessmoment of the Fourth Jhana; pain, grief and bliss are put away [respectively] at the access-moments of the First, Second, and Third Jhanas. Thus, although they have not been stated according to the sequence of their removal, yet their removal should be understood even by the sequence of the summary of controlling faculties both in the Indriya- Vibhahga and here. But if they are put away at the access-moments preceding this dr that Jhana, then why is it said that their cessation is in the Jhanas themselves thus: Where does the uprisen controlling faculty of pain cease completely ? Monies, in this case the monh, aloof indeed from sense-desires . . . abides in the attainment of the First Jhdna, Here the controlling faculty of pain which has arisen ceases completely, , . , Where do the controlling faculties of grief of pleasure . . . and of joy which have arisen cease completely ? Monies, in this case the Page 122. IV. — Exposition of the Earth Device 191 monh from the putting away of pleasure , . * abides in the attainment of the Fourth Jhdna, Here the controlling faculty of joy which has arisen [166] ceases completely This is said because of their complete cessation. For in the Jhanas their cessation is completed, not merely begun; at the accessmoments their cessation is not completed. For though there is cessation in the access to the First Jhana, with a different adverting of the mind, yet there the controlling faculty of pain may be produced through contact with gadflies, mosquitoes and so on, or by falling on to an uneven seat; but there is no such production within the ecstasy. Or this controlling faculty of pain which ceases at the access does not thoroughly cease, because it is not killed by its opposite (faculty). But within the ecstasy, owing to the diffusion of rapture, the whole body is surcharged with pleasure. And the controlling faculty of pain of the pleasure-suffused body has thoroughly ceased, being killed by its opposite. Moreover, although it has been put away, the controlling faculty of grief may arise at the access to the Second Jhana with a different adverting of the mind. Why does this arise when there is bodily suffering and mental distress, with applied, sustained thought as its cause, and does not arise in the absence of applied and sustained thought ? Where it arises, it does so when there is applied and sustained thought; and at the access to the Second Jhana, applied and sustained thought has not been put away; hence the possibility of its arising. But there is no such possibility owing to the removal of the cause in the Second Jhana. Similarly, though it has been put away, the controlling faculty of pleasure may arise at the access to the Third Jhana in one whose body has been suffused by refi.ned matter produced by rapture; but it may not arise in the Third Jhana itself, because rapture, the cause of pleasure, has completely ceased therein. Similarly, although it has been put away, the controlling faculty of joy may arise at the access to the Fourth Jhana, because it is near and has not been well transcended, owing to the absence of indifference which has attained to ecstasy; but it may not arise in the Fourth Jhana itself. Hence in tie various places the word complete ” has been taken as "'Here the uprisen controlling faculty of pain ceases com pletelyP Why [it may be objected] are these feelings, which thus have been put away at the access to the various Jhanas, gathered together in the Fourth Jhana ? For the purpose of apprehending them easily. In other words: — in ‘neither painful nor pleasurable ” this mental feeling is [revealed as] subtle and hard to understand. It is not possible to apprehend it easily. Therefore, as, in order to catch a vicious bull that may not be caught by approaching it anyhow, the cowherd brings together all the cows in a pen, [167] lets them out one by one, and, when the bull comes out in its turn, orders its capture saying, “ Catch it !” so the Blessed One, to make easy the comprehending of the neutral feeling, has brought forth all the feelings. By showing all the feelings it is possible tocomprehend neutral feeling as that which is neither pleasure nor pain, neither joy nor grief. Further, these feelings should be understood to have been stated to show the cause of that mental emancipation in the Fourth Jhana which is neutral feeling. The preceding Jhanas. which have put away pleasure and pain are indeed the causes of this mental emancipation. As has been said: '' Four, sir,, are the causes of the attainment of mental emancipation which isneutral feeling. In this case, sir, a monk from the putting away of pleasure . , . abides in the attainment of the Fourth Jhana, These, sir, are the four causes of the attainment of mental emancipation, which is neutral feeling As, although they are put away elsewhere, the theory of individuality and so on are said to be put away in the Third Path with a view to sounding its praises, so in order to praise the Fourth Jhana, these feelings should be understood to be mentioned in connection with it. Or they should be understood as mentioned to show the great remoteness of lust and hatehere, owing to the destruction of their causes. For as to these, bliss is the cause of joy, joy of lust, pain of grief,, grief of hate. And by the destruction of bliss and so on,. IV . — Exposition of the Earth Device 193 lust and Iiate are destroyed along with their causes. Thus do they become very remote. The phrase neither painful nor pleasurable’ means not painful by the absence of pain; not pleasurable by the absence of pleasure. By this one shows the third [kind of] feeling as opposed to pain and pleasure, and not merely the absence of pain and pleasure. The third feeling is neither pain nor pleasure, and is also called hedonic indifference. It has the characteristic of enjoying an object midway between the desirable and the undesirable, the function of middleness, the manifestation of not being apparent, the proximate cause of the cessation of pleasure. Then the phrase: “purity of mindfulness, born of indifference ” means the purity of mindfulness which has been produced by indifference. For in this Jhana mindfulness is pure, and such purity of mindfulness as there is, is produced by indifference, not by any other; hence the Jhana is called purity of mindfulness, born of indifference. In the Vibhanga it has been said “ this mindfulness is cleansed, jurified and burnished by this indifference; hence purity of mindfulness born of indifference'" [168] That indifference by which there is here purity of mindfulness should be understood to mean equanimity. And not merely mindfulness has been purified by it, but also all the associated states have been purified. The teaching, however, has put mindfulness at the head. Although the difference exists also in the first three Jhanas, yet as the crescent moon, being overpowered by the sun by day, and not getting the favourable night which makes it cool and renders service to it, is not clear, not radiant, though it exists by day, so the crescent moon of equanimity, being overpowered by the might of opposing states, such as applied .thought, and not getting the favourable night of indifferent feeling, is not clear in the first three Jhanas, even though in them it is present. And when indifference is not clear, the co-existent states such as mindfulness, like the light of the indistinct crescent moon by day, are not clear. Therefore in the first three Jhanas none is said to be “ purity of mindfulness, born of indifference.” But in the Fourth Jhana the crescent moon of equanimity, not feeing overpowered by the miglit of opposing states, sucli as applied tliouglit, and getting the favourable niglit of indifferent feeling, is exceedingly clear Owing to its clearness tlie co-existent states, such, as mindfulness, like the light of the clear crescent moon, becomes clear, radiant. Hence the Fourth Jhana is said to be “purity of mindfulness born of indifference,” “Fourth” is by numerical sequence; he enters into the Jhana as fourth. And in the statement “ has put away one factor, is endowed with two factors ” the removal of one factor is to be understood by way of removing joy. And this joy is eliminated in a single process even in the preceding apperceptions; hence it is called the eliminated factor. The endowment with two factors is to be understood by virtue of the uprising of these two : indifferent feeling and collectedness of mind. The rest is as has been said already in the First Jhana. So far is the system in the Fourth Jhana. When inducing a Fivefold Jhana, one should rise from the familiarized First Jhana and, seeing faults therein: “This attainment has the near enemy in the hindrances, and its factors are weak owing to the grossness of applied thought,” [169] and attending to the Second Jhana because of its calmness, one should strive to attain it, giving up hankering after the First. And when just the applied thought appears gross, and sustained thought and so on appear calm to him as, mindful and aware, after rising from the First Jhana, he reflects on the Jhana-factors, — then as he attends repeatedly to the afterimage as “ earth ! earth !” in order to put away the gross factors and attain the calm factors, the Second Jhana arises in the manner described. Just the applied thinking is its eliminated factor; the four beginning with sustained thinking are its endowed factors. The rest is as has been described. And when thus the Second Jhana is attained, the student ought to be well-practised in the habits in the five ways already mentioned and, arising from the familiarized Second Jhana, he should see faults therein: “ This attainment has the near enemy in applied thought, and its factors are weak owing to the IV , — Exposition of the Earth Device 195 grossness of sustained thinking/’ and attending to the Third Jhana because of its calmness, he should strive to attain it, giving up hankering after the Second. And when just the sustained thinking appears gross, and rapture and so on appear calm to him as, mindful and aware, after rising from the Second Jhana, he reflects on the Jhana-factors, then as he attends repeatedly to the after-image as earth ! earth !” in order to put away the gross factors and attain the calm factors, the Third Jhana arises in the manner described. Just the sustained thinking is its eliminated factor: the three beginning with rapture, as in the Second Jhana of the fourfold system, are present factors. The rest is as has been described. Thus by dividing the Second in the Fourfold System into two, we get the Second and Third of the Fivefold System. And the Third and Fourth of the former are the Fourth and Fifth of the latter, the first remaining the same. Thus is ended the Fourth Chapter called the Exposition of the Earth-device in the section of concentration-culture in the Path of Purity composed for the purpose of gladdening good folk.
၅၁။ ဣဒါနိ ယံ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘သမာဓိဘာဝနာယ အနနုရူပံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဟာယ အနုရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟရန္တေနာ’’တိ ဧတ္ထ ယဿ တာဝါစရိယေန သဒ္ဓိံ ဧကဝိဟာရေ ဝသတော ဖာသု ဟောတိ, တေန တတ္ထေဝ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ပရိသောဓေန္တေန ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ သစေ တတ္ထ ဖာသု န ဟောတိ, ယော အညော ဂါဝုတေ ဝါ အဍ္ဎယောဇနေ ဝါ ယောဇနမတ္တေပိ ဝါ သပ္ပါယော ဝိဟာရော ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝဉှိ သတိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဿ ကိသ္မိဉ္စိဒေဝ ဌာနေ သန္ဒေဟေ ဝါ သတိသမ္မောသေ ဝါ ဇာတေ ကာလဿေဝ ဝိဟာရေ ဝတ္တံ ကတွာ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိတွာ ဘတ္တကိစ္စပရိယောသာနေယေဝ အာစရိယဿ ဝသနဋ္ဌာနံ ဂန္တွာ တံဒိဝသမာစရိယဿ သန္တိကေ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ သောဓေတွာ ဒုတိယဒိဝသေ အာစရိယံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ နိက္ခမိတွာ အန္တရာမဂ္ဂေ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိတွာ အကိလမန္တောယေဝ အတ္တနော ဝသနဋ္ဌာနံ အာဂန္တုံ သက္ခိဿတိ။ ယော ပန ယောဇနပ္ပမာဏေပိ ဖာသုကဋ္ဌာနံ န လဘတိ, တေန ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနေ သဗ္ဗံ ဂဏ္ဌိဋ္ဌာနံ ဆိန္ဒိတွာ သုဝိသုဒ္ဓံ အာဝဇ္ဇနပဋိဗဒ္ဓံ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ကတွာ ဒူရမ္ပိ ဂန္တွာ သမာဓိဘာဝနာယ အနနုရူပံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဟာယ အနုရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟာတဗ္ဗံ။
အနနုရူပဝိဟာရော
၅၂။ တတ္ထ အနနုရူပေါ နာမ အဋ္ဌာရသန္နံ ဒေါသာနံ အညတရေန သမန္နာဂတော။ တတြိမေ အဋ္ဌာရသ ဒေါသာ – မဟတ္တံ, နဝတ္တံ, ဇိဏ္ဏတ္တံ, ပန္ထနိဿိတတ္တံ, သောဏ္ဍီ, ပဏ္ဏံ, ပုပ္ဖံ, ဖလံ, ပတ္ထနီယတာ, နဂရသန္နိဿိတတာ, ဒါရုသန္နိဿိတတာ, ခေတ္တသန္နိဿိတတာ, ဝိသဘာဂါနံ ပုဂ္ဂလာနံ အတ္ထိတာ, ပဋ္ဋနသန္နိဿိတတာ, ပစ္စန္တသန္နိဿိတတာ, ရဇ္ဇသီမသန္နိဿိတတာ, အသပ္ပါယတာ, ကလျာဏမိတ္တာနံ အလာဘောတိ ဣမေသံ အဋ္ဌာရသန္နံ ဒေါသာနံ အညတရေန ဒေါသေန သမန္နာဂတော အနနုရူပေါ နာမ။ န တတ္ထ ဝိဟာတဗ္ဗံ။
ကသ္မာ? မဟာဝိဟာရေ တာဝ ဗဟူ နာနာဆန္ဒာ သန္နိပတန္တိ, တေ အညမညံ ပဋိဝိရုဒ္ဓတာယ ဝတ္တံ န ကရောန္တိ။ ဗောဓိယင်္ဂဏာဒီနိ အသမ္မဋ္ဌာနေဝ ဟောန္တိ။ အနုပဋ္ဌာပိတံ ပါနီယံ ပရိဘောဇနီယံ။ တတြာယံ ဂေါစရဂါမေ ပိဏ္ဍာယ စရိဿာမီတိ ပတ္တစီဝရမာဒါယ နိက္ခန္တော သစေ ပဿတိ ဝတ္တံ ဝါ အကတံ ပါနီယဃဋံ ဝါ ရိတ္တံ, အထာနေန ဝတ္တံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ, ပါနီယံ ဥပဋ္ဌာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ အကရောန္တော ဝတ္တဘေဒေ ဒုက္ကဋံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ။ ကရောန္တဿ ကာလော အတိက္ကမတိ, အတိဒိဝါ ပဝိဋ္ဌော နိဋ္ဌိတာယ ဘိက္ခာယ ကိဉ္စိ န လဘတိ။ ပဋိသလ္လာနဂတောပိ သာမဏေရဒဟရဘိက္ခူနံ ဥစ္စာသဒ္ဒေန သံဃကမ္မေဟိ စ ဝိက္ခိပတိ။ ယတ္ထ ပန သဗ္ဗံ ဝတ္တံ ကတမေဝ ဟောတိ, အဝသေသာပိ စ သံဃဋ္ဋနာ နတ္ထိ။ ဧဝရူပေ မဟာဝိဟာရေပိ ဝိဟာတဗ္ဗံ။
နဝဝိဟာရေ ဗဟု နဝကမ္မံ ဟောတိ, အကရောန္တံ ဥဇ္ဈာယန္တိ။ ယတ္ထ ပန ဘိက္ခူ ဧဝံ ဝဒန္တိ ‘‘အာယသ္မာ ယထာသုခံ သမဏဓမ္မံ ကရောတု, မယံ နဝကမ္မံ ကရိဿာမာ’’တိ ဧဝရူပေ ဝိဟာတဗ္ဗံ။
ဇိဏ္ဏဝိဟာရေ ပန ဗဟု ပဋိဇဂ္ဂိတဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ, အန္တမသော အတ္တနော သေနာသနမတ္တမ္ပိ အပ္ပဋိဇဂ္ဂန္တံ ဥဇ္ဈာယန္တိ, ပဋိဇဂ္ဂန္တဿ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ပရိဟာယတိ။
ပန္ထနိဿိတေ မဟာပထဝိဟာရေ ရတ္တိန္ဒိဝံ အာဂန္တုကာ သန္နိပတန္တိ။ ဝိကာလေ အာဂတာနံ အတ္တနော သေနာသနံ ဒတွာ ရုက္ခမူလေ ဝါ ပါသာဏပိဋ္ဌေ ဝါ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ။ ပုနဒိဝသေပိ ဧဝမေဝါတိ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဿ ဩကာသော န ဟောတိ။ ယတ္ထ ပန ဧဝရူပေါ အာဂန္တုကသမ္ဗာဓော န ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ ဝိဟာတဗ္ဗံ။
သောဏ္ဍီ နာမ ပါသာဏပေါက္ခရဏီ ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ ပါနီယတ္ထံ မဟာဇနော သမောသရတိ, နဂရဝါသီနံ ရာဇကုလူပကတ္ထေရာနံ အန္တေဝါသိကာ ရဇနကမ္မတ္ထာယ အာဂစ္ဆန္တိ, တေသံ ဘာဇနဒါရုဒေါဏိကာဒီနိ ပုစ္ဆန္တာနံ အသုကေ စ အသုကေ စ ဌာနေတိ ဒဿေတဗ္ဗာနိ ဟောန္တိ, ဧဝံ သဗ္ဗကာလမ္ပိ နိစ္စဗျာဝဋော ဟောတိ။
ယတ္ထ နာနာဝိဓံ သာကပဏ္ဏံ ဟောတိ, တတ္ထဿ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာ ဒိဝါဝိဟာရံ နိသိန္နဿာပိ သန္တိကေ သာကဟာရိကာ ဂါယမာနာ ပဏ္ဏံ ဥစ္စိနန္တိယော ဝိသဘာဂသဒ္ဒသံဃဋ္ဋနေန ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနန္တရာယံ ကရောန္တိ။
ယတ္ထ ပန နာနာဝိဓာ မာလာဂစ္ဆာ သုပုပ္ဖိတာ ဟောန္တိ, တတြာပိ တာဒိသောယေဝ ဥပဒ္ဒဝေါ။
ယတ္ထ နာနာဝိဓံ အမ္ဗဇမ္ဗုပနသာဒိဖလံ ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ ဖလတ္ထိကာ အာဂန္တွာ ယာစန္တိ, အဒေန္တဿ ကုဇ္ဈန္တိ, ဗလက္ကာရေန ဝါ ဂဏှန္တိ, သာယနှသမယေ ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေ စင်္ကမန္တေန တေ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိံ ဥပါသကာ ဧဝံ ကရောထာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တာ ယထာရုစိ အက္ကောသန္တိ။ အဝါသာယပိဿ ပရက္ကမန္တိ။
ပတ္ထနီယေ ပန လေဏသမ္မတေ ဒက္ခိဏဂိရိဟတ္ထိကုစ္ဆိစေတိယဂိရိစိတ္တလပဗ္ဗတသဒိသေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟရန္တံ အယမရဟာတိ သမ္ဘာဝေတွာ ဝန္ဒိတုကာမာ မနုဿာ သမန္တာ ဩသရန္တိ, တေနဿ န ဖာသု ဟောတိ, ယဿ ပန တံ သပ္ပါယံ ဟောတိ, တေန ဒိဝါ အညတြ ဂန္တွာ ရတ္တိံ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။
နဂရသန္နိဿိတေ ဝိသဘာဂါရမ္မဏာနိ အာပါထမာဂစ္ဆန္တိ, ကုမ္ဘဒါသိယောပိ ဃဋေဟိ နိဃံသန္တိယော ဂစ္ဆန္တိ, ဩက္ကမိတွာ မဂ္ဂံ န ဒေန္တိ, ဣဿရမနုဿာပိ ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေ သာဏိံ ပရိက္ခိပိတွာ နိသီဒန္တိ။
ဒါရုသန္နိဿယေ ပန ယတ္ထ ကဋ္ဌာနိ စ ဒဗ္ဗုပကရဏရုက္ခာ စ သန္တိ, တတ္ထ ကဋ္ဌဟာရိကာ ပုဗ္ဗေ ဝုတ္တသာကပုပ္ဖဟာရိကာ ဝိယ အဖာသုံ ကရောန္တိ, ဝိဟာရေ ရုက္ခာ သန္တိ, တေ ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ဃရာနိ ကရိဿာမာတိ မနုဿာ အာဂန္တွာ ဆိန္ဒန္တိ။ သစေ သာယနှသမယံ ပဓာနဃရာ နိက္ခမိတွာ ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေ စင်္ကမန္တော တေ ဒိသွာ ‘‘ကိံ ဥပါသကာ ဧဝံ ကရောထာ’’တိ ဝဒတိ, ယထာရုစိ အက္ကောသန္တိ, အဝါသာယပိဿ ပရက္ကမန္တိ။
ယော ပန ခေတ္တသန္နိဿိတော ဟောတိ သမန္တာ ခေတ္တေဟိ ပရိဝါရိတော, တတ္ထ မနုဿာ ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေယေဝ ခလံ ကတွာ ဓညံ မဒ္ဒန္တိ, ပမုခေသု သယန္တိ, အညမ္ပိ ဗဟုံ အဖာသုံ ကရောန္တိ။ ယတြာပိ မဟာသံဃဘောဂေါ ဟောတိ, အာရာမိကာ ကုလာနံ ဂါဝေါ ရုန္ဓန္တိ, ဥဒကဝါရံ ပဋိသေဓေန္တိ, မနုဿာ ဝီဟိသီသံ ဂဟေတွာ ‘‘ပဿထ တုမှာကံ အာရာမိကာနံ ကမ္မ’’န္တိ သံဃဿ ဒဿေန္တိ။ တေန တေန ကာရဏေန ရာဇရာဇမဟာမတ္တာနံ ဃရဒွါရံ ဂန္တဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ, အယမ္ပိ ခေတ္တသန္နိဿိတေနေဝ သင်္ဂဟိတော။
ဝိသဘာဂါနံ ပုဂ္ဂလာနံ အတ္ထိတာတိ ယတ္ထ အညမညံ ဝိသဘာဂဝေရီ ဘိက္ခူ ဝိဟရန္တိ, ယေ ကလဟံ ကရောန္တာ မာ, ဘန္တေ, ဧဝံ ကရောထာတိ ဝါရိယမာနာ ဧတဿ ပံသုကူလိကဿ အာဂတကာလတော ပဋ္ဌာယ နဋ္ဌာမှာတိ ဝတ္တာရော ဘဝန္တိ။
ယောပိ ဥဒကပဋ္ဋနံ ဝါ ထလပဋ္ဋနံ ဝါ နိဿိတော ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ အဘိဏှံ နာဝါဟိ စ သတ္ထေဟိ စ အာဂတမနုဿာ ဩကာသံ ဒေထ, ပါနီယံ ဒေထ, လောဏံ ဒေထာတိ ဃဋ္ဋယန္တာ အဖာသုံ ကရောန္တိ။
ပစ္စန္တသန္နိဿိတေ ပန မနုဿာ ဗုဒ္ဓါဒီသု အပ္ပသန္နာ ဟောန္တိ။
ရဇ္ဇသီမသန္နိဿိတေ ရာဇဘယံ ဟောတိ။ တဉှိ ပဒေသံ ဧကော ရာဇာ န မယှံ ဝသေ ဝတ္တတီတိ ပဟရတိ, ဣတရောပိ န မယှံ ဝသေ ဝတ္တတီတိ။ တတြာယံ ဘိက္ခု ကဒါစိ ဣမဿ ရညော ဝိဇိတေ ဝိစရတိ, ကဒါစိ ဧတဿ။ အထ နံ ‘‘စရပုရိသော အယ’’န္တိ မညမာနာ အနယဗျသနံ ပါပေန္တိ။
အသပ္ပါယတာတိ ဝိသဘာဂရူပါဒိအာရမ္မဏသမောသရဏေန ဝါ အမနုဿပရိဂ္ဂဟိတတာယ ဝါ အသပ္ပါယတာ။ တတြိဒံ ဝတ္ထု။ ဧကော ကိရ ထေရော အရညေ ဝသတိ။ အထဿ ဧကာ ယက္ခိနီ ပဏ္ဏသာလဒွါရေ ဌတွာ ဂါယိ။ သော နိက္ခမိတွာ ဒွါရေ အဋ္ဌာသိ, သာ ဂန္တွာ စင်္ကမနသီသေ ဂါယိ။ ထေရော စင်္ကမနသီသံ အဂမာသိ။ သာ သတပေါရိသေ ပပါတေ ဌတွာ ဂါယိ။ ထေရော ပဋိနိဝတ္တိ။ အထ နံ သာ ဝေဂေနာဂန္တွာ ဂဟေတွာ ‘‘မယာ, ဘန္တေ, န ဧကော န ဒွေ တုမှာဒိသာ ခါဒိတာ’’တိ အာဟ။
ကလျာဏမိတ္တာနံ အလာဘောတိ ယတ္ထ န သက္ကာ ဟောတိ အာစရိယံ ဝါ အာစရိယသမံ ဝါ ဥပဇ္ဈာယံ ဝါ ဥပဇ္ဈာယသမံ ဝါ ကလျာဏမိတ္တံ လဒ္ဓုံ။ တတ္ထ သော ကလျာဏမိတ္တာနံ အလာဘော မဟာဒေါသောယေဝါတိ ဣမေသံ အဋ္ဌာရသန္နံ ဒေါသာနံ အညတရေန သမန္နာဂတော အနနုရူပေါတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ အဋ္ဌကထာသု –
မဟာဝါသံ နဝါဝါသံ, ဇရာဝါသဉ္စ ပန္ထနိံ၊
သောဏ္ဍိံ ပဏ္ဏဉ္စ ပုပ္ဖဉ္စ, ဖလံ ပတ္ထိတမေဝ စ။
နဂရံ ဒါရုနာ ခေတ္တံ, ဝိသဘာဂေန ပဋ္ဋနံ၊
ပစ္စန္တသီမာသပ္ပါယံ, ယတ္ထ မိတ္တော န လဗ္ဘတိ။
အဋ္ဌာရသေတာနိ ဌာနာနိ, ဣတိ ဝိညာယ ပဏ္ဍိတော၊
အာရကာ ပရိဝဇ္ဇေယျ, မဂ္ဂံ သပ္ပဋိဘယံ ယထာတိ။
အနုရူပဝိဟာရော
၅၃။ ယော ပန ဂေါစရဂါမတော နာတိဒူရနာစ္စာသန္နတာဒီဟိ ပဉ္စဟင်္ဂေဟိ သမန္နာဂတော, အယံ အနုရူပေါ နာမ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဘဂဝတာ – ‘‘ကထဉ္စ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သေနာသနံ ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတံ ဟောတိ? ဣဓ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သေနာသနံ နာတိဒူရံ ဟောတိ နာစ္စာသန္နံ ဂမနာဂမနသမ္ပန္နံ, ဒိဝါ အပ္ပါကိဏ္ဏံ ရတ္တိံ အပ္ပသဒ္ဒံ အပ္ပနိဂ္ဃေါသံ, အပ္ပဍံသမကသဝါတာတပသရီသပသမ္ဖဿံ, တသ္မိံ ခေါ ပန သေနာသနေ ဝိဟရန္တဿ အပ္ပကသိရေနေဝ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇန္တိ စီဝရပိဏ္ဍပါတသေနာသနဂိလာနပစ္စယဘေသဇ္ဇပရိက္ခာရာ။ တသ္မိံ ခေါ ပန သေနာသနေ ထေရာ ဘိက္ခူ ဝိဟရန္တိ ဗဟုဿုတာ အာဂတာဂမာ ဓမ္မဓရာ ဝိနယဓရာ မာတိကာဓရာ, တေ ကာလေန ကာလံ ဥပသင်္ကမိတွာ ပရိပုစ္ဆတိ ပရိပဉှတိ ‘ဣဒံ, ဘန္တေ, ကထံ ဣမဿ ကော အတ္ထော’တိ, တဿ တေ အာယသ္မန္တော အဝိဝဋဉ္စေဝ ဝိဝရန္တိ, အနုတ္တာနီကတဉ္စ ဥတ္တာနီကရောန္တိ, အနေကဝိဟိတေသု စ ကင်္ခဋ္ဌာနိယေသု ဓမ္မေသု ကင်္ခံ ပဋိဝိနောဒေန္တိ။ ဧဝံ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သေနာသနံ ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတံ ဟောတီ’’တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၁၀။၁၁)။
အယံ ‘‘သမာဓိဘာဝနာယ အနနုရူပံ ဝိဟာရံ ပဟာယ အနုရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟရန္တေနာ’’တိ ဧတ္ထ ဝိတ္ထာရော။
ခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓာ
၅၄။ ခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာတိ ဧဝံ ပတိရူပေ ဝိဟာရေ ဝိဟရန္တေန ယေပိဿ တေ ဟောန္တိ ခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓာ, တေပိ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ သေယျထိဒံ, ဒီဃာနိ ကေသနခလောမာနိ ဆိန္ဒိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ ဇိဏ္ဏစီဝရေသု ဒဠှီကမ္မံ ဝါ တုန္နကမ္မံ ဝါ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ကိလိဋ္ဌာနိ ဝါ ရဇိတဗ္ဗာနိ။ သစေ ပတ္တေ မလံ ဟောတိ, ပတ္တော ပစိတဗ္ဗော။ မဉ္စပီဌာဒီနိ သောဓေတဗ္ဗာနီတိ။ ‘‘အယံ ခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓုပစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာ’’တိ ဧတ္ထ ဝိတ္ထာရော။
ဘာဝနာဝိဓာနံ
၅၅။ ဣဒါနိ သဗ္ဗံ ဘာဝနာဝိဓာနံ အပရိဟာပေန္တေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗောတိ ဧတ္ထ အယံ ပထဝီကသိဏံ အာဒိံ ကတွာ သဗ္ဗကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဝသေန ဝိတ္ထာရကထာ ဟောတိ။
ဧဝံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္နခုဒ္ဒကပလိဗောဓေန ဟိ ဘိက္ခုနာ ပစ္ဆာဘတ္တံ ပိဏ္ဍပါတပဋိက္ကန္တေန ဘတ္တသမ္မဒံ ပဋိဝိနောဒေတွာ ပဝိဝိတ္တေ ဩကာသေ သုခနိသိန္နေန ကတာယ ဝါ အကတာယ ဝါ ပထဝိယာ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဏှိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ –
‘‘ပထဝီကသိဏံ ဥဂ္ဂဏှန္တော ပထဝိယံ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဏှာတိ ကတေ ဝါ အကတေ ဝါ သာန္တကေ, နော အနန္တကေ, သကောဋိယေ, နော အကောဋိယေ, သဝဋ္ဋုမေ, နော အဝဋ္ဋုမေ, သပရိယန္တေ, နော အပရိယန္တေ, သုပ္ပမတ္တေ ဝါ သရာဝမတ္တေ ဝါ။ သော တံ နိမိတ္တံ သုဂ္ဂဟိတံ ကရောတိ, သူပဓာရိတံ ဥပဓာရေတိ, သုဝဝတ္ထိတံ ဝဝတ္ထပေတိ။ သော တံ နိမိတ္တံ သုဂ္ဂဟိတံ ကတွာ သူပဓာရိတံ ဥပဓာရေတွာ သုဝဝတ္ထိတံ ဝဝတ္ထပေတွာ အာနိသံသဒဿာဝီ ရတနသညီ ဟုတွာ စိတ္တီကာရံ ဥပဋ္ဌပေတွာ သမ္ပိယာယမာနော တသ္မိံ အာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တံ ဥပနိဗန္ဓတိ ‘အဒ္ဓါ ဣမာယ ပဋိပဒါယ ဇရာမရဏမှာ မုစ္စိဿာမီ’တိ။ သော ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ…ပေ… ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရတီ’’တိ။
တတ္ထ ယေန အတီတဘဝေပိ သာသနေ ဝါ ဣသိပဗ္ဗဇ္ဇာယ ဝါ ပဗ္ဗဇိတွာ ပထဝီကသိဏေ စတုက္ကပဉ္စကဇ္ဈာနာနိ နိဗ္ဗတ္တိတပုဗ္ဗာနိ, ဧဝရူပဿ ပုညဝတော ဥပနိဿယသမ္ပန္နဿ အကတာယ ပထဝိယာ ကသိတဋ္ဌာနေ ဝါ ခလမဏ္ဍလေ ဝါ နိမိတ္တံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, မလ္လကတ္ထေရဿ ဝိယ။ တဿ ကိရာယသ္မတော ကသိတဋ္ဌာနံ ဩလောကေန္တဿ တံဌာနပ္ပမာဏမေဝ နိမိတ္တံ ဥဒပါဒိ။ သော တံ ဝဍ္ဎေတွာ ပဉ္စကဇ္ဈာနာနိ နိဗ္ဗတ္တေတွာ ဈာနပဒဋ္ဌာနံ ဝိပဿနံ ပဋ္ဌပေတွာ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိ။
ယော ပနေဝံ အကတာဓိကာရော ဟောတိ, တေန အာစရိယသန္တိကေ ဥဂ္ဂဟိတကမ္မဋ္ဌာနဝိဓာနံ အဝိရာဓေတွာ စတ္တာရော ကသိဏဒေါသေ ပရိဟရန္တေန ကသိဏံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ နီလပီတလောဟိတဩဒါတသမ္ဘေဒဝသေန ဟိ စတ္တာရော ပထဝီကသိဏဒေါသာ။ တသ္မာ နီလာဒိဝဏ္ဏံ မတ္တိကံ အဂ္ဂဟေတွာ ဂင်္ဂါဝဟေ မတ္တိကာသဒိသာယ အရုဏဝဏ္ဏာယ မတ္တိကာယ ကသိဏံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ တဉ္စ ခေါ ဝိဟာရမဇ္ဈေ သာမဏေရာဒီနံ သဉ္စရဏဋ္ဌာနေ န ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝိဟာရပစ္စန္တေ ပန ပဋိစ္ဆန္နဋ္ဌာနေ ပဗ္ဘာရေ ဝါ ပဏ္ဏသာလာယ ဝါ သံဟာရိမံ ဝါ တတြဋ္ဌကံ ဝါ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ တတြ သံဟာရိမံ စတူသု ဒဏ္ဍကေသု ပိလောတိကံ ဝါ စမ္မံ ဝါ ကဋသာရကံ ဝါ ဗန္ဓိတွာ တတ္ထ အပနီတတိဏမူလသက္ခရကထလိကာယ သုမဒ္ဒိတာယ မတ္တိကာယ ဝုတ္တပ္ပမာဏံ ဝဋ္ဋံ လိမ္ပေတွာ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ တံ ပရိကမ္မကာလေ ဘူမိယံ အတ္ထရိတွာ ဩလောကေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတြဋ္ဌကံ ဘူမိယံ ပဒုမကဏ္ဏိကာကာရေန ခါဏုကေ အာကောဋေတွာ ဝလ္လီဟိ ဝိနန္ဓိတွာ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ယဒိ သာ မတ္တိကာ နပ္ပဟောတိ, အဓော အညံ ပက္ခိပိတွာ ဥပရိဘာဂေ သုပရိသောဓိတာယ အရုဏဝဏ္ဏာယ မတ္တိကာယ ဝိဒတ္ထိစတုရင်္ဂုလဝိတ္ထာရံ ဝဋ္ဋံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧတဒေဝ ဟိ ပမာဏံ သန္ဓာယ ‘‘သုပ္ပမတ္တံ ဝါ သရာဝမတ္တံ ဝါ’’တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ ‘‘သာန္တကေ နော အနန္တကေ’’တိအာဒိ ပနဿ ပရိစ္ဆေဒတ္ထာယ ဝုတ္တံ။
၅၆။ တသ္မာ ဧဝံ ဝုတ္တပ္ပမာဏပရိစ္ဆေဒံ ကတွာ ရုက္ခပါဏိကာ ဝိသဘာဂဝဏ္ဏံ သမုဋ္ဌပေတိ။ တသ္မာ တံ အဂ္ဂဟေတွာ ပါသာဏပါဏိကာယ ဃံသေတွာ သမံ ဘေရီတလသဒိသံ ကတွာ တံ ဌာနံ သမ္မဇ္ဇိတွာ နှတွာ အာဂန္တွာ ကသိဏမဏ္ဍလတော အဍ္ဎတေယျဟတ္ထန္တရေ ပဒေသေ ပညတ္တေ ဝိဒတ္ထိစတုရင်္ဂုလပါဒကေ သုအတ္ထတေ ပီဌေ နိသီဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ တတော ဒူရတရေ နိသိန္နဿ ဟိ ကသိဏံ န ဥပဋ္ဌာတိ, အာသန္နတရေ ကသိဏဒေါသာ ပညာယန္တိ။ ဥစ္စတရေ နိသိန္နေန ဂီဝံ ဩနမိတွာ ဩလောကေတဗ္ဗံ ဟောတိ, နီစတရေ ဇဏ္ဏုကာနိ ရုဇန္တိ။ တသ္မာ ဝုတ္တနယေနေဝ နိသီဒိတွာ ‘‘အပ္ပဿာဒါ ကာမာ’’တိအာဒိနာ နယေန ကာမေသု အာဒီနဝံ ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတွာ ကာမနိဿရဏေ သဗ္ဗဒုက္ခသမတိက္ကမုပါယဘူတေ နေက္ခမ္မေ ဇာတာဘိလာသေန ဗုဒ္ဓဓမ္မသံဃဂုဏာနုဿရဏေန ပီတိပါမောဇ္ဇံ ဇနယိတွာ ‘‘အယံ ဒါနိ သာ သဗ္ဗဗုဒ္ဓ ပစ္စေကဗုဒ္ဓ အရိယသာဝကေဟိ ပဋိပန္နာ နေက္ခမ္မပဋိပဒါ’’တိ ပဋိပတ္တိယာ သဉ္ဇာတဂါရဝေန ‘‘အဒ္ဓါ ဣမာယ ပဋိပဒါယ ပဝိဝေကသုခရသဿ ဘာဂီ ဘဝိဿာမီ’’တိ ဥဿာဟံ ဇနယိတွာ သမေန အာကာရေန စက္ခူနိ ဥမ္မီလေတွာ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဏှန္တေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ။
အတိဥမ္မီလယတော ဟိ စက္ခု ကိလမတိ, မဏ္ဍလဉ္စ အတိဝိဘူတံ ဟောတိ, တေနဿ နိမိတ္တံ နုပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ အတိမန္ဒံ ဥမ္မီလယတော မဏ္ဍလမဝိဘူတံ ဟောတိ, စိတ္တဉ္စ လီနံ ဟောတိ, ဧဝမ္ပိ နိမိတ္တံ နုပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တသ္မာ အာဒါသတလေ မုခနိမိတ္တဒဿိနာ ဝိယ သမေနာကာရေန စက္ခူနိ ဥမ္မီလေတွာ နိမိတ္တံ ဂဏှန္တေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ, န ဝဏ္ဏော ပစ္စဝေက္ခိတဗ္ဗော, န လက္ခဏံ မနသိကာတဗ္ဗံ။ အပိစ ဝဏ္ဏံ အမုဉ္စိတွာ နိဿယသဝဏ္ဏံ ကတွာ ဥဿဒဝသေန ပဏ္ဏတ္တိဓမ္မေ စိတ္တံ ပဋ္ဌပေတွာ မနသိ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ပထဝီ မဟီ, မေဒိနီ, ဘူမိ, ဝသုဓာ, ဝသုန္ဓရာတိအာဒီသု ပထဝီနာမေသု ယမိစ္ဆတိ, ယဒဿ သညာနုကူလံ ဟောတိ, တံ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗံ။ အပိစ ပထဝီတိ ဧတဒေဝ နာမံ ပါကဋံ, တသ္မာ ပါကဋဝသေနေဝ ပထဝီ ပထဝီတိ ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ။ ကာလေန ဥမ္မီလေတွာ ကာလေန နိမီလေတွာ အာဝဇ္ဇိတဗ္ဗံ။ ယာဝ ဥဂ္ဂဟနိမိတ္တံ နုပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တာဝ ကာလသတမ္ပိ ကာလသဟဿမ္ပိ တတော ဘိယျောပိ ဧတေနေဝ နယေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ။
၅၇။ တဿေဝံ ဘာဝယတော ယဒါ နိမီလေတွာ အာဝဇ္ဇန္တဿ ဥမ္မီလိတကာလေ ဝိယ အာပါထမာဂစ္ဆတိ, တဒါ ဥဂ္ဂဟနိမိတ္တံ ဇာတံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ တဿ ဇာတကာလတော ပဋ္ဌာယ န တသ္မိံ ဌာနေ နိသီဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ အတ္တနော ဝသနဋ္ဌာနံ ပဝိသိတွာ တတ္ထ နိသိန္နေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ။ ပါဒဓောဝနပပဉ္စပရိဟာရတ္ထံ ပနဿ ဧကပဋလိကုပါဟနာ စ ကတ္တရဒဏ္ဍော စ ဣစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗော။ အထာနေန သစေ တရုဏော သမာဓိ ကေနစိဒေဝ အသပ္ပါယကာရဏေန နဿတိ, ဥပါဟနာ အာရုယှ ကတ္တရဒဏ္ဍံ ဂဟေတွာ တံ ဌာနံ ဂန္တွာ နိမိတ္တံ အာဒါယ အာဂန္တွာ သုခနိသိန္နေန ဘာဝေတဗ္ဗံ, ပုနပ္ပုနံ သမန္နာဟရိတဗ္ဗံ, တက္ကာဟတံ ဝိတက္ကာဟတံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ တဿေဝံ ကရောန္တဿ အနုက္ကမေန နီဝရဏာနိ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘန္တိ, ကိလေသာ သန္နိသီဒန္တိ, ဥပစာရသမာဓိနာ စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ, ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။
တတြာယံ ပုရိမဿ စ ဥဂ္ဂဟနိမိတ္တဿ ဣမဿ စ ဝိသေသော, ဥဂ္ဂဟနိမိတ္တေ ကသိဏဒေါသော ပညာယတိ, ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ ထဝိကတော နိဟတာဒါသမဏ္ဍလံ ဝိယ သုဓောတသင်္ခထာလံ ဝိယ ဝလာဟကန္တရာ နိက္ခန္တစန္ဒမဏ္ဍလံ ဝိယ မေဃမုခေ ဗလာကာ ဝိယ ဥဂ္ဂဟနိမိတ္တံ ပဒါလေတွာ နိက္ခန္တမိဝ တတော သတဂုဏံ သဟဿဂုဏံ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ဟုတွာ ဥပဋ္ဌာတိ။ တဉ္စ ခေါ နေဝ ဝဏ္ဏဝန္တံ, န သဏ္ဌာနဝန္တံ။ ယဒိ ဟိ တံ ဤဒိသံ ဘဝေယျ, စက္ခုဝိညေယျံ သိယာ ဩဠာရိကံ သမ္မသနုပဂံ တိလက္ခဏဗ္ဘာဟတံ, န ပနေတံ တာဒိသံ။ ကေဝလဉှိ သမာဓိလာဘိနော ဥပဋ္ဌာနာကာရမတ္တံ သညဇမေတန္တိ။
၅၈။ ဥပ္ပန္နကာလတော စ ပနဿ ပဋ္ဌာယ နီဝရဏာနိ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘိတာနေဝ ဟောန္တိ, ကိလေသာ သန္နိသိန္နာဝ, ဥပစာရသမာဓိနာ စိတ္တံ သမာဟိတမေဝါတိ။
ဒုဝိဓော ဟိ သမာဓိ ဥပစာရသမာဓိ စ အပ္ပနာသမာဓိ စ။ ဒွီဟာကာရေဟိ စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ ဥပစာရဘူမိယံ ဝါ ပဋိလာဘဘူမိယံ ဝါ။ တတ္ထ ဥပစာရဘူမိယံ နီဝရဏပ္ပဟာနေန စိတ္တံ သမာဟိတံ ဟောတိ။ ပဋိလာဘဘူမိယံ အင်္ဂပါတုဘာဝေန။
ဒွိန္နံ ပန သမာဓီနံ ဣဒံ နာနာကာရဏံ, ဥပစာရေ အင်္ဂါနိ န ထာမဇာတာနိ ဟောန္တိ, အင်္ဂါနံ အထာမဇာတတ္တာ, ယထာ နာမ ဒဟရော ကုမာရကော ဥက္ခိပိတွာ ဌပိယမာနော ပုနပ္ပုနံ ဘူမိယံ ပတတိ, ဧဝမေဝ ဥပစာရေ ဥပ္ပန္နေ စိတ္တံ ကာလေန နိမိတ္တမာရမ္မဏံ ကရောတိ, ကာလေန ဘဝင်္ဂမောတရတိ။ အပ္ပနာယံ ပန အင်္ဂါနိ ထာမဇာတာနိ ဟောန္တိ, တေသံ ထာမဇာတတ္တာ, ယထာ နာမ ဗလဝါ ပုရိသော အာသနာ ဝုဋ္ဌာယ ဒိဝသမ္ပိ တိဋ္ဌေယျ, ဧဝမေဝ အပ္ပနာသမာဓိမှိ ဥပ္ပန္နေ စိတ္တံ သကိံ ဘဝင်္ဂဝါရံ ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ကေဝလမ္ပိ ရတ္တိံ ကေဝလမ္ပိ ဒိဝသံ တိဋ္ဌတိ, ကုသလဇဝနပဋိပါဋိဝသေနေဝ ပဝတ္တတီတိ။
တတြ ယဒေတံ ဥပစာရသမာဓိနာ သဒ္ဓိံ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ ဥပ္ပန္နံ, တဿ ဥပ္ပါဒနံ နာမ အတိဒုက္ကရံ။ တသ္မာ သစေ တေနေဝ ပလ္လင်္ကေန တံ နိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎေတွာ အပ္ပနံ အဓိဂန္တုံ သက္ကောတိ, သုန္ဒရံ။ နော စေ သက္ကောတိ, အထာနေန တံ နိမိတ္တံ အပ္ပမတ္တေန စက္ကဝတ္တိဂဗ္ဘော ဝိယ ရက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝဉှိ –
နိမိတ္တံ ရက္ခတော လဒ္ဓ-ပရိဟာနိ န ဝိဇ္ဇတိ၊
အာရက္ခမှိ အသန္တမှိ, လဒ္ဓံ လဒ္ဓံ ဝိနဿတိ။
သတ္တသပ္ပါယာ
၅၉။ တတြာယံ ရက္ခဏဝိဓိ –
အာဝါသော ဂေါစရော ဘဿံ, ပုဂ္ဂလော ဘောဇနံ ဥတု၊
ဣရိယာပထောတိ သတ္တေတေ, အသပ္ပါယေ ဝိဝဇ္ဇယေ။
သပ္ပါယေ သတ္တ သေဝေထ, ဧဝဉှိ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတော၊
နစိရေနေဝ ကာလေန, ဟောတိ ကဿစိ အပ္ပနာ။
တတြဿ ယသ္မိံ အာဝါသေ ဝသန္တဿ အနုပ္ပန္နံ ဝါ နိမိတ္တံ နုပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, ဥပ္ပန္နံ ဝါ ဝိနဿတိ, အနုပဋ္ဌိတာ စ သတိ န ဥပဋ္ဌာတိ, အသမာဟိတဉ္စ စိတ္တံ န သမာဓိယတိ, အယံ အသပ္ပါယော။ ယတ္ထ နိမိတ္တံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ စေဝ ထာဝရဉ္စ ဟောတိ, သတိ ဥပဋ္ဌာတိ, စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ နာဂပဗ္ဗတဝါသီပဓာနိယတိဿတ္ထေရဿ ဝိယ, အယံ သပ္ပါယော။ တသ္မာ ယသ္မိံ ဝိဟာရေ ဗဟူ အာဝါသာ ဟောန္တိ, တတ္ထ ဧကမေကသ္မိံ တီဏိ တီဏိ ဒိဝသာနိ ဝသိတွာ ယတ္ထဿ စိတ္တံ ဧကဂ္ဂံ ဟောတိ, တတ္ထ ဝသိတဗ္ဗံ။ အာဝါသသပ္ပါယတာယ ဟိ တမ္ဗပဏ္ဏိဒီပမှိ စူဠနာဂလေဏေ ဝသန္တာ တတ္ထေဝ ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနံ ဂဟေတွာ ပဉ္စသတာ ဘိက္ခူ အရဟတ္တံ ပါပုဏိံသု။ သောတာပန္နာဒီနံ ပန အညတ္ထ အရိယဘူမိံ ပတွာ တတ္ထ အရဟတ္တပ္ပတ္တာနဉ္စ ဂဏနာ နတ္ထိ။ ဧဝမညေသုပိ စိတ္တလပဗ္ဗတဝိဟာရာဒီသု။
ဂေါစရဂါမော ပန ယော သေနာသနတော ဥတ္တရေန ဝါ ဒက္ခိဏေန ဝါ နာတိဒူရေ ဒိယဍ္ဎကောသဗ္ဘန္တရေ ဟောတိ သုလဘသမ္ပန္နဘိက္ခော, သော သပ္ပါယော။ ဝိပရီတော အသပ္ပါယော။
ဘဿန္တိ ဒွတ္တိံသတိရစ္ဆာနကထာပရိယာပန္နံ အသပ္ပါယံ, တဉှိဿ နိမိတ္တန္တရဓာနာယ သံဝတ္တတိ။ ဒသကထာဝတ္ထုနိဿိတံ သပ္ပါယံ, တမ္ပိ မတ္တာယ ဘာသိတဗ္ဗံ။
ပုဂ္ဂလောပိ အတိရစ္ဆာနကထိကော သီလာဒိဂုဏသမ္ပန္နော, ယံ နိဿာယ အသမာဟိတံ ဝါ စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ, သမာဟိတံ ဝါ စိတ္တံ ထိရတရံ ဟောတိ, ဧဝရူပေါ သပ္ပါယော။ ကာယဒဠှီဗဟုလော ပန တိရစ္ဆာနကထိကော အသပ္ပါယော။ သော ဟိ တံ ကဒ္ဒမောဒကမိဝ အစ္ဆံ ဥဒကံ မလီနမေဝ ကရောတိ, တာဒိသဉ္စ အာဂမ္မ ကောဋပဗ္ဗတဝါသီဒဟရဿေဝ သမာပတ္တိပိ နဿတိ, ပဂေဝ နိမိတ္တံ။
ဘောဇနံ ပန ကဿစိ မဓုရံ, ကဿစိ အမ္ဗိလံ သပ္ပါယံ ဟောတိ။ ဥတုပိ ကဿစိ သီတော, ကဿစိ ဥဏှော သပ္ပါယော ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ ယံ ဘောဇနံ ဝါ ဥတုံ ဝါ သေဝန္တဿ ဖာသု ဟောတိ, အသမာဟိတံ ဝါ စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ, သမာဟိတံ ဝါ ထိရတရံ ဟောတိ, တံ ဘောဇနံ သော စ ဥတု သပ္ပါယော။ ဣတရံ ဘောဇနံ ဣတရော စ ဥတု အသပ္ပါယော။
ဣရိယာပထေသုပိ ကဿစိ စင်္ကမော သပ္ပါယော ဟောတိ, ကဿစိ သယနဋ္ဌာနနိသဇ္ဇာနံ အညတရော။ တသ္မာ တံ အာဝါသံ ဝိယ တီဏိ ဒိဝသာနိ ဥပပရိက္ခိတွာ ယသ္မိံ ဣရိယာပထေ အသမာဟိတံ ဝါ စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ, သမာဟိတံ ဝါ ထိရတရံ ဟောတိ, သော သပ္ပါယော။ ဣတရော အသပ္ပါယောတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။
ဣတိ ဣမံ သတ္တဝိဓံ အသပ္ပါယံ ဝဇ္ဇေတွာ သပ္ပါယံ သေဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ ပဋိပန္နဿ ဟိ နိမိတ္တာသေဝနဗဟုလဿ နစိရေနေဝ ကာလေန ဟောတိ ကဿစိ အပ္ပနာ။
ဒသဝိဓအပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ
၆၀။ ယဿ ပန ဧဝမ္ပိ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတော န ဟောတိ, တေန ဒသဝိဓံ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတြာယံ နယော, ဒသာဟာကာရေဟိ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ ဣစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗံ, ဝတ္ထုဝိသဒကိရိယတော, ဣန္ဒြိယသမတ္တပဋိပါဒနတော, နိမိတ္တကုသလတော, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဏှာတိ, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသိတဗ္ဗံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသေတိ, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, အသမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတော, သမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတော, တဒဓိမုတ္တတောတိ။
၆၁။ တတ္ထ ဝတ္ထုဝိသဒကိရိယာ နာမ အဇ္ဈတ္တိကဗာဟိရာနံ ဝတ္ထူနံ ဝိသဒဘာဝကရဏံ။ ယဒါ ဟိဿ ကေသနခလောမာနိ ဒီဃာနိ ဟောန္တိ, သရီရံ ဝါ သေဒမလဂ္ဂဟိတံ, တဒါ အဇ္ဈတ္တိကဝတ္ထု အဝိသဒံ ဟောတိ အပရိသုဒ္ဓံ။ ယဒါ ပနဿ စီဝရံ ဇိဏ္ဏံ ကိလိဋ္ဌံ ဒုဂ္ဂန္ဓံ ဟောတိ, သေနာသနံ ဝါ ဥက္လာပံ ဟောတိ, တဒါ ဗာဟိရဝတ္ထု အဝိသဒံ ဟောတိ အပရိသုဒ္ဓံ။ အဇ္ဈတ္တိကဗာဟိရေ စ ဝတ္ထုမှိ အဝိသဒေ ဥပ္ပန္နေသု စိတ္တစေတသိကေသု ဉာဏမ္ပိ အပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ဟောတိ, အပရိသုဒ္ဓါနိ ဒီပကပလ္လိကဝဋ္ဋိတေလာနိ နိဿာယ ဥပ္ပန္နဒီပသိခါယ ဩဘာသော ဝိယ။ အပရိသုဒ္ဓေန ဉာဏေန သင်္ခါရေ သမ္မသတော သင်္ခါရာပိ အဝိဘူတာ ဟောန္တိ, ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနမနုယုဉ္ဇတော ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနမ္ပိ ဝုဍ္ဎိံ ဝိရုဠှိံ ဝေပုလ္လံ န ဂစ္ဆတိ။ ဝိသဒေ ပန အဇ္ဈတ္တိကဗာဟိရေ ဝတ္ထုမှိ ဥပ္ပန္နေသု စိတ္တစေတသိကေသု ဉာဏမ္ပိ ဝိသဒံ ဟောတိ ပရိသုဒ္ဓံ, ပရိသုဒ္ဓါနိ ဒီပကပလ္လိကဝဋ္ဋိတေလာနိ နိဿာယ ဥပ္ပန္နဒီပသိခါယ ဩဘာသော ဝိယ။ ပရိသုဒ္ဓေန စ ဉာဏေန သင်္ခါရေ သမ္မသတော သင်္ခါရာပိ ဝိဘူတာ ဟောန္တိ, ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနမနုယုဉ္ဇတော ကမ္မဋ္ဌာနမ္ပိ ဝုဍ္ဎိံ ဝိရူဠှိံ ဝေပုလ္လံ ဂစ္ဆတိ။
၆၂။ ဣန္ဒြိယသမတ္တပဋိပါဒနံ နာမ သဒ္ဓါဒီနံ ဣန္ဒြိယာနံ သမဘာဝကရဏံ။ သစေ ဟိဿ သဒ္ဓိန္ဒြိယံ ဗလဝံ ဟောတိ ဣတရာနိ မန္ဒာနိ, တတော ဝီရိယိန္ဒြိယံ ပဂ္ဂဟကိစ္စံ, သတိန္ဒြိယံ ဥပဋ္ဌာနကိစ္စံ, သမာဓိန္ဒြိယံ အဝိက္ခေပကိစ္စံ, ပညိန္ဒြိယံ ဒဿနကိစ္စံ ကာတုံ န သက္ကောတိ, တသ္မာ တံ ဓမ္မသဘာဝပစ္စဝေက္ခဏေန ဝါ ယထာ ဝါ မနသိကရောတော ဗလဝံ ဇာတံ, တထာ အမနသိကာရေန ဟာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဝက္ကလိတ္ထေရဝတ္ထု စေတ္ထ နိဒဿနံ။ သစေ ပန ဝီရိယိန္ဒြိယံ ဗလဝံ ဟောတိ, အထ နေဝ သဒ္ဓိန္ဒြိယံ အဓိမောက္ခကိစ္စံ ကာတုံ သက္ကောတိ, န ဣတရာနိ ဣတရကိစ္စဘေဒံ, တသ္မာ တံ ပဿဒ္ဓါဒိဘာဝနာယ ဟာပေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတြာပိ သောဏတ္ထေရဝတ္ထု ဒဿေတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧဝံ သေသေသုပိ ဧကဿ ဗလဝဘာဝေ သတိ ဣတရေသံ အတ္တနော ကိစ္စေသု အသမတ္ထတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဝိသေသတော ပနေတ္ထ သဒ္ဓါပညာနံ သမာဓိဝီရိယာနဉ္စ သမတံ ပသံသန္တိ။ ဗလဝသဒ္ဓေါ ဟိ မန္ဒပညော မုဒ္ဓပ္ပသန္နော ဟောတိ, အဝတ္ထုသ္မိံ ပသီဒတိ။ ဗလဝပညော မန္ဒသဒ္ဓေါ ကေရာဋိကပက္ခံ ဘဇတိ, ဘေသဇ္ဇသမုဋ္ဌိတော ဝိယ ရောဂေါ အတေကိစ္ဆော ဟောတိ။ ဥဘိန္နံ သမတာယ ဝတ္ထုသ္မိံယေဝ ပသီဒတိ။ ဗလဝသမာဓိံ ပန မန္ဒဝီရိယံ သမာဓိဿ ကောသဇ္ဇပက္ခတ္တာ ကောသဇ္ဇံ အဘိဘဝတိ။ ဗလဝဝီရိယံ မန္ဒသမာဓိံ ဝီရိယဿ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စပက္ခတ္တာ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စံ အဘိဘဝတိ။ သမာဓိ ပန ဝီရိယေန သံယောဇိတော ကောသဇ္ဇေ ပတိတုံ န လဘတိ။ ဝီရိယံ သမာဓိနာ သံယောဇိတံ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စေ ပတိတုံ န လဘတိ, တသ္မာ တဒုဘယံ သမံ ကာတဗ္ဗံ။ ဥဘယသမတာယ ဟိ အပ္ပနာ ဟောတိ။ အပိစ သမာဓိကမ္မိကဿ ဗလဝတီပိ သဒ္ဓါ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဧဝံ သဒ္ဒဟန္တော ဩကပ္ပေန္တော အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏိဿတိ။ သမာဓိပညာသု ပန သမာဓိကမ္မိကဿ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ ဗလဝတီ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဧဝဉှိ သော အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏာတိ။ ဝိပဿနာကမ္မိကဿ ပညာ ဗလဝတီ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ ဧဝဉှိ သော လက္ခဏပဋိဝေဓံ ပါပုဏာတိ။ ဥဘိန္နံ ပန သမတာယပိ အပ္ပနာ ဟောတိယေဝ။ သတိ ပန သဗ္ဗတ္ထ ဗလဝတီ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ သတိ ဟိ စိတ္တံ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စပက္ခိကာနံ သဒ္ဓါဝီရိယပညာနံ ဝသေန ဥဒ္ဓစ္စပါတတော ကောသဇ္ဇပက္ခေန စ သမာဓိနာ ကောသဇ္ဇပါတတော ရက္ခတိ, တသ္မာ သာ လောဏဓူပနံ ဝိယ သဗ္ဗဗျဉ္ဇနေသု, သဗ္ဗကမ္မိကအမစ္စော ဝိယ စ သဗ္ဗရာဇကိစ္စေသု သဗ္ဗတ္ထ ဣစ္ဆိတဗ္ဗာ။ တေနာဟ – ‘‘သတိ စ ပန သဗ္ဗတ္ထိကာ ဝုတ္တာ ဘဂဝတာ။ ကိံ ကာရဏာ? စိတ္တဉှိ သတိပဋိသရဏံ, အာရက္ခပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနာ စ သတိ, န ဝိနာ သတိယာ စိတ္တဿ ပဂ္ဂဟနိဂ္ဂဟော ဟောတီ’’တိ။
၆၃။ နိမိတ္တကောသလ္လံ နာမ ပထဝီကသိဏာဒိကဿ စိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာနိမိတ္တဿ အကတဿ ကရဏကောသလ္လံ, ကတဿ စ ဘာဝနာကောသလ္လံ, ဘာဝနာယ လဒ္ဓဿ ရက္ခဏကောသလ္လဉ္စ, တံ ဣဓ အဓိပ္ပေတံ။
၆၄။ ကထဉ္စ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဏှာတိ? ယဒါဿ အတိသိထိလဝီရိယတာဒီဟိ လီနံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, တဒါ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော တယော အဘာဝေတွာ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော ဘာဝေတိ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဘဂဝတာ –
‘‘သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော ပရိတ္တံ အဂ္ဂိံ ဥဇ္ဇာလေတုကာမော အဿ, သော တတ္ထ အလ္လာနိ စေဝ တိဏာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, အလ္လာနိ စ ဂေါမယာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, အလ္လာနိ စ ကဋ္ဌာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, ဥဒကဝါတဉ္စ ဒဒေယျ, ပံသုကေန စ ဩကိရေယျ, ဘဗ္ဗော နု ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော ပရိတ္တံ အဂ္ဂိံ ဥဇ္ဇာလေတုန္တိ? နော ဟေတံ, ဘန္တေ။ ဧဝမေဝ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ လီနံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, အကာလော တသ္မိံ သမယေ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, အကာလော သမာဓိ…ပေ… အကာလော ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? လီနံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, စိတ္တံ, တံ ဧတေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ ဒုသမုဋ္ဌာပယံ ဟောတိ။ ယသ္မိံ စ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, လီနံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ကာလော တသ္မိံ သမယေ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, ကာလော ဝီရိယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, ကာလော ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? လီနံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, စိတ္တံ, တံ ဧတေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ သုသမုဋ္ဌာပယံ ဟောတိ။ သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော ပရိတ္တံ အဂ္ဂိံ ဥဇ္ဇာလေတုကာမော အဿ, သော တတ္ထ သုက္ခာနိ စေဝ တိဏာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, သုက္ခာနိ စ ဂေါမယာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, သုက္ခာနိ စ ကဋ္ဌာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ, မုခဝါတဉ္စ ဒဒေယျ, န စ ပံသုကေန ဩကိရေယျ, ဘဗ္ဗော နု ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော ပရိတ္တံ အဂ္ဂိံ ဥဇ္ဇာလေတုန္တိ? ဧဝံ ဘန္တေ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၄)။
ဧတ္ထ စ ယထာသကမာဟာရဝသေန ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒီနံ ဘာဝနာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ –
‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကုသလာကုသလာ ဓမ္မာ သာဝဇ္ဇာနဝဇ္ဇာ ဓမ္မာ ဟီနပ္ပဏီတာ ဓမ္မာ ကဏှသုက္ကသပ္ပဋိဘာဂါ ဓမ္မာ။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ
ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တထာ ‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, အာရမ္ဘဓာတု နိက္ကမဓာတု ပရက္ကမဓာတု။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ဝီရိယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ဝီရိယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တထာ ‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဋ္ဌာနိယာ ဓမ္မာ။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တတ္ထ သဘာဝသာမညလက္ခဏပဋိဝေဓဝသေန ပဝတ္တမနသိကာရော ကုသလာဒီသု ယောနိသော မနသိကာရော နာမ။ အာရမ္ဘဓာတုအာဒီနံ ဥပ္ပါဒနဝသေန ပဝတ္တမနသိကာရော အာရမ္ဘဓာတုအာဒီသု ယောနိသော မနသိကာရော နာမ။ တတ္ထ အာရမ္ဘဓာတူတိ ပဌမဝီရိယံ ဝုစ္စတိ။ နိက္ကမဓာတူတိ ကောသဇ္ဇတော နိက္ခန္တတ္တာ တတော ဗလဝတရံ။ ပရက္ကမဓာတူတိ ပရံ ပရံ ဌာနံ အက္ကမနတော တတောပိ ဗလဝတရံ။ ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဋ္ဌာနိယာ ဓမ္မာတိ ပန ပီတိယာ ဧဝ ဧတံ နာမံ။ တဿာပိ ဥပ္ပါဒကမနသိကာရောဝ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရော နာမ။
အပိစ သတ္တ ဓမ္မာ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ ပရိပုစ္ဆကတာ, ဝတ္ထုဝိသဒကိရိယာ, ဣန္ဒြိယသမတ္တပဋိပါဒနာ, ဒုပ္ပညပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနာ, ပညဝန္တပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနာ, ဂမ္ဘီရဉာဏစရိယပစ္စဝေက္ခဏာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။
ဧကာဒသဓမ္မာ ဝီရိယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ အပါယာဒိဘယပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, ဝီရိယာယတ္တလောကိယလောကုတ္တရဝိသေသာဓိဂမာနိသံသဒဿိတာ, ‘‘ဗုဒ္ဓပစ္စေကဗုဒ္ဓမဟာသာဝကေဟိ ဂတမဂ္ဂေါ မယာ ဂန္တဗ္ဗော, သော စ န သက္ကာ ကုသီတေန ဂန္တု’’န္တိ ဧဝံ ဂမနဝီထိပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, ဒါယကာနံ မဟပ္ဖလဘာဝကရဏေန ပိဏ္ဍာပစာယနတာ, ‘‘ဝီရိယာရမ္ဘဿ ဝဏ္ဏဝါဒီ မေ သတ္ထာ, သော စ အနတိက္ကမနီယသာသနော အမှာကဉ္စ ဗဟူပကာရော ပဋိပတ္တိယာ စ ပူဇိယမာနော ပူဇိတော ဟောတိ န ဣတရထာ’’တိ ဧဝံ သတ္ထု မဟတ္တပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, ‘‘သဒ္ဓမ္မသင်္ခါတံ မေ မဟာဒါယဇ္ဇံ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ, တဉ္စ န သက္ကာ ကုသီတေန ဂဟေတု’’န္တိ ဧဝံ ဒါယဇ္ဇမဟတ္တပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, အာလောကသညာမနသိကာရဣရိယာပထပရိဝတ္တနအဗ္ဘောကာသသေဝနာဒီဟိ ထိနမိဒ္ဓဝိနောဒနတာ, ကုသီတပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ, အာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ, သမ္မပ္ပဓာနပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။
ဧကာဒသဓမ္မာ ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ ဗုဒ္ဓါနုဿတိ, ဓမ္မ… သံဃ… သီလ… စာဂ… ဒေဝတာနုဿတိ, ဥပသမာနုဿတိ, လူခပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ, သိနိဒ္ဓပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ, ပသာဒနိယသုတ္တန္တပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။ ဣတိ ဣမေဟိ အာကာရေဟိ ဧတေ ဓမ္မေ ဥပ္ပါဒေန္တော ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော ဘာဝေတိ နာမ။ ဧဝံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ ပဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။
၆၅။ ကထံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ? ယဒါဿ အစ္စာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယတာဒီဟိ ဥဒ္ဓတံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, တဒါ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော တယော အဘာဝေတွာ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော ဘာဝေတိ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဘဂဝတာ –
‘‘သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ နိဗ္ဗာပေတုကာမော အဿ, သော တတ္ထ သုက္ခာနိ စေဝ တိဏာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ…ပေ… န စ ပံသုကေန ဩကိရေယျ, ဘဗ္ဗော နု ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ နိဗ္ဗာပေတုန္တိ? နော ဟေတံ, ဘန္တေ။ ဧဝမေဝ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ယသ္မိံ သမယေ ဥဒ္ဓတံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, အကာလော တသ္မိံ သမယေ ဓမ္မဝိစယသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, အကာလော ဝီရိယ…ပေ… အကာလော ပီတိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? ဥဒ္ဓတံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, စိတ္တံ, တံ ဧတေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ ဒုဝူပသမယံ ဟောတိ။ ယသ္မိံ စ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သမယေ ဥဒ္ဓတံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ကာလော တသ္မိံ သမယေ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, ကာလော သမာဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ, ကာလော ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘာဝနာယ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? ဥဒ္ဓတံ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, စိတ္တံ, တံ ဧတေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ သုဝူပသမယံ ဟောတိ။ သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ နိဗ္ဗာပေတုကာမော အဿ, သော တတ္ထ အလ္လာနိ စေဝ တိဏာနိ ပက္ခိပေယျ ။ပ။
ပံသုကေန စ ဩကိရေယျ, ဘဗ္ဗော နု ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပုရိသော မဟန္တံ အဂ္ဂိက္ခန္ဓံ နိဗ္ဗာပေတုန္တိ? ဧဝံ, ဘန္တေ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၄)။
ဧတ္ထာပိ ယထာသကံ အာဟာရဝသေန ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒီနံ ဘာဝနာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဘဂဝတာ –
‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ကာယပဿဒ္ဓိ စိတ္တပဿဒ္ဓိ။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တထာ ‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သမထနိမိတ္တံ အဗျဂ္ဂနိမိတ္တံ။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ သမာဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ သမာဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တထာ ‘‘အတ္ထိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဋ္ဌာနိယာ ဓမ္မာ။ တတ္ထ ယောနိသော မနသိကာရဗဟုလီကာရော, အယမာဟာရော အနုပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ ဥပ္ပန္နဿ ဝါ ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဘိယျောဘာဝါယ ဝေပုလ္လာယ ဘာဝနာယ ပါရိပူရိယာ သံဝတ္တတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၂၃၂)။
တတ္ထ ယထာဿ ပဿဒ္ဓိအာဒယော ဥပ္ပန္နပုဗ္ဗာ, တံ အာကာရံ သလ္လက္ခေတွာ တေသံ ဥပ္ပါဒနဝသေန ပဝတ္တမနသိကာရောဝ တီသုပိ ပဒေသု ယောနိသော မနသိကာရော နာမ။ သမထနိမိတ္တန္တိ စ သမထဿေဝေတမဓိဝစနံ။ အဝိက္ခေပဋ္ဌေန စ တဿေဝ အဗျဂ္ဂနိမိတ္တန္တိ။
အပိစ သတ္တ ဓမ္မာ ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ ပဏီတဘောဇနသေဝနတာ, ဥတုသုခသေဝနတာ, ဣရိယာပထသုခသေဝနတာ, မဇ္ဈတ္တပယောဂတာ, သာရဒ္ဓကာယပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ, ပဿဒ္ဓကာယပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။
ဧကာဒသ ဓမ္မာ သမာဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ ဝတ္ထုဝိသဒတာ, နိမိတ္တကုသလတာ, ဣန္ဒြိယသမတ္တပဋိပါဒနတာ, သမယေ စိတ္တဿ နိဂ္ဂဟဏတာ, သမယေ စိတ္တဿ ပဂ္ဂဟဏတာ, နိရဿာဒဿ စိတ္တဿ သဒ္ဓါသံဝေဂဝသေန သမ္ပဟံသနတာ, သမ္မာပဝတ္တဿ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခနတာ, အသမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ, သမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ, ဈာနဝိမောက္ခပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။
ပဉ္စ ဓမ္မာ ဥပေက္ခာသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂဿ ဥပ္ပါဒါယ သံဝတ္တန္တိ သတ္တမဇ္ဈတ္တတာ, သင်္ခါရမဇ္ဈတ္တတာ, သတ္တသင်္ခါရကေလာယနပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ, သတ္တသင်္ခါရမဇ္ဈတ္တပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ, တဒဓိမုတ္တတာတိ။ ဣတိ ဣမေဟာကာရေဟိ ဧတေ ဓမ္မေ ဥပ္ပါဒေန္တော ပဿဒ္ဓိသမ္ဗောဇ္ဈင်္ဂါဒယော ဘာဝေတိ နာမ။ ဧဝံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ နိဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။
၆၆။ ကထံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသိတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသေတိ? ယဒါဿ ပညာပယောဂမန္ဒတာယ ဝါ ဥပသမသုခါနဓိဂမေန ဝါ နိရဿာဒံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, တဒါ နံ အဋ္ဌသံဝေဂဝတ္ထုပစ္စဝေက္ခဏေန သံဝေဇေတိ။ အဋ္ဌ သံဝေဂဝတ္ထူနိ နာမ ဇာတိဇရာဗျာဓိမရဏာနိ စတ္တာရိ, အပါယဒုက္ခံ ပဉ္စမံ, အတီတေ ဝဋ္ဋမူလကံ ဒုက္ခံ, အနာဂတေ ဝဋ္ဋမူလကံ ဒုက္ခံ, ပစ္စုပ္ပန္နေ အာဟာရပရိယေဋ္ဌိမူလကံ ဒုက္ခန္တိ။ ဗုဒ္ဓဓမ္မသံဃဂုဏာနုဿရဏေန စဿ ပသာဒံ ဇနေတိ။ ဧဝံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသိတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ သမ္ပဟံသေတိ။
ကထံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ? ယဒါဿ ဧဝံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတော အလီနံ အနုဒ္ဓတံ အနိရဿာဒံ အာရမ္မဏေ သမပ္ပဝတ္တံ သမထဝီထိပဋိပန္နံ စိတ္တံ ဟောတိ, တဒါဿ ပဂ္ဂဟနိဂ္ဂဟသမ္ပဟံသနေသု န ဗျာပါရံ အာပဇ္ဇတိ, သာရထိ ဝိယ သမပ္ပဝတ္တေသု အဿေသု။ ဧဝံ ယသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခိတဗ္ဗံ, တသ္မိံ သမယေ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ။
အသမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလပရိဝဇ္ဇနတာ နာမ နေက္ခမ္မပဋိပဒံ အနာရုဠှပုဗ္ဗာနံ အနေကကိစ္စပသုတာနံ ဝိက္ခိတ္တဟဒယာနံ ပုဂ္ဂလာနံ အာရကာ ပရိစ္စာဂေါ။
သမာဟိတပုဂ္ဂလသေဝနတာ နာမ နေက္ခမ္မပဋိပဒံ ပဋိပန္နာနံ သမာဓိလာဘီနံ ပုဂ္ဂလာနံ ကာလေန ကာလံ ဥပသင်္ကမနံ။
တဒဓိမုတ္တတာ နာမ သမာဓိအဓိမုတ္တတာ သမာဓိဂရုသမာဓိနိန္နသမာဓိပေါဏသမာဓိပဗ္ဘာရတာတိ အတ္ထော။
ဧဝမေတံ ဒသဝိဓံ အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ သမ္ပာဒေတဗ္ဗံ။
၆၇။ ဧဝဉှိ သမ္ပာဒယတော, အပ္ပနာကောသလ္လံ ဣမံ၊
ပဋိလဒ္ဓေ နိမိတ္တသ္မိံ, အပ္ပနာ သမ္ပဝတ္တတိ။
ဧဝဉှိ ပဋိပန္နဿ, သစေ သာ နပ္ပဝတ္တတိ၊
တထာပိ န ဇဟေ ယောဂံ, ဝါယမေထေဝ ပဏ္ဍိတော။
ဟိတွာ ဟိ သမ္မာဝါယာမံ, ဝိသေသံ နာမ မာဏဝေါ၊
အဓိဂစ္ဆေ ပရိတ္တမ္ပိ, ဌာနမေတံ န ဝိဇ္ဇတိ။
စိတ္တပ္ပဝတ္တိအာကာရံ, တသ္မာ သလ္လက္ခယံ ဗုဓော၊
သမတံ ဝီရိယဿေဝ, ယောဇယေထ ပုနပ္ပုနံ။
ဤသကမ္ပိ လယံ ယန္တံ, ပဂ္ဂဏှေထေဝ မာနသံ၊
အစ္စာရဒ္ဓံ နိသေဓေတွာ, သမမေဝ ပဝတ္တယေ။
ရေဏုမှိ ဥပ္ပလဒလေ, သုတ္တေ နာဝါယ နာဠိယာ၊
ယထာ မဓုကရာဒီနံ, ပဝတ္တိ သမ္မဝဏ္ဏိတာ။
လီနဥဒ္ဓတဘာဝေဟိ, မောစယိတွာန သဗ္ဗသော၊
ဧဝံ နိမိတ္တာဘိမုခံ, မာနသံ ပဋိပါဒယေတိ။
နိမိတ္တာဘိမုခပဋိပါဒနံ
၆၈။ တတြာယမတ္ထဒီပနာ – ယထာ ဟိ အဆေကော မဓုကရော အသုကသ္မိံ ရုက္ခေ ပုပ္ဖံ ပုပ္ဖိတန္တိ ဉတွာ တိက္ခေန ဝေဂေန ပက္ခန္ဒော တံ အတိက္ကမိတွာ ပဋိနိဝတ္တေန္တော ခီဏေ ရေဏုမှိ သမ္ပာပုဏာတိ။ အပရော အဆေကော မန္ဒေန ဇဝေန ပက္ခန္ဒော ခီဏေယေဝ သမ္ပာပုဏာတိ။ ဆေကော ပန သမေန ဇဝေန ပက္ခန္ဒော သုခေန ပုပ္ဖရာသိံ သမ္ပတွာ ယာဝဒိစ္ဆကံ ရေဏုံ အာဒါယ မဓုံ သမ္ပာဒေတွာ မဓုရသမနုဘဝတိ။
ယထာ စ သလ္လကတ္တအန္တေဝါသိကေသု ဥဒကထာလဂတေ ဥပ္ပလပတ္တေ သတ္ထကမ္မံ သိက္ခန္တေသု ဧကော အဆေကော ဝေဂေန သတ္ထံ ပါတေန္တော ဥပ္ပလပတ္တံ ဒွိဓာ ဝါ ဆိန္ဒတိ, ဥဒကေ ဝါ ပဝေသေတိ။ အပရော အဆေကော ဆိဇ္ဇနပဝေသနဘယာ သတ္ထကေန ဖုသိတုမ္ပိ န ဝိသဟတိ။ ဆေကော ပန သမေန ပယောဂေန တတ္ထ သတ္ထပဟာရံ ဒဿေတွာ ပရိယောဒါတသိပ္ပေါ ဟုတွာ တထာရူပေသု ဌာနေသု ကမ္မံ ကတွာ လာဘံ လဘတိ။
ယထာ စ ယော စတုဗျာမပ္ပမာဏံ မက္ကဋသုတ္တမာဟရတိ, သော စတ္တာရိ သဟဿာနိ လဘတီတိ ရညာ ဝုတ္တေ ဧကော အဆေကပုရိသော ဝေဂေန မက္ကဋသုတ္တမာကဍ္ဎန္တော တဟိံ တဟိံ ဆိန္ဒတိယေဝ။ အပရော အဆေကော ဆေဒနဘယာ ဟတ္ထေန ဖုသိတုမ္ပိ န ဝိသဟတိ။ ဆေကော ပန ကောဋိတော ပဋ္ဌာယ သမေန ပယောဂေန ဒဏ္ဍကေ ဝေဓေတွာ အာဟရိတွာ လာဘံ လဘတိ။
ယထာ စ အဆေကော နိယာမကော ဗလဝဝါတေ လင်္ကာရံ ပူရေန္တော နာဝံ ဝိဒေသံ ပက္ခန္ဒာပေတိ။ အပရော အဆေကော မန္ဒဝါတေ လင်္ကာရံ ဩရောပေန္တော နာဝံ တတ္ထေဝ ဌပေတိ။ ဆေကော ပန မန္ဒဝါတေ လင်္ကာရံ ပူရေတွာ ဗလဝဝါတေ အဍ္ဎလင်္ကာရံ ကတွာ သောတ္ထိနာ ဣစ္ဆိတဋ္ဌာနံ ပါပုဏာတိ။
ယထာ စ ယော တေလေန အဆဍ္ဍေန္တော နာဠိံ ပူရေတိ, သော လာဘံ လဘတီတိ အာစရိယေန အန္တေဝါသိကာနံ ဝုတ္တေ ဧကော အဆေကော လာဘလုဒ္ဓေါ ဝေဂေန ပူရေန္တော တေလံ ဆဍ္ဍေတိ။ အပရော အဆေကော တေလဆဍ္ဍနဘယာ အာသိဉ္စိတုမ္ပိ န ဝိသဟတိ။ ဆေကော ပန သမေန ပယောဂေန ပူရေတွာ လာဘံ လဘတိ။
ဧဝမေဝ ဧကော ဘိက္ခု ဥပ္ပန္နေ နိမိတ္တေ သီဃမေဝ အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏိဿာမီတိ ဂါဠှံ ဝီရိယံ ကရောတိ, တဿ စိတ္တံ အစ္စာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယတ္တာ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စေ ပတတိ, သော န သက္ကောတိ အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏိတုံ။ ဧကော အစ္စာရဒ္ဓဝီရိယတာယ ဒေါသံ ဒိသွာ ကိံ ဒါနိမေ အပ္ပနာယာတိ ဝီရိယံ ဟာပေတိ, တဿ စိတ္တံ အတိလီနဝီရိယတ္တာ ကောသဇ္ဇေ ပတတိ, သောပိ န သက္ကောတိ အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏိတုံ။ ယော ပန ဤသကမ္ပိ လီနံ လီနဘာဝတော ဥဒ္ဓတံ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စတော မောစေတွာ သမေန ပယောဂေန နိမိတ္တာဘိမုခံ ပဝတ္တေတိ, သော အပ္ပနံ ပါပုဏာတိ, တာဒိသေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဣမမတ္ထံ သန္ဓာယ ဧတံ ဝုတ္တံ –
ရေဏုမှိ ဥပ္ပလဒလေ, သုတ္တေ နာဝါယ နာဠိယာ၊
ယထာ မဓုကရာဒီနံ, ပဝတ္တိ သမ္မဝဏ္ဏိတာ။
လီနဥဒ္ဓတဘာဝေဟိ, မောစယိတွာန သဗ္ဗသော၊
ဧဝံ နိမိတ္တာဘိမုခံ, မာနသံ ပဋိပါဒယေတိ။
ပဌမဇ္ဈာနကထာ
၆၉။ ဣတိ ဧဝံ နိမိတ္တာဘိမုခံ မာနသံ ပဋိပါဒယတော ပနဿ ဣဒါနိ အပ္ပနာ ဣဇ္ဈိဿတီတိ ဘဝင်္ဂံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ပထဝီ ပထဝီတိ အနုယောဂဝသေန ဥပဋ္ဌိတံ တဒေဝ ပထဝီကသိဏံ အာရမ္မဏံ ကတွာ မနောဒွါရာဝဇ္ဇနမုပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တတော တသ္မိံယေဝါရမ္မဏေ စတ္တာရိ ပဉ္စ ဝါ ဇဝနာနိ ဇဝန္တိ။ တေသု အဝသာနေ ဧကံ ရူပါဝစရံ, သေသာနိ ကာမာဝစရာနိ။ ပကတိစိတ္တေဟိ ဗလဝတရဝိတက္ကဝိစာရပီတိသုခစိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာနိ ယာနိ အပ္ပနာယ ပရိကမ္မတ္တာ ပရိကမ္မာနီတိပိ, ယထာ ဂါမာဒီနံ အာသန္နပဒေသော ဂါမူပစာရော နဂရူပစာရောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ, ဧဝံ အပ္ပနာယ အာသန္နတ္တာ သမီပစာရတ္တာ ဝါ ဥပစာရာနီတိပိ, ဣတော ပုဗ္ဗေ ပရိကမ္မာနံ, ဥပရိ အပ္ပနာယ စ အနုလောမတော အနုလောမာနီတိပိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ ယဉ္စေတ္ထ သဗ္ဗန္တိမံ, တံ ပရိတ္တဂေါတ္တာဘိဘဝနတော, မဟဂ္ဂတဂေါတ္တဘာဝနတော စ ဂေါတြဘူတိပိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ အဂဟိတဂ္ဂဟဏေန ပနေတ္ထ ပဌမံ ပရိကမ္မံ, ဒုတိယံ ဥပစာရံ, တတိယံ အနုလောမံ, စတုတ္ထံ ဂေါတြဘု။ ပဌမံ ဝါ ဥပစာရံ, ဒုတိယံ အနုလောမံ, တတိယံ ဂေါတြဘု, စတုတ္ထံ ပဉ္စမံ ဝါ အပ္ပနာစိတ္တံ။ စတုတ္ထမေဝ ဟိ ပဉ္စမံ ဝါ အပ္ပေတိ, တဉ္စ ခေါ ခိပ္ပါဘိညဒန္ဓာဘိညဝသေန။ တတော ပရံ ဇဝနံ ပတတိ။ ဘဝင်္ဂဿ ဝါရော ဟောတိ။
အာဘိဓမ္မိကဂေါဒတ္တတ္ထေရော ပန ‘‘ပုရိမာ ပုရိမာ ကုသလာ ဓမ္မာ ပစ္ဆိမာနံ ပစ္ဆိမာနံ ကုသလာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ အာသေဝနပစ္စယေန ပစ္စယော’’တိ (ပဋ္ဌာ။ ၁။၁။၁၂) ဣမံ သုတ္တံ ဝတွာ အာသေဝနပစ္စယေန ပစ္ဆိမော ပစ္ဆိမော ဓမ္မော ဗလဝါ ဟောတိ, တသ္မာ ဆဋ္ဌေပိ သတ္တမေပိ အပ္ပနာ ဟောတီတိ အာဟ, တံ အဋ္ဌကထာသု ‘‘အတ္တနော မတိမတ္တံ ထေရဿေတ’’န္တိ ဝတွာ ပဋိက္ခိတ္တံ။ စတုတ္ထပဉ္စမေသုယေဝ ပန အပ္ပနာ ဟောတိ။ ပရတော ဇဝနံ ပတိတံ နာမ ဟောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂဿ အာသန္နတ္တာတိ ဝုတ္တံ။ တမေဝ ဝိစာရေတွာ ဝုတ္တတ္တာ န သက္ကာ ပဋိက္ခိပိတုံ။ ယထာ ဟိ ပုရိသော ဆိန္နပပါတာဘိမုခေါ ဓာဝန္တော ဌာတုကာမောပိ ပရိယန္တေ ပါဒံ ကတွာ ဌာတုံ န သက္ကောတိ ပပါတေ ဧဝ ပတတိ, ဧဝံ ဆဋ္ဌေ ဝါ သတ္တမေ ဝါ အပ္ပေတုံ န သက္ကောတိ, ဘဝင်္ဂဿ အာသန္နတ္တာ။ တသ္မာ စတုတ္ထပဉ္စမေသုယေဝ အပ္ပနာ ဟောတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
သာ စ ပန ဧကစိတ္တက္ခဏိကာယေဝ။ သတ္တသု ဟိ ဌာနေသု အဒ္ဓါနပရိစ္ဆေဒေါ နာမ နတ္ထိ ပဌမပ္ပနာယံ, လောကိယာဘိညာသု, စတူသု မဂ္ဂေသု, မဂ္ဂါနန္တရဖလေ, ရူပါရူပဘဝေသု ဘဝင်္ဂဇ္ဈာနေ, နိရောဓဿ ပစ္စယေ နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနေ, နိရောဓာ ဝုဋ္ဌဟန္တဿ ဖလသမာပတ္တိယန္တိ။ ဧတ္ထ မဂ္ဂါနန္တရဖလံ တိဏ္ဏံ ဥပရိ န ဟောတိ။ နိရောဓဿ ပစ္စယော နေဝသညာနာသညာယတနံ ဒွိန္နမုပရိ န ဟောတိ။ ရူပါရူပေသု ဘဝင်္ဂဿ ပရိမာဏံ နတ္ထိ, သေသဋ္ဌာနေသု ဧကမေဝ စိတ္တန္တိ။ ဣတိ ဧကစိတ္တက္ခဏိကာယေဝ အပ္ပနာ။ တတော ဘဝင်္ဂပါတော။ အထ ဘဝင်္ဂံ ဝေါစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ဈာနပစ္စဝေက္ခဏတ္ထာယ အာဝဇ္ဇနံ, တတော ဈာနပစ္စဝေက္ခဏန္တိ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ပနေသ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ ဝိဝိစ္စ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ သဝိတက္ကံ သဝိစာရံ ဝိဝေကဇံ ပီတိသုခံ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရတိ (ဓ။ သ။ ၁၆၀၊ ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၂၆)။ ဧဝမနေန ပဉ္စင်္ဂဝိပ္ပဟီနံ ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတံ တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ ဒသလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နံ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ အဓိဂတံ ဟောတိ ပထဝီကသိဏံ။
၇၀။ တတ္ထ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟီတိ ကာမေဟိ ဝိဝိစ္စိတွာ ဝိနာ ဟုတွာ အပက္ကမိတွာ။ ယော ပနာယမေတ္ထ ဧဝကာရော, သော နိယမတ္ထောတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ယသ္မာ စ နိယမတ္ထော, တသ္မာ တသ္မိံ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရဏသမယေ အဝိဇ္ဇမာနာနမ္ပိ ကာမာနံ တဿ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနဿ ပဋိပက္ခဘာဝံ ကာမပရိစ္စာဂေနေဝ စဿ အဓိဂမံ ဒီပေတိ။
ကထံ? ‘‘ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟီ’’တိ ဧဝဉှိ နိယမေ ကရိယမာနေ ဣဒံ ပညာယတိ, နူန ဈာနဿ ကာမာ ပဋိပက္ခဘူတာ ယေသု သတိ ဣဒံ နပ္ပဝတ္တတိ, အန္ဓကာရေ သတိ ပဒီပေါဘာသော ဝိယ။ တေသံ ပရိစ္စာဂေနေဝ စဿ အဓိဂမော ဟောတိ, ဩရိမတီရပရိစ္စာဂေန ပါရိမတီရဿေဝ။ တသ္မာ နိယမံ ကရောတီတိ။
တတ္ထ သိယာ, ကသ္မာ ပနေသ ပုဗ္ဗပဒေယေဝ ဝုတ္တော, န ဥတ္တရပဒေ, ကိံ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟိ အဝိဝိစ္စာပိ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရေယျာတိ? န ခေါ ပနေတံ ဧဝံ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗံ။ တံနိဿရဏတော ဟိ ပုဗ္ဗပဒေ ဧသ ဝုတ္တော။ ကာမဓာတုသမတိက္ကမနတော ဟိ ကာမရာဂပဋိပက္ခတော စ ဣဒံ ဈာနံ ကာမာနမေဝ နိဿရဏံ။ ယထာဟ, ‘‘ကာမာနမေတံ နိဿရဏံ ယဒိဒံ နေက္ခမ္မ’’န္တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၃။၃၅၃)။ ဥတ္တရပဒေပိ ပန ယထာ ‘‘ဣဓေဝ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, သမဏော, ဣဓ ဒုတိယော သမဏော’’တိ (မ။ နိ။ ၁။၁၃၉၊ အ။ နိ။ ၄။၂၄၁) ဧတ္ထ ဧဝကာရော အာနေတွာ ဝုစ္စတိ, ဧဝံ ဝတ္တဗ္ဗော။ န ဟိ သက္ကာ ဣတော အညေဟိပိ နီဝရဏသင်္ခါတေဟိ အကုသလဓမ္မေဟိ အဝိဝိစ္စ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရိတုံ။ တသ္မာ ‘‘ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟီ’’တိ ဧဝံ ပဒဒွယေပိ ဧသ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။ ပဒဒွယေပိ စ ကိဉ္စာပိ ဝိဝိစ္စာတိ ဣမိနာ သာဓာရဏဝစနေန တဒင်္ဂဝိဝေကာဒယော, ကာယဝိဝေကာဒယော စ သဗ္ဗေပိ ဝိဝေကာ သင်္ဂဟံ ဂစ္ဆန္တိ, တထာပိ ကာယဝိဝေကော စိတ္တဝိဝေကော ဝိက္ခမ္ဘနဝိဝေကောတိ တယော ဧဝ ဣဓ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗာ။
ကာမေဟီတိ ဣမိနာ ပန ပဒေန ယေ စ နိဒ္ဒေသေ ‘‘ကတမေ ဝတ္ထုကာမာ, မနာပိယာ ရူပါ’’တိအာဒိနာ (မဟာနိ။ ၁) နယေန ဝတ္ထုကာမာ ဝုတ္တာ, ယေ စ တတ္ထေဝ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ စ ‘‘ဆန္ဒော ကာမော, ရာဂေါ ကာမော, ဆန္ဒရာဂေါ ကာမော, သင်္ကပ္ပေါ ကာမော, ရာဂေါ ကာမော, သင်္ကပ္ပရာဂေါ ကာမော, ဣမေ ဝုစ္စန္တိ ကာမာ’’တိ (မဟာနိ။ ၁၊ ဝိဘ။ ၅၆၄) ဧဝံ ကိလေသကာမာ ဝုတ္တာ, တေ သဗ္ဗေပိ သင်္ဂဟိတာဣစ္စေဝ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗာ။ ဧဝဉှိ သတိ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟီတိ ဝတ္ထုကာမေဟိပိ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝါတိ အတ္ထော ယုဇ္ဇတိ, တေန ကာယဝိဝေကော ဝုတ္တော ဟောတိ။ ဝိဝိစ္စ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟီတိ ကိလေသကာမေဟိ သဗ္ဗာကုသလေဟိ ဝါ ဝိဝိစ္စာတိ အတ္ထော ယုဇ္ဇတိ, တေန စိတ္တဝိဝေကော ဝုတ္တော ဟောတိ။ ပုရိမေန စေတ္ထ ဝတ္ထုကာမေဟိ ဝိဝေကဝစနတော ဧဝ ကာမသုခပရိစ္စာဂေါ, ဒုတိယေန ကိလေသကာမေဟိ ဝိဝေကဝစနတော နေက္ခမ္မသုခပရိဂ္ဂဟော ဝိဘာဝိတော ဟောတိ။ ဧဝံ ဝတ္ထုကာမကိလေသကာမဝိဝေကဝစနတောယေဝ စ ဧတေသံ ပဌမေန သံကိလေသဝတ္ထုပ္ပဟာနံ, ဒုတိယေန သံကိလေသပ္ပဟာနံ။ ပဌမေန လောလဘာဝဿ ဟေတုပရိစ္စာဂေါ, ဒုတိယေန ဗာလဘာဝဿ။ ပဌမေန စ ပယောဂသုဒ္ဓိ, ဒုတိယေန အာသယပေါသနံ ဝိဘာဝိတံ ဟောတီတိ ဝိညာတဗ္ဗံ။ ဧသ တာဝ နယော ကာမေဟီတိ ဧတ္ထ ဝုတ္တကာမေသု ဝတ္ထုကာမပက္ခေ။
ကိလေသကာမပက္ခေ ပန ဆန္ဒောတိ စ ရာဂေါတိ စ ဧဝမာဒီဟိ အနေကဘေဒေါ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒောယေဝ ကာမောတိ အဓိပ္ပေတော။ သော စ အကုသလပရိယာပန္နောပိ သမာနော ‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမော ကာမော ဆန္ဒော ကာမော’’တိအာဒိနာ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၆၄) နယေန ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ဈာနပဋိပက္ခတော ဝိသုံ ဝုတ္တော။ ကိလေသကာမတ္တာ ဝါ ပုရိမပဒေ ဝုတ္တော, အကုသလပရိယာပန္နတ္တာ ဒုတိယပဒေ။ အနေကဘေဒတော စဿ ကာမတောတိ အဝတွာ ကာမေဟီတိ ဝုတ္တံ။
အညေသမ္ပိ စ ဓမ္မာနံ အကုသလဘာဝေ ဝိဇ္ဇမာနေ ‘‘တတ္ထ ကတမေ အကုသလာ ဓမ္မာ, ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒော’’တိအာဒိနာ နယေန ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ဥပရိ ဈာနင်္ဂါနံ ပစ္စနီကပဋိပက္ခဘာဝဒဿနတော နီဝရဏာနေဝ ဝုတ္တာနိ။ နီဝရဏာနိ ဟိ ဈာနင်္ဂပစ္စနီကာနိ, တေသံ ဈာနင်္ဂါနေဝ ပဋိပက္ခာနိ ဝိဒ္ဓံသကာနိ ဝိဃာတကာနီတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ တထာ ဟိ သမာဓိ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒဿ ပဋိပက္ခော, ပီတိ ဗျာပါဒဿ, ဝိတက္ကော ထိနမိဒ္ဓဿ, သုခံ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စကုက္ကုစ္စဿ, ဝိစာရော ဝိစိကိစ္ဆာယာတိ ပေဋကေ ဝုတ္တံ။
ဧဝမေတ္ထ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟီတိ ဣမိနာ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒဿ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘနဝိဝေကော ဝုတ္တော ဟောတိ။ ဝိဝိစ္စ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟီတိ ဣမိနာ ပဉ္စန္နမ္ပိ နီဝရဏာနံ, အဂဟိတဂ္ဂဟဏေန ပန ပဌမေန ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒဿ, ဒုတိယေန သေသနီဝရဏာနံ။ တထာ ပဌမေန တီသု အကုသလမူလေသု ပဉ္စကာမဂုဏဘေဒဝိသယဿ လောဘဿ, ဒုတိယေန အာဃာတဝတ္ထုဘေဒါဒိဝိသယာနံ ဒေါသမောဟာနံ။ ဩဃာဒီသု ဝါ ဓမ္မေသု ပဌမေန ကာမောဃကာမယောဂကာမာသဝကာမုပါဒါနအဘိဇ္ဈာကာယဂန္ထကာမရာဂသံယောဇနာနံ, ဒုတိယေန အဝသေသဩဃယောဂါသဝဥပါဒါနဂန္ထသံယောဇနာနံ။ ပဌမေန စ တဏှာယ တံသမ္ပယုတ္တကာနဉ္စ, ဒုတိယေန အဝိဇ္ဇာယ တံသမ္ပယုတ္တကာနဉ္စ။ အပိစ ပဌမေန လောဘသမ္ပယုတ္တာနံ အဋ္ဌန္နံ စိတ္တုပ္ပါဒါနံ, ဒုတိယေန သေသာနံ စတုန္နံ အကုသလစိတ္တုပ္ပါဒါနံ ဝိက္ခမ္ဘနဝိဝေကော ဝုတ္တော ဟောတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ အယံ တာဝ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ ဝိဝိစ္စ အကုသလေဟိ ဓမ္မေဟီတိ ဧတ္ထ အတ္ထပ္ပကာသနာ။
၇၁။ ဧတ္တာဝတာ စ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ပဟာနင်္ဂံ ဒဿေတွာ ဣဒါနိ သမ္ပယောဂင်္ဂံ ဒဿေတုံ သဝိတက္ကံ သဝိစာရန္တိအာဒိ ဝုတ္တံ။ တတ္ထ ဝိတက္ကနံ ဝိတက္ကော, ဦဟနန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ သွာယံ အာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တဿ အဘိနိရောပနလက္ခဏော, အာဟနနပရိယာဟနနရသော။ တထာ ဟိ တေန ယောဂါဝစရော အာရမ္မဏံ ဝိတက္ကာဟတံ ဝိတက္ကပရိယာဟတံ ကရောတီတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ အာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တဿ အာနယနပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနော။
ဝိစရဏံ ဝိစာရော, အနုသဉ္စရဏန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ သွာယံ အာရမ္မဏာနုမဇ္ဇနလက္ခဏော, တတ္ထ သဟဇာတာနုယောဇနရသော, စိတ္တဿ အနုပ္ပဗန္ဓနပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနော။
သန္တေပိ စ နေသံ ကတ္ထစိ အဝိပ္ပယောဂေ ဩဠာရိကဋ္ဌေန ပုဗ္ဗင်္ဂမဋ္ဌေန စ ဃဏ္ဍာဘိဃာတော ဝိယ စေတသော ပဌမာဘိနိပါတော ဝိတက္ကော။ သုခုမဋ္ဌေန အနုမဇ္ဇနသဘာဝေန စ ဃဏ္ဍာနုရဝေါ ဝိယ အနုပ္ပဗန္ဓော ဝိစာရော။ ဝိပ္ဖါရဝါ စေတ္ထ ဝိတက္ကော ပဌမုပ္ပတ္တိကာလေ ပရိပ္ဖန္ဒနဘူတော စိတ္တဿ အာကာသေ ဥပ္ပတိတုကာမဿ ပက္ခိနော ပက္ခဝိက္ခေပေါ ဝိယ ပဒုမာဘိမုခပါတော ဝိယ စ ဂန္ဓာနုဗန္ဓစေတသော ဘမရဿ။ သန္တဝုတ္တိ ဝိစာရော နာတိပရိပ္ဖန္ဒနဘာဝေါ စိတ္တဿ အာကာသေ ဥပ္ပတိတဿ ပက္ခိနော ပက္ခပ္ပသာရဏံ ဝိယ, ပရိဗ္ဘမနံ ဝိယ စ ပဒုမာဘိမုခပတိတဿ ဘမရဿ ပဒုမဿ ဥပရိဘာဂေ။ ဒုကနိပါတဋ္ဌကထာယံ ပန ‘‘အာကာသေ ဂစ္ဆတော မဟာသကုဏဿ ဥဘောဟိ ပက္ခေဟိ ဝါတံ ဂဟေတွာ ပက္ခေ သန္နိသီဒါပေတွာ ဂမနံ ဝိယ အာရမ္မဏေ စေတသော အဘိနိရောပနဘာဝေန ပဝတ္တော ဝိတက္ကော။ ဝါတဂ္ဂဟဏတ္ထံ ပက္ခေ ဖန္ဒာပယမာနဿ ဂမနံ ဝိယ အနုမဇ္ဇနဘာဝေန ပဝတ္တော ဝိစာရော’’တိ ဝုတ္တံ, တံ အနုပ္ပဗန္ဓေန ပဝတ္တိယံ ယုဇ္ဇတိ။ သော ပန နေသံ ဝိသေသော ပဌမဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနေသု ပါကဋော ဟောတိ။
အပိစ မလဂ္ဂဟိတံ ကံသဘာဇနံ ဧကေန ဟတ္ထေန ဒဠှံ ဂဟေတွာ ဣတရေန ဟတ္ထေန စုဏ္ဏတေလဝါလဏ္ဍုပကေန ပရိမဇ္ဇန္တဿ ဒဠှဂဟဏဟတ္ထော ဝိယ ဝိတက္ကော, ပရိမဇ္ဇနဟတ္ထော ဝိယ ဝိစာရော။ တထာ ကုမ္ဘကာရဿ ဒဏ္ဍပ္ပဟာရေန စက္ကံ ဘမယိတွာ ဘာဇနံ ကရောန္တဿ ဥပ္ပီဠနဟတ္ထော ဝိယ ဝိတက္ကော, ဣတော စိတော စ သဉ္စရဏဟတ္ထော ဝိယ ဝိစာရော။ တထာ မဏ္ဍလံ ကရောန္တဿ မဇ္ဈေ သန္နိရုမ္ဘိတွာ ဌိတကဏ္ဋကော ဝိယ အဘိနိရောပနော ဝိတက္ကော, ဗဟိ ပရိဗ္ဘမနကဏ္ဋကော ဝိယ အနုမဇ္ဇနော ဝိစာရော။ ဣတိ ဣမိနာ စ ဝိတက္ကေန ဣမိနာ စ ဝိစာရေန သဟ ဝတ္တတိ ရုက္ခော ဝိယ ပုပ္ဖေန ဖလေန စာတိ ဣဒံ ဈာနံ ‘‘သဝိတက္ကံ သဝိစာရ’’န္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ပန ‘‘ဣမိနာ စ ဝိတက္ကေန ဣမိနာ စ ဝိစာရေန ဥပေတော ဟောတိ သမုပေတော’’တိအာဒိနာ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၆၅) နယေန ပုဂ္ဂလာဓိဋ္ဌာနာ ဒေသနာ ကတာ။ အတ္ထော ပန တတြာပိ ဧဝမေဝ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။
ဝိဝေကဇန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ဝိဝိတ္တိ ဝိဝေကော, နီဝရဏဝိဂမောတိ အတ္ထော။ ဝိဝိတ္တောတိ ဝါ ဝိဝေကော, နီဝရဏဝိဝိတ္တော ဈာနသမ္ပယုတ္တဓမ္မရာသီတိ အတ္ထော။ တသ္မာ ဝိဝေကာ, တသ္မိံ ဝါ ဝိဝေကေ ဇာတန္တိ ဝိဝေကဇံ။
၇၂။ ပီတိသုခန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပီဏယတီတိ ပီတိ။ သာ သမ္ပိယာယနလက္ခဏာ, ကာယစိတ္တပီနနရသာ, ဖရဏရသာ ဝါ, ဩဒဂျပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနာ။ သာ ပနေသာ ခုဒ္ဒိကာ ပီတိ, ခဏိကာပီတိ, ဩက္ကန္တိကာပီတိ, ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိ, ဖရဏာပီတီတိ ပဉ္စဝိဓာ ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ခုဒ္ဒိကာပီတိ သရီရေ လောမဟံသမတ္တမေဝ ကာတုံ သက္ကောတိ။ ခဏိကာပီတိ ခဏေ ခဏေ ဝိဇ္ဇုပ္ပါဒသဒိသာ ဟောတိ။ ဩက္ကန္တိကာပီတိ သမုဒ္ဒတီရံ ဝီစိ ဝိယ ကာယံ ဩက္ကမိတွာ ဩက္ကမိတွာ ဘိဇ္ဇတိ။ ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိ ဗလဝတီ ဟောတိ ကာယံ ဥဒ္ဓဂ္ဂံ ကတွာ အာကာသေ လင်္ဃာပနပ္ပမာဏပ္ပတ္တာ။ တထာ ဟိ ပုဏ္ဏဝလ္လိကဝါသီ မဟာတိဿတ္ထေရော ပုဏ္ဏမဒိဝသေ သာယံ စေတိယင်္ဂဏံ ဂန္တွာ စန္ဒာလောကံ ဒိသွာ မဟာစေတိယာဘိမုခေါ ဟုတွာ ‘‘ဣမာယ ဝတ ဝေလာယ စတဿော ပရိသာ မဟာစေတိယံ ဝန္ဒန္တီ’’တိ ပကတိယာ ဒိဋ္ဌာရမ္မဏဝသေန ဗုဒ္ဓါရမ္မဏံ ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိံ ဥပ္ပါဒေတွာ သုဓာတလေ ပဟဋစိတြဂေဏ္ဍုကော ဝိယ အာကာသေ ဥပ္ပတိတွာ မဟာစေတိယင်္ဂဏေယေဝ ပတိဋ္ဌာသိ။ တထာ ဂိရိကဏ္ဍကဝိဟာရဿ ဥပနိဿယေ ဝတ္တကာလကဂါမေ ဧကာ ကုလဓီတာပိ ဗလဝဗုဒ္ဓါရမ္မဏာယ ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိယာ အာကာသေ လင်္ဃေသိ။
တဿာ ကိရ မာတာပိတရော သာယံ ဓမ္မဿဝနတ္ထာယ ဝိဟာရံ ဂစ္ဆန္တာ ‘‘အမ္မ တွံ ဂရုဘာရာ အကာလေ ဝိစရိတုံ န သက္ကောသိ, မယံ တုယှံ ပတ္တိံ ကတွာ ဓမ္မံ သောဿာမာ’’တိ အဂမံသု။ သာ ဂန္တုကာမာပိ တေသံ ဝစနံ ပဋိဗာဟိတုံ အသက္ကောန္တီ ဃရေ ဩဟီယိတွာ ဃရာဇိရေ ဌတွာ စန္ဒာလောကေန ဂိရိကဏ္ဍကေ အာကာသစေတိယင်္ဂဏံ ဩလောကေန္တီ စေတိယဿ ဒီပပူဇံ အဒ္ဒသ, စတဿော စ ပရိသာ မာလာဂန္ဓာဒီဟိ စေတိယပူဇံ ကတွာ ပဒက္ခိဏံ ကရောန္တိယော ဘိက္ခုသံဃဿ စ ဂဏသဇ္ဈာယသဒ္ဒံ အဿောသိ။ အထဿာ ‘‘ဓညာဝတိမေ, ယေ ဝိဟာရံ ဂန္တွာ ဧဝရူပေ စေတိယင်္ဂဏေ အနုသဉ္စရိတုံ, ဧဝရူပဉ္စ မဓုရဓမ္မကထံ သောတုံ လဘန္တီ’’တိ မုတ္တရာသိသဒိသံ စေတိယံ ပဿန္တိယာ ဧဝ ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိ ဥဒပါဒိ။ သာ အာကာသေ လင်္ဃိတွာ မာတာပိတူနံ ပုရိမတရံယေဝ အာကာသတော စေတိယင်္ဂဏေ ဩရုယှ စေတိယံ ဝန္ဒိတွာ ဓမ္မံ သုဏမာနာ အဋ္ဌာသိ။ အထ နံ မာတာပိတရော အာဂန္တွာ ‘‘အမ္မ တွံ ကတရေန မဂ္ဂေန အာဂတာသီ’’တိ ပုစ္ဆိံသု။ သာ ‘‘အာကာသေန အာဂတာမှိ, န မဂ္ဂေနာ’’တိ ဝတွာ ‘‘အမ္မ အာကာသေန နာမ ခီဏာသဝါ သဉ္စရန္တိ, တွံ ကထံ အာဂတာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တာ အာဟ – ‘‘မယှံ စန္ဒာလောကေန စေတိယံ အာလောကေန္တိယာ ဌိတာယ ဗုဒ္ဓါရမ္မဏာ ဗလဝပီတိ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိ။ အထာဟံ နေဝ အတ္တနော ဌိတဘာဝံ, န နိသိန္နဘာဝံ အညာသိံ, ဂဟိတနိမိတ္တေနေဝ ပန အာကာသေ လင်္ဃိတွာ စေတိယင်္ဂဏေ ပတိဋ္ဌိတာမှီ’’တိ။
ဧဝံ ဥဗ္ဗေဂါပီတိ အာကာသေ လင်္ဃာပနပ္ပမာဏာ ဟောတိ။ ဖရဏာပီတိယာ ပန ဥပ္ပန္နာယ သကလသရီရံ ဓမိတွာ ပူရိတဝတ္ထိ ဝိယ မဟတာ ဥဒကောဃေန ပက္ခန္ဒပဗ္ဗတကုစ္ဆိ ဝိယ စ အနုပရိပ္ဖုဋံ ဟောတိ။
သာ ပနေသာ ပဉ္စဝိဓာ ပီတိ ဂဗ္ဘံ ဂဏှန္တီ ပရိပါကံ ဂစ္ဆန္တီ ဒုဝိဓံ ပဿဒ္ဓိံ ပရိပူရေတိ ကာယပဿဒ္ဓိဉ္စ စိတ္တပဿဒ္ဓိဉ္စ။ ပဿဒ္ဓိ ဂဗ္ဘံ ဂဏှန္တီ ပရိပါကံ ဂစ္ဆန္တီ ဒုဝိဓမ္ပိ သုခံ ပရိပူရေတိ ကာယိကဉ္စ စေတသိကဉ္စ။ သုခံ ဂဗ္ဘံ ဂဏှန္တံ ပရိပါကံ ဂစ္ဆန္တံ တိဝိဓံ သမာဓိံ ပရိပူရေတိ ခဏိကသမာဓိံ ဥပစာရသမာဓိံ အပ္ပနာ သမာဓိန္တိ။ တာသု ယာ အပ္ပနာသမာဓိဿ မူလံ ဟုတွာ ဝဍ္ဎမာနာ သမာဓိသမ္ပယောဂံ ဂတာ ဖရဏာပီတိ, အယံ ဣမသ္မိံ အတ္ထေ အဓိပ္ပေတာ ပီတီတိ။
၇၃။ ဣတရံ ပန သုခနံ သုခံ, သုဋ္ဌု ဝါ ခါဒတိ, ခနတိ စ ကာယစိတ္တာဗာဓန္တိ သုခံ, တံ သာတလက္ခဏံ, သမ္ပယုတ္တာနံ ဥပဗြူဟနရသံ, အနုဂ္ဂဟပစ္စုပဋ္ဌာနံ။ သတိပိ စ နေသံ ကတ္ထစိ အဝိပ္ပယောဂေ ဣဋ္ဌာရမ္မဏပဋိလာဘတုဋ္ဌိ ပီတိ။ ပဋိလဒ္ဓရသာနုဘဝနံ သုခံ။ ယတ္ထ ပီတိ, တတ္ထ သုခံ။ ယတ္ထ သုခံ, တတ္ထ န နိယမတော ပီတိ။ သင်္ခါရက္ခန္ဓသင်္ဂဟိတာ ပီတိ။ ဝေဒနာက္ခန္ဓသင်္ဂဟိတံ သုခံ။ ကန္တာရခိန္နဿ ဝနန္တုဒကဒဿနသဝနေသု ဝိယ ပီတိ။ ဝနစ္ဆာယာပဝေသနဥဒကပရိဘောဂေသု ဝိယ သုခံ။ တသ္မိံ တသ္မိံ သမယေ ပါကဋဘာဝတော စေတံ ဝုတ္တန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ ဣတိ အယဉ္စ ပီတိ ဣဒဉ္စ သုခံ အဿ ဈာနဿ, အသ္မိံ ဝါ ဈာနေ အတ္ထီတိ ဣဒံ ဈာနံ ပီတိသုခန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ။
အထ ဝါ ပီတိ စ သုခဉ္စ ပီတိသုခံ, ဓမ္မဝိနယာဒယော ဝိယ။ ဝိဝေကဇံ ပီတိသုခမဿ ဈာနဿ, အသ္မိံ ဝါ ဈာနေ အတ္ထီတိ ဧဝမ္ပိ ဝိဝေကဇံပီတိသုခံ။ ယထေဝ ဟိ ဈာနံ, ဧဝံ ပီတိသုခမ္ပေတ္ထ ဝိဝေကဇမေဝ ဟောတိ, တဉ္စဿ အတ္ထိ, တသ္မာ ဧကပဒေနေဝ ‘‘ဝိဝေကဇံပီတိသုခ’’န္တိပိ ဝတ္တုံ ယုဇ္ဇတိ။ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ပန ‘‘ဣဒံ သုခံ ဣမာယ ပီတိယာ သဟဂတ’’န္တိအာဒိနာ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၆၇) နယေန ဝုတ္တံ။ အတ္ထော ပန တတ္ထာပိ ဧဝမေဝ ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။
ပဌမံ ဈာနန္တိ ဣဒံ ပရတော အာဝိဘဝိဿတိ။ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇာတိ ဥပဂန္တွာ, ပါပုဏိတွာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဥပသမ္ပာဒယိတွာ ဝါ, နိပ္ဖါဒေတွာတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ပန ‘‘ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇာတိ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ လာဘော ပဋိလာဘော ပတ္တိ သမ္ပတ္တိ ဖုသနာ သစ္ဆိကိရိယာ ဥပသမ္ပဒါ’’တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ တဿာပိ ဧဝမေဝတ္ထော ဒဋ္ဌဗ္ဗော။ ဝိဟရတီတိ တဒနုရူပေန ဣရိယာပထဝိဟာရေန ဣတိဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရဈာနသမင်္ဂီ ဟုတွာ အတ္တဘာဝဿ ဣရိယံ ဝုတ္တိံ ပါလနံ ယပနံ ယာပနံ စာရံ ဝိဟာရံ အဘိနိပ္ဖါဒေတိ။ ဝုတ္တဉှေတံ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ‘‘ဝိဟရတီတိ ဣရိယတိ ဝတ္တတိ ပါလေတိ ယပေတိ ယာပေတိ စရတိ ဝိဟရတိ, တေန ဝုစ္စတိ ဝိဟရတီ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၄၀)။
ပဉ္စင်္ဂဝိပ္ပဟီနာဒိ
၇၄။ ယံ ပန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ပဉ္စင်္ဂဝိပ္ပဟီနံ ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတ’’န္တိ, တတ္ထ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒော, ဗျာပါဒေါ, ထိနမိဒ္ဓံ, ဥဒ္ဓစ္စကုက္ကုစ္စံ, ဝိစိကိစ္ဆာတိ ဣမေသံ ပဉ္စန္နံ နီဝရဏာနံ ပဟာနဝသေန ပဉ္စင်္ဂဝိပ္ပဟီနတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ န ဟိ ဧတေသု အပ္ပဟီနေသု ဈာနံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တေနဿေတာနိ ပဟာနင်္ဂါနီတိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ ကိဉ္စာပိ ဟိ ဈာနက္ခဏေ အညေပိ အကုသလာ ဓမ္မာ ပဟီယန္တိ, တထာပိ ဧတာနေဝ ဝိသေသေန ဈာနန္တရာယကရာနိ။ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒေန ဟိ နာနာဝိသယပ္ပလောဘိတံ စိတ္တံ န ဧကတ္တာရမ္မဏေ သမာဓိယတိ။ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒာဘိဘူတံ ဝါ တံ န ကာမဓာတုပ္ပဟာနာယ ပဋိပဒံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ။ ဗျာပါဒေန စာရမ္မဏေ ပဋိဟညမာနံ န နိရန္တရံ ပဝတ္တတိ။ ထိနမိဒ္ဓါဘိဘူတံ အကမ္မညံ ဟောတိ။ ဥဒ္ဓစ္စကုက္ကုစ္စပရေတံ အဝူပသန္တမေဝ ဟုတွာ ပရိဗ္ဘမတိ။ ဝိစိကိစ္ဆာယ ဥပဟတံ ဈာနာဓိဂမသာဓိကံ ပဋိပဒံ နာရောဟတိ။ ဣတိ ဝိသေသေန ဈာနန္တရာယကရတ္တာ ဧတာနေဝ ပဟာနင်္ဂါနီတိ ဝုတ္တာနီတိ။
ယသ္မာ ပန ဝိတက္ကော အာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တံ အဘိနိရောပေတိ, ဝိစာရော အနုပ္ပဗန္ဓတိ, တေဟိ အဝိက္ခေပါယ သမ္ပာဒိတပ္ပယောဂဿ စေတသော ပယောဂသမ္ပတ္တိသမ္ဘဝါ ပီတိ ပီဏနံ, သုခဉ္စ ဥပဗြူဟနံ ကရောတိ။ အထ နံ သသေသသမ္ပယုတ္တဓမ္မံ ဧတေဟိ အဘိနိရောပနာနုပ္ပဗန္ဓနပီဏနဥပဗြူဟနေဟိ အနုဂ္ဂဟိတာ ဧကဂ္ဂတာ ဧကတ္တာရမ္မဏေ သမံ သမ္မာ စ အာဓိယတိ, တသ္မာ ဝိတက္ကော ဝိစာရော ပီတိ သုခံ စိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာတိ ဣမေသံ ပဉ္စန္နံ ဥပ္ပတ္တိဝသေန ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။ ဥပ္ပန္နေသု ဟိ ဧတေသု ပဉ္စသု ဈာနံ ဥပ္ပန္နံ နာမ ဟောတိ။ တေနဿ ဧတာနိ ပဉ္စ သမန္နာဂတင်္ဂါနီတိ ဝုစ္စန္တိ။ တသ္မာ န ဧတေဟိ သမန္နာဂတံ အညဒေဝ ဈာနံ နာမ အတ္ထီတိ ဂဟေတဗ္ဗံ။ ယထာ ပန အင်္ဂမတ္တဝသေနေဝ စတုရင်္ဂိနီ သေနာ, ပဉ္စင်္ဂိကံ တူရိယံ, အဋ္ဌင်္ဂိကော စ မဂ္ဂေါတိ ဝုစ္စတိ, ဧဝမိဒမ္ပိ အင်္ဂမတ္တဝသေနေဝ ပဉ္စင်္ဂိကန္တိ ဝါ ပဉ္စင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတန္တိ ဝါ ဝုစ္စတီတိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
ဧတာနိ စ ပဉ္စင်္ဂါနိ ကိဉ္စာပိ ဥပစာရက္ခဏေပိ အတ္ထိ, အထ ခေါ ဥပစာရေ ပကတိစိတ္တတော ဗလဝတရာနိ။ ဣဓ ပန ဥပစာရတောပိ ဗလဝတရာနိ ရူပါဝစရလက္ခဏပ္ပတ္တာနိ။ ဧတ္ထ ဟိ ဝိတက္ကော သုဝိသဒေန အာကာရေန အာရမ္မဏေ စိတ္တံ အဘိနိရောပယမာနော ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ ဝိစာရော အတိဝိယ အာရမ္မဏံ အနုမဇ္ဇမာနော။ ပီတိသုခံ သဗ္ဗာဝန္တမ္ပိ ကာယံ ဖရမာနံ။ တေနေဝါဟ – ‘‘နာဿ ကိဉ္စိ သဗ္ဗာဝတော ကာယဿ ဝိဝေကဇေန ပီတိသုခေန အပ္ဖုဋံ ဟောတီ’’တိ (ဒီ။ နိ။ ၁။၂၂၈)။ စိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာပိ ဟေဋ္ဌိမမှိ သမုဂ္ဂပဋလေ ဥပရိမံ သမုဂ္ဂပဋလံ ဝိယ အာရမ္မဏေသု ဖုသိတာ ဟုတွာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, အယမေတေသံ ဣတရေဟိ ဝိသေသော။ တတ္ထ စိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ ကိဉ္စာပိ သဝိတက္ကံ သဝိစာရန္တိ ဣမသ္မိံ ပါဌေ န နိဒ္ဒိဋ္ဌာ, တထာပိ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ‘‘ဈာနန္တိ ဝိတက္ကော ဝိစာရော ပီတိ သုခံ စိတ္တဿေကဂ္ဂတာ’’တိ (ဝိဘ။ ၅၆၉) ဧဝံ ဝုတ္တတ္တာ အင်္ဂမေဝ။ ယေန ဟိ အဓိပ္ပါယေန ဘဂဝတာ ဥဒ္ဒေသော ကတော, သောယေဝ တေန ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ပကာသိတောတိ။
တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ
၇၅။ တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ ဒသလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ပန အာဒိမဇ္ဈပရိယောသာနဝသေန တိဝိဓကလျာဏတာ။ တေသံယေဝ စ အာဒိမဇ္ဈပရိယောသာနာနံ လက္ခဏဝသေန ဒသလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နတာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
တတြာယံ ပါဠိ –
‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ အာဒိ, ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ မဇ္ဈေ, သမ္ပဟံသနာ ပရိယောသာနံ, ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ အာဒိ, အာဒိဿ ကတိ လက္ခဏာနိ? အာဒိဿ တီဏိ လက္ခဏာနိ, ယော တဿ ပရိဗန္ဓော, တတော စိတ္တံ ဝိသုဇ္ဈတိ, ဝိသုဒ္ဓတ္တာ စိတ္တံ မဇ္ဈိမံ သမထနိမိတ္တံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ, ပဋိပန္နတ္တာ တတ္ထ စိတ္တံ ပက္ခန္ဒတိ။ ယဉ္စ ပရိဗန္ဓတော စိတ္တံ ဝိသုဇ္ဈတိ, ယဉ္စ ဝိသုဒ္ဓတ္တာ စိတ္တံ မဇ္ဈိမံ သမထနိမိတ္တံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ, ယဉ္စ ပဋိပန္နတ္တာ တတ္ထ စိတ္တံ ပက္ခန္ဒတိ။ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ အာဒိ, အာဒိဿ ဣမာနိ တီဏိ လက္ခဏာနိ။ တေန ဝုစ္စတိ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ အာဒိကလျာဏဉ္စေဝ ဟောတိ တိလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နဉ္စ။
‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ မဇ္ဈေ, မဇ္ဈဿ ကတိ လက္ခဏာနိ? မဇ္ဈဿ တီဏိ လက္ခဏာနိ, ဝိသုဒ္ဓံ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, သမထပဋိပန္နံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, ဧကတ္တုပဋ္ဌာနံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ။ ယဉ္စ ဝိသုဒ္ဓံ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, ယဉ္စ သမထပဋိပန္နံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, ယဉ္စ ဧကတ္တုပဋ္ဌာနံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ။ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ မဇ္ဈေ, မဇ္ဈဿ ဣမာနိ တီဏိ လက္ခဏာနိ။ တေန ဝုစ္စတိ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ မဇ္ဈေကလျာဏဉ္စေဝ ဟောတိ တိလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နဉ္စ။
‘‘ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ သမ္ပဟံသနာ ပရိယောသာနံ, ပရိယောသာနဿ ကတိ လက္ခဏာနိ? ပရိယောသာနဿ စတ္တာရိ လက္ခဏာနိ, တတ္ထ ဇာတာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ အနတိဝတ္တနဋ္ဌေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ, ဣန္ဒြိယာနံ ဧကရသဋ္ဌေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ, တဒုပဂဝီရိယဝါဟနဋ္ဌေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ, အာသေဝနဋ္ဌေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ။ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ သမ္ပဟံသနာ ပရိယောသာနံ, ပရိယောသာနဿ ဣမာနိ စတ္တာရိ လက္ခဏာနိ။ တေန ဝုစ္စတိ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ပရိယောသာနကလျာဏဉ္စေဝ ဟောတိ စတုလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နဉ္စာ’’တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၁၅၈)။
တတြ ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ နာမ သသမ္ဘာရိကော ဥပစာရော။ ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ နာမ အပ္ပနာ။ သမ္ပဟံသနာ နာမ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏာတိ ဧဝမေကေ ဝဏ္ဏယန္တိ။ ယသ္မာ ပန ‘‘ဧကတ္တဂတံ စိတ္တံ ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိပက္ခန္ဒဉ္စေဝ ဟောတိ ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟိတဉ္စ ဉာဏေန စ သမ္ပဟံသိတ’’န္တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၁၅၈) ပါဠိယံ ဝုတ္တံ, တသ္မာ အန္တောအပ္ပနာယမေဝ အာဂမနဝသေန ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ, တတြမဇ္ဈတ္တုပေက္ခာယ ကိစ္စဝသေန ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ, ဓမ္မာနံ အနတိဝတ္တနာဒိဘာဝသာဓနေန ပရိယောဒါပကဿ ဉာဏဿ ကိစ္စနိပ္ဖတ္တိဝသေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ စ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
ကထံ? ယသ္မိဉှိ ဝါရေ အပ္ပနာ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ, တသ္မိံ ယော နီဝရဏသင်္ခါတော ကိလေသဂဏော တဿ ဈာနဿ ပရိဗန္ဓော, တတော စိတ္တံ ဝိသုဇ္ဈတိ။ ဝိသုဒ္ဓတ္တာ အာဝရဏဝိရဟိတံ ဟုတွာ မဇ္ဈိမံ သမထနိမိတ္တံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ။ မဇ္ဈိမံ သမထနိမိတ္တံ နာမ သမပ္ပဝတ္တော အပ္ပနာသမာဓိယေဝ။ တဒနန္တရံ ပန ပုရိမစိတ္တံ ဧကသန္တတိပရိဏာမနယေန တထတ္တမုပဂစ္ဆမာနံ မဇ္ဈိမံ သမထနိမိတ္တံ ပဋိပဇ္ဇတိ နာမ, ဧဝံ ပဋိပန္နတ္တာ တထတ္တုပဂမနေန တတ္ထ ပက္ခန္ဒတိ နာမ။ ဧဝံ တာဝ ပုရိမစိတ္တေ ဝိဇ္ဇမာနာကာရနိပ္ဖါဒိကာ ပဌမဿ ဈာနဿ ဥပ္ပါဒက္ခဏေယေဝ အာဂမနဝသေန ပဋိပဒါဝိသုဒ္ဓိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
ဧဝံ ဝိသုဒ္ဓဿ ပန တဿ ပုန ဝိသောဓေတဗ္ဗာဘာဝတော ဝိသောဓနေ ဗျာပါရံ အကရောန္တော ဝိသုဒ္ဓံ စိတ္တံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ နာမ။ သမထဘာဝုပဂမနေန သမထပဋိပန္နဿ ပုန သမာဓာနေ ဗျာပါရံ အကရောန္တော သမထပဋိပန္နံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ နာမ။ သမထပဋိပန္နဘာဝတော ဧဝ စဿ ကိလေသသံသဂ္ဂံ ပဟာယ ဧကတ္တေန ဥပဋ္ဌိတဿ ပုန ဧကတ္တုပဋ္ဌာနေ ဗျာပါရံ အကရောန္တော ဧကတ္တုပဋ္ဌာနံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ နာမ။ ဧဝံ တတြမဇ္ဈတ္တုပေက္ခာယ ကိစ္စဝသေန ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟနာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ။
ယေ ပနေတေ ဧဝံ ဥပေက္ခာနုဗြူဟိတေ တတ္ထ ဇာတာ သမာဓိပညာသင်္ခါတာ ယုဂနဒ္ဓဓမ္မာ အညမညံ အနတိဝတ္တမာနာ ဟုတွာ ပဝတ္တာ, ယာနိ စ သဒ္ဓါဒီနိ ဣန္ဒြိယာနိ နာနာကိလေသေဟိ ဝိမုတ္တတ္တာ ဝိမုတ္တိရသေန ဧကရသာနိ ဟုတွာ ပဝတ္တာနိ, ယဉ္စေသ တဒုပဂံ တေသံ အနတိဝတ္တနဧကရသဘာဝါနံ အနုစ္ဆဝိကံ ဝီရိယံ ဝါဟယတိ, ယာ စဿ တသ္မိံ ခဏေ ပဝတ္တာ အာသေဝနာ, သဗ္ဗေပိ တေ အာကာရာ ယသ္မာ ဉာဏေန သံကိလေသဝေါဒါနေသု တံ တံ အာဒီနဝဉ္စ အာနိသံသဉ္စ ဒိသွာ တထာ တထာ သမ္ပဟံသိတတ္တာ ဝိသောဓိတတ္တာ ပရိယောဒါပိတတ္တာ နိပ္ဖန္နာဝ, တသ္မာ ‘‘ဓမ္မာနံ အနတိဝတ္တနာဒိဘာဝသာဓနေန ပရိယောဒါပကဿ ဉာဏဿ ကိစ္စနိပ္ဖတ္တိဝသေန သမ္ပဟံသနာ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗာ’’တိ ဝုတ္တံ။
တတ္ထ ယသ္မာ ဥပေက္ခာဝသေန ဉာဏံ ပါကဋံ ဟောတိ။ ယထာဟ – ‘‘တထာပဂ္ဂဟိတံ စိတ္တံ သာဓုကံ အဇ္ဈုပေက္ခတိ, ဥပေက္ခာဝသေန ပညာဝသေန ပညိန္ဒြိယံ အဓိမတ္တံ ဟောတိ, ဥပေက္ခာဝသေန နာနတ္တကိလေသေဟိ စိတ္တံ ဝိမုစ္စတိ, ဝိမောက္ခဝသေန ပညာဝသေန ပညိန္ဒြိယံ အဓိမတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ ဝိမုတ္တတ္တာ တေ ဓမ္မာ ဧကရသာ ဟောန္တိ။ ဧကရသဋ္ဌေန ဘာဝနာ’’တိ (ပဋိ။ မ။ ၁။၂၀၁)။ တသ္မာ ဉာဏကိစ္စဘူတာ သမ္ပဟံသနာ ပရိယောသာနန္တိ ဝုတ္တာ။
ဣဒါနိ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ အဓိဂတံ ဟောတိ ပထဝီကသိဏန္တိ ဧတ္ထ ဂဏနာနုပုဗ္ဗတာ ပဌမံ, ပဌမံ ဥပ္ပန္နန္တိပိ ပဌမံ။ အာရမ္မဏူပနိဇ္ဈာနတော ပစ္စနီကဈာပနတော ဝါ ဈာနံ။ ပထဝီမဏ္ဍလံ ပန သကလဋ္ဌေန ပထဝီကသိဏန္တိ ဝုစ္စတိ, တံ နိဿာယ ပဋိလဒ္ဓနိမိတ္တမ္ပိ, ပထဝီကသိဏနိမိတ္တေ ပဋိလဒ္ဓဈာနမ္ပိ။ တတြ ဣမသ္မိံ အတ္ထေ ဈာနံ ပထဝီကသိဏန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။ တံ သန္ဓာယ ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ပဌမံ ဈာနံ အဓိဂတံ ဟောတိ ပထဝီကသိဏ’’န္တိ။
စိရဋ္ဌိတိသမ္ပာဒနံ
၇၆။ ဧဝမဓိဂတေ ပန ဧတသ္မိံ တေန ယောဂိနာ ဝါလဝေဓိနာ ဝိယ, သူဒေန ဝိယ စ အာကာရာ ပရိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာ။ ယထာ ဟိ သုကုသလော ဓနုဂ္ဂဟော ဝါလဝေဓာယ ကမ္မံ ကုရုမာနော ယသ္မိံ ဝါရေ ဝါလံ ဝိဇ္ဈတိ, တသ္မိံ ဝါရေ အက္ကန္တပဒါနဉ္စ ဓနုဒဏ္ဍဿ စ ဇိယာယ စ သရဿ စ အာကာရံ ပရိဂ္ဂဏှေယျ။ ‘‘ဧဝံ မေ ဌိတေန ဧဝံ ဓနုဒဏ္ဍံ ဧဝံ ဇိယံ ဧဝံ သရံ ဂဟေတွာ ဝါလော ဝိဒ္ဓေါ’’တိ။ သော တတော ပဋ္ဌာယ တထေဝ တေ အာကာရေ သမ္ပာဒေန္တော အဝိရာဓေတွာ ဝါလံ ဝိဇ္ဈေယျ။ ဧဝမေဝ ယောဂိနာပိ ‘‘ဣမံ နာမ မေ ဘောဇနံ ဘုဉ္ဇိတွာ ဧဝရူပံ ပုဂ္ဂလံ သေဝမာနေန ဧဝရူပေ သေနာသနေ ဣမိနာ နာမ ဣရိယာပထေန ဣမသ္မိံ ကာလေ ဣဒံ အဓိဂတ’’န္တိ ဧတေ ဘောဇနသပ္ပါယာဒယော အာကာရာ ပရိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာ။ ဧဝဉှိ သော နဋ္ဌေ ဝါ တသ္မိံ တေ အာကာရေ သမ္ပာဒေတွာ ပုန ဥပ္ပါဒေတုံ, အပ္ပဂုဏံ ဝါ ပဂုဏံ ကရောန္တော ပုနပ္ပုနံ အပ္ပေတုံ သက္ခိဿတိ။
ယထာ စ ကုသလော သူဒေါ ဘတ္တာရံ ပရိဝိသန္တော တဿ ယံ ယံ ရုစိယာ ဘုဉ္ဇတိ, တံ တံ သလ္လက္ခေတွာ တတော ပဋ္ဌာယ တာဒိသမေဝ ဥပနာမေန္တော လာဘဿ ဘာဂီ ဟောတိ, ဧဝမယမ္ပိ အဓိဂတက္ခဏေ ဘောဇနာဒယော အာကာရေ ဂဟေတွာ တေ သမ္ပာဒေန္တော နဋ္ဌေ နဋ္ဌေ ပုနပ္ပုနံ အပ္ပနာယ လာဘီ ဟောတိ။ တသ္မာ တေန ဝါလဝေဓိနာ ဝိယ သူဒေန ဝိယ စ အာကာရာ ပရိဂ္ဂဟေတဗ္ဗာ။ ဝုတ္တမ္ပိ စေတံ ဘဂဝတာ –
‘‘သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော သူဒေါ ရာဇာနံ ဝါ ရာဇမဟာမတ္တံ ဝါ နာနစ္စယေဟိ သူပေဟိ ပစ္စုပဋ္ဌိတော အဿ အမ္ဗိလဂ္ဂေဟိပိ တိတ္တကဂ္ဂေဟိပိ ကဋုကဂ္ဂေဟိပိ မဓုရဂ္ဂေဟိပိ ခါရိကေဟိပိ အခါရိကေဟိပိ လောဏိကေဟိပိ အလောဏိကေဟိပိ။ သ ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော သူဒေါ သကဿ ဘတ္တု နိမိတ္တံ ဥဂ္ဂဏှာတိ ‘ဣဒံ ဝါ မေ အဇ္ဇ ဘတ္တု သူပေယျံ ရုစ္စတိ, ဣမဿ ဝါ အဘိဟရတိ, ဣမဿ ဝါ ဗဟုံ ဂဏှာတိ, ဣမဿ ဝါ ဝဏ္ဏံ ဘာသတိ, အမ္ဗိလဂ္ဂံ ဝါ မေ အဇ္ဇ ဘတ္တု သူပေယျံ ရုစ္စတိ, အမ္ဗိလဂ္ဂဿ ဝါ အဘိဟရတိ, အမ္ဗိလဂ္ဂဿ ဝါ ဗဟုံ ဂဏှာတိ, အမ္ဗိလဂ္ဂဿ ဝါ ဝဏ္ဏံ ဘာသတိ…ပေ… အလောဏိကဿ ဝါ ဝဏ္ဏံ ဘာသတီ’တိ။ သ ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော သူဒေါ လာဘီ စေဝ ဟောတိ အစ္ဆာဒနဿ, လာဘီ ဝေတနဿ, လာဘီ အဘိဟာရာနံ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု? တထာ ဟိ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော သူဒေါ သကဿ ဘတ္တု နိမိတ္တံ ဥဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။ ဧဝမေဝ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဣဓေကစ္စော ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော ဘိက္ခု ကာယေ ကာယာနုပဿီ ဝိဟရတိ…ပေ… ဝေဒနာသု ဝေဒနာ… စိတ္တေ စိတ္တာ… ဓမ္မေသု ဓမ္မာနုပဿီ ဝိဟရတိ အာတာပီ သမ္ပဇာနော သတိမာ ဝိနေယျ လောကေ အဘိဇ္ဈာဒေါမနဿံ။ တဿ ဓမ္မေသု ဓမ္မာနုပဿိနော ဝိဟရတော စိတ္တံ သမာဓိယတိ, ဥပက္ကိလေသာ ပဟီယန္တိ, သော တံ နိမိတ္တံ ဥဂ္ဂဏှာတိ။ သ ခေါ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော ဘိက္ခု လာဘီ စေဝ ဟောတိ ဒိဋ္ဌဓမ္မသုခဝိဟာရာနံ, လာဘီ သတိသမ္ပဇညဿ။ တံ ကိဿ ဟေတု?
တထာ ဟိ သော, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ပဏ္ဍိတော ဗျတ္တော ကုသလော ဘိက္ခု သကဿ စိတ္တဿ နိမိတ္တံ ဥဂ္ဂဏှာတီ’’တိ (သံ။ နိ။ ၅။၃၇၄)။
နိမိတ္တဂ္ဂဟဏေန စဿ ပုန တေ အာကာရေ သမ္ပာဒယတော အပ္ပနာမတ္တမေဝ ဣဇ္ဈတိ, န စိရဋ္ဌာနံ။ စိရဋ္ဌာနံ ပန သမာဓိပရိဗန္ဓာနံ ဓမ္မာနံ သုဝိသောဓိတတ္တာ ဟောတိ။ ယော ဟိ ဘိက္ခု ကာမာဒီနဝပစ္စဝေက္ခဏာဒီဟိ ကာမစ္ဆန္ဒံ န သုဋ္ဌု ဝိက္ခမ္ဘေတွာ, ကာယပဿဒ္ဓိဝသေန ကာယဒုဋ္ဌုလ္လံ န သုပ္ပဋိပဿဒ္ဓံ ကတွာ, အာရမ္ဘဓာတုမနသိကာရာဒိဝသေန ထိနမိဒ္ဓံ န သုဋ္ဌု ပဋိဝိနောဒေတွာ, သမထနိမိတ္တမနသိကာရာဒိဝသေန ဥဒ္ဓစ္စကုက္ကုစ္စံ န သုသမူဟတံ ကတွာ, အညေပိ သမာဓိပရိဗန္ဓေ ဓမ္မေ န သုဋ္ဌု ဝိသောဓေတွာ ဈာနံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ, သော အဝိသောဓိတံ အာသယံ ပဝိဋ္ဌဘမရော ဝိယ အဝိသုဒ္ဓံ ဥယျာနံ ပဝိဋ္ဌရာဇာ ဝိယ စ ခိပ္ပမေဝ နိက္ခမတိ။ ယော ပန သမာဓိပရိဗန္ဓေ ဓမ္မေ သုဋ္ဌု ဝိသောဓေတွာ ဈာနံ သမာပဇ္ဇတိ, သော သုဝိသောဓိတံ အာသယံ ပဝိဋ္ဌဘမရော ဝိယ သုပရိသုဒ္ဓံ ဥယျာနံ ပဝိဋ္ဌရာဇာ ဝိယ စ သကလမ္ပိ ဒိဝသဘာဂံ အန္တောသမာပတ္တိယံယေဝ ဟောတိ။ တေနာဟု ပေါရာဏာ –
‘‘ကာမေသု ဆန္ဒံ ပဋိဃံ ဝိနောဒယေ,
ဥဒ္ဓစ္စမိဒ္ဓံ ဝိစိကိစ္ဆပဉ္စမံ၊
ဝိဝေကပါမောဇ္ဇကရေန စေတသာ,
ရာဇာဝ သုဒ္ဓန္တဂတော တဟိံ ရမေ’’တိ။
တသ္မာ စိရဋ္ဌိတိကာမေန ပရိဗန္ဓကဓမ္မေ ဝိသောဓေတွာ ဈာနံ သမာပဇ္ဇိတဗ္ဗံ။ စိတ္တဘာဝနာဝေပုလ္လတ္ထဉ္စ ယထာလဒ္ဓံ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ တဿ ဒွေ ဝဍ္ဎနာဘူမိယော ဥပစာရံ ဝါ အပ္ပနံ ဝါ။ ဥပစာရံ ပတွာပိ ဟိ တံ ဝဍ္ဎေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ အပ္ပနံ ပတွာပိ။ ဧကသ္မိံ ပန ဌာနေ အဝဿံ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ တေန ဝုတ္တံ ‘‘ယထာလဒ္ဓံ ပဋိဘာဂနိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗ’’န္တိ။
နိမိတ္တဝဍ္ဎနနယော
၇၇။ တတြာယံ ဝဍ္ဎနနယော, တေန ယောဂိနာ တံ နိမိတ္တံ ပတ္တဝဍ္ဎနပူဝဝဍ္ဎနဘတ္တဝဍ္ဎနလတာဝဍ္ဎနဒုဿဝဍ္ဎနယောဂေန အဝဍ္ဎေတွာ ယထာ နာမ ကဿကော ကသိတဗ္ဗဋ္ဌာနံ နင်္ဂလေန ပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ပရိစ္ဆေဒဗ္ဘန္တရေ ကသတိ, ယထာ ဝါ ပန ဘိက္ခူ သီမံ ဗန္ဓန္တာ ပဌမံ နိမိတ္တာနိ သလ္လက္ခေတွာ ပစ္ဆာ ဗန္ဓန္တိ, ဧဝမေဝ တဿ ယထာလဒ္ဓဿ နိမိတ္တဿ အနုက္ကမေန ဧကင်္ဂုလဒွင်္ဂုလတိဝင်္ဂုလစတုရင်္ဂုလမတ္တံ မနသာ ပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ယထာပရိစ္ဆေဒံ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ အပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ပန န ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။ တတော ဝိဒတ္ထိရတနပမုခပရိဝေဏဝိဟာရသီမာနံ ဂါမနိဂမဇနပဒရဇ္ဇသမုဒ္ဒသီမာနဉ္စ ပရိစ္ဆေဒဝသေန ဝဍ္ဎယန္တေန စက္ကဝါဠပရိစ္ဆေဒေန ဝါ တတော ဝါပိ ဥတ္တရိ ပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ဝဍ္ဎေတဗ္ဗံ။
ယထာ ဟိ ဟံသပေါတကာ ပက္ခာနံ ဥဋ္ဌိတကာလတော ပဋ္ဌာယ ပရိတ္တံ ပရိတ္တံ ပဒေသံ ဥပ္ပတန္တာ ပရိစယံ ကတွာ အနုက္ကမေန စန္ဒိမသူရိယသန္တိကံ ဂစ္ဆန္တိ, ဧဝမေဝ ဘိက္ခု ဝုတ္တနယေန နိမိတ္တံ ပရိစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ဝဍ္ဎေန္တော ယာဝ စက္ကဝါဠပရိစ္ဆေဒါ တတော ဝါ ဥတ္တရိ ဝဍ္ဎေတိ။ အထဿ တံ နိမိတ္တံ ဝဍ္ဎိတဝဍ္ဎိတဋ္ဌာနေ ပထဝိယာ ဥက္ကူလဝိကူလနဒီဝိဒုဂ္ဂပဗ္ဗတဝိသမေသု သင်္ကုသတသမဗ္ဘာဟတံ ဥသဘစမ္မံ ဝိယ ဟောတိ။
တသ္မိံ ပန နိမိတ္တေ ပတ္တပဌမဇ္ဈာနေန အာဒိကမ္မိကေန သမာပဇ္ဇနဗဟုလေန ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ, န ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဗဟုလေန။ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဗဟုလဿ ဟိ ဈာနင်္ဂါနိ ထူလာနိ ဒုဗ္ဗလာနိ ဟုတွာ ဥပဋ္ဌဟန္တိ။ အထဿ တာနိ ဧဝံ ဥပဋ္ဌိတတ္တာ ဥပရိ ဥဿုက္ကနာယ ပစ္စယတံ အာပဇ္ဇန္တိ။ သော အပ္ပဂုဏေ ဈာနေ ဥဿုက္ကမာနော ပတ္တပဌမဇ္ဈာနာ စ ပရိဟာယတိ, န စ သက္ကောတိ ဒုတိယံ ပါပုဏိတုံ။ တေနာဟ ဘဂဝါ –
‘‘သေယျထာပိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဂါဝီ ပဗ္ဗတေယျာ ဗာလာ အဗျတ္တာ အခေတ္တညူ အကုသလာ ဝိသမေ ပဗ္ဗတေ စရိတုံ။ တဿာ ဧဝမဿ ‘ယံနူနာဟံ အဂတပုဗ္ဗဉ္စေဝ ဒိသံ ဂစ္ဆေယျံ, အခါဒိတပုဗ္ဗာနိ စ တိဏာနိ ခါဒေယျံ, အပီတပုဗ္ဗာနိ စ ပါနီယာနိ ပိဝေယျ’န္တိ။ သာ ပုရိမံ ပါဒံ န သုပတိဋ္ဌိတံ ပတိဋ္ဌာပေတွာ ပစ္ဆိမံ ပါဒံ ဥဒ္ဓရေယျ, သာ န စေဝ အဂတပုဗ္ဗံ ဒိသံ ဂစ္ဆေယျ, န စ အခါဒိတပုဗ္ဗာနိ တိဏာနိ ခါဒေယျ, န စ အပီတပုဗ္ဗာနိ ပါနီယာနိ ပိဝေယျ။ ယသ္မိဉ္စဿာ ပဒေသေ ဌိတာယ ဧဝမဿ ‘ယံနူနာဟံ အဂတပုဗ္ဗဉ္စေဝ…ပေ… ပိဝေယျ’န္တိ။ တဉ္စ ပဒေသံ န သောတ္ထိနာ ပစ္စာဂစ္ဆေယျ။ တံ ကိဿ
ဟေတု? တထာ ဟိ သာ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဂါဝီ ပဗ္ဗတေယျာ ဗာလာ အဗျတ္တာ အခေတ္တညူ အကုသလာ ဝိသမေ ပဗ္ဗတေ စရိတုံ, ဧဝမေဝ ခေါ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဣဓေကစ္စော ဘိက္ခု ဗာလော အဗျတ္တော အခေတ္တညူ အကုသလော ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ…ပေ… ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရိတုံ။ သော တံ နိမိတ္တံ နာသေဝတိ, န ဘာဝေတိ, န ဗဟုလီကရောတိ, န သွာဓိဋ္ဌိတံ အဓိဋ္ဌာတိ, တဿ ဧဝံ ဟောတိ ‘ယံနူနာဟံ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဝူပသမာ…ပေ… ဒုတိယံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရေယျ’န္တိ။ သော န သက္ကောတိ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဝူပသမာ…ပေ… ဒုတိယံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရိတုံ။ တဿေဝံ ဟောတိ ‘ယံနူနာဟံ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ…ပေ… ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရေယျ’န္တိ။ သော န သက္ကောတိ ဝိဝိစ္စေဝ ကာမေဟိ…ပေ… ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရိတုံ။ အယံ ဝုစ္စတိ, ဘိက္ခဝေ, ဘိက္ခု ဥဘတော ဘဋ္ဌော ဥဘတော ပရိဟီနော, သေယျထာပိ သာ ဂါဝီ ပဗ္ဗတေယျာ ဗာလာ အဗျတ္တာ အခေတ္တညူ အကုသလာ ဝိသမေ ပဗ္ဗတေ စရိတု’’န္တိ (အ။ နိ။ ၉။၃၅)။
တသ္မာနေန တသ္မိံယေဝ တာဝ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနေ ပဉ္စဟာကာရေဟိ စိဏ္ဏဝသိနာ ဘဝိတဗ္ဗံ။
ပဉ္စဝသီကထာ
၇၈။ တတြိမာ ပဉ္စ ဝသိယော အာဝဇ္ဇနဝသီ, သမာပဇ္ဇနဝသီ, အဓိဋ္ဌာနဝသီ, ဝုဋ္ဌာနဝသီ, ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဝသီတိ။ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ယတ္ထိစ္ဆကံ ယဒိစ္ဆကံ ယာဝဒိစ္ဆကံ အာဝဇ္ဇေတိ, အာဝဇ္ဇနာယ ဒန္ဓာယိတတ္တံ နတ္ထီတိ အာဝဇ္ဇနဝသီ။ ပဌမံ ဈာနံ ယတ္ထိစ္ဆကံ…ပေ… သမာပဇ္ဇတိ, သမာပဇ္ဇနာယ ဒန္ဓာယိတတ္တံ နတ္ထီတိ သမာပဇ္ဇနဝသီ။ ဧဝံ သေသာပိ ဝိတ္ထာရေတဗ္ဗာ။
အယံ ပနေတ္ထ အတ္ထပ္ပကာသနာ, ပဌမဇ္ဈာနတော ဝုဋ္ဌာယ ပဌမံ ဝိတက္ကံ အာဝဇ္ဇယတော ဘဝင်္ဂံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ ဥပ္ပန္နာဝဇ္ဇနာနန္တရံ ဝိတက္ကာရမ္မဏာနေဝ စတ္တာရိ ပဉ္စ ဝါ ဇဝနာနိ ဇဝန္တိ။ တတော ဒွေ ဘဝင်္ဂါနိ, တတော ပုန ဝိစာရာရမ္မဏံ အာဝဇ္ဇနံ, ဝုတ္တနယာနေဝ ဇဝနာနီတိ ဧဝံ ပဉ္စသု ဈာနင်္ဂေသု ယဒါ နိရန္တရံ စိတ္တံ ပေသေတုံ သက္ကောတိ, အထဿ အာဝဇ္ဇနဝသီ သိဒ္ဓါ ဟောတိ။ အယံ ပန မတ္ထကပ္ပတ္တာ ဝသီ ဘဂဝတော ယမကပါဋိဟာရိယေ လဗ္ဘတိ, အညေသံ ဝါ ဧဝရူပေ ကာလေ။ ဣတော ပရံ သီဃတရာ အာဝဇ္ဇနဝသီ နာမ နတ္ထိ။
အာယသ္မတော ပန မဟာမောဂ္ဂလ္လာနဿ နန္ဒောပနန္ဒနာဂရာဇဒမနေ ဝိယ သီဃံ သမာပဇ္ဇနသမတ္ထတာ သမာပဇ္ဇနဝသီ နာမ။
အစ္ဆရာမတ္တံ ဝါ ဒသစ္ဆရာမတ္တံ ဝါ ခဏံ ဌပေတုံ သမတ္ထတာ အဓိဋ္ဌာနဝသီ နာမ။ တထေဝ လဟုံ ဝုဋ္ဌာတုံ သမတ္ထတာ ဝုဋ္ဌာနဝသီ နာမ။ တဒုဘယဒဿနတ္ထံ ဗုဒ္ဓရက္ခိတတ္ထေရဿ ဝတ္ထုံ ကထေတုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။
သော ဟာယသ္မာ ဥပသမ္ပဒါယ အဋ္ဌဝဿိကော ဟုတွာ ထေရမ္ဗတ္ထလေ မဟာရောဟဏဂုတ္တတ္ထေရဿ ဂိလာနုပဋ္ဌာနံ အာဂတာနံ တိံသမတ္တာနံ ဣဒ္ဓိမန္တသဟဿာနံ မဇ္ဈေ နိသိန္နော ထေရဿ ယာဂုံ ပဋိဂ္ဂါဟယမာနံ ဥပဋ္ဌာကနာဂရာဇာနံ ဂဟေဿာမီတိ အာကာသတော ပက္ခန္ဒန္တံ သုပဏ္ဏရာဇာနံ ဒိသွာ တာဝဒေဝ ပဗ္ဗတံ နိမ္မိနိတွာ နာဂရာဇာနံ ဗာဟာယံ ဂဟေတွာ တတ္ထ ပါဝိသိ။ သုပဏ္ဏရာဇာ ပဗ္ဗတေ ပဟာရံ ဒတွာ ပလာယိ။ မဟာထေရော အာဟ – ‘‘သစေ, အာဝုသော, ဗုဒ္ဓရက္ခိတော နာဘဝိဿ, သဗ္ဗေဝ ဂါရယှာ အဿာမာ’’တိ။
ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဝသီ ပန အာဝဇ္ဇနဝသိယာ ဧဝ ဝုတ္တာ။ ပစ္စဝေက္ခဏဇဝနာနေဝ ဟိ တတ္ထ အာဝဇ္ဇနာနန္တရာနီတိ။
ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနကထာ
၇၉။ ဣမာသု ပန ပဉ္စသု ဝသီသု စိဏ္ဏဝသိနာ ပဂုဏပဌမဇ္ဈာနတော ဝုဋ္ဌာယ ‘‘အယံ သမာပတ္တိ အာသန္နနီဝရဏပစ္စတ္ထိကာ, ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဩဠာရိကတ္တာ အင်္ဂဒုဗ္ဗလာ’’တိ စ တတ္ထ ဒေါသံ ဒိသွာ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနံ သန္တတော မနသိကတွာ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနေ နိကန္တိံ ပရိယာဒါယ ဒုတိယာဓိဂမာယ ယောဂေါ ကာတဗ္ဗော။ အထဿ ယဒါ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနာ ဝုဋ္ဌာယ သတဿ သမ္ပဇာနဿ ဈာနင်္ဂါနိ ပစ္စဝေက္ခတော ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာ ဩဠာရိကတော ဥပဋ္ဌဟန္တိ, ပီတိသုခဉ္စေဝ စိတ္တေကဂ္ဂတာ စ သန္တတော ဥပဋ္ဌာတိ, တဒါဿ ဩဠာရိကင်္ဂံ ပဟာနာယ သန္တအင်္ဂပဋိလာဘာယ စ တဒေဝ နိမိတ္တံ ‘‘ပထဝီ ပထဝီ’’တိ ပုနပ္ပုနံ မနသိကရောတော ‘‘ဣဒါနိ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇိဿတီ’’တိ ဘဝင်္ဂံ ဥပစ္ဆိန္ဒိတွာ တဒေဝ ပထဝီကသိဏံ အာရမ္မဏံ ကတွာ မနောဒွါရာဝဇ္ဇနံ ဥပ္ပဇ္ဇတိ။ တတော တသ္မိံယေဝါရမ္မဏေ စတ္တာရိ ပဉ္စ ဝါ ဇဝနာနိ ဇဝန္တိ, ယေသမဝသာနေ ဧကံ ရူပါဝစရံ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနိကံ။ သေသာနိ ဝုတ္တပ္ပကာရာနေဝ ကာမာဝစရာနီတိ။
ဧတ္တာဝတာ စေသ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဝူပသမာ အဇ္ဈတ္တံ သမ္ပသာဒနံ စေတသော ဧကောဒိဘာဝံ အဝိတက္ကံ အဝိစာရံ သမာဓိဇံ ပီတိသုခံ ဒုတိယံ ဈာနံ ဥပသမ္ပဇ္ဇ ဝိဟရတိ။ ဧဝမနေန ဒွင်္ဂဝိပ္ပဟီနံ တိဝင်္ဂသမန္နာဂတံ တိဝိဓကလျာဏံ ဒသလက္ခဏသမ္ပန္နံ ဒုတိယံ ဈာနံ အဓိဂတံ ဟောတိ ပထဝီကသိဏံ။
၈၀။ တတ္ထ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဝူပသမာတိ ဝိတက္ကဿ စ ဝိစာရဿ စာတိ ဣမေသံ ဒွိန္နံ ဝူပသမာ သမတိက္ကမာ, ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနက္ခဏေ အပါတုဘာဝါတိ ဝုတ္တံ ဟောတိ။ တတ္ထ ကိဉ္စာပိ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနေ သဗ္ဗေပိ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနဓမ္မာ န သန္တိ။ အညေယေဝ ဟိ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနေ ဖဿာဒယော, အညေ ဣဓ။ ဩဠာရိကဿ ပန ဩဠာရိကဿ အင်္ဂဿ သမတိက္ကမာ ပဌမဇ္ဈာနတော ပရေသံ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနာဒီနံ အဓိဂမော ဟောတီတိ ဒီပနတ္ထံ ‘‘ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရာနံ ဝူပသမာ’’တိ ဧဝံ ဝုတ္တန္တိ ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗံ။
အဇ္ဈတ္တန္တိ ဣဓ နိယကဇ္ဈတ္တမဓိပ္ပေတံ။ ဝိဘင်္ဂေ ပန ‘‘အဇ္ဈတ္တံ ပစ္စတ္တ’’န္တိ ဧတ္တကမေဝ ဝုတ္တံ။ ယသ္မာ စ နိယကဇ္ဈတ္တမဓိပ္ပေတံ, တသ္မာ အတ္တနိ ဇာတံ အတ္တနော သန္တာနေ နိဗ္ဗတ္တန္တိ အယမေတ္ထ အတ္ထော။ သမ္ပသာဒနန္တိ သမ္ပသာဒနံ ဝုစ္စတိ သဒ္ဓါ။ သမ္ပသာဒနယောဂတော ဈာနမ္ပိ သမ္ပသာဒနံ။ နီလဝဏ္ဏယောဂတော နီလဝတ္ထံ ဝိယ။ ယသ္မာ ဝါ တံ ဈာနံ သမ္ပသာဒနသမန္နာဂတတ္တာ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရက္ခောဘဝူပသမနေန စ စေတသော သမ္ပသာဒယတိ, တသ္မာပိ သမ္ပသာဒနန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။ ဣမသ္မိဉ္စ အတ္ထဝိကပ္ပေ သမ္ပသာဒနံ စေတသောတိ ဧဝံ ပဒသမ္ဗန္ဓော ဝေဒိတဗ္ဗော။ ပုရိမသ္မိံ ပန အတ္ထဝိကပ္ပေ စေတသောတိ ဧတံ ဧကောဒိဘာဝေန သဒ္ဓိံ ယောဇေတဗ္ဗံ။
တတြာယမတ္ထယောဇနာ, ဧကော ဥဒေတီတိ ဧကောဒိ, ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရေဟိ အနဇ္ဈာရူဠှတ္တာ အဂ္ဂေါ သေဋ္ဌော ဟုတွာ ဥဒေတီတိ အတ္ထော။ သေဋ္ဌောပိ ဟိ လောကေ ဧကောတိ ဝုစ္စတိ။ ဝိတက္ကဝိစာရဝိရဟတော ဝါ ဧကော အသဟာယော ဟုတွာ ဣတိပိ ဝတ္တုံ ဝဋ္ဋတိ။ အထ ဝါ သမ္ပယုတ္တဓမ္မေ ဥဒါယတီတိ ဥဒိ, ဥဋ္ဌာပေတီတိ အတ္ထော။ သေဋ္ဌဋ္ဌေန ဧကော စ သော ဥဒိ စာတိ ဧကောဒိ, သမာဓိဿေတံ အဓိဝစနံ။ ဣတိ ဣမံ ဧကောဒိံ ဘာဝေတိ ဝဍ္ဎေတီတိ ဣဒံ ဒုတိယဇ္ဈာနံ ဧကောဒိဘာဝံ။ သော ပနာယံ ဧကောဒိ ယသ္မာ စေတသော, န သတ္တဿ, န ဇီဝဿ, တသ္မာ ဧတံ စေတသော ဧကောဒိဘာဝန္တိ ဝုတ္တံ။